Függelék:Szanszkrit-English/a
Sir Monier-Williams (1819–1899) - A Sanskrit-English Dictionary (1899) |
a -
¤ -
ā -
i -
ī -
u -
ū -
ṝ -
ḷ -
ḹ -
e -
ai -
o -
au |
- a the first letter of the alphabet
- the first short vowel inherent in consonants. [Page 1, Column]
- ○kāra m. the letter or sound a
- a (pragṛhya, q.v.), a vocative particle [a ananta, O Vishṇu] T
- interjection of pity, Ah!
- a (before a vowel an, exc. a-ṛṇin), a prefix corresponding to Gk. ?, ?, Lat. in, Goth. [1,] and Germ. un, Eng. in or un, and having a negative or privative or contrary sense (an-eka not one
- an-anta endless
- a-sat not good
- a-paśyat not seeing)
- rarely prefixed to Inf. (a-svaptum not to sleep TāṇḍyaBr.) and even to forms of the finite verb (a-spṛhayanti they do not desire BhP. Śiś.) and to pronouns (a-saḥ not he Śiś
- a-tad not that BhP.)
- occasionally denoting comparison (a-brāhmaṇa like a Brahman T.)
- sometimes disparagement (a-yajña a miserable sacrifice)
- sometimes diminutiveness (cf. á-karṇa, an-udarā)
- rarely an expletive (cf. a-kupya, a-pūpa). According to Pāṇ. 6-2, 161, the accent may be optionally either on the first or last syllable in certain compounds formed with a (as á-tīkṣṇa or a-tīkṣṇá, á-śuci or a-śucí, án-anna or an-anná)
- the same applies to stems ending in tṛ accentuated on the first syllable before a is prefixed
- cf. also á-tūrta and a-tū́rta, á-bhinna and a-bhinná, &c
- a the base of some pronouns and pronom. forms, in asya, atra, &c
- a the augment prefixed to the √in the formation of the imperfect, aorist, and conditional tenses (in the Veda often wanting, as in Homer, the fact being that originally the augment was only prefixed in principal sentences where it was accentuated, whilst it was dropped in subordinate sentences where the root-vowel took the accent)
- a m. N. of Vishnu L. (especially as the first of the three sounds in the sacred syllable om)
- a-ṛṇin mfn. free from debt L
- aṃś cl. 10. P. aṃśayati, to divide, distribute L. ; also occasionally Ā. aṃśayate L. ; also aṃśāpayati L
- áṃśa m. (probably fr. √1. aś, perf. ān-áṃśa, and not from the above √aṃś fictitiously formed to serve as root), a share, portion, part, party
- partition, inheritance
- a share of booty
- earnest money
- stake (in betting) RV. v, 86, 5 TāṇḍyaBr
- a lot (cf. 2. prâs)
- the denominator of a fraction
- a degree of latitude or longitude
- a day L
- N. of an Āditya
- ○karaṇa n. act of dividing
- ○kalpanā f. or allotment of a portion
- ○prakalpanā f. or allotment of a portion
- ○pradāna n. allotment of a portion
- ○bhāgin or mnf. one who has a share, an heir, co-heir
- ○bhāj mnf. one who has a share, an heir, co-heir
- ○bhū́ m. partner, associate TS
- ○bhūta mfn. forming part of
- ○vat (for aṃśumat?), m. a species of Soma plant Suśr
- ○savarṇana n. reduction of fractions
- ○svara m. key-note or chief note in music
- ○hara or mfn. taking a share, a sharer
- ○hārin mfn. taking a share, a sharer
- aṃśâṃśa m. part of a portion (of a deity), secondary incarnation
- aṃśâṃsi ind. share by share
- aṃśâvatarana n. descent of part of a deity
- partial incarnation
- title of sections 64-67 of the first book of the MBh
- aṃśī-kṛ to share
- aṃśaka mf(ikā)n. (ifc.) forming part
- aṃśaka m. a share
- degree of latitude or longitude
- a co-heir L
- (am), n. a day L
- aṃśala aṃsalá next col
- aṃśin mfn. having a share Yājñ
- aṃśi-tā f. the state of a sharer or co-heir, heirship
- aṃśú m. a filament (especially of the Soma plant)
- a kind of Soma libation ŚBr
- thread
- end of a thread, a minute particle [Page 1, Column]
- a point, end
- array, sunbeam
- cloth L
- N. of a Ṛishi RV. viii, 5, 26
- of an ancient Vedic teacher, son of a Dhanaṃjaya VBr
- of a prince
- ○jāla n. a collection of rays, blaze of light
- ○dhara m. 'bearer of rays', the sun L
- ○dhāna n. N. of a village R
- ○dhāraya m. a lamp MaitrUp
- ○nadī f. N. of a river
- ○paṭṭa n. a kind of cloth
- ○pati or m. 'lord of rays', the sun L
- ○bhartṛ m. 'lord of rays', the sun L
- ○mát mfn. fibrous, rich in filaments
- rich in Soma plants or Soma juice
- radiant, luminous
- pointed
- (ān), m. the sun, the moon
- N. of various persons, especially of a prince of the solar race, son of A-samañjas, grandson of Sagara
- (mátī), f. N. of a river (Yamunā?) RV. viii, 96, 13-15
- Hedysarum Gangeticum Suśr
- ○matphalā f. Musa Paradisiaca
- ○mālā f. a garland of light, halo
- ○mālin m. the sun
- ○vāṇa m. 'having rays for arrows', the sun
- ○vimarda m. ray-obscuration
- ○hasta m. 'having rays for hands', the sun L
- aṃśū7daka n. water which has been exposed to the rays of the sun or the moon Bhpr
- aṃśv-ādi a g. of Pāṇ. 6-2, 193
- aṃśuka n. cloth
- fine or white cloth, muslin [see cīnâṃśuka] L.
- garment, upper garment
- tie (for binding a churning-stick)
- aṃśula m. radiant T.
- N. of the sage Cāṇakya L.
- aṃs (cf. √aṃś) L. vyaṃs
≫aṃsa
- áṃsa m. the shoulder, shoulder-blade
- corner of a quadrangle
- N. of a king
- (au), m. du. the two shoulders or angles of an altar
- a share (for aṃśa) ; [Goth. amsa
- Gk. ?, ? ; Lat. humerus, [1,] ansa.]
- ○kūṭa m. the shoulder
- a bull's hump, the protuberance between an ox's shoulders
- ○tra (áṃsa-), n. armour to protect the shoulder RV
- a bow Nir
- áṃsatra-kośa mfn. having a cask for its tunic (probably = a Soma filter Gmn.) RV. x, 101, 7
- ○daghná mf(ā́)n. up to the shoulder ŚBr
- ○dhrī́ f. a cooking vessel AV
- ○pṛṣṭha n. back of the shoulder
- ○phalaká n. shoulderblade ŚBr. Suśr
- ○bhāra or m. a burden on the shoulder, (g. bhastrâdi, q.v.)
- aṃse-bhāra m. a burden on the shoulder, (g. bhastrâdi, q.v.)
- aṃsa-bhārika mf(ī)n. or bearing a burden on the shoulder ib
- aṃse-bhārika mf(ī)n. bearing a burden on the shoulder ib
- aṃse-mūla n. the acromion L
- aṃsalá mfn. lusty, strong ŚBr. &c
- áṃsya (3), mfn. belonging to the shoulder RV. i, 191, 7
- aṃh (cf. √aṅgh), cl. 1. Ā. aṃhate, to go, set out, commence L
- to approach L
- cl. 10. P. aṃhayati, to send Bhaṭṭ
- to speak Bhaṭṭ
- to shine L
- aṃhri m. a foot Hpar
- √of a tree L
- [cf. aṅghri.]
- ○pa m. 'root-drinker', a tree L
- ○skandha m. or a part of the foot between the ancle and the heel L
- ○śiras n. a part of the foot between the ancle and the heel L
- aṃh to press together, to strangle (conjecturable from Gk. ?, ? ; Lat. angustus, [1,] anxius, &c.) L
- aṃhati f. anxiety, distress, trouble RV
- illness L. ; [Lat. ango]
- a gift (also aṃhatī f.) L
- áṃhas n. anxiety, trouble RV. &c
- sin L.
- [cf. aghá, ā́gas
- Gk. ?, ?, ?, ?.]
- ○pati or [Page 1, Column]
- aṃhasas-patí Vṣ., m. lord of perplexity, i.e. an intercalary month
- cf. āṃhaspatya
- aṃhasas-patyá n. power over calamity TS. ĀpŚr
- aṃho-múc mfn. delivering from distress RV. x, 63, 9 VS
- aṃhiti f. a gift, donation L. aṃhatí
≫aṃhu
- aṃhu mfn. (only in compar. aṃhīyas) narrow AitBr., [par`o-'Mhu]
- (ú), n. (only in Abl. aṃhós) anxiety, distress RV
- [Gk. ? ; Goth. [Page 1, Column] aggvus ; Lat. angustus, anxius, &c.]
- ○bhédī f. having a narrow slit (pudendum muliebre) VS. [Page 1, Column]
- aṃhurá mfn. straitened, distressed RV. x, 5, 6
- aṃhūraṇá mf(ā́)n. distressing RV. vi, 47, 20
- (ám), n. distress RV. i, 105, 17 AV
- aṃhoyú mfn. troublesome RV. v, 15, 3
- ak cl. 1. P. akati, to move tortuously (like a snake) L
- Cf. √ag and √añc
- aka the suffix aka (akac)
- á-ka n. unhappiness, pain, trouble TS
- sin L
- a-kaca mfn. hairless, bald
- cf. ut-, ūrdhva-, vi-
- m. N. of Ketu, the dragon's tail or descending node (having a headless trunk) L
- a-kaṭuka mfn. not acrid, not impetuous
- unwearied, indefatigable
- a-kaṭu-phala m. a kind of plant
- a-kaṭhora mfn. not hard, weak
- akaḍama n. a kind of Tāntrik diagram
- ○cakra n. id
- a-kaṇṭaka mfn. thornless, free from troubles or difficulties or enemies
- a-kaṇṭha mfn. having no neck
- having no voice, hoarse
- a-katthana mfn. unboastful
- akathaha n. a kind of diagram
- a-kathya mfn. unspeakable
- unutterable, unmentionable
- á-kaniṣṭha ās m. pl. of whom none is the youngest (i.e. younger than the others) RV
- a class of Buddhist deities
- ○ga m. a Buddha L
- ○pa m. a Buddhist king T
- a-kanyā f. not a virgin Mn
- akapīvat ān m. N. of a Ṛishi
- akampana m. N. of a prince
- of a Rākshasa
- a-kampita mfn. unshaken, firm
- m. N. of one of the 11 chief pupils (gaṇadhara or gaṇâdhipa) of Mahāviira (the last Tīrtha-kara)
- a-kampya mfn. not to be shaken
- a-kara mfn. handless, maimed
- exempt from tax or duty, privileged
- not acting
- (ā), f. Emblic Myrobalan, Phyllanthus Emblica
- a-karaṇa n. absence of action
- a-karaṇi f. non-accomplishment, failure, disappointment (used in imprecations, e.g. tasyâkaraṇir evâstu bad luck to him!) L
- a-karaṇīya mfn. not to be done
- a-karuṇa mfn. merciless, relentless
- ○tva n. harshness, cruelty
- a-karkaśa mfn. not hard, tender
- á-karṇa mf(ā)n. having diminutive ears TS. ŚBr
- without ears, deaf
- without helm or rudder
- without Karṇa
- a-karṇáka mfn. without ears TS., &c
- a-karṇya mfn. not fit for the ears Pāṇ. Sch
- a-karṇadhāra mfn. without a helmsman, destitute of a pilot
- a-kartana m. a dwarf L
- a-kartṛ tā m. not an agent, N. applied to the puruṣa (in Sāṅkhya phil.)
- not active (in Gr.)
- ○tva n. state of non-agency. [Page 2, Column]
- a-karmán mfn. not working
- not performing good works, wicked RV. x, 2 2, 8
- inefficient
- (in Gr.) intransitive
- (a), n. absence of work
- observances
- improper work, crime
- akarmabhoga m. enjoyment of freedom from action
- a-karmânvita mfn. unoccupied
- disqualified
- a-karmaka mfn. (in Gr.) intransitive
- a-karmaṇya mfn. improper to be done
- unfit for work
- inefficient
- a-kala mfn. not in parts, entire
- not skilled in the arts (kalās)
- a-kalaṅka mfn. without stains or spots
- N. of a Jaina
- a-kalka mfn. free from impurity
- (ā), f. moonlight, L:
- ○tā f. honesty Yājñ
- a-kalkana or a-kalkala mfn. not deceitful, honourable, (T.) Bhag
- a-kalpá mf(ā)n. not subject to rules, uncontrolled
- not admitting (any comparison pratimā́nam) RV. i, 102, 6
- unable to (loc. or Inf. or in comp.)
- a-kalpita mfn. not manufactured, not artificial, not pretended
- natural, genuine
- a-kalmaṣa mf(ā)n. spotless
- a-kalmāṣa m. N. of a son of the fourth Manu Hariv
- a-kalya mf(ā)n. ill, sick
- true (?) L
- á-kalyāṇa mfn. not handsome AV
- inauspicious
- (am), n. adversity
- á-kava mfn. (fr. 1. ku, q.v.), not contemptible, not stingy RV
- á-kavāri mf(ī)n. not selfish, not stingy RV. iii, 47, 5, and vii, 96, 3 [Sāy. explains by a-kava-ari, 'not contemptible as an enemy, or to his enemies, not having weak enemies']
- a-kavacá mfn. having no coat of mail AV. xi, 10, 22
- á-kavi mfn. unwise RV. vii, 4, 4
- a-kasmāt ind. without a why or a wherefore accidentally suddenly
- á-kāṇa mf(ā)n. not one eyed, not monoculous TS. and ŚBr
- a-kāṇḍa mfn. without a trunk T
- causeless, unexpected
- (e), ind. causelessly, unexpectedly
- ○pāta-jāta mfn. dying as soon as born
- ○śūla n. sudden, acute pain
- a-kātara mfn. not dejected
- a-kāmá mf(ā)n. without desire or wish
- unintentional, reluctant
- (in Gr.) the Sandhi which causes the dropping of a final r before a succeeding r
- ○karśana (á kāma-), mfn. not disappointing desires RV. i, 53, 2
- ○tas ind. unintentionally, unwillingly
- ○tā f. freedom from desire, &c
- ○hata (á-kāma-), mfn. unaffected with desire, calm ŚBr. xiv
- a-kāmin mfn. = a-kāmá
- a-kāyá mfn. bodiless, incorporeal VS
- a-kāraṇa mfn. causeless
- (am), n. absence of a cause
- (am, ena, e, āt), ind. causelessly
- a-kāraṇôtpanna mfn. produced spontaneously
- a-kārin mfn. inactive, not performing, (g. grahâdi, q.v.)
- a-kārṇaveṣṭakika mf(i) n. not fit for ear-rings, not looking well with ear-rings Pāṇ. Sch. karṇa-veṣṭaka
- a-kārya mfn. not to be done, improper
- (am), n. a criminal action
- ○kārin mfn. an evil-doer
- neglecting duty
- a-kārṣṇya n. absence of blackness
- a-kāla m. a wrong or bad time
- (mfn.), unseasonable
- (e) or -tas ind. unseasonably
- ○kuṣmāṇḍa m. a pumpkin produced out of season [Page 2, Column]
- a useless birth
- ○kusuma n. a flower blossoming out of season
- ○ja or mfn. born at a wrong time, unseasonable
- ○jāta or mfn. born at a wrong time, unseasonable
- akālôtpanna mfn. born at a wrong time, unseasonable
- ○jaladôdaya or m. unseasonable rising of clouds or mist
- ○meghôdaya m. unseasonable rising of clouds or mist
- ○velā f. wrong or unseasonable time
- ○saha mfn. unable to bide one's time
- ○hīnam ind. without losing time, immediately
- a-kālikam ind. immediately MBh
- a-kālya mfn. unseasonable
- a-kāsāra m. N. of a teacher BhP
- a-kiñcana mfn. without anything, utterly destitute
- disinterested
- (am), n. that which is worth nothing
- ○tā f. or voluntary poverty (as practised by Jaina ascetics)
- ○tva n. voluntary poverty (as practised by Jaina ascetics)
- a-kiñcaniman ā m. utter destitution, (g. pṛthu-ādi, q.v.)
- á-kitava m. no gambler VS
- a-kilviṣá mfn. sinless ŚBr
- a-kīrti f. ill-fame, disgrace
- ○kara mfn. causing disgrace, disparaging, insulting
- a-kuṇṭha mfn. not blunted, not worn out
- vigorous, fixed
- ever fresh, eternal
- ○dhiṣṇya n. an eternal abode, heaven
- a-kuṇṭhita mfn. = a-kuṇṭha
- a-kutas ind. (usually in comp.), not from any quarter or cause
- akutaś-cala m. not movable from any cause
- N. of Śiva
- a-kutobhaya or mfn. having no fear from any quarter, secure
- a-kutaścid-bhaya or mfn. having no fear from any quarter, secure
- a-kutraca-bhaya mfn. having no fear from any quarter, secure
- a-kutra or (Ved.)
- a-kutrā ind. nowhere, astray RV. i, 120, 8
- a-kutsita mfn. unreproached
- a-kudhryáñc áṅ, dhrī́cī, ák (kudhri for kudha for kuha = [kutra)], 'going nowhere' (âk, 4). ind. objectless, aimless RV. x, 22, 12
- a-kupya n. not base metal, gold or silver Kir
- any base metal (= kupya, 3. a)
- akupyaka n. gold or silver L
- a-kumāra m. not a boy (said of Indra) RV. s, 155, 6
- a-kula mfn. not of good family, low
- (as) m. N. of Śiva L
- (ā) f. N. of Pārvatī L
- ○tā f. lowness of family
- a-kulīna mfn. not of good family Mn
- a-kuśala mf(ā)n. inauspicious, evil
- not clever
- (am), n. evil, an evil word Mn
- a-kusīda or akuśīda mfn. taking no interest or usury, without gain
- a-kusuma mfn. flowerless
- a-kuha as, m. no deceiver L
- a-kuhaka m. id. Suśr
- á-kūṭa mf(ā)n. having no prominence on the forehead TS.: not deceitful, unerring (said of arms) Yājñ
- not false (said of coins) Yājñ
- á-kūpāra mfn. unbounded RV. v, 39, 2 and x. 109, 1
- m. the sea VS. &c
- tortoise BhP. &c. the mythical tortoise that upholds the world
- N. of a man PBr
- N. of an Āditya L
- (ā), f. N. of an Aṅgirasī PBr
- a-kūvāra = a-kūpāra above
- a-kūrca m. 'the guileless one', a Buddha L
- a-kṛcchra as, am m. n. absence of difficulty
- freedom from trouble
- a-kṛcchrin mfn. free from difficulty or trouble
- á-kṛta mf(ā) n. undone, not committed
- not made, uncreated
- unprepared, incomplete
- one who has done no works, (am), n. an act never before committed AitBr
- (ā), f. a daughter who has not been made putrikā, or a sharer in the privileges of a son Pāṇ
- ○kāram ind. is a way not done before Pāṇ
- ○jña mfn. not acknowledging benefits, ungrateful
- ○jña-tā f. ingratitude
- ○buddhi mfn. having an unformed mind
- ○buddhitva n. ignorance
- ○vraṇa m. N. of a commentator on the Purāṇas VP
- of a companion of Rāma Jāmadagnya MBh
- of a teacher
- akṛtât-man mfn. having an unformed mind [Page 2, Column]
- not yet identified with the supreme Spirit
- akṛtârtha mfn. having one's object unaccomplished, unsuccessful
- akṛtâstra mfn. unpractised in arms MBh
- a-kṛtin mfn. unfit for work, not clever
- akṛti-tva n. unfitness for work
- a-kṛtya mfn. not to be done, criminal
- (am), n. crime
- ○kārin mfn. evil-doer MBh
- a-kṛtta mfn. uncut, unimpaired
- ○ruc mfn. possessing unimpaired splendour RV. x, 84, 4
- a-kṛtrima mf(ā)n. inartificial
- á-kṛtsna mf(ā)n. incomplete
- a-kṛpa mfn. merciless, unkind
- a-kṛpaṇa mfn. not miserly
- á-kṛśa mfn. not emaciated TS
- unimpaired
- ○lakṣmī mfn. enjoying full prosperity
- a-kṛśâśva mfn. N. of a king of Ayodhyā Hariv
- á-kṛṣīvala mf(ā)n. not agricultural RV. x, 146, 6
- á-kṛṣṭa mfn. unploughed, untilled
- not drawn
- (am), n. unploughed land ŚBr
- (ās), m. pl., N. of a kind of Ṛishis MBh. Hariv
- ○pacyá mfn. ripening in unploughed land, growing wild AV. VS. TS
- (said of the earth) giving fruits without having been ploughed VP
- a-kṛṣṇa-karman mfn. free from black deeds, guiltless L
- a-ketana mfn. houseless
- a-ketú mfn. shapeless, unrecognisable RV. i, 6, 3
- ('unconscious' Sāy.)
- a-keśa mf(ā Pāṇ
- ī R.)n. hairless
- a-koṭa m. 'without a bend', the Areca or Betel-nut palm L
- a-kopa m. N. of a minister of king Dasaratha R. &c
- a-kopana mfn. not irascible
- a-kovida mfn. unwise, ignorant
- a-kauśala n. unskilfulness Pāṇ
- cf. ākauśala
- akkā f. (Voc. akka Pāṇ.) a mother (used contemptuously)
- N. of a woman ; [supposed to be a term of foreign origin, Lat. ācca.]
- akta mfn. (√aj), driven
- aktá mfn. (√añj), smeared over, diffused, bedaubed, tinged, characterized. Often ifc. (cf. raktâkta)
- (am), n. oil, ointment
≫aktā
- aktā́ f. night RV. i, 62, 8
≫aktu
- aktú m. tinge, ray, light RV
- dark tinge, darkness, night RV., (ós, úbhis), ind. at night RV
- a-knopana mfn. not moistening drying Nir
- á-kra mfn. (√kṛ), inactive RV. i, 120, 2
- akrá as, m. a banner RV
- a wall, fence (prākāra), according to Durga on Nir. vi, 17
- a-kratú mfn. destitute of energy or power ['of sacrifices' Sāy.] RV. x, 8 3, 5 AV
- foolish RV. vii, 6, 3
- free from desire Up
- a-krama mfn. not happening successively, happening at once Yogas
- m. want of order, confusion
- á-kravi-hasta mfn. not having bloody hands ['not having niggardly hands, not close-fisted' Sāy.] RV. v, 62, 6
- a-kravyâd mfn. not consuming flesh (N. of an Agni) AV
- not carnivorous Yājñ
- a-kravyâda mfn. not carnivorous Mn
- a-krānta mfn. unpassed, unsurpassed, unconquered, not doubled RV. Prāt
- (ā), f. the Egg plant. [Page 3, Column]
- a-kriya mfn. without works
- inactive
- abstaining from religious rites
- impious
- (ā), f. inactivity
- neglect of duty
- á-krīḍat mfn. not playing RV. x, 79, 6
- a-krūra mfn. not cruel, gentle
- m. N. of Kṛishṇa's paternal uncle MBh
- a-krodha m. suppression of anger
- (mfn.), free from anger
- ○máya mfn. free from anger ŚBr. xiv
- a-krodhana mfn. free from anger Mn
- m. N. of a prince, son of Ayutāyu VP
- a-klama m. freedom from fatigue
- aklikā f. the Indigo plant L
- a-klinna-vartman a, n. N. of a disease of the eyes Suśr
- a-kledya mfn. not to be wetted
- a-kliṣṭa mfn. untroubled
- undisturbed
- unwearied
- ○karman or mfn. unwearied in action
- ○kārin mfn. unwearied in action
- ○vrata mfn. unwearied in keeping religious vows
- a-kleśa m. freedom from trouble Mn
- akṣ (perhaps a kind of old Desid. of √1. aś), cl. 1. 5. akṣati, akṣṇoti (Pāṇ. 3-1, 75 ; fut. akṣiṣyati or akṣyati L. ; aor. ākṣīt, 3. du. ākṣiṣṭām or āṣṭām L. ; perf. ānakṣa [Pāṇ. 7-4, 60 Comm.], but Ā. p. [with the Vedic weak stem ākṣ, perf. āś-uḥ 3. pl. &c. fr. √1. aś] ākṣāṇá),
- to reach RV. x, 22, 11
- to pass through, penetrate, pervade, embrace L
- to accumulate (to from the cube?) L.: Caus. akṣayati, ācikṣat, to cause to pervade L.: Desid. acikṣi, ṣati or acikṣati L
≫akṣa
- ákṣa m. an axle, axis (in this sense also n. L.)
- a wheel, car, cart
- the beam of a balance or string which holds the pivot of the beam
- a snake L
- terrestrial latitude (cf. -karṇa, -bhā, -bhāga)
- the collar-bone ŚBr
- the temporal bone Yājñ
- N. of a measure (= 104 aṅgula) ; [Lat. axis
- Gk. ? ; Old Germ. ahsa ; [Page 3, Column] Mod. Germ. āchse ; Lith. assis.]
- ○karṇa m. the hypotenuse, especially of the triangle formed with the gnomon of a dial and its shadow
- (in astron.) argument of the latitude
- ○ja m. a diamond
- a thunderbolt
- N. of Vishṇu
- ○dṛk-karman n. operation or calculation for latitude
- ○dvāra n. the cavity in the axle of a car Sāy. on RV. v, 30. 1
- ○dhur f. the pin at the end of an axle, pole attached to an axle
- ○dhūrtila m. a draft-ox L
- ○pīḍa m. Chrysopogon Acicularis Suśr
- (ā), f. N. of a plant
- ○bhā f. shadow of latitude
- ○bhāga m. degree of latitude
- ○bhāra m. a cart-load
- ○saṅgám ind. so that the axle is caught or hooked by contact with some obstruction MaitrS
- akṣâṃsa m. a degree of latitude
- akṣâgra n. end of an axle, or of the pole of a car
- an axle
- akṣâgra-kīla or m. a linch-pin
- akṣâgra-kīlaka m. a linch-pin
- the pin fastening the yoke to the pole
- akṣā-náh (the vowel lengthened as in upā-náh, &c.), mfn. tied to the axle of a car RV. x, 53, 7
- (horse Sāy
- trace attached to the horse's collar Gmn.)
≫akṣa
- akṣá m. (√1. aś Uṇ.) a die for gambling
- a cube
- a seed of which rosaries are made (cf. indrâkṣa, rudrâkṣa)
- the Eleocarpus Ganitrus, producing that seed
- a weight called karṣa, equal to 16 māshas
- Beleric Myrobalan (Terminalia Belerica), the seed of which is used as a die
- a N. of the number 5
- (am), n. sochal salt
- blue vitriol (from its cube-like crystals) L
- ○kāma (akṣá-), mfn. fond of dice AV
- ○kitava m. a gambler MBh
- ○kuśala mfn. skilled in dice
- ○kṣapaṇa m. N. of a gambler Kathās
- ○glaha m. gambling, playing at dice MBh
- ○ja m. a thunderbolt
- N. Vishṇu L
- ○tattva n. science of dice
- -vid mfn. skilled in it
- ○dāya m. handing over the dice in gambling Naish. moving a piece on a board Bṛ.
- ○devana n. gambling, dice-playing
- ○devin or m. a gambler, a dice-player
- ○dyū m. a gambler, a dice-player
- ○dyūta n. gambling
- cf. ākṣadyūtika
- ○dyūtâdi a g. of Pāṇ. 4-4, 19
- ○drugdha (akṣá-), mfn. hated by (unlucky at) dice, or injuring with dice (a sharper) AV
- ○dhara mfn. holding dice
- m. Trophis Aspera ( śākhoṭa)
- ○dhūrta m. 'dice-rogue', gambler L
- ○naipuṇa or n. skill in gambling
- ○naipuṇya n. skill in gambling
- ○parājayá m. defeat in gambling AV. [Page 3, Column]
- ○pari ind. with exception of a single die Pāṇ
- ○pāta m. throw or cast of dice
- ○pātana n. act of casting dice
- ○priya mfn. fond of dice, or (perhaps) favoured by dice
- ○bhūmi f. gambling-place
- ○mada m. passion for dice
- ○mātra n. anything as big as dice
- the twinkling of an eye, a moment (cf. 4. akṣa) L
- ○mālā f. a string or rosary of beads, especially of Eleocarpus seeds
- N. of Arundhatī, wife of Vasishṭha (from her wearing a rosary) Mn. ix, 23
- N. of the mother of Vatsa
- ○mālin mfn. wearing a rosary of seeds
- N. of Siva MBh
- ○rājá m. 'king of dice', the die called Kali VS
- ○vat mfn. having dice
- (tī), f. a game of dice L
- ○vāpa = akṣâvāpá below Kāṭh
- ○vāma m. an unfair gambler
- ○vid mfn. skilful in gambling
- ○vṛtta mfn. anything that happens in gambling
- ○śauṇḍa mfn. fond of gambling
- ○sūkta n. dice-hymn, N. of RV. x, 34
- ○sūtra n. a string or rosary of Eleocarpus seeds
- ○stuṣa m. Beleric Myrobalan
- ○hṛdaya n. innermost nature of dice, perfect skill in gambling
- ○hṛdaya-jña mfn. perfectly skilled in gambling
- akṣâtivāpa m. = akṣâvāpá below MBh
- akṣâvápana n. a dice-board ŚBr
- akṣâvalī f. a rosary
- akṣâvāpá m. "ṣBr. (cf. akṣa-vāpa and akṣâtivāpa), the keeper or superintendent of a gambling-table [Comm. = dyūta-pati, dyūtâdhyakṣa, akṣa-goptṛ]
≫akṣa
- akṣa n. an organ of sense
- sensual perception L
- m. the soul L
- knowledge, religious knowledge L
- a lawsuit L
- a person born blind L
- N. of Garuḍa L
- of a son of Rāvaṇa
- of a son of Nara, &c
- ○darśaka or m. a judge, i.e. one who sees lawsuits
- ○dṛś m. a judge, i.e. one who sees lawsuits
- ○paṭala n. court of law
- depository of legal document Rājat
- ○pāṭa m. an arena, a wrestling ground, place of contest L
- ○pāṭaka or m. a judge, i.e. arranger of a lawsuit L
- ○pāṭika m. a judge, i.e. arranger of a lawsuit L
- ○vāṭa L. -pāṭa
- ○vid mfn. versed in law L
≫akṣa
- akṣa
- akṣa-caraṇa &c. col. 3
- akṣaka m. Dalbergia Oujeinensis
- (as, am), m. n. the collar-bone Suśr
- (ī), f. N. of a creeping plant
- a-kṣaṇa mfn. inopportune
- a-kṣaṇvat mfn. (√kṣan), not injuring ĀśvGṛ
- á-kṣata mfn. not crushed
- uninjured, unbroken, whole
- m. Siva L
- (as, am), mṇ. a eunuch L
- (ā), f. a virgin Yājñ
- N. of a plant, Karkaṭaśriṅgī or Kaṅkaḍaśriṅgī
- (am), n. and (ās), m. pl. unhusked barley-corns
- N. of the descendants of Surabhi Hariv
- ○yoni f. a virgin, an unblemished maiden
- a-kṣatra mfn. destitute of the Kshatriya caste, apart from the Kshatriya caste
- akṣan akṣi
- a-kṣama mf(ā)n. unable to endure, impatient
- incompetent (with Loc., Inf. or ifc.), envious
- (ā), f. or -tā f. impatience, envy
- incompetence, inability (with Inf.)
- a-kṣaya mf(ā)n. exempt from decay, undecaying
- m. N. of the twentieth year in the cycle of Jupiter
- N. of a mountain Hariv
- (ā), f. the seventh day of a lunar month, if it fall on Sunday or Monday
- the fourth, if it fall on Wednesday
- ○guṇa mfn. possessing imperishable qualities
- m. Siva
- ○tā f. or imperishableness
- ○tva n. imperishableness
- ○tṛtīyā f. N. of a festival (the third day of the bright half of Vaiśākha, which is the first day of the Satya-yuga, and secures permanency to actions then performed)
- ○nīvī f. a permanent endowment, Buddhist Inscr
- ○puruhūta m. Siva
- ○mati m. N. of a Buddhist
- ○loka m. the undecaying world, heaven
- a-kṣayin mfn. undecaying
- (iṇī), f. N. of Śiva's wife (?) Rājat
- a-kṣayyá mfn. undecaying
- (am), n. or ind. 'may thy prosperity be undecaying!' (a form of blessing addressed to a Vaiśya) MBh
- ○navamī f. the ninth day of the bright half of Āśvina
- akṣayyôdaka n. inexhaustible water Yājñ. &c
- a-kṣára mfn. imperishable
- unalterable
- m. a sword L
- Śiva L
- Vishṇu L
- (ā), f. ákṣarā below
- (am), n. a syllable
- the syllable om Mn
- a letter m. ṛāmatūp.
- a vowel
- a sound
- a word
- N. of Brahma
- final beatitude religious austerity, sacrifice L
- water RV. i, 34, 4 and i, 164, 42 [Page 3, Column]
- Achyranthes Aspera
- ○kara m. a kind of religious meditation Kāraṇḍ
- ○cañcu or m. 'clever in writing', a scribe L
- ○cuñcu or m. 'clever in writing', a scribe L
- ○caṇa or m. 'clever in writing', a scribe L
- ○cana m. 'clever in writing', a scribe L
- ○cyutaka n. 'supplying dropped (cyuta) syllables', a kind of game Kād
- ○chandas n. metre regulated by the number and quality of syllables
- ○jananī f. 'letter producer', a reed or pen
- ○jīvaka or m. 'one who lives by writing', a scribe
- ○jīvika or m. 'one who lives by writing', a scribe
- ○jīvin m. 'one who lives by writing', a scribe
- ○tūlikā f. a reed or pen
- ○nyāsa m. array of syllables or letters
- the alphabet
- ○paṅkti mfn. containing five syllables
- (akṣára-paṅkti), f. N. of a metre of four lines, each containing one dactyl and one spondee VS
- also called paṅkti or haṃsa
- ○bhāj mfn. entitled to a share in the syllables (of a prayer) AitBr
- ○mukha m. having the mouth full of syllables, a student, scholar L
- ○muṣṭikā f. the art of communicating syllables or ideas by the fingers (one of the 64 Kalās) Vātsyāy
- ○vinyāsa = -nyāsa Vikr
- ○śás ind. syllable by syllable MaitrS. AitBr
- ○śūnya mfn. inarticulate
- ○saṃsthāna n. scripture, writing L
- ○samāmnāya m. alphabet Pat. BhP
- akṣarâkṣara m. a kind of religious meditation (samādhi). Karaṇḍ
- akṣarâṅga n. part of a syllable (said of the anusvāra) RV. Prāt
- akṣare-sthā mfn. consisting of syllables TāṇḍyaBr
- akṣaraka n. a vowel
- ákṣarā f. (cf. a-kṣára n. above), word, speech RV
- akṣarya mf(ā)n. corresponding to the number of syllables or letters RV. Prāt
- (akṣaryaṃ revat), n. N. of a Sāman ArshBr
- a-kṣānti f. impatience, jealousy, intolerance
- a-kṣāra mfn. free from alkali or factitious salt
- ○lavaṇa n. not factitious (i.e. natural) salt
- (mfn.) not composed of artificial salt, Kullūka on Mn. iii, 257 ; v, 73
- xi, 109
- or, according to Goldst. and NBD., better '(food) not containing acrid substances nor salt therefore also akṣārâlavaṇa in the same sense, cf. kṣāra-lavaṇa
- ○lavaṇâśin mfn. eating akṣāra-lavaṇa
- a-kṣāra-madya-māṃsâda mfn. not eating acrid substances nor (drinking) spirituous liquors nor eating meat VarYogay
- ákṣi n. (√1. aś Uṇ.) [instr. akṣṇā dat. akṣṇe, &c., fr. akṣan, substituted for akṣi in the weakest cases. Vedic forms are: abl. gen. akṣṇás
- loc. akṣán (once akṣiṇi!)
- du. nom, acc. akṣī́ RV., ákṣiṇī, ákṣyau, and akṣyáu AV. ŚBr. and AitBr
- instr. akṣī́bhyām
- gen. akṣyós VS., akṣyós and akṣós (!) AV
- pl. nom. acc. ákṣīṇi AV., akṣāṇi RV
- ifc. akṣa is substituted, 4. ahṣa], the eye
- the number two
- ī́), n. du. the sun and moon RV. i, 72, 10
- [Gk. ?, ? ; Lat. [Page 3, Column] oculos ; AṢ. aegh ; Goth. augo ; Germ. āuge ; Russ. oko ; Lith. aki-s.]
- ○kūṭa or n. the prominent part of the forehead above the eye Yājñ. &c
- ○kūṭaka n. the prominent part of the forehead above the eye Yājñ. &c
- ○gata mfn. presented to the eye, visible, seen
- hated MBh. &c
- ○gola m. the eyeball
- ○jāha n. the √of the eye
- ○tārā f. the pupil of the eye
- ○nikāṇam ind. with half-closed eyes Pāṇ. 3-4, 54 Sch
- also nikāṇam-akṣi id
- ○nimeṣa m. twinkling of an eye, a moment Suśr
- ○pakṣman n. the eye lash
- ○paṭala n. coat of the eye L
- ○pát ind. as much as could fall into the eyes, a little RV. vi, 16, 18 and x, 119, 6
- ○pāka m. inflammation of the eyes Suśr
- ○bhu mfn. visible, perceptible, manifest AV. xx, 136, 4 VS
- ○bheṣaja n. medicament for the eyes, collyrium, &c
- m. a tree, Red Lodh
- ○bhruva n. the eyes and eyebrows together
- ○mat mfn. possessing eyes
- ○loman n: the eyelash
- ○vikūṇita n. a glance with the eye-lids partially closed
- ○saṃtarjana (probably n.), N. of a mythic weapon MBh
- akṣy-āmayá m. disease of the eye ŚBr. KātySr
- akṣyāmayin mfn. having a disease of the eye PBr
≫akṣa
- akṣa n. [only ifc. (f. ī) for akṣi], the eye
- ○caraṇa or m. (probably) 'having his eyes fixed in abstraction on his feet', N. of the philosopher Gautama
- ○pad or m. (probably) 'having his eyes fixed in abstraction on his feet', N. of the philosopher Gautama
- ○pāda m. (probably) 'having his eyes fixed in abstraction on his feet', N. of the philosopher Gautama
- cf. ākṣapāda
- akṣan n. substituted for akṣi, 'the eye', in the weakest cases, Gram. 122 [Goth. augan]
- an organ of sense BhP
- ○vát mfn. having eyes RV
- (for 1. col. 2.) [Page 4, Column]
- akṣika or m. the tree Dalbergia Oujeinensis L
- akṣīka m. the tree Dalbergia Oujeinensis L
- akṣaka
- akṣiṇī f. one of the eight conditions or privileges attached to landed property L
- a-kṣít mfn. imperishable, not lost MaitrS
- á-kṣita mfn. undecayed, uninjured, undecaying
- (am), n. water L
- the number 100000 millions PBr
- a-kṣitā-vasu m. 'possessed of undecaying wealth', N. of Indra RV. viii, 49, 6
- ákṣitôti m. 'granting permanent help', N. of Indra RV
- á-kṣiti f. imperishableness AV. &c
- (mfn.), imperishable RV
- akṣiba m. L
- akṣība
- á-kṣiyat mfn. not inhabiting, destitute of a dwelling, unsettled ('not decreasing in riches' Sāy.) RV. iv, 17, 13
- akṣīka m. L
- akṣika
- á-kṣīṇa mfn. not perishing or failing ŚBr
- not waning (the moon) ŚBr
- not diminishing in weight Yājñ
- N. of a son of Viśvāmitra MBh
- akṣība and akṣiba mfn. not intoxicated, sober L
- m. Guilandina or Hyperanthera Moringa L
- (am), n. sea salt L
- ákṣu m. a kind of net RV. i, 180, 5 AV. The NBD. suggests 'axle of a car', making ákṣu = ákṣa
- a-kṣuṇṇa mfn. unbroken, uncurtailed
- not trite, new Mālatīm
- permanent
- unconquered
- inexperienced, inexpert
- ○tā f. uncurtailed condition
- inexperience
- a-kṣudra mfn. not small
- not low or vulgar MBh
- á-kṣudh f. satiety VS
- a-kṣudhyá mfn. not liable to hunger AV
- a-kṣodhuka mfn. not hungry MaitrS
- á-kṣetra mfn. destitute of fields, uncultivated ŚBr
- (am), n. a bad field Mn. x, 71
- a bad geometrical figure
- ○jña [Pāṇ. 7-3, 3] or not finding out the way
- ○vid [ákṣ○ RV. v, 40, 5 and x, 32,], not finding out the way
- destitute of spiritual knowledge
- a-kṣetrin mfn. having no fields Mn. ix, 49 and 51
- a-kṣaitrajñya n. spiritual ignorance Pāṇ. 7-3, 30
- ākṣ○
- akṣoṭa m. a walnut (Pistacio nut?) Ragh
- the tree Pīlu
- the tree Aleurites Triloba. Also spelt akṣoḍa (Suśr.), akṣoḍaka, ākṣoṭa, ākṣoḍaka, ākhoṭa
- a-kṣobha mfn. unagitated, unmoved, m. the post to which an elephant is tied, freedom from agitation, imperturbability
- a-kṣobhya mfn. immovable, imperturbable
- m. N. of a Buddha of an author, an immense number, said by Buddhists to be 100 vivaras
- akṣauhiṇī f. an army consisting of ten anikinis, or 21, 870 elephants, 21, 870 chariots, 65, 610 horse, and 109, 350 foot. (Since an anikini consists of 27 vāhinis, and 27 is the cube of 3, akṣauhiṇī may be a compound of 2. akṣa and vāhini
- or it may possibly be connected with 1. akṣa, axle, car.)
- akṣṇa n. = a-khaṇḍa Uṇ. Sch
- ○yā́van mfn. going across RV. viii, 7, 35
- akṣṇayā́ instr. ind. transversely ŚBr. (Sch. circuitously, like a wheel!)
- wrongly ŚBr. xiv
- diagonally, S4ulbas
- ○kṛta (akṣṇayā́-) mfn. done wrongly ŚBr
- ○deśá m. an intermediate region ŚBr
- ○druh mfn. injuring wrongly or in a bad way RV. i, 122, 9
- ○rajju f. diagonal line Sulbas
- ○stomī́yā f. N. of an Ishṭakā TS. ŚBr
- akhaṭṭa m. Buchanania Latifolia
- akhaṭṭi m. childish whim L
- a-khaṇḍa mfn. not fragmentary, entire, whole, (am), n. time L
- (a-khaṇḍā dvā daśī), the twelfth day of the first half of the month Mārgaśīrsha. [Page 4, Column]
- a-khaṇḍana n. not breaking, leaving entire L
- non-refutation, admission L
- m. time L
- a-khaṇḍita mfn. unbroken, undivided, unimpaired
- unrefuted
- ○rtu (ṛtu), mfn. 'not breaking the season', bearing seasonable fruits
- á-khanat mfn. not digging RV. x, 101, 11
- á-kharva mfn. not shortened or mutilated RV. vii, 32, 13
- not small, important
- also a-kharvan Hcat
- (ā), f. N. of a plant L
- á-khāta mfn. unburied AV
- (as, am), m. n. a natural pond or lake, a pool before a temple L
- a-khādya mfn. uneatable
- á-khidra mfn. (ā)n. not weak TS. &c
- ○yāman (ákhidra-), mfn. unwearied in course RV. i, 38. 11
- a-khila mf(ā)n. without a gap, complete, whole
- (ena), ind. completely
- akhilâtman m. the universal Spirit, Brahma
- akhilī√kṛ -kṛtya ind. p. not having annihilated or rendered powerless Śiś. ii, 34
- akheṭika or ākheṭika m. a dog trained to the chase
- a-khedin mfn. not wearisome, unwearied
- akhedi-tva n. continuous flow (of speech), one of the vāg-guṇas of Mahāvira Jain
- akhkhala ind. an exclamation of Joy Sāy. on RV. vii, 103, 3
- akhkhalī-kṛ́tyā Ved. ind. p. (√1. kṛ), uttering the exclamation akhkhala RV. vii, 103, 3
- a-khyāta mfn. not famous, unknown
- a-khyāti f. infamy. bad repute, disgrace
- ○kara mfn. causing infamy, disgraceful
- ag cl. 1. P. agati, to move tortuously, wind L.: Caus. agayati L. ; √.aṅg
≫aga
- aga m. a snake in this sense perhaps rather a-ga L
- the sun L
- a water-jar L
- a-ga mfn. (√gam). unable to walk Pāṇ. 6-3, 77 Sch
- m. a mountain
- a tree
- the number seven
- ○ja mfn. produced on a mountain, or from a tree
- (ā), f. N. of Pārvati, daughter of Himālaya
- (am), n. bitumen
- agâtma-jā f. = aga-jā Kir
- agâvaha m. N. of a son of Vasudeva, and of others Hariv
- agâukas m. 'mountain-dweller', a lion
- 'tree-dweller', a bird
- the Sarabha, q.v
- a-gaccha mfn. not going L
- m. a tree L
- a-gaṇita mfn. uncounted
- inconsiderable VP
- ○pratiyāta mfn. returned without (or because of not) having been noticed Śiś
- ○lajja mfn. disregarding shame
- á-gata mfn. not gone
- (am), n. not yet frequented, the dominion of death AV
- a-gati mfn. not going, halting, without resource, helpless, (is), f. stoppage R
- want of resort or resource, unsuccessfulness Vikr., not cohabiting with a woman
- a-gatika mf(ā)n. without resort or resources Kathās
- ○gati f. the resort of one who has no resort, a last resource Yājñ. i, 345
- a-gatika mf(ā)n. not to be walked on (as an evil path) MBh
- a-gadá mfn. free from disease healthy RV. &c
- free from affliction, m. free dom from disease Mn
- a medicine, drug, (especially) antidote Mn
- agadaṃ-kāra m. a physician Naish
- agada-veda m. medical science Car
- a-gadya Nom. P. agadyati, to have good health, (g. kaṇḍv-ādi, q.v.)
- to heal ib
- a-gadita mfn. untold
- a-gandhā mfn. without smell
- a-gama mfn. not going, unable to go, m. a mountain L.: a tree [ef. a-ga]
- a-gamya mfn. unfit to be walked in, or to be approached
- not to be approached (sexually)
- inaccessible
- unattainable [Page 4, Column]
- unintelligible
- unsuitable
- ○gā f. a woman who has illicit intercourse with a man VarBṛ
- ○rūpa mfn. of unsurpassed form
- a-gamyā f. a woman with whom cohabitation is forbidden
- ○gamana n. illicit intercourse with a woman
- ○gamanīya mfn. relating to it Mn. xi, 169
- ○gāmin mfn. practising it Gaut
- a-garī f. a kind of grass (Deotar, Andropogon Serratus) L
- [cf. garī.]
- aga-ru us, u, mṇ. Agallochum, Amyris Agallocha
- cf. aguru
- á-garta-mit (cf. garta-mít), mfn. not buried in a hole ŚBr
- a-garta-skandya mfn. 'not having holes to be lept over', not offering hindrances ŚāṅkhBr
- a-garva mfn. free from pride
- a-garhita mfn. undespised, unreproached, blameless
- a-gavyūtí mfn. without good pasturage for cattle, barren RV. vi, 47, 20
- agásti m. (according to Uṇ. iv, 179 fr. 2. a-ga, a mountain, and asti, thrower, √2. as). N. of a Ṛishi (author of several Vedic hymns
- said to have been the son of both Mitra and Varuṇa by Urvaśī
- to have been born in a water-jar
- to have been of short stature
- to have swallowed the ocean, and compelled the Vindhya mountains to prostrate themselves before him
- to have conquered and civilized the South
- to have written on medicine, &c.)
- the star Canopus (of which Agastya is the regent, said to be the 'cleanser of water', because of turbid waters becoming clean at its rising Ragh. xiii, 36)
- Agasti Grandiflora Suśr. [also -dru f. L.]
- (ayas), m. pl. the descendants of Agastya
- (ī), f. a female descendant of Agastya Pāṇ. 6-4, 149 Sch
- agastīya mfn. relating to Agasti Pāṇ. 6-4, 149 Comm
- agástya (3, 4), m. = agásti
- N. of Śiva L
- ○gītā ās f. pl. Agastya's hymns, forming part of the Ādi-vārāha-Purāṇa
- ○cāra m. the path of Canopus
- ○mārga m. the path of Agastya (Canopus), i.e. the South
- ○saṃhitā f. N. of an old compendium of the Tantra literature
- agastyôdaya m. the rising of Canopus
- the seventh day of the second half of Bhādra
- a-gā ās mf. (Ved.) not going Pāṇ. 3-2, 67 Sch
- a-gātṛ tā m. a bad singer TāṇḍyaBr
- a-gādha mf(ā)n. not shallow, deep, unfathomable, m. a hole, chasm L
- N. of one of the five fires at the Svadhākāra Hariv
- ○jala mfn. having deep water, (am), n. deep water
- ○rudhira n. a vast quantity of blood Daś
- a-gādhi-tva n. depth Comm. on Śiś. i, 55
- agāra (rarely as, m.), n. house, apartment [cf. āgāra]
- ○dāhin m. 'house-burner an incendiary Gaut
- agārin mfn. possessing a house, (ī), m. a house holder, layman (cf an-agārin) Jain
- agira m. (√ag), the sun L., fire L
- a Rākshasa L
- á-girâukas mfn. (girā instr. of gir, and okas), not to be kept back by hymns, N. of the Maruts RV. i, 135, 9
- á-gu mfn. (fr. go with a), destitute of cows, poor RV. viii, 2, 14
- (us), m. 'destitute of rays', N. of Rāhu the ascending node
≫ago
- a-go f. not a cow PārGṛ
- ○tā (a gó), f. want of cows RV. AV
- a-guṇa mfn. destitute of qualities or attributes (said of the supreme Being, cf. nirguṇa)
- destitute of good qualities
- m. a fault
- ○tā f. or absence of qualities or of good qualities
- ○tva n. absence of qualities or of good qualities
- ○vat mfn. destitute of qualities
- without good qualities
- ○vādin mfn. fault-finding, censorious,
- ○śila mfn. of a worthless character
- a-gupta mfn. unhidden, unconcealed
- unprotected
- not keeping a secret
- a-guru mfn. not heavy, light
- (in prosody) short as a short vowel alone or before a single consonant [Page 5, Column]
- (us, u), mṇ. the fragrant Aloe wood and tree, Aquilaria Agallocha
- a-gūḍha mfn. unconcealed, manifest
- ○gandha n. Asa Foetida
- ○bhāva mfn. having a transparent disposition
- á-gṛbhīta mfn. not seized or taken unsubdued RV. viii, 79, 1 TBr
- ○śocis (ágṛbhīta-), mfn. 'having unsubdued splendour', N. of Agni and the Maruts RV. v, 54, 5 and 12 ; viii, 23, 1
- ('having inconceivable splendour' BR.)
- a-gṛha mfn. houseless
- ○tā f. houselessness TāṇḍyaBr
- a-gocara mfn. not within range, unattainable, inaccessible (cf. driṣṭy-agocara), impeceptible by the senses
- (am), n. anything that is beyond the cognizance of the senses
- Brahma
- the not being seen, absence
- (eṇa), instr. ind. out of the sight of any one (gen.), behind one's back Hit
- á-gopā mfn. without a cowherd, not tended by one RV
- á-go-rudha mfn. not driving away the cow RV. viii, 24, 20
- ('not repelling or disdaining praise' Sāy.)
- á-gohya (4), mfn. not to be concealed or covered, bright RV
- agaukas 2. a-ga
- agdhâd mfn. (fr. a+ gdha p.p.p. fr √ghas + ad), eating food which is not yet eaten TS., (Comm.= dagdhâd.)
- agnā (for agni in the following comp.)
- ○marutau m. du. Agni and Marut Pāṇ. 6-3, 28 Sch
- ○viṣṇū voc. m. du. Agni and Vishṇu AV
- agnā́yī f. the wife of Agni, one of the deva-patnyaḥ RV. i, 22, 12 and v, 46, 8
- the Tretā yuga L
- agní m. (√ag Uṇ.) fire, sacrificial fire (of three kinds, Gārhapatya, Āhavanīya, and Dakshiṇa)
- the number three Sūryas
- the god of fire, the fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid
- bile L
- gold L
- N. of various plants Semicarpus Anacardium Suśr., Plumbago Zeylanica and Rosea, Citrus Acida
- mystical substitute for the letter r
- in the Kātantra grammar N. of noun-stems ending in i and u [Lat. igni-s ; Lith. ugni-s ; Slav. ognj]
- ○kaṇa m. 'fire-particle', a spark
- ○karman n. 'fire-act', piling up the wood &c. ŚBr
- action of Agni Nir
- cauterization Suśr
- ○kalpa (agní-), mfn. having the nature of fire ŚBr
- ○kārikā ḻ., f. and kindling or feeding the sacrificial fire with clarified butter &c
- ○kārya [Mn. &c.], n. kindling or feeding the sacrificial fire with clarified butter &c
- the prayers said while doing so Kathās., cauterization
- ○kāṣṭha n. Agallochum L
- ○kukkuṭa m. a lighted wisp of straw, firebrand L
- ○kuṇḍa n. a pan with live coals R
- a hole or enclosed space for the consecrated fire Kathās
- ○kumāra m. a particular preparation of various drugs. N. of a class of Bhavanavāsin deities Jain
- ○kṛta mfn. made by fire
- ○ketu (agni-), mfn. having fire as an emblem or characteristic mark (Ushas) TS
- (us), m. N. of a Rakshas R
- ○koṇa m. the south-east quarter, ruled over by Agni L
- ○kriḍā f. 'fire sport', fire works, illuminations, &c
- ○khadā f. an infernal pan or stove Kāraṇḍ
- ○garbha mf(ā) n. pregnant with fire BṛĀrUp
- m. a gem supposed to contain and give out solar heat (= sūrya-kānta) L
- N. of a frothy substance on the sea, engendered by the submarine, fire L
- N. of a man
- (ā), f. the plant Mahājyotishmatī
- ○gṛha n. house or place for keeping the sacred fire MBh
- a room fitted 'with hot-baths Car
- ○grantha m. N. of wk
- ○ghaṭa m. N. of a hell Kāraṇḍ
- ○caya "ṣulb., m. or f. arranging to preparing the sacred or sacrificial fire-place
- ○cayana n. or arranging to preparing the sacred or sacrificial fire-place
- ○citi f. or arranging to preparing the sacred or sacrificial fire-place
- ○cityā́ "ṣBr., f. arranging to preparing the sacred or sacrificial fire-place
- agni-caya, a heap or mass of fire R
- ○cít mfn. arranging the sacrificial fire, or one who has arranged it ŚBr. &c
- án- (neg.) ŚBr
- ○cit-vat mfn. possessing house holders that have prepared a sacred fire-place Pāṇ. 8-2, 10 Sch
- ○já mfn. 'fire-born', produced by or in fire AV. MaitrS
- m. N. of Vishṇu Hariv
- of a frothy substance on the sea (cf.-garbha) L
- ○janman m. 'fire-born', Skanda, god of war
- ○jāra or m. N. of a frothy substance on the sea (cf. -garbha and -já) L
- ○jāla m. N. of a frothy substance on the sea (cf. -garbha and -já) L
- ○jihvá mfn. 'having Agni for tongue', consuming the sacrifice through Agni RV. [Page 5, Column]
- (ā́), f. tongue or flame of fire AV. MuṇḍUp
- the plant Methonica Superba (Lāṅgalī)
- ○jvalita-tejana mfn. having a point hardened in fire Mn. vii, 90
- ○jvāla m. N. of Śiva
- (ā), f. flame of fire
- a Plant with red blossoms, used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa
- Jalapippalī
- ○táp mfn. enjoying the warmth of fire RV. v, 61, 4
- ○tápas mfn. hot as fire, glowing RV. x, 68, 6
- ○taptá mfn. fire-heated, glowing RV. vii, 104, 5
- ○tā (agní), f. the state of fire ŚBr
- ○tejas (agní-), mfn. having the energy of fire or of Agni AV
- (ās), m. one of the seven Ṛishis of the eleventh Manvantara Hariv
- ○traya n. or the three sacred fires, called respectively Gārhapatya, Āhavanīya, and Dakshiṇa
- ○tretā ṃn. ṃBh., f. the three sacred fires, called respectively Gārhapatya, Āhavanīya, and Dakshiṇa
- ○trā mfn. án-agnitrā
- ○da m. 'fire-giver', incendiary Mn. Yājñ
- stomachic. 1
- ○dagdha (agní-), mfn. burnt with fire RV. x, 103, additional verses ŚBr
- cauterized Suśr
- (am), n. a cautery. 2
- ○dagdhá mfn. burnt on a funeral pile RV. x, 15, 14 TBr
- (ās), m. pl. a class of Pitṛis who, when on earth, maintained a sacred fire Mn. iii, 199
- ○datta m. N. of a prince
- of a Brahman Kathās
- ○damanī f. a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini
- ○dāyaka m. = -da, q.v
- ○dāha m. a particular disease
- a fiery glow (in the sky) Hariv
- ○diś f. Agni's quarter, the south-east
- ○dīpana mf(ī)n. stomachic Suśr
- ○dīpta mfn. blazing, glowing
- (ā), f. the plant Mahājyotishmatī
- ○dīpti f. active state of digestion Suśr
- ○dūta (agní-), mfn. having Agni for a messenger, brought by Agni RV. x, 14, 13 AV
- ○dūṣita mfn. 'fire-marked', branded
- ○deva m. Agni, (ā), f. = - nakṣatrá, q.v. L
- ○devata (agní-), mfn. having Agni for deity ŚBr
- ○daivata n. -nakṣatrá, q.v. VarBṛS
- ○dh (agní-dh, dh for ídh, cf. agnī74dh), m. the priest who kindles the sacred fire RV. ii 1, 2 ; x, 41, 3 ; 91, 10
- ○dhā́na n. receptacle for the sacred fire RV. x, 165, 3 AV
- ○nakṣatrá n. the third lunar mansion the Pleiades (Kṛittikā) ŚBr
- ○nayana n. the act of bringing out the sacrificial fire
- ○niryāsa m. = -jāra
- ○nunna (agní), mfn. struck by fire or lightning SV
- ○netra (agní-), mfn. having Agni for a guide VS
- ○pakva mfn. cooked on the fire Mn
- ○pada m. whose foot has stepped on the sacrificial fire place', N. of a horse Lāṭy. Vait
- ○parikriyā f. care of the sacred fire Mn. ii, 67
- ○paricchada m. the whole apparatus of a fire-sacrifice Mn. vi, 4
- ○paridhāna n. enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen
- ○parikṣā f. ordeal by fire
- ○parvata m. 'fire-mountain', a volcano R
- ○puccha n. tail or extreme point of, a sacrificial fire (arranged in the shape of a bird) ĀśvŚr
- ○purā́ f. the castle of Agni ŚBr
- ○purāṇa n. N. of a Purāṇa
- ○purogama mfn. having Agni for a leader
- ○praṇayana n. = -nayana, q.v
- ○praṇayanīya mfn. referring to the -praṇayana
- ○pratiṣṭhā f. consecration of fire, especially of the nuptial fire
- ○prabhā f. a venomous insect Suśr
- ○praveśa m. or entering the fire, self immolation of a widow on her husband's funeral pile
- ○praveśana n. entering the fire, self immolation of a widow on her husband's funeral pile
- ○prastara m. a fire-producing stone
- flint L
- ○prāyaścitta n. or an expiatory act during the preparation of the sacrificial fire
- ○prāyaścittí "ṣBr., f. an expiatory act during the preparation of the sacrificial fire
- ○bāhu m. smoke [cf. -vāha] L., N. of a son of the first Manu Hariv
- N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā VP
- ○bīja n. gold L
- N. of the letter r RāmatUp
- ○bha n. 'shining like fire, gold L
- ○bhu n. 'fire produced', water L
- ○bhū m. Skanda L
- N. of a Vedic teacher, with the patron. Kāśyapa VBr
- (in arithm.) six
- ○bhūti m. N. of one of the eleven chief pupils (gaṇadharas) of the last Tirthakara
- ○bhrājas (agní-), mfn. possessing fiery splendour RV. v, 54, 11
- ○maṇi m. the sun-stone (= surya-kānta)
- ○mát mfn. being near the fire AV. (RV. has vát)
- having or maintaining a sacrificial fire Mn. &c
- having a good digestion Suśr
- ○mantha mfn. producing fire by friction
- m. Premna Spinosa Suśr
- ○manthana n. production of fire by friction ĀśvŚr
- ○manthanīya mfn. relating to such friction ib
- ○máya mf(ī) n. fiery ŚBr. AitBr
- ○māṭhara m. N. of an expounder of the Ṛig-veda VP
- ○māndya n. slowness of digestion, dyspepsia
- ○māruti m. N. of Agastya L
- cf. āgnimāruta
- ○mitra m. N. of a prince of the Suṅga, dynasty, son of Pushyamitra VP
- ○m-indhá (agnim-indhá), m. the priest who kindles the fire RV. i, 162, 5
- ○mukha (agni-), mfn. having Agni for the mouth ŚBr
- m. a deity, a Brāhmaṇa, a tonic medicine L. [Page 5, Column]
- Semicarpus Anacardium
- Plumbago Zeylanica L
- N. of a bug Pañcat
- (ī), f. Semicarpus Anacardium
- Gloriosa (or Methonica) Superba
- ○mūḍha (agní-), mfn. made insane by Agni RV. x, 103, additional verses AV
- ○yuta m. N. of the author of the hymn x, 116 in the Ṛig-veda
- ○yojana n. the act of stirring the sacrificial fire (to make it blaze up)
- ○rakṣaṇa n. maintenance of the sacred domestic fire
- ○raja or m. a scarlet insect L
- ○rajas m. a scarlet insect L
- ○rahasya n. 'mystery of Agni', title of the tenth book of the Śatapatha-Brāhmaṇa
- ○rājan mfn. pl. 'having Agni as king', N. of the Vastus ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○rā́śi m. a heap or mass of fire, a burning pile
- ○ruhā f. the plant Māṃsarohiṇl
- ○rūpa (agní-), mfn. fire-shaped RV. x, 84, 1
- (agni-rū́pa), n. a shape of fire ŚBr
- ○retasá mfn. sprung from Agni's seed ŚBr
- ○rohiṇī f. a hard inflammatory swelling in the arm-pit Suśr
- ○loka m. the world of Agni KaushUp
- ○vát mfn. being near the fire RV. vii, 104, 2 (= -mát, q.v.)
- 'joined to (another) fire', N. of Agni TS
- ○varcas m. N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas VP
- ○varṇa mf(ā)n. having the colour of fire
- hot, fiery (said of liquors) Mn. xi, 90 and 91
- m. N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana
- ○vardhaka or mfn. promoting digestion, stomachic
- ○vardhana mfn. promoting digestion, stomachic
- ○vallabha m. the tree Ṣorea Robusta
- its resinous juice
- ○vāṇa m. a fiery arrow
- ○vādin m. 'fire-asserter', worshipper of fire
- ○vārtta mfn. gaining a livelihood by fire [as a blacksmith &c.] VarBṛS
- ○vāsas (agní-), mfn. wearing a fiery or red garment AV
- ○vāha m. the vehicle of fire, i.e. smoke L
- ○vidhā́ f. manner or fashion of fire ŚBr
- ○vimocana n. the act of lowering the sacrificial fire (by spreading it out)
- ○visarpa m. spread of inflammation (in a tumour)
- ○vikaraṇa n. removing the sacrificial fire from the Āgnidhra to the Sadas Maṇḍapa
- ○virya n. gold L
- ○vṛddhi f. improvement of digestion
- ○vetāla m. N. of a Vetāla (connected with the story of king Vikramāditya)
- ○vela f. the time at which the fire is kindled, afternoon ĀśvGṛ
- ○veśa m. N. of an ancient medical authority
- also of other persons
- ○veśman m. the fourteenth day of the Karma-māsa Sūryapr
- ○veśya m. N. of a teacher MBh
- N. of the 22nd muhūrta Sūryapr
- ○saraṇa or f. house or place for keeping, the sacrificial fire
- ○śā́la āV., n. or house or place for keeping, the sacrificial fire
- ○śālā f. house or place for keeping, the sacrificial fire
- ○śarman m. N. of a man
- ○sikha mfn. having a point like fire (an arrow) R
- m. an arrow
- a lamp
- a safflower plant L
- saffron L
- N. of Vararuci's father Kathās
- of a Vetāla Kathās
- (am), n. saffron L., gold L
- ○sikhā f. a flame ŚBr. &c., the plants Gloriosa Superba and Menispermum Cordifolium
- ○śuśrūṣā f. attention to the sacrificial fire Mn. ii, 248
- ○sekhara n. saffron
- ○śeṣa m. appendix to the chapter on Agni in the Taittiriya-Saṃhitā
- ○śra m(nom. pl. -sríyas)fn. having the brightness of Agni RV. iii, 26, 5 ['approaching the fire (of lightning)' Sāy.]
- ○sroṇi f. leg of the sacrificial altar KātySr
- ○ṣṭut m. 'laudatory of Agni', the first day of the Agnishṭoma sacrifice, one day of the Sattra Pañcadasarātra ŚBr. &c
- N. of a son of the sixth Manu, Cākshusha (by Naḍvalā) VP. Hariv. [vḷ. -ṣṭubh]
- ○ṣṭomá m. 'praise of Agni', N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrifice (forming one of the chief modifications, [saṃsthās] of the Jyotishṭoma offered by one who is desirous of obtaining heaven ; the performer is a Brahman who maintains the sacred fire, the offering is the Soma, the deities to whom, the offering is made are Indra &c., the number of priests required is 16, the ceremonies continue for five, days)
- a mantra or kalpa connected with the Agnishṭoma L
- (agni ṣṭoma) -yājin mfn. one who has performed the Agnishṭoma
- -sád mfn. performing the Agnishṭoma
- -sádya n. the performance of Agnishṭoma ŚBr
- -sāmá m. and -samán n. the passage of the Sāma-veda chanted at the Agnishṭoma
- -hotra n. title of a Vedic text
- ○ṣṭhá mfn. placed in, or over, near the fire
- m. a pan, fire-pan R. [cf. -ṣṭhikā]
- a vehicle carrying the fire ĀpŚr
- (in the Aśvamedha sacrifice) the eleventh Yūpa or sacrificial post, which (of all the twenty-one) is nearest the fire ŚBr
- (ā́), f. that corner of the sacrificial post which (of all the eight) is nearest the fire ŚBr
- ○ṣṭhikā f. a fire-pan [cf. -ṣṭha]
- ○ṣvāttá [in Epic and later texts -svātta], ās, m. pl. 'tasted by the funeral fire', the Manes RV. x, 15, 11 VS. ŚBr
- in later texts N. of a class of Manes (who on earth neglected the sacrificial fire) MBh. &c. [Page 6, Column]
- ○saṃskāra m. the consecration of fire
- performance of any rite in which the application of fire is essential, as the burning of a dead body Mn. Ragh
- ○sakha m. 'friend of fire', the wind L
- ○saṃkāśa (agní-), mfn. resplendent like fire ŚBr
- ○sajjā f.? indigestion Suśr
- ○saṃcaya m. preparing the sacrificial fire-place
- -cayana
- ○sambhava mfn. produced from fire
- m. wild safflower L
- = -jāra
- 'the result of digestion, chyme or chyle L
- ○saras n. N. of a Tirtha VārP
- ○savá m. consecration of the fire TS. ŚBr
- ○sahāya m. 'friend of fire', the wind
- a wild pigeon L
- ○sākṣika mfn. taking Agni or the domestic or nuptial fire for a witness R. &c. -sākṣika-maryāda mfn. one who taking Agni for a witness gives a solemn promise of conjugal fidelity
- ○sāda m. weakness of digestion Suśr
- ○sāra n. a medicine for the eyes, a collyrium L
- ○sāvarṇi m. N. of a Manu L
- ○siṃha m. N. of the father of the seventh black Vāsudeva Jain
- ○sūtra n. thread of fire
- a girdle of sacrificial grass put upon a young Brāhman at his investiture L
- ○stambha m.or
- ○stambhana n. the (magical) quenching of fire
- ○stoka m. a particle of fire, spark
- ○svātta -ṣvāttá
- ○havana n. a sacrificial libation Gaut
- ○hút Vṣ. or mfn. sacrificed by fire
- ○huta mfn. sacrificed by fire
- ○hotṛ (agní), m. having Agni for a priest RV. x, 66, 8. 1
- ○hotra (agní-), mfn. sacrificing to Agni AV. vi, 97, 1
- (ī́) f. the cow destined for the Agnihotra ŚBr. AitBr
- (agni, hotri) -vatsá m. her calf. ŚBr. 2
- ○hotrá n. AV. &c. oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil, and sour gruel
- there are two kinds of Agnihotra, one is nitya i.e. of constant obligation, the other kāmya i.e. optional)
- the sacred fire Mn. Yājñ. &c
- (agnihotra) -devatā f. the deity of the Agnihotra
- tvá n. the state of the Agnihotra MaitrS
- -sthālī́ f. a pot used at the Agnihotra ŚBr
- -hávanī f. a spoon used at the Agnihotra ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ
- -hút, offering the Agnihotra AV
- -homa m. a libation at the Agnihotra KātySr
- agnihotrāyaṇin mfn. one who offers only the Agnihotra KātyŚr
- agnihotra9vṛt f. ( āvṛt) the mere Agnihotra without recitation of Vedic formulas KātyŚr
- agnihotrâhutí [ŚBr., cf. āhuti] and agniḥotre9ṣṭi [KātyŚr., cf. iṣṭi], f. a libation or offering at the Agnihotra
- agnihotrôcchiṣṭá "ṣBr. and agnihotrôccheṣaṇá ṭṣ., n. the remains of the Agnihotra
- ○hotrín mfn. practising the Agnihotra, maintaining the sacrificial fire ŚBr. &c
- ○homa m. oblation put into the fire KātyŚr
- ○hvará mfn.? making a mistake in the fire-ceremonial MaitrS
- agnī74dh m. the priest who kindles the fire VS. ŚBr. AitBr. [cf. agnidh]
- agnī7dhra m. (= agni-bāhu), N. of two men
- agnī7ndraú m. du. Agni and Indra VS
- agnī7ndhana n. kindling or feeding the fire Mn. &c
- agnī-parjanyau Voc. m. du. Agni and Parjanya RV. vi, 52, 16
- agnī-váruṇau m. du. Agni and Varuṇa ŚBr
- agnī-ṣómā or m. du. Agni and Soma RV. AV. VS
- agnī-ṣómau m. du. Agni and Soma RV. AV. VS
- (agnīṣoma) -praṇayana n. bringing out the fire and the Soma, a ceremony in the Jyotishṭoma sacrifice
- agnīṣomiya mfn. related or sacred to Agni and Soma AV. &c., (agniṣomiya) -nirvāpa m. making libations with the cake sacred to Agni and Soma, a ceremony in the Darśapūrṇamāsa sacrifice
- -paśu m. a victim, generally a sheep or goat, sacred to Agni and Soma -paśv-anuṣṭhāna n. the rite connected with that victim at the Jyotishṭoma sacrifice
- -puroḍāśa m. cake sacred to Agni and Soma (baked in eleven bowls)
- -yāga m. one of the three sacrifices of the Pūrṇamāsa
- agniṣomiyâikādasa-kapāta m. cake sacred to Agni and Soma, above
- agny-agārá [ŚBr. &c.] or m. house or place for keeping the sacred fire
- agny-āgāra m. house or place for keeping the sacred fire
- agny-abhāva m. absence or want of the sacred fire
- loss of appetite
- agny-arcís f. or n. flame ŚBr
- agny-āgāra agny-agārá
- agny-ātmaka mf(ikā) n. having Agni's nature
- agny-ādhāna KaushBr. or n. placing the fire on the sacrificial fire-place
- agny-ādheya [AV. Mn. &c.], n. placing the fire on the sacrificial fire-place
- the ceremony of preparing the three sacred fires Āhavaniya &c
- (agnyādheya) -devatā f. the deity of the Agnyādheya ceremony PārGṛ
- -rūpá n. form or shape of the Agnyādheya ŚBr
- -śarkarā́, ā́s f. pl. (figuratively) bad performance of the Agnyādheya ŚBr
- -havis n. an oblation at the Agnyādheya ŚBr
- agny-ālaya m. = agny-agārá
- agny-āhita m. one who has performed the Agnyādhāna R. &c
- agny-utpāta m. a fiery portent Car
- a conflagration PārGṛ
- agny-utsādin mfn. one who lets the sacred fire go out
- agny-uddharaṇa n. taking the sacred fire from its usual place (previous to a sacrifice). [Page 6, Column]
- agny-upasthāná n. worship of Agni at the conclusion of the Agnihotra &c. ŚBr
- agny-edhá m. one who kindles the fire VS
- agnika m. a plant, probably Semecarpus Anacardium
- a kind of serpent Suśr
- an insect of scarlet colour, Coccinella
- (am), u. the Acayou-nut Suśr
- agnísāt ind. to the state of fire (used in comp. with √1. kṛ and √bhū e.g. agnisāt kṛ, to reduce to fire, to consume by fire), cf. bhasmasāt
- agman a n. conflict, battle L
- (connected with ajman, q.v.)
- ágra mfn. (fr. √aṅg Uṇ.), foremost, anterior, first, prominent, projecting, chief, best L
- supernumerary L
- (ā), f. [scil. rekhā] measure of amplitude (i.e. the distance from the extremity of the gnomon-shadow to the line of the equinoctial shadow) Sūryas
- (am), n. foremost point or part
- tip
- front
- uppermost part, top, summit, surface
- point
- and hence, figuratively, sharpness
- the nearest end, the beginning
- the climax or best part
- goal, aim
- multitude L
- a weight, equal to a pala L
- a measure of food given as alms L
- (in astron.) the sun's amplitude
- (am), ind. in front, before, ahead of
- (ágreṇa), ind. in front, before (without or with acc.) ŚBr
- (ágre), ind. in front, ahead of, in the beginning, first
- further on, subsequently, below (in a book)
- from - up to (ā) ŚBr., before (in time) AitUp. &c. [Gk. ?]
- ○kara m. the fore [6,] part of the hand, finger
- first ray Śiś
- ○kāya m. the fore part of the body
- ○ga m. a leader
- ○gaṇya mfn. to be counted or regarded as the foremost, principal
- ○gāmin mfn. preceding, taking the lead
- ○grāsikā f. the claim or right to the first morsel Pāṇ. 3-3, iii, Kāś
- ○ja (cf. jā́), mfn. born first or earlier, m. the first-born, an elder brother Mn. &c
- a Brahman VarBṛS. &c
- (ā), f. an elder sister
- ○jaṅghā f. the fore part of the leg, the shin-bone L
- ○janman m. the first-born, an elder brother, a Brahman Mn. Yājñ. &c
- a member of one of the three highest castes L
- Brahmā
- ○jā́ mfn. first-born RV. ix, 5, 9
- ○jātaka or m. a Brahman L
- ○jāti m. a Brahman L
- ○jihvá n. tip of the tongue VS
- ○jyā f. sine of the amplitude Sūryas
- ○ṇī mfn. taking the lead, foremost
- N. of an Agni MBh
- ○ṇīti (ágra-), f. the first offering RV. ii, 11, 14
- ○tás ind
- col. 3
- ○tirtha m. N. of a prince MBh
- ○dātṛ mfn. offering the best bits (to the gods) MBh
- ○dānin m. a degraded Brāhman who receives presents from Sūdras, or takes things previously offered to the dead BrahmaP
- ○didhiṣú m. = agre-didhiṣu TBr
- ○nakha m. tip of a nail R
- cf. nakhâgra
- ○nāsikā f. tip of the nose R
- cf. nāsikâgra
- ○nirūpaṇa n. determining beforehand, prophecy
- ○parṇī f. cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens
- ○pā mfn. drinking first MBh
- ○pāṇi m. fore part of the hand
- the right hand L
- ○pāda m. fore part of the foot Śiś
- ○pūjā f. highest act of reverence R
- ○peya n. precedence in drinking AitBr
- ○pradāyin mfn. offering first MBh
- ○praśirṇá mfn. broken at the top ŚBr
- ○bīja mfn. (said of plants) propagated by cuttings, m. a viviparous plant
- ○bhāga (or agrâṃśa), m. fore part, (in astron.) degree of amplitude L
- ○bhuj mfn. having the precedence in eating TĀr
- N. of the sun MBh
- ○bhū mfn. being at the top, at the head of
- ○bhūmi f. a goal L
- the top-floor (of a house) Megh
- ○mahiṣī f. the principal queen R. Jain
- ○māṃsa n. the heart L
- morbid protuberance of the liver
- ○yāna n. stepping in front to defy the enemy
- ○yāyin mfn. going before, taking the lead, (ī), m. a Ieader, Sāk
- ○yā́van mfn. going before RV. x, 70, 2
- ○yodhin m. the foremost man or leader in a fight
- a champion
- ○lohitā f. a kind of vegetable, similar to the spinage
- ○vaktra n. N. of a surgical instrument Suśr
- ○vat (ágra-), mfn. being at the top TS
- ○śás ind. from the beginning AV
- ○saṃdhānī f. the register of human actions (kept by Yama) L
- ○sandhyā f. early down
- ○sara mf(ī)n. going in front, taking the lead
- ○sānu m. the front part of a table-land L
- ○sārā f. a short method of counting immense numbers
- ○sūcī f. point of a needle, Naish
- ○sena m. N. of Janamejaya's son
- ○hasta m. = -pāṇi
- the tip of an elephant's trunk Vikr
- finger R
- ○hāyaṇa m. 'commencement of the year', N. of a Hindū month (mārgaśīrṣa, beginning about the 12th of November). [Page 6, Column]
- ○hāra m. royal donation of land to Brāhmans
- land or village thus given MBh
- agrâṃśa = agrabhāga
- agrâṃśu m. the end of a ray of light, the focal point
- agrâkṣan n. a side-look R
- agrâṅguli m. the finger-tip
- agrâdvan mfn. having precedence in eating RV. vi, 69, 6
- agrânīka n. the front of an army, vanguard Mn. &c
- agrâyaṇīya n. title of the second of the fourteen oldest (but lost) Jaina books, called Pūrvas
- agrâśana mfn. eating before another (abl.) MārkP
- agrâsana n. seat of honour
- agre-gá &c
- ágre below
- agré7tvan mf(arī)n. going in front AV
- agrôpaharaṇīya mfn. that which has to be first or principally supplied Suśr
- agratás ind. in front, before
- in the beginning, first RV. x, 90, 7 VS
- (with gen.) before, in presence of
- agrataḥ-kṛ to place in front or at the head, to consider most important
- agrataḥ-sara mf(ī)n. going in front, taking the lead
- agrimá mfn. being in front, preceding, prior, furthest advanced
- occurring further on or below (in a book, cf. ágre)
- the foremost RV. v, 44, 9
- eldest, principal L
- (ā), f. the fruit Annona Reticulata
- agriyá mfn. foremost, principal RV
- oldest, first-born RV. i, 13, 10
- m. elder brother L
- (ám), n. the first-fruits, the best part RV. iv, 37, 4 and probably ix, 71, 4
- ○vat mfn
- f. vatī (scil. ṛc), N. of the hymn Ṛig-veda ix, 62, 25, quoted in Lāṭy
- agrīya mfn. best L
- m. elder brother L
≫agre
- ágre ind. (loc.), ágra
- ○gá [RV. ix, 86, 4] or mfn. going in front or before
- ○gā́ [TBr. &c.], mfn. going in front or before
- ○gū́ mfn. (said of the waters) moving forwards VS. ŚBr
- ○ṇī́ m. a leader VS
- ○tana mfn. occurring further on, subsequently (in a book)
- ○dadhús ṃaitrṣ. or m. a man who at his first marriage takes a wife that was married before, (agre-didhiṣu or -didhiṣu), f. a married woman whose elder sister is still unmarried
- ○dadhiṣu Kapṣ. or m. a man who at his first marriage takes a wife that was married before, (agre-didhiṣu or -didhiṣu), f. a married woman whose elder sister is still unmarried
- ○didhiṣu ṃBh. ṅaut., m. a man who at his first marriage takes a wife that was married before, (agre-didhiṣu or -didhiṣu), f. a married woman whose elder sister is still unmarried
- ○pā́ [RV. iv, 34, 7 and 1] or mfn. having the precedence in drinking
- ○pū Vṣ. "ṣBr., mfn. having the precedence in drinking
- ○bhrū (√bhram), m. wandering in front Pāṇ. 4, 40 Comm
- ○vaṇa n. the border of a forest (g. rājadantâdi, q.v.)
- ○vadhá m. hitting or killing whatever is in front VS
- ○sara mf(ī) n. going in front, preceding, best L
- ○sarika m. a leader L
- agryá mf(ā)n. foremost, topmost, principal, best
- proficient, well versed in (with loc.)
- intent closely attentive, m. an elder or eldest brother L
- (ā), f. = tri-phalā, q.v
- (am), n. roof L
- ○tapas m. N. of a Muni Kathās
- a-grabhaṇá mfn. (√grabh = √grah), having nothing which can be grasped RV. i, 116, 5
- a-graha mfn. = mukhya (Comm.) MBh. iii, 14189 BR. propose to read agra-ha, destroying the best part, m. non acceptance, a houseless man i.e. a Vānaprastha a Brāhman of the third class L
- a-grāhin mfn. not taking, not holding (said of a leech and of tools) Suśr
- a-grāhya mfn. not to be conceived or perceived or obtained or admitted or trusted, to be rejected
- a-grāhyaka mfn. not to be perceived, impalpable MBh
- a-grāmya mfn. not rustic, townmade
- not tame, wild
- agrī m. a word invented for the explanation of agní ŚBr
- ágru m. unmarried RV. v, 44, 7 and vii, 96, 4 AV
- (ū́), f. a virgin RV. AV
- nom. pl. agrúvas, poetical N. of the ten fingers RV
- and also of the seven rivers RV. i, 191, 14 and iv, 19, 7
- Zend. aghru
- agh cl. 10. P. aghayati, to go wrong, sin L
≫agha
- aghá mfn. bad, dangerous RV
- sinful, impure BhP., m. N. of an Asura BhP
- (ám), n. evil, mishap RV. AV
- sin, impurity Mn. &c
- pain, suffering L
- (ā́s), f. pl. the constellation usually called Maghā RV. x, 85, 13
- ○kṛ́t mfn. doing evil or harm, an evil-doer AV
- ○ghna or mfn. sin destroying, expiatory, m. 'an expiator', N. of Vishṇu
- ○nāsaka mfn. sin destroying, expiatory, m. 'an expiator', N. of Vishṇu
- ○deva m. N. of a man Rājat
- ○marṣaṇa mfn. 'sin-effacing', N. of a particular Vedic hymn [RV. x, 19] still used by Brāhmans as a daily prayer Mn. Yājñ. Gaut
- m. N. of the author of that prayer, son of Madhucchandas [Page 7, Column]
- (plur.) his descendants Hariv. ĀśvŚr
- ○mārá mfn. fearfully destructive AV
- ○rúd mfn. 'howling fearfully', N. of certain female demons AV
- ○vat mfn. sinful
- [voc. aghavan or aghos, q.v.]
- ○viṣa (aghá.), mf(ā)n. fearfully venomous AV
- ○śaṃsa (aghá-), mfn. wishing evil, wicked RV. TBr
- ○śaṃsa-hán m. slaying the wicked RV
- ○śaṃsin mfn. confessing sin R. Daś
- ○haraṇa n. removal of guilt L
- ○hārá m. an outrageous robber SV. AV
- aghâśva mfn. having a bad or vicious horse RV. i, 116, 6
- (ás) [according to NBD. fr. agha + √śvas], m. N. of a snake AV
- aghâsura m. Agha, Kaṃsa's general BhP
- aghâhan n. inauspicious day SāṅkhŚr
- aghâugha-marṣaṇa mfn. destroying a whole mass of sins
- aghalá mf(ā)n. fearful AV. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhBr
- aghāya Nom. P. aghāyáti (part. ○yát), to intend to injure, to threaten RV. AV
- aghāyú mfn. intending to injure, malicious RV. &c
- a-ghaṭamāna mfn. incongruous, incoherent
- a-ghana mfn. not dense or solid
- a-gharma mfn. not hot, cool
- ○dhāman m. 'having cool splendour', the moon
- á-ghāta m. no injury, no damage TBr
- a-ghātin mfn. not fatal, not injurious, harmless
- á-ghātuka mfn. not injurious MaitrS
- a-ghārín mfn. not anointing AV
- a-ghāsaka mfn. without food or provisions
- a-ghṛṇa mfn. incompassionate
- a-ghṛṇin mfn. not contemptuous, not disdainful
- á-ghora mfn. not terrific, m. a euphemistic title of Siva
- a worshipper of Siva and Durgā
- (ā) f. the fourteenth day of the dark half of Bhādra, which is sacred to Śiva
- ○ghoratará mfn. having a form both not terrific and terrific MaitrS
- ○ghora-rūpa m. 'having a form or nature both not terrific and terrific', N. of Śiva MBh
- ○cakṣus (ághora-), mfn. not having an evil eye RV. x, 85, 44
- ○pathin or m. a particular sect of Śaivas who eat loathsome food and are addicted to disgusting practices
- ○mārga m. a particular sect of Śaivas who eat loathsome food and are addicted to disgusting practices
- ○pramāṇa n. a terrific oath L
- a-ghoṣa m. (in Gr.) 'non-sonance, absence of all sound or soft murmur, 'hard articulation or effort as applied to the hard consonants and Visarga
- (mfn.), soundless, hard (as the hard consonants)
- aghos ind., voc. of agha-vat, O sinner! Pāṇ. 8-3, 1 Sch., also Pāṇ. 8-3, 17 seqq
- á-ghnat mf(ati)n. (√han), not killing, not injurious RV
- á-ghnya (2, 3) or (2, 3), m. 'not to be killed, a bull, and (ā, ā́), f. a cow RV. AV
- a-ghnyá (2, 3), m. 'not to be killed, a bull, and (ā, ā́), f. a cow RV. AV
- (ághnyā), said of a cloud RV. x, 46, 3
- a-ghreya mfn. (√ghra), improper to be smelled at Mn
- aṅk cl. 1. (connected, with, √añc) Ā. aṅkate, ānaṅke, aṅkiṣyate, aṅkitum, to move in a curve L
- cl. 10. P. aṅkayati, to move in a curve L
- to mark, stamp, brand
≫aṅka
- aṅká m. a hook RV. i, 162, 13, &c
- part of a chariot (used in the dual) TS. TBr
- a curve
- the curve in the human, especially the female, figure above the hip (where infants sitting, astride are carried by mothers hence often = 'breast' or 'lap')
- the side or flank
- the body
- proximity, place
- the bend in the arm
- any hook or crooked instrument
- a curved line
- a numerical figure, cipher, a figure or mark branded on an animal, &c
- any mark, line, stroke, ornament, stigma
- a number
- the numbers one and nine
- a co-efficient
- an act of a drama
- a drama
- a military show or sham-fight
- a misdeed, a sin L. [Gk. ?, ?, [7,] ?, ?, and Lat. uncus]
- ○karaṇa n. the act of marking or stamping
- ○kāra in. a champion chosen by each side to decide a battle Bālar. [Page 7, Column]
- aṅkakārī-√kṛ, to choose such a champion Bālar
- ○tantra n. N. of a book treating of magical marks or figures
- ○dhāraṇā f. manner of holding the body, figure ĀśvŚr
- ○parivartana n. turning the body, turning on the other side
- ○pāda-vrata n. N. of a chapter in the Bhavishyottara-Purāṇa
- ○pāli f. or embracing, an embrace L
- ○pālikā f. embracing, an embrace L
- ○pālī f. an embrace
- a nurse L
- the plant (Piring) Medicago Esculenta
- ○pāśa m. a peculiar concatenation of numerals or numbers
- ○pāśa-vyavahāra m. the use of that concatenation
- ○pāśâdhyāya m. the study of that concatenation
- ○bandha m. branding with a mark (that resembles a headless body) Yājñ
- ○bhāj mfn. (an infant) carried on the hip
- (forced fruit) nearly ripe, early ripe Kir
- near one's side, in one's possession, close at hand, easy of attainment
- ○mukha n. introductory act of a drama giving a clue to the whole plot
- ○loḍya m. ginger, Ciñcoḍa or Ciñcoṭaka
- ○vidyā f. science of numbers, arithmetic
- aṅkâṅká n. water VS
- aṅkâvatāra m. the close of a dramatic act (preparing the audience for the following one)
- aṅkati m. wind L
- fire L
- Brahmā L
- a Brāhman who maintains the sacred fire L
- N. of a teacher of the Sāma-veda
- aṅkana n. the act of marking, stamping, branding, ciphering, writing
- (mfn.), marking
- áṅkas as n. a curve or bend RV. iv, 40, 4 ; Gk. ? [Page 7, Column]
- aṅkasá n. the flanks or the trappings of a horse RV. iv, 40, 3
- aṅkita mfn. marked, branded
- numbered, counted, calculated
- aṅkín mfn. possessing a hook RV. iii, 45, 4 AV. &c., (ī), m. a small drum L
- (inī), f. a number of marks, (g. khalâdi, q.v.)
≫aṅkī
- aṅkī f. a small drum L
- aṅkuṭa and m. a key L
- aṅkuḍaka m. a key L
- aṅkupá n. water VS
- aṅkura m. a sprout, shoot, blade, a swelling, a tumour Suśr
- a hair L
- blood L
- water L
- aṅkuraka m. a nest L
- aṅkurita mfn. sprouted
- aṅkuśá as, am m. n. a hook, especially an elephant-driver's hook
- (ā) or (ī) f. one of the twenty-four Jaina goddesses L. [Gk. ? ; Germ. [Page 7, Column] āngel]
- ○graha m. an elephant-driver
- ○durdhara m. a restive elephant
- aṅkuśita mfn. urged on by the hook
- aṅkuśín mfn. having a hook, laying hold of with a hook RV. x, 34, 7
- aṅkūyát mfn. (fr. a Nom. aṅkūya, related to aṅka,) moving tortuously (to escape) RV. vi, 15, 17
- aṅkūra m. a sprout L. aṅkura
- aṅkūṣa as, am m. n. an ichneumon Uṇ. Comm
- cf. aṅgūṣa
- aṅkya mfn. fit or proper to be marked or counted, m. a small drum [cf. aṅki] L
- aṅkāra m.? diminution in music L
- aṅkoṭa aṅkoṭha, aṅkola, aṅkolla, aṅkolaka m. the plant Alangium Hexapetalum
- aṅkolla-sāra m. 'essence of Aṅkolla', a poison prepared from the plant Aṅkolla, &c
- aṅkolikā f. (a corruption of aṅka-pālikā, q.v.), an embrace L
- aṅktvā ind. p. (√añj), having be-smeared Pāṇ. 7-2, 62 Sch
- aṅkh cl. 10. P. (p. aṅkhayát), to stir up, mix ŚBr
- aṅg cl. I. P. aṅgati, ānaṅga, aṅgitum, to go (cf. √ag)
- cl. 10. P. aṅgayati, to mark (cf. √aṅk) L
- aṅgana n. walking L
- 'place to walk in', yard
- s.v
- aṅgá ind. a particle implying attention, assent or desire, and sometimes impatience, it may be rendered, by well
- indeed, true, please, rather quick
- kim aṅga, how much rather!
≫aṅgī
- aṅgī (for aṅga in comp. with √1. kṛ and its derivatives)
- ○karaṇa n. act of taking the side of, assenting, agreeing, promising
- ○kāra m. agreement, promise
- ○√kṛ to take the side of
- to agree to, assent, promise, confess. [Page 7, Column]
- ○kṛta mfn. agreed to, promised
- ○kṛti f. agreement, promise
- áṅga n. (√am Uṇ.), a limb of the body
- a limb, member
- the body
- a subordinate division or department, especially of a science, as the six Vedāṅgas
- hence the number six
- N. of the chief sacred texts of the Jainas
- a limb or subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to be five, viz. 1. karmaṇām ārambhôpāyaḥ, means of commencing operations
- 2. puruṣa-dravya-sampad, providing men and materials
- 3. deśa-kāla-vibhāga, distribution of place and time
- 4. vipatti-pratīkāra, counter-action of disaster
- 5. kārya-siddhi, successful accomplishment ; whence mantra is said to be pañcâṅga)
- any subdivision, a supplement
- (in Gr.) the base of a word, but in the strong cases only Pāṇ. 1-4, 13 seqq
- anything inferior or secondary, anything immaterial or unessential,
- aṅga-tā
- (in rhetoric) an illustration
- (in the drama) the whole of the subordinate characters
- an expedient
- a mental organ, the mind L
- m. sg. or (ās), m. pl., N. of Bengal proper or its inhabitants
- (sg.), N. of a king of Aṅga
- (mfn.), having members or divisions L
- contiguous L
- ○kartana n. cutting off a limb
- ○karman n. or a supplementary sacrificial act
- ○kriyā f. a supplementary sacrificial act
- ○kaṣāyá m. the essence of the body (said of, the semen virile) ŚBr
- ○graha m. 'limb-seizure', spasm Suśr
- ○ja mfn. produced from or on the body, ornamental L
- produced by a supplementary ceremony, m. a son L
- hair of the head L
- the god of Iove L
- intoxicating passion L
- drunkenness L
- a disease L
- (ā), f. a daughter
- (am), n. blood
- ○janus m. a son
- ○jāta mfn. produced from or on the body
- ornamental
- produced by a supplementary ceremony
- ○jvará mfn. causing fever AV
- ○tā f. or a state of subordination or dependance, the being of secondary importance, the being unessential
- ○tva n. a state of subordination or dependance, the being of secondary importance, the being unessential
- ○da m. N. of a brother of Rāma
- of a son of Gada
- of an ape, son of Bālin
- (ā), f. the female elephant of the south, (am), n. a bracelet worn on the upper arm
- ○dvipa m. one of the six minor Dviipas
- ○nyāsa m. ceremony of touching certain parts of the body
- ○pāli f. an embrace L
- aṅka-pāli
- ○prāyaścitta n. expiation of bodily impurity, especially that arising from death in a family
- ○bhū m. son Śiś
- ○bhedá mfn. causing rheumatism AV
- ○marda or m. a servant who shampoos his master's body
- ○mardaka or m. a servant who shampoos his master's body
- ○mardin m. a servant who shampoos his master's body
- aṅgamarda also rheumatism Car
- ○marṣa m. pain in the limbs, rheumatism,
- ○marṣa-praśamana n. alleviation of rheumatism
- ○m-ejayatva (aṅgam-ej○), n. the trembling of the body Yogas
- ○yaṣṭi f. a slender form, fairy-figure
- ○yāga m. a subordinate sacrificial act
- ○rakta m. the plant Guṇḍārocanī
- ○rakṣaṇī or f. 'body protector', a coat of mail L
- ○rakṣiṇī f. 'body protector', a coat of mail L
- ○rāga m. application of unguents or cosmetics to the body (especially after bathing)
- scented cosmetic
- ○rāj or m. N. of Karṇa, king of Aṅga
- ○rāja m. N. of Karṇa, king of Aṅga
- ○rājya n. kingdom of Aṅga
- ○ruha mfn. 'growing on the body', hair, wool, down, &c
- ○lipi f. written character of Aṅga
- ○loka m. the Country Aṅga
- ○loḍya m. a sort of grass
- ginger, or its root
- ○vāk-pāṇi-mat mfn. possessing mind (?), speech, and hands
- ○vikṛti f. change of bodily appearance, collapse
- fainting apoplexy
- ○vikṣepa m. gesticulation
- movement of the limbs and arms a kind of dance
- ○vidyā f. knowledge of lucky or unlucky marks on the body, Chiromantia Mn. vi, 50, &c
- ○vaikṛta n. a wink, nod, sign
- ○śás ind. into parts ŚBr
- ○saṃskāra m. or embellishment of person bathing, perfuming and adorning the body
- ○saṃskriyā f. embellishment of person bathing, perfuming and adorning the body
- ○saṃhati f. compactness of limb, symmetry of body
- ○saṃhitā f. the Saṃhitā or phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word TS. Prāt
- ○saṅga m. 'bodily contact', coition L
- ○skandha m. a subdivision of a science
- ○sparśa m. bodily contact
- ○hāra Kathās. or m. gesticulation
- ○hāri ḻ., m. gesticulation
- ○hīna mfn. limbless, mutilated
- incorporeal
- m. Kāmadeva
- aṅgâṅgi ind. jointly or reciprocally, related as one limb to another or to the body
- aṅgâṅgi-tā f. mutual relation or correlation as between the limbs, or a limb and the body, or between subordinate and the principal, or principal and accessory
- aṅgâṅgibhāva m. correlation between the limbs of a body
- the mutual relation or correlation of the different limbs or members of anything, as in a simile or comparison between the principal parts or features of any object and those of the thing compared to it. [Page 8, Column]
- aṅgâdhipa m. Karṇa, the king of Aṅga
- aṅgânukūla mfn. agreeable to the body Megh
- aṅgânulepana n. anointing the body
- aṅgâpūrva n. effect of a secondary sacrificial act L
- aṅgêśvara m. the king of Aṅga
- aṅge-ṣṭhā́ mfn. situated in a member or in the body AV
- aṅgôñcha m. or a towel L
- aṅgôñchana n. a towel L
- aṅgaka n. a limb, member, body
- (ikā), f. a bodice, a jacket L
- aṅgín mfn. having limbs, corporeal, having subordinate parts, principal
- having expedients
- aṅgīya mfn. relating to the Aṅga country, (g. gahâdi, q.v.)
- áṅgya (3), mfn. belonging to the limbs RV. i, 191, 7
- aṅgaṇa n. aṅgana
- aṅgati m. (√ag), fire L
- a Brāhman who maintains a sacred fire L
- Brahmā L
- Vishṇu L
- cf. aṅkati
- aṅgana n. (√aṅg, q.v.), the act of walking L
- place to walk in, yard, court, area
- (ā), f. 'a woman with well-rounded limbs', any woman or female
- (in astron.) Virgo
- the female elephant of the north
- aṅganā-gaṇa m. a number of women
- aṅganā-jana m. a female person
- aṅganā-priya m. 'dear to women', N. of the tree Jonesia Asoca
- aṅgaṇa n. a yard, court, area
- aṅgabha m. a kind of rice L
- aṅgava m. dried fruit L
- aṅgas as n. (√aṅj Uṇ.), a bird L
- áṅgāra m. (rarely) n. (√ag or aṅg Uṇ., cf. agni), charcoal, either heated or not heated
- m. the planet Mars
- N. of a prince of the Maruts Hariv
- the plant Hitāvalī
- (ās), m. pl., N. of a people and country VP. [Lith. angli-s ; Russ. ūgolj ; also Germ. Kohle ; Old Germ. col and colo ; Eng. coal]
- ○kārin and m. charcoal-burner
- ○kṛt ḥpar., m. charcoal-burner
- ○kuṣṭhaka m. the plant Hitāvalī
- ○dhānī or f. a portable fire-place
- ○dhānikā f. a portable fire-place
- ○paripācita n. roasted food
- ○parṇa m. N. of Citraratha, chief of the Gandharvas MBh
- (ī), f. Clerodendron Siphonanthus
- ○pātrī f. a portable fire-place
- ○puṣpa m. the plant Iṅgudi (Vulg. Ingua)
- ○mañjarī or f. the shrub Cesalpinia Banducella
- ○mañjī f. the shrub Cesalpinia Banducella
- ○vallarī or f. (various plants), Galedupa Arborea
- ○vallī f. (various plants), Galedupa Arborea
- Ovieda Verticallata
- Bhārgī
- Guñjā
- ○śakaṭī f. a portable fire-place on wheels
- ○setu m. N. of a prince, father of Gāndhāra
- aṅgārâvakṣáyaṇa n. an instrument for extinguishing coals ŚBr. xiv
- aṅgāraka m. charcoal
- heated charcoal
- the planet Mars
- Tuesday
- N. of a prince of Sauviira
- of a Rudra
- of an Asura Kathās
- N. of two plants, Eclipta (or Verbesina) Prostrata, and white or yellow Amaranth
- (am), n. a medicated oil in which turmeric and other vegetable substances have been boiled
- ○dina m. n. a festival of Mars on the fourteenth of the latter half of Caitra
- ○maṇi m. coral (amber)
- ○vāra m. Tuesday
- aṅgārakita mfn. charred, roasted, burnt, (g. tārakâdi, q.v.)
- aṅgāri f. a portable fire-place L
- aṅgārikā f. the stalk of the sugar-cane
- the bud of the Kiṃśuka or Butea Frondosa
- aṅgārita mfn. charred, roasted, (g. tārakâdi, q.v.)
- 'burnt', a kind of food not to be accepted by Jaina ascetics Jain
- (ā), f. a portable fire-place L
- a bud L
- N. of a creeper L
- of a river L
- (am), n. the early blossom of the Kiṃśuka
- aṅgārin mfn. heated by the sun, though no longer exposed to its rays VarBṛS. [generally f. (iṇī), scil. diś, the region just left by the sun]
- N. of a creeper
- aṅgārīya mfn. fit for making charcoal Pāṇ. 5-1, 12 Sch
- aṅgāryā f. a heap of charcoal, (g. pāśâdi, q.v.)
- aṅgikā aṅgaka
- aṅgir īr m. (√aṅg Uṇ.), N. of a Ṛishi, who received the Brahmavidyā from Atharvan, and imparted it te Satyavāha, the teacher of Aṅgiras MuṇḍUp
- áṅgira m. = áṅgiras RV. i, 83, 4 and iv, 51, 4 MBh. Yājñ. (cf. Gk. ? and ?.) [8,] [Page 8, Column]
- áṅgiras, ās m. N. of a Ṛishi, author of the hymns of RV. ix, of a code of laws, and of a treatise on astronomy (he is said by some to have been born from Brahmā's mouth, and to have been the husband of Smṛiti, of Śraddhā, of two daughters of Maitreya, of several daughters of Daksha, &c
- he is considered as one of the seven Ṛishis of the first Manvantara, as a Prajāpati, as a teacher of the Brahmavidyā, which he had learnt from Satyavāha, a descendant of Bharadvāja, &c. Among his sons, the chief is Agni, others are Saṃvarta, Utathya, and Bṛihaspati
- among his daughters are mentioned Sinivālī, Kuhū, Rākā, Anumati, and Akūpārā
- but the Ṛicas or Vedic hymns, the manes of Havishmat, and mankind itself are styled his offspring. In astronomy he is the planet Jupiter, and a star in Ursa Major)
- N. of Agni MBh
- (asas), m. pl. descendants of Aṅgiras or of Agni (mostly personifications of luminous objects)
- the hymns of the Atharva-veda TS
- priests who by using the magical formulas of those hymns protect the sacrifice against the effects of inauspicious accidents
- ○tama (áṅgiras-), mfn. having the luminous quality of the Aṅgirasas in the highest degree, said of Agni and of Ushas RV
- ○vat ind. like Aṅgiras RV. VS.? (áṅgiras-vat), mfn. connected with or accompanied by the Aṅgirasas RV. VS
- aṅgirasa m. an enemy of Vishṇu in his incarnation of Paraśurāma
- aṅgirasām-ayana n. a Sattra sacrifice
- aṅgī 1. aṅga
- aṅgúri is, or aṅgurī ḻ., f. (for aṅguli, q.v.), a finger AV
- a toe (cf. an-aṅguri, páñcâṅguri, sv-aṅgurí.)
- aṅgurīya or as, am m. n. a finger-ring
- aṅgurīyaka as, am m. n. a finger-ring
- aṅgula m. (√ag or aṅg), a finger
- the thumb
- a finger's breadth, a measure equal to eight barley-corns, twelve aṅgulas making a vitasti or span, and twenty-four a hasta or cubit
- (in astron.) a digit, or twelfth part
- N. of the sage Cāṇakya L
- ○pramāṇa or n. the measure or length of an aṅgula
- ○māna n. the measure or length of an aṅgula
- (mfn.), having the length of an aṅgula
- aṅgulaka ifc. = aṅgula i.e. so many aṅgulas or fingers long
- aṅgúli is, (or aṅgulī), f. a finger
- a toe
- the thumb
- the great toe
- the finger-like tip of an elephant's trunk
- the measure aṅgula
- ○toraṇa n. a sectarial mark on the forehead consisting of three fingers or lines shaped like an arch or doorway (toraṇa), drawn with sandal or the ashes of cow-dung
- ○tra n. a finger-protector, a contrivance like a thimble (used by archers to protect the thumb or finger from being injured by the bowstring) R. &c
- -vat mfn. provided with it
- ○trāṇa n. = -tra R
- ○mukha or n. the tip of the finger Śiś
- aṅgulī-mukha n. the tip of the finger Śiś
- ○mudrā or f. a seal-ring,
- ○mudrikā f. a seal-ring,
- ○moṭana n. snapping or cracking the fingers
- ○veṣṭaka m. or a glove (?)
- ○veṣṭana n. a glove (?)
- ○ṣaṅga m. contact of the fingers
- act of fingering
- (mfn.), sticking to the fingers
- ○saṃdeśa m. snapping or cracking the fingers as a sign
- ○sphoṭana n. snapping or cracking the fingers
- aṅgulī-pañcaka n. the five fingers
- aṅgulī-parvan n. a finger-joint
- aṅgulī-sambhūta m. 'produced on the finger', a finger nail
- aṅguly-agrá n. the tip of the finger ŚBr
- aṅguly-ādi (aṅguli-), a g. of Pāṇ. 5-3, 108
- aṅgulīya or n. a finger-ring
- aṅgulīyaka n. a finger-ring
- also aṅgulīka L
- aṅgúṣṭha m. the thumb
- the great toe
- a thumb's breadth, usually regarded as equal to an aṅgula
- ○mātra mf(ī)n. or having the length or size of a thumb
- ○mātraka mf(ikā)n. having the length or size of a thumb
- aṅguṣṭhikā f. N. of a shrub
- aṅguṣṭhya m. belonging to the thumb (the thumb nail)
- aṅgūṣa m. (√aṅg or ag), 'moving rapidly', an ichneumon
- an arrow
- aṅgoṣín mfn. 'resonant (?), praiseworthy (?)', N. of the Soma SV
- áṅgya col. 1
- aṅgh cl. 1. Ā. aṅghate, ānaṅghe, to go, set out, set about, commence L
- to hasten L
- to speak hastily, blame L. [Page 8, Column]
- aṅgha (not in use, but equivalent to aghá), evil, sin L
- aṅghâri m. 'an enemy to sin or evil', N. of a celestial guard of the Soma VS. blaśing ṭ.
- aṅghas n. sin Hariv
- áṅghri m. a foot
- foot of a seat
- the √of a tree [cf. aṃhri]
- ○nāmaka m. or a synonym of aṅghri, means always foot as well as root
- ○nāman n. a synonym of aṅghri, means always foot as well as root
- ○pa m. (drinking with the foot or root), a tree
- ○parṇī or f. the plant Hedysarum Lagopodioides
- ○valli or f. the plant Hedysarum Lagopodioides
- ○vallikā f. the plant Hedysarum Lagopodioides
- ○pāna mfn. sucking the foot or toes (as an infant) L
- ○skandha m. the ancle
- ac (connected with √añc, q.v.), cl. 1. P. Ā. ácati, áñcati, ○te, ānañca, ○ce, to go, move, tend
- to honour
- to make round or curved
- to request, ask L
- to speak indistinctly L. 2. acita, áciṣṭu
- ac a technical term for all the vowels Pāṇ
- aj-anta mfn. ending in a vowel
- a-cakrá mfn. having no wheels
- not wanting wheels, i.e. moving by itself RV
- a-cakṣus us n. a bad eye, no eye
- (mfn.), blind
- a-cakṣur-viṣaya mfn. not or no longer within reach of the eyes, invisible
- acakṣuṣ-ṭva n. blindness
- a-cakṣúṣka mfn. destitute of eyes ŚBr. xiv
- blind
- a-caṇḍa mfn. not of a hot temper, gentle, tractable
- (ī), f. a tractable cow
- a-catura mfn. destitute of four, having less than four
- not cunning, not dexterous
- a-candra mfn. moonless
- a-capala mfn. not oscillating, not wavering, not fickle
- unmovable, steady
- a-cāpalya n. freedom from unsteadiness
- a-cara or á-carat ṛV., mfn. immovable
- á-carama mfn. not last, not least
- said of the Maruts RV. v, 58, 5
- a-carmáka mfn. having no skin TS
- a-cala mf(ā)n. not moving, immovable
- m. a mountain, rock
- a bolt or pin
- the number seven
- N. of Śiva and of the first of the nine deified persons, called 'white Balas' among the Jainas
- of a Devarshi VP
- (ā), f. the earth
- one of the ten degrees which are to be ascended by a Bodhisattva before becoming a Buddha
- ○kīlā f. the earth
- ○tviṣ m. the Kokila or Indian cuckoo
- ○dhṛti f. a metre of four lines, of sixteen short syllables each, also called Gītyāryā
- ○pura n. N. of a town Jain
- ○bhrātṛ m. N. of a Brāhman from Oude, who became one of the eleven heads of Gaṇas among the Jainas
- ○mati m. N. of a Māraputra
- ○śreṣṭha m. chief of mountains
- acalâdhipa m. 'king of mountains', the Himālaya
- acalā-saptamī f. N. of a book in the Bhavishyottara-Purāṇa
- a-cāru mfn. not pretty Pāṇ
- a-cít mfn. without understanding RV
- irreligious, bad RV
- (the NBD. suggests to take a-cít as a f. 'not-knowledge' Sāy. sometimes explains by √ci, 'neglecting the Agnicayana, irreligious)
- a-cit f. not-spirit, matter Sarvad
- á-cikitvas ān, uṣī, at, not knowing, ignorant of. RV. i, 164, 6
- a-cítta mfn. unnoticed, unexpected
- not an object of thought
- inconceivable RV
- destitute of intellect or sense
- ○pājas and m. N. of two Ṛishis MaitrS. Kāṭh
- ○manas (ácitta-), m. N. of two Ṛishis MaitrS. Kāṭh
- á-citti f. want of sense, infatuation RV. AV
- (figuratively said of) an infatuated man RV. iv, 2, 11 VS
- á-cita mfn. not heaped up
- acita mfn. (√ac), gone L
- áciṣṭu mfn. moving VS
- a-citrá mfn. not variegated, undistinguishable
- (ám), n. undistinguishableness, darkness RV. iv, 51, 3 and vi, 49, 11
- a-cintā f. thoughtlessness. [Page 9, Column]
- a-cintita mfn. not thought of, unexpected, disregarded
- á-cintya mfn. inconceivable, surpassing thought MaitrS. &c
- m. N. of Śiva
- ○karman mfn. performing inconceivable actions
- ○rūpa mfn. having an inconceivable form
- a-cira mfn. not of long duration, brief
- instantaneous, recent
- (am, āt, eṇa), ind. not long, not for long
- not long ago
- soon, speedily
- (ā), f. the mother of the Jaina saint Śānti
- ○dyuti or f. lightning
- ○prabhā f. lightning
- ○prasūtā f. 'having recently brought forth', a cow that has recently calved
- ○bhās f. lightning Śāk
- ○mṛta mfn. recently deceased
- ○rocis f. or lightning
- acirâṃśu m. or lightning
- acirâbhā f. lightning
- áciṣṭu 2. acita
- a-cetana mfn. without consciousness, inanimate
- unconscious, insensible, senseless, fainting, &c
- a-cetás mfn. imprudent RV
- unconscious, insensible
- á-cetāna mfn. thoughtless, infatuated RV. vii, 4, 7
- a-caitanya n. unconsciousness
- insensibility, senselessness, want of spirituality, that which is destitute of consciousness, matter
- a-ceṣṭa mfn. effortless, motionless
- ○tā f. loss of motion from fainting &c
- a-codát mfn. (√cud), not driving or impelling RV. v, 44, 2
- a-codás mfn. free from compulsion or external stimulus, spontaneous RV. ix, 79, 1
- a-ccha mfn. (fr. a + cha for chad or chaya, √chad), 'not shaded', 'not dark, pellucid, transparent, clear
- m. a crystal L
- acchôda mfn. having clear water
- (ā), f. N. of a river, (am), n. N. of a lake in the Himālaya formed by the river Acchodā
- a-cchāyá mfn. without shadow, casting no shadow RV. x, 27, 14 ŚBr. xiv
- accha m. (corruption of ṛkṣa), a bear
- ○bhalla m. a bear Bālar. (cf. bhalla)
- áccha (so at the end of a pāda), or usually ácchā ind., Ved. to, towards (governing acc. and rarely the locative). It is a kind of separable preposition or prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, as in the following
- ácchā-√i or to attain, go towards RV. &c
- ácchā-√gam or to attain, go towards RV. &c
- ácchā-√car to attain, go towards RV. &c
- ácchā-√dru to run near RV. iii, 14, 3
- ácchā-√dhanv to run towards RV. iii, 53, 4
- ácchā-√nakṣ to go towards, approach RV. vi, 22, 5
- ácchā-√naś to come near RV
- ácchā-√nī to lead towards or to RV
- ácchā-√nu to call out to, to cheer RV
- ácchā-√pat "ṣBr. and Caus. P. -patayati [RV. v, 45,], to fly towards
- acchā-√brū to invite to come near PBr
- ácchā-√yā or to approach RV. TS
- áccha-√yā to approach RV. TS
- ácchā-√vac to invite RV
- acchā-vāká m. 'the inviter', title of a particular priest or Ṛitvij, one of the sixteen required to perform the great sacrifices with the Soma juice
- acchāvākīya mfn. referring to the acchāvāa
- containing the word acchāvāka Pāṇ. 5-2, 59 Sch
- (am), n. the state or work of the acchāvāka Pāṇ. 5-1, 135 Sch
- ácchā-√vañc Pass. -vacyáte, to extend itself towards, to go towards RV. i, 142, 4
- ácchā-√vad to salute RV. &c
- ácchā-√vṛt (Opt. Ā. 1. sg. -vavṛtīya), to cause to come near RV. i, 186, 10
- ácchā-√sṛ to flow near RV. ix, 92, 2
- ácchā-√syand Caus. to flow near (aor. -ásiṣyadat) RV. ix, 81, 2: Intens. to cause to flow near (part. nom. sg. m. -sániṣyadat) RV. ix, 110, 4
- ácchêta mfn. approached, attained VS
- acchêtya mfn. to be approached ĀpŚr
- ácchôkti f. invitation RV
- á-cchidra mfn. free from clefts or flaws, unbroken, uninterrupted, uninjured
- (am), n. unbroken or uninjured condition, an action free from defect or flaw
- (eṇa), ind. uninterruptedly, without break from first to last. [Page 9, Column]
- ○kāṇḍa n. N. of a chapter of the Taittirīya-Brāhmaṇa
- acchidrôti mfn. affording perfect protection RV. i, 145, 3
- ácchidrôdhnī f. (a cow) having a faultless udder RV. x, 133, 7
- á-cchidyamāna mfn. uncut, uncurtailed AV
- not fragile (a needle) RV. ii, 32, 4
- á-cchinna mfn. uncut, uncurtailed, uninjured
- undivided, inseparable
- ○pattra (ácchinna-), mf(ā)n. (said of goddesses, of a bird, of an altar shaped like a bird), having the wings uncurtailed, uninjured RV. i, 22, 11 VS
- having uninjured leaves VS
- ○parṇá mfn. having uninjured leaves AV
- a-cchedika mfn. not fit or needing to be cut Pāṇ. 6-2, 155 Sch
- a-cchedya mfn. improper or impossible to be cut, indivisible
- a-cchuptā f. N. of one of the sixteen Vidyādeviis of the Jainas
- acchūrikā or acchūrī f. discus, wheel BhP
- á-cyuta or a-cyutá mfn. not fallen
- firm, solid
- imperishable, permanent
- not leaking or dripping
- m. N. of vishṇu
- of Kṛishṇa
- of a physician, the plant Morinda Tinctoria
- N. of a gift to Agni ŚBr
- ○kṣít m. 'having solid ground', N. of Soma VS
- ○cyút mfn. shaking firm objects (said of the thunderer Indra) RV
- (said of a drum) AV
- ○ja m. pl. a class of Jaina deities
- ○jallakin m. N. of a commentator of the Amara-Kosha
- ○danta or m. N. of the ancestor of a warrior tribe called Ācyutadanti or Ācyutanti (though possibly these refer to two distinct tribes)
- acyutanta m. N. of the ancestor of a warrior tribe called Ācyutadanti or Ācyutanti (though possibly these refer to two distinct tribes)
- ○pājas and m. N. of two Maharshis TĀr
- ○manas (ácyuta-), m. N. of two Maharshis TĀr
- ○mūrti m. N. of Vishṇu
- ○ruṣ f. inveterate hatred
- ○vāsa m. the sacred fig-tree, Ficus Religiosa
- acyutâvasa id. T
- ○sthala n. N. of a place in the Pañjāb MBh
- acyutâgraja m. (Vishṇu's elder brother), Balarāma
- Indra
- ácyutôpadhyāya m. = acyuta-jallakin, q.v
- aj cl. 1. P. (defect., supplemented fr. √vi), ájati, ājīt, ajitum, to drive, propel, throw, cast: Desid. ajijiṣati, to be desirous of driving [Gk. ? ; Lat. ago]. [Page 9, Column]
≫aja
- ajá m. a drove, troop (of Maruts) AV
- a driver, mover, instigator, leader
- N. of Indra, of Rudra, of one of the Maruts [ajá éka-pā́ RV., and ajá éka-pāda AV.], of Agni, of the sun, of Brahmā, of Vishṇu, of Śiva, of Kāma (cf. 2. a-ja)
- the leader of a flock
- a he-goat, ram [Gk. [9,] ?,?
- Lith. ?]
- the sign Aries
- the vehicle of Agni
- beam of the sun (Pūshan)
- N. of a descendant of Visvāmitra, and of Daśaratha's or Dīrghabāhu's father
- N. of a mineral substance
- of a kind of rice
- of the moon
- (ā́s), m. pl., N. of a people RV. vii, 18, 19
- of a class of Ṛishis MBh
- (ā), f. N. of Prakṛiti, of Māyā or Illusion, a-jā (s.v. 2. a-jā)
- a she-goat
- N. of a plant whose bulbs resemble the udder of a goat Suśr
- ○karṇa m. a goat's ear
- the tree Terminalia Alata Tomentosa
- ○karṇaka m. the Śāl-tree, Ṣorea Robusta
- ○kūlā f. N. of a town of the Bodhis
- ○kṣīrá n. goat's milk MaitrS
- Pāṇ. 6-3, 63 Sch
- ○gandhā or f. 'smelling like a he-goat', shrubby basil, Ocymum Gratissimum
- ○gandhikā f. 'smelling like a he-goat', shrubby basil, Ocymum Gratissimum
- ○gandhinī f. a plant, = aja-śṛngī́, q.v
- ○gará m. ('goat-swallower'), a huge serpent, boa constrictor AV. &c
- N. of an Asura
- (ī), f. N. of a plant
- ○gallikā f. 'goat's cheek', an infantile disease
- ○jīvana or m. 'who lives by goats', a goat-herd
- ○jīvika m. 'who lives by goats', a goat-herd
- ○tā f. a multitude of goats
- the being a goat
- ○tvá [TS
- Pāṇ. 6-3, 64 Sch.] or
- ajā-tva n. the being a goat
- ○daṇḍī f. a plant, = brahmadaṇḍi
- ○devatā ās f. pl. the 25th lunar mansion
- ○nāmaka m. 'named Aja or Vishṇu', a mineral substance
- ○pa m. a goat-herd
- ○patha m. 'goat's road', probably = aja-viithī, q.v
- ○pada or mfn. goat-footed
- ○pāda mfn. goat-footed
- ○pād m. N. of the divinity called aja kapād
- ○pārśva m. 'having black sides like a goat', N. of Śvetakarṇa's son Rājīvalocana
- ○pālá m. a goat-herd VS
- N. of Daśaratha's father
- ○babhru (ája-), n. said to be the father or origin of a medical plant AV. v, 5, 8
- ○bhakṣa m. 'goat's food', the plant Varvūra
- ○māyu (ajá-), m. bleating like a goat (a frog) RV. vii, 103, 6 and 10
- ○māra m. N. of a tribe or prince, (g. kurv-ādi, q.v.) [Page 9, Column]
- ○mīḍha or m. N. of a son of Suhotra (author of some Vedic hymns RV. iv, 43 and 44)
- ○mīḻha m. N. of a son of Suhotra (author of some Vedic hymns RV. iv, 43 and 44)
- of a grandson of Suhotra
- of Yudhishṭhira
- ○mukha mfn. goat faced
- (ī), f. N. of a Rākshasī
- ○meru N. of a place, Ajmīr (?)
- ○moda m. or 'goat's delight', N. of various plants, common Carroway, the species called Ajwaen (Ligusticum Ajwaen), a species of Parsley, Apium Involucratum
- ○modā or f. 'goat's delight', N. of various plants, common Carroway, the species called Ajwaen (Ligusticum Ajwaen), a species of Parsley, Apium Involucratum
- ○modikā f. 'goat's delight', N. of various plants, common Carroway, the species called Ajwaen (Ligusticum Ajwaen), a species of Parsley, Apium Involucratum
- ○rṣabhá (ṛṣ), m. a he-goat ŚBr
- ○lambana n. antimony
- ○loman m. or Cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens
- ○lomī f. Cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens
- (á), n. goat's hair ŚBr. &c
- ○vasti m. N. of a tribe, (g. gṛṣṭy-ādi and śubhrâdi, q.v.)
- (ayas), m. pl. the members of that tribe, (g. yaskâdi, q.v.)
- ○vāha m. N. of a district
- ○vīthī f. 'goat's road', N. of one of the three divisions of the southern path, or one of the three paths in which the sun, moon, and planets move, comprehending the asterisms mūla, pūrvâṣāḍha, and uttarâṣāḍha
- ○śṛṅgī́ f. 'goat's horn', the shrub Odina Wodier, used as a charm and as a remedy for sore eyes AV. (its fruit resembles a goat's horn)
- ○stunda n. N. of a town Pāṇ. 6-1, 155
- ○hā f. = a-jaḍā, q.v
- the Plant Ālkuśī T
- ajā-kṛpāṇīya mfn. like the goat and shears in the fable Pāṇ. 5-3, 106 Sch
- ajā-kṣīrá n. goat's milk ŚBr. &c
- cf. aja-kṣirá
- ajā-gala m. goat's neck
- ajāgala-stana m. nipple or fleshy protuberance on the neck of goats, an emblem of any useless or worthless object or person
- ajājīva m. 'who lives by goats, a goat-herd
- ajā taulvali m. N. of a Muni who lived on the milk of goats (an example of compounds in which the middle term is left out, g. śākapārthivâdi, q.v.)
- ajâda m. 'goat-eater', the ancestor of a warrior tribe Pāṇ. 4-1, 171
- ajâdanī f. a species of prickly night-shade
- ajâdi a g. of Pāṇ. 4-I, 4
- ajântrī f. the pot-herb Convolvulus Argenteus
- ajā-payas n. goat's milk
- ajāpālaka mfn. tending goats, m. a goat-herd. L
- ajâví m. pl. (ajâváyas ŚBr.) or sg. goats and sheep, small cattle
- ajâviká n. sg. goats and sheep, small cattle
- ajâśva n. goats and horses Yājñ
- m. Pūshan or the Sun (having goats for horses) RV
- ajâikapād m. N. of Vishṇu
- of one of the eleven Rudras
- 1. ajá
- ajâiḍaka n. goats and rams, (g. gavâśvâdi, q.v.)
- ajaka m. N. of a descendant of Purūravas
- of a king of Magadha
- (akā or ikā), f. a young she-goat
- a disease of the pupil of the eye (small reddish tumours compared to kids, protruding through the transparent cornea and discharging pus)
- ajakā-jāta n. the above disease
- ajana
- ájani
⋙ajma
- ájma &c. s.v
- a-já mfn. not born, existing from all eternity
- (ás), m. N. of the, first uncreated being RV. AV
- Brahmā, Vishṇu, Śiva, Kāma
- (ā), f. N. of Prakṛiti, Māyā or Illusion ( also 1. ajá and 1. ajana)
- ajakava m. Śiva's bow L
- ajakāvá mfn. N. of a sacrificial vessel dedicated to Mitra and Varuṇa and (according to the Comm.) having an ornament similar to the fleshy protuberance called ajā-gala-stana, q.v. ŚBr
- (ás or ám), m. or n. a species of venomous vermin, centipede or scorpion RV. vii, 50, 1
- (as, am), m. n. Śiva's bow L
- ajagava m. Śiva's bow L
- the southern portion of the path of the sun, moon, and planets
- m. N. of a snake priest PBr
- ajagāva m. N. of a snake demon TāṇḍyaBr
- cf. ājagāva
- (am), n. Śiva's bow L
- N. of the sacrificial vessel also called ajakāvá (q.v.) ĀpŚr
- a-jaghanya mfn. not last
- not least
- á-jaghnivas mf(á-jaghnuṣī)n. (√han), not having killed RV. viii, 56, 15
- a-jaṭā f. Flacourtia Cataphracta, = ajaḍā and ajjhaṭā
- a-jaḍa mfn. not inanimate, not torpid, not stupid
- (ā), f. the plants Ajaṭā and Kapikacchu (Carpopogon Pruriens)
- ○dhī mfn. of a vigorous mind, energetic
- ajathyā f. yellow jasmin
- ajana m. (√aj), 'the instigator', Brahmā
- (am), n. act of instigating or moving, [Page 10, Column]
- ○yoni-ja m. 'born from Ajana', N. of Daksha
- ajani f. a path, road Nir
- a-janá mfn. destitute of men
- desert
- m. an insignificant person
- a-janani f. (generally used in cursing), nonbirth, cessation of existence
- ajananir astu tasya, 'may he cease to exist!' Pañcat
- Pāṇ. 3-3, 112
- a-janya mfn. improper to be produced or born
- unfit for mankind
- (am), n. any portent unfavourable to mankind, as an earthquake
- aj-anta mfn. 2. ac
- a-japa m. (√jap), one who does not repeat prayers
- a reciter of heterodox works L
- (ā), f. the mantra or formula called haṃsa (which consists only of a number of inhalations and exhalations)
- aja-pa m. 1. ajá
- a-jambha m. 'toothless', a frog
- a-jaya m. non-victory, defeat
- (mfn.), unconquered, unsurpassed, invincible
- m. N. of Vishnu
- of a lexicographer
- of a river
- (ā), f. hemp
- N. of a friend of Durgā
- Māyā or Illusion
- a-jayya mfn. invincible, improper to be won at play
- a-jára mfn. (√jṝ), not subject to old age, undecaying, ever young
- (ā), f. the plants Aloe Perfoliata and Jirṇapañjhi
- the river Sarasvati
- ajarâmara mfn. undecaying and immortal MBh
- a-jaraka as, am m. n. indigestion
- a-járat mfn. not decaying VS
- a-jarayú mfn. not subject to old age RV. i, 116, 20
- a-jaras another form for a-jara, used only in some cases L
- a-jaryá mfn. not subject to old age or decay ŚBr., not friable, not digestible, (am), n. friendship
- a-javás mfn. not quick, inactive RV. ii, 15, 6
- á-jasra mfn. (√jas), not to be obstructed, perpetual RV. &c
- (am [gaṇa svar-ādi, &c.] or eṇa [RV. vi, 16, 4]), ind. perpetually, for ever, ever
- a-jahat mfn. (pr. p. √3 -hā), not dropping or losing (in comp.)
- ○svārthā f. a rhetorical figure (using a word which involves the meaning of another word previously used, as 'white ones' for 'white horses', 'lances' for 'men with lances')
- ajahal-liṅga m. (in Gr.) a noun which does not drop its original gender, when used as an adjective
- ajā f. a she-goat. 1. ajá
- a-jāgara mfn. not awake, not wakeful L
- m. the plant Eclipta or Verbesina Prostrata
- ajāji is, or ajājī f. Cuminum Cyminum
- Ficus Oppositifolia
- Nigella Indica
- á-jāta mfn. unborn, not yet born, not yet developed
- ○kakud m. a young bull whose hump is yet undeveloped Pāṇ. 5-4, 146 Sch
- ○pakska mfn. having undeveloped wings
- ○loman mf(mnī)n. or whose signs of puberty are not yet developed
- ○vyañjana mfn. whose signs of puberty are not yet developed
- ○vyavahāra m. having no experience of business, a minor, a youth under fifteen
- ○śatru (ájāta-), mfn. having no enemy
- having no adversary or equal (Indra) RV
- (us), m. N. of Śiva, of Yudhishṭhira, of a king of Kāśī, of a son of Śamika, of a son of Vidmisāra or Bimbisāra (contemporary of Sākyamuni),
- ajātânuśaya mfn. having no regret
- ajātâri m. having no enemy, Yudhishṭhira Śiś
- a-jānat mfn. (pr. p. √jñā), not knowing, unaware
- a-jā́ni is āV., or a-jānika ḻ., m. having no wife
- á-jāmi mfn. not of kin, not related RV
- (in Gr.) not corresponding Nir
- (i), n. '(co-habitation) not allowed between relations', incest RV
- ○tā (ájāmi.) "ṣBr., f. or -tva ṭBr., n. not uniformity, variation, [Page 10, Column]
- á-jāyamāna mfn. (√jan), not being born, not subject to birth VS
- ajikā f. ajaka
- a-jita mfn. not conquered, unsubdued, unsurpassed, invincible, irresistible
- m. a particular antidote
- a kind of venomous rat
- N. of Vishṇu
- Śiva
- one of the Saptarshis of the fourteenth Manvantara
- Maitreya or a future Buddha
- the second of the Arhats or saints of the present (Jaina) Avasarpiṇi, a descendant of Ikshvāku
- the attendant of Suvidhi (who is the ninth of those Arhats)
- (ās), m. pl. a class of deified beings in the first Manvantara
- ○keśa-kambala m. N. of one of the six chief heretical teachers (mentioned in Buddhist texts as contemporaries of Buddha)
- ○balā f. N. of a Jaina deity who acts under the direction of the Arhat Ajita
- ○vikrama m. 'having invincible power', N. of king Candragupta the second
- ajitâtman mfn. having an unsubdued self or spirit
- ajitâpīḍa m. having an unsurpassed crown
- N. of a king Rājat
- ajitêndriya mfn. having unsubdued passions
- ajína n. (probably at first the skin of a goat, aja)
- the hairy skin of an antelope, especially a black antelope (which serves the religious student for a couch seat, covering &c.)
- the hairy skin of a tiger, &c., m. N. of a descendant of Pṛithu VP
- ○pattrā or f. a bat
- ○pattri or f. a bat
- ○pattrikā f. a bat
- ○phalā f. N. of a plant, (g. ajâdi q.v.)
- ○yoni m. 'origin of skin', an antelope, deer
- ○vāsin mfn. clad in a skin ŚBr
- ○sandhá m. one who prepares skins, a furrier VS
- ajirá mfn. (√aj), agile, quick, rapid, (ám), ind. quickly RV. AV. VS
- m. N. of a Nāga priest PBr., (ā), f. N. of Durgā, of a river
- (am), n. place to run or fight in, area, court R. &c
- the body
- any object of sense, air, wind, a frog L
- ○vatī f. N. of the river on which the town Śrāvasti was situated Pāṇ. 6-3, 119 and vi, 1, 220 Sch
- ○śocis (ajirá.), m. having a quick light, glittering, N. of Agni, of Soma RV
- ajirâdi a g. of Pāṇ. 6-3, 119
- ajirâdhirājá m. 'an agile emperor', death AV
- ajirāya Nom. Ā. ajirāyate, to be agile or quick RV. viii, 14, 10
- ajirīya mfn. connected with a court &c., (g. utkarâdi, q.v.)
- a-jihma mfn. not crooked, straight
- honest, upright Mn. &c
- m. a frog (perhaps for a-jihva) L
- a fish L
- ○ga mfn. going straight
- m. an arrow
- ajihmâgra mfn. having a straight point
- a-jihva mfn. tongueless
- m. a frog L
- ajīkava n. Śiva's bow L. ajakava
- a-jīgarta m. 'that has nothing to swallow', N. of a Ṛishi, Śuna?śepha's father
- á-jīta mfn. (√jyā, usually jina), not faded, not faint AV. TS., &c
- ○punarvaṇya n. 'asking the restitution of an object which has in fact not been lost', N. of a twofold rite to be performed by Kshatriyas AitBr
- a-jīti f. the state of being uninjured RV. TS. &c
- cf. á-jyāni
- a-jīrṇay mfn. (√jṝ), not decomposed
- unimpaired
- undigested
- (am), n. indigestion
- a-jīrṇi f. indigestion L
- a-jīrṇin mfn. suffering from indigestion
- a-jīrti f. indigestibleness
- a-jīva mfn. lifeless
- a-jīvat mfn. not living, destitute of a livelihood Mn
- á-jīvana mfn. destitute of a livelihood AV
- a-jīvani f. non-existence, death
- ajīvanís tasya bhūyāt, 'may death befall him!' Pāṇ. 3-3, 112 Sch
- a-jīvita n. non-existence, death
- a-jugupsita mfn. not disliked
- a-júr mfn. (√jur), not subject to old age or decay RV. viii, 1, 2
- a-juryá (3
- once 4 RV. vi, 17, 13), id. RV. [Page 10, Column]
- á-jūryat mfn. not subject to old age RV. iii, 46, 1 and v, 42, 6
- á-juṣṭa mfn. not enjoyed, unsatisfactory RV
- á-juṣṭi f. non-enjoyment, feeling of disappointment RV
- a-jetavya mfn. invincible
- a-jeya mfn. invincible
- N. of a prince MBh
- (am), n. N. of a kind of antidote
- á-joṣa mf(ā)n. not gratified, insatiable RV. i, 9, 4
- á-joṣya (4), mfn. not liked, not welcome RV. i, 38, 5
- ajjukā f. (in the drama) a courtezan
- ajjhaṭā f. the plant Flacourtia Cataphracta (= ajaṭā and ajaḍā)
- ajjhala m. a burning coal
- a-jña mfn. (√jñā), not knowing
- ignorant, inexperienced
- unconscious
- unwise, stupid
- ○tā f. or ignorance
- ○tva n. ignorance
- ajñakā or f. an ignorant woman Pāṇ. 7-3, 47
- ajñikā f. an ignorant woman Pāṇ. 7-3, 47
- a-jñāta mfn. unknown
- unexpected
- unaware
- (am), ind. without the knowledge of MBh
- ○kulaśila mfn. whose lineage and character are unknown,
- ○keta (ájñāta-), mfn. having unknown or secret designs RV. v, 3, 11
- ○bhukta mfn. eaten unawares Mn
- ○yakṣmá m. an unknown or hidden disease RV. x, 161, 1 AV
- ○vāsa mfn. whose dwelling is unknown
- ○śīla mfn. whose character is unknown
- ajñātaka mfn. unknown, (g
- yāvâdi q.v.)
- a-jñāti m. not a kinsman, not related Mn
- a-jñātvā ind. not having known or ascertained
- a-jñāna n. non-cognizance
- ignorance, (in philosophy) spiritual ignorance (or a power which, consisting of the three Guṇas sattva, rajas, and tamas, and preventing the soul from realizing its identity with Brahma, causes self to appear a distinct personality, and matter to appear a reality)
- Prakṛiti, Māyā, Illusion
- (mfn.), ignorant, unwise
- (āt), ind. unawares, ignorantly
- ○kṛta mfn. done inadvertently
- ○tas ind. unawares, inadvertently
- ○tā f. or ignorance
- ○tva n. ignorance
- ○bandhana n. the bond of ignorance
- a-jñānin mfn. ignorant, unwise
- á-jñās mfn. having no kindred RV. x, 39, 6
- a-jñeya mfn. unknowable, unfit to be known
- ájma m. (√aj), career, march RV. [Gk. ?]. [Page 10, Column]
- ájman a n. career, passage, battle RV. AV. [Lat. agmen]
≫ajra
- ájra m. a field, a plain RV. [Lat. ager
- Gk. ?: cf. ajira]. [Page 10, Column]
- ajryâ (3), mfn. being in or connected with a field or plain RV. x, 69, 6
- ajvin mfn. (√aj), active, agile, used in a sacrificial formula ĀśvŚr
- á-jyāni is, f. the state of being uninjured AV. (cf. á-jīti)
- (ajyānayas), nom. pl., N. of certain offerings TBr., ApSr
- a-jyeyá-tā f. state of anything which is not to be hurt or overpowered ŚBr
- a-jyeṣṭhá mfn. not the oldest or best
- (ās), nom. pl. of which none is the eldest (the Maruts) RV. v, 59, 6 and 60, 5
- cf. á-kaniṣṭha
- ○vṛtti mfn. not behaving as the eldest brother [Mn. ix, 11], or (ajyeṣṭha-vṛtti) behaving like one who has no elder brother
- añc (connected with √ac, q.v.), cl. 1. P. Ā. áñcati, ○te, ānañca, ○ce, añci-ṣyati, ○te, añcitum, to bend, curve, incline, curl
- to reverence (with inclined body), to honour
- to tend, move, go, wander about
- to request L.: cl. 10. or Caus. añcayati, to unfold, make clear, produce. Desid. P. Ā. añciciṣati, ○te, to be desirous of bending: Pass. añcyate or acyate, to be bent
≫añc
- añc only ifc., turned to, going or directed towards
- akudhryâñc, ávāñc, udañc, devadryáñc, &c
≫añca
- añca 'curling' (of the hairs of the body, thrill of rapture), only at the end of româñca, q.v. [Page 11, Column]
- añcati m. or wind L
- añcatī f. wind L
- fire L
- añcana n. act of bending or curving
- añcala m. (perhaps also am), n. the border or end of a garment, especially of a woman's garment, of a veil, shawl. (in Bengālī, a strip of country, district.)
- añcita mfn. bent, curved, curled, arched, handsome
- gone, walked in
- reverenced, honoured
- distinguished
- ○pattra m. a kind of lotus with curved leaves
- ○pattrâkṣa mfn. having lotus eyes
- ○bhrū f. a woman with arched or handsome eyebrows
- ○lāṅgūla mfn. having a curved tail (as a monkey)
- añj cl. 7. P. Ā. anákti, aṅkté, ā nañja, añjiṣyati or aṅkṣyati, āñjīt, añjitum or aṅktum, to apply an ointment or pigment, smear with, anoint
- to decorate, prepare
- to honour, celebrate
- to cause to appear, make clear RV. i, 92, 1
- to be beautiful L
- to go L.: Caus. añjayat, āñjijat, to smear with
- to speak
- to shine
- to cause to go L. [Lat. ungo]
- añjaka m. N. of a son of Vipracitti VP
- añjana m. a kind of domestic lizard L
- N. of a fabulous, serpent
- of a tree Pañcat
- of a mountain, of a king of Mithilā, of the elephant of the west or south-west quarter
- (ā), f. N. of Hanumat's mother
- of Pravarasena's mother
- (am), n. act of applying an ointment or pigment, embellishing, &c., black pigment or collyrium applied to the eyelashes or the inner coat of the eyelids
- a special kind of this pigment, as lamp-black, Antimony, extract of Ammonium, Xanthorrhiza, &c
- paint, especially as a cosmetic
- magic ointment
- ink L
- night L
- fire L. (In rhetoric) making clear the meaning of an equivocal expression, double entendre or pun, &c
- ○keśa mf(ī)n. whose hair (or mane) is as black as pigment
- (ī), f. N. of a vegetable perfume
- ○nāmikā f. a swelling of the eyelid, stye
- ○vat ind. like collyrium
- añjanā-giri m. N. of a mountain
- añjanâdhikā f. a species of lizard L
- añjanâmbhas n. eye-water
- añjanā-vatī f. the female elephant of the north-east (or the west?) quarter
- añjanaka m. portion of a text containing the word añjana, (g. goṣad-ādi, q.v.)
- (ī), f. N. of a medicinal plant
- añjanikā f. a species of lizard L
- a small mouse L
- cf. añjalikā
- añjanī f. a woman (fit for the application of ointments, pigments, sandal, &c.) L
- N. of two medicinaI plants
- añjala
- anjali and v. below
- añjas as n. ointment, a mixture RV. i, 132, 2
- N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
- (as), ind. quickly, instantly RV. BhP
- áñjasā
- añjaḥ-savá m. rapid preparation (of Soma) ŚBr. AitBr
- añjas-pā́ mfn. drinking instantly RV. x, 92, 2 and 94, 13
- añjasa mfn. straight, straightforward, honest L
- (ī́), f. N. of a heavenly river RV. i, 104, 4
- áñjasā ind. straight on, right, truly, justly
- quickly, soon, instantly
- añjasayana mf(ī)n. having a straight course, going straight on TS. AitBr
- añjasī́na mfn. going straight on, straightforward RV. x, 32, 7
≫añji
- añjí mfn. applying an ointment or pigment RV
- ointment, brilliancy RV
- unctuous, smooth, sleek (membrum virile) VS
- (is), m. a sender, commander Uṇ
- ○mát mfn. coloured, bright, adorned RV. v, 57, 5
- ○sakthá mfn. having coloured thighs (a victim) VS
- Pāṇ. 6-2, 199 Sch
- añjy-etá mfn. black and white coloured TS
- añjivá mfn. slippery, smooth AV
- añjiṣṭha as, or aṅjishṇu, m. 'highly brilliant', the sun L
- añjala only ifc. for añjali, q.v
- añjalí m. (√añj), the open hands placed side by side and slightly hollowed (as if by a beggar to receive food
- hence when raised to the forehead, a mark of supplication), reverence, salutation, benediction
- a libation to the Manes (two hands full of water, udakâñjali) VP. &c
- a measure of corn, sufficient to fill both hands when placed side by side, equal to a kuḍava
- ○karman n. making the above respectful salutation
- ○kārikā f. an earthen figure (with the hands joined for salutation)
- the plant Mimosa Natans
- ○puṭa m. n. cavity produced in making the añjali salutation. [Page 11, Column]
- ○bandhana n. salutation with the añjali raised to the forehead
- añjalī-kṛta mfn. placed together to form the añjali salutation
- añjalika as, am m. n. N. of one of Arjuna's arrows MBh
- (ā), f. a young mouse L
- añjika m. N. of a son of Yadu. añjaka
- añjihiṣā f. (fr. Desid. of √1. aṃh), desire of going, [○ṣāṃ cakre (√1. kṛ)] Bhaṭṭ
- añjī f. a blessing (?) T
- añjīra n. (a Persian word), a species of fig-tree (Ficus Oppositifolia)
- a fig. (In Bengāli) a guava
- aṭ cl. 1. P. Ā. aṭati, ○te, āṭa, aṭiṣyati, āṭīt, aṭitum, to roam, wander about (sometimes with acc
- frequently used of religious mendicants): Intens. aṭāṭyate, to roam or wander about zealously or habitually, especially as a religious mendicant: Desid. aṭiṭiṣati, to be desirous of roaming
- aṭaka mfn. roaming L
- aṭana mfn. roaming about VarBṛ
- (am), n. act or habit of wandering about
- aṭani f. or the notched extremity of a bow
- aṭanī f. the notched extremity of a bow
- aṭamāna m. N. of a prince BhP
- aṭavi is, or usually
- aṭavī f. 'place to roam in', a forest
- aṭavī-śikhara m. pl., N. of a people MBh
- aṭavika better
- āṭavika m. a woodman, forester
≫aṭā
- aṭā f. the act or habit of roaming or wandering about (especially as a religious mendicant)
- aṭāṭā f. (habit of) roaming or wandering about L
- aṭāṭyamāna mfn. roaming excessively
- aṭāṭyā f. (habit of) roaming L
- aṭāya Nom. Ā. aṭāyate, to enter upon a roaming life, to become a religious mendicant L
≫aṭyā
- aṭyā f. roaming about, one of the ten faults resulting from an excessive fondness for pleasure Mn. vii, 47
- aṭani √aṭ
- aṭaruṣa or aṭarūṣa or aṭarūṣaka m. the shrub Justicia Adhatoda
- a-ṭala mfn. not shaky, firm L
- aṭṭ cl. 1. Ā. aṭṭate, ānaṭṭe, aṭṭitum, to exceed L
- to kill L.: cl. 10. P. aṭṭayati, to contemn L
- to lessen, diminish L
≫aṭṭa
- aṭṭa ind. high, lofty L
- loud L
- m. a watch-tower
- a market, a market-place (corruption of haṭṭa)
- N. of a Yaksha Rājat
- over-measure L
- (a). f. overbearing conduct(?) Pāṇ. 3-1, 17 Comm
- (am), n. boiled rice, food L
- (mfn.), dried, dry L
- ○pati-bhāgâkhya-gṛha-kṛtya n. business of the house called the market-master's department (an office in Kashmir) Rājat
- ○sthalī f. site of an aṭṭa (?), (g. dhūmâdi, q.v.)
- ○hasita n. loud laughter, a horse-laugh
- ○hāsa m. id
- a name of Śiva
- of a Yaksha Kathās
- of a mountain
- ○hāsaka m. the shrub Jasminum Multiflorum or Hirsutum
- ○hāsin m. N. of Śiva
- ○hāsya n. loud laughter
- a horse-laugh
- aṭṭâṭṭa-hāsa m. very loud laughter
- aṭṭaka m. an apartment on the roof
- tower
- aṭṭaṭṭa ind. very high L
- very loud L
- aṭṭana n. a weapon shaped like a discus L
- aṭṭāya (Nom. fr. aṭṭā), Ā. aṭṭāyate, to be overbearing(?) Pāṇ. 3-1, 17 Comm
- aṭṭāla as, or aṭṭālaka m. a watchtower
- (ikā), f. a palace L
- N. of a country Rājat
- aṭṭālikā-kāra m. a bricklayer (son of a painter and a lascivious Śūdra woman) BrahmaP
- aṭṭālikā-bandham ind. (in the way that aṭṭālikās are formed) Pāṇ. 3-4, 42 Sch
- aṭṭilikā f. N. of a town Rājat
- aṭṇārá m. a king of Kosala ŚBr
- aṭyā f. √aṭ
- aṭh cl. 1. P. Ā. aṭhati, ○te, to go L
- aṭhida ās m. pl., N. of a people MBh. [Page 11, Column]
- aṭhillā f. N. of a Prākṛit metre
- aḍ cl. 1. P. aḍati, to endeavour L
- aḍakavatī N. of a fabulous palace on Meru
- also of a city
- aḍḍ cl. 1.P. aḍḍati, ānaḍḍa, aḍḍitum, to join L
- to infer, argue L
- to meditate, discern L
- to attack L
- aḍḍana n. a shield L
- aṇ cl. 1. P. aṇati, āṇa, aṇitum, to sound L.: cl. 4. Ā. aṇyate, to 'breathe, (another form of √an, q.v
- in this sense regarded in the Dhātu-pāṭha as a distinct root) L
- aṇaka mfn. insignificant, small, contemptible, (g. utkarâdi, q.v.)
- aṇakīya mfn. connected with what is insignificant, &c. ib
- aṇavya n. a field of (aṇu) Panicum Miliaceum Pāṇ. 5-2, 4
- aṇu
≫aṇi
- aṇi m. or the point of a needle or of a sharp stake L
⋙aṇī
- aṇī f. the point of a needle or of a sharp stake L
- linch-pin L
- the pin or bolt at the end of the pole of a carriage L
- the corner or part of a house L
- a boundary L
- aṇī-māṇḍavya m. N. of a Brāhman ascetic (said to have been impaled on an aṇi or point of a stake) MBh
- aṇimán a m. (fr. aṇu, q.v.), minuteness, fineness, thinness ŚBr. &c
- meagreness
- atomic nature, the superhuman power of becoming as small as an atom, (áṇiman), n. the smallest particle ŚBr
- aṇiṣṭha mfn. (fr. aṇu, q.v.), most minute
- áṇīyas an, as,, as (fr. aṇu, q.v.), or mfn. more minute than usual
- aṇiyaská āV., mfn. more minute than usual
≫aṇu
- aṇu mf(vii)n. fine, minute, atomic
- (us), m. an atom of matter
- 'an atom of time', the 54, 675, 000th part of a muhūrta (of 48 minutes)
- Panicum Miliaceum VS. ŚBr. xiv MuṇḍUP
- N. of Siva
- (áṇvii), f. 'the subtle one', N. of the fingers preparing the Soma juice RV
- (u), n. (in prosody) the fourth part of a mātrā
- (aṇú), ind. minutely ŚBr
- ○tara mfn. very fine or minute, gentle
- ○taila n. N. of a medical oil
- ○tva n. or minuteness, atomic nature
- ○tā f. minuteness, atomic nature
- ○bhā f. lightning
- ○madhya-bīja n. N. of a hymn
- ○mātra mfn. having the size of an atom
- ○mātrika mfn. having the size of an atom
- containing the atomic elements (mātrā) of the body Mn. i, 56
- ○reṇu mf. atomic dust (as seen in sun-beams)
- ○reṇu-jāla n. an aggregate of such atomic dust
- ○revatī f. the plant Croton Polyandrum
- ○vādin mfn. one who believes in and teaches atomism
- ○vedānta m. title of a book
- ○vrata āni n. pl., N. of the twelve small duties or vows of the laymen adhering to the Jaina faith
- ○vrīhi m. a fine sort of rice L
- ○śas ind. into or in minute particles
⋙aṇū
- aṇū (with √bhū, &c.), s.v
- áṇv-anta m. a hair-splitting question ŚBr
- aṇuka mfn. fine, minute, atomic
- clever, (g. yāvâdi, q.v.)
- (am), n. an atom
≫aṇū
- aṇū (for aṇu in comp. with √bhū and its derivatives)
- ○bhāva m. the becoming an atom Nir
- ○√bhū to become minute or atomic
≫aṇva
- áṇva n. fine interstice or hole in the strainer used for the Soma juice RV
- aṇuha m. N. of a son of Vibhrāja MBh
- aṇṭh or aṭh, cl. 1. Ā. aṇṭhate, ānaṇṭhe, aṇṭhitum, to go, move, tend L
- aṇṭhita mfn. pained (?) Suśr
- aṇḍa n. (also m. L.) [√am. Uṇ.], an egg, a testicle
- the scrotum
- the musk bag
- semen virile L
- N. of Śiva (from his being identified with the Brahmāṇḍa or mundane egg)
- ○kaṭāha m. the shell of the mundane egg VP
- ○koṭara-puṣpī f. the plant Convolvulus Argenteus (?)
- ○kośa or m. the scrotum
- ○koṣa or m. the scrotum
- ○koṣaka m. the scrotum
- the mundane egg
- ○ja mfn. egg-born
- m. a bird L
- a fish L
- a snake L
- a lizard L
- (ā), f. musk
- ○jêśvara m. 'king of birds, Garuḍa
- ○dala n. egg-shell
- ○dhara m. N. of Śiva
- ○vardhana n. or swelling of the scrotum, hydrocele
- ○vṛddhi f. swelling of the scrotum, hydrocele
- ○sū f. oviparous
- aṇḍâkarṣaṇa n. castration
- aṇḍâkāra mfn. egg shaped, oval, elliptical
- m. an ellipsis
- aṇḍâkṛti mfn. egg-shaped, oval, elliptical
- (is), f. an ellipsis
- aṇḍaka m. the scrotum
- (am), n. an egg. [Page 12, Column]
- aṇḍara mf(ī g. gaurâdi, q.v.)n., N. of a tribe, (g. bhṛśâdi, q.v.)
- aṇḍarāya Nom. Ā. aṇḍarāyate, to behave like an Aṇḍara, (g. bhṛśâdi, q.v.)
- aṇḍālu m. 'full of eggs', a fish L
- aṇḍikā f. N. of a weight (= 4 yava) Car
- aṇḍīra m. a full male, a man L
- strong L
- at ind. a prefix said to imply 'surprise', probably a contraction of ati, meaning 'extraordinary', (g. ūry-ādi, q.v.)
- ad-bhuta mfn. extraordinary
- s.v
- at cl. 1. P. Ā. átati (Naigh
- p. átat or átamāna), to go constantly, walk, run RV
- to obtain L
- atana m. a passer on Nir
- (am), n. act of passing on Nir
- ○vat m. one who wanders Nir
- atasí átka. s.v
- a-taj-jña (for a-tad-jña), mfn. not knowing that, i.e. Brahma and the soul's identity
- a-taṭa mfn. having no beach or shore, precipitous Śāk
- m. a precipice
- the third hell
- cf. atala
- a-tattva-vid mfn. not knowing the truth, i.e. the soul's identity with Brahma
- a-tattvârtha-vat mfn. not conformable with the nature of truth
- á-tathā mfn. not saying tathā (yes), giving a negative answer RV. i, 82, 1
- a-tathôcita mfn. not deserving of such (a fate), not used to this (with gen.)
- a-tathya mfn. untrue, unreal, not really so
- a-tad not that BhP. (cf. a-sa)
- ○arha mfn. not deserving that
- (am), ind. undeservedly, unjustly
- ○guṇa m. (in rhetoric) the use of predicates not descriptive of the essential nature of the object
- a-tanu mfn. not thin, not small
- a-tanu us, m= an-aṅga, N. of Kāma
- a-tantra mfn. having no cords
- having no (musical) strings
- unrestrained
- (am), n. not the object of a rule or of the rule under consideration
- á-tandra mfn. free from lassitude, alert, unwearied RV. AV
- a-tandrita or mfn. id. Mn. &c
- a-tandrin mfn. id. Mn. &c
- a-tapa (√tap), ās m. pl. a class of deities among the Buddhists
- a-tapas or mfn. one who neglects tapas or the practice of ascetic austerities
- a-tapaska or mfn. one who neglects tapas or the practice of ascetic austerities
- a-tapasya mfn. one who neglects tapas or the practice of ascetic austerities
- an irreligious character
- a-tapta mfn. not heated, cool
- ○tanū (átapta-), mfn. whose body or mass is not prepared in fire, raw RV. ix, 83, 1
- ○tapas m. whose ascetic austerity has not been (fully) endured
- á-tapyamāna mfn. not suffering RV. i, 185, 4
- a-tamás mfn. without darkness ŚBr. xiv
- a-tamâviṣṭa (irregular contraction of a-tama-āviṣṭa), mfn. not enveloped in darkness MaitrUp
- a-tamisra mfn. not dark, not benighted
- á-tameru mfn. not languid VS
- a-tarka m. an illogical reasoner
- bad logic
- a-tarkita mfn. unconsidered, unthought of
- unexpected
- (am), ind. unexpectedly
- a-tarkya mfn. incomprehensible, surpassing thought or reasoning
- ○sahasra-śakti m. endowed with a thousand incomprehensible powers
- a-tala n. bottomless
- N. of a hell beneath the earth
- m. N. of Śiva
- ○sparśa or mfn. whose bottom cannot be reached, bottomless
- ○spṛś mfn. whose bottom cannot be reached, bottomless
- á-tavyas ān, asī, as, not stronger, not very strong RV. v, 33, 1 and vii, 100, 5
- átas ind. (ablative of the pronom. base a, equivalent to asmāt), from this, than this
- hence
- henceforth, from that time
- from this or that cause or reason
- ata-ūrdhvam ind. henceforth, afterwards
- ata-eva ind. for this very reason
- therefore
- ataḥ-param ind. henceforth, further on. [Page 12, Column]
- ato-nimittam ind. on this ground, for this reason
- ato-'nya mfn. differing from this
- ato-'rtham ind. for this object
- atasa m. (√at), wind, air L
- the soul L
- a (missile) weapon L
- a garment made of the fibre of (atasī) flax L
- (ám), n. shrubs RV
- (ī), f. common flax, Linum Usitatissimum
- Śaṇa, Bengal sun used as hemp, Crotolaria Juncea
- atasí m. (√at), a wandering mendicant RV. viii, 3, 13
- atasā́yya (5), mfn. to be got by begging RV. i, 63, 6 and ii, 19, 4
- á-tasthāna (√sthā), mfn. not suiting or fitting ŚBr
- á-tāpasa mfn. not an ascetic ŚBr
- áti ind. [probably neut. of an obsolete adj. atin, passing, going, beyond ; √at, and Old. Germ. anti, unti, inti, unde, indi, &c. ; Eng. and ; Germ. und ; Gk. ?, ?, Lat. ante ; Lith. ant ; [Page 12, Column] Arm. ti ; Zd. aiti]. As a prefix to verbs and their derivatives, expresses beyond, over, and, if not standing by itself, leaves the accent on the verb or its derivative
- as, ati-kram (√kram), to overstep, Ved. Inf. ati-kráme, (fit) to be walked on, to be passed RV. i, 105, 16, ati-krámaṇa, n. s.v. When prefixed to nouns, not derived from verbs, it expresses beyond, surpassing, as, ati-kaśa, past the whip, ati-mānuṣa, superhuman, &c., s.v. As a separable adverb or preposition (with acc.), Ved. beyond
- (with gen.)over, at the top of RV. AV
⋙ati
- ati is often prefixed to nouns and adjectives, and rarely to verbs, in the sense excessive, extraordinary, intense
- excessively, too
- exceedingly, very
- in such compounds the accent is generally on áti
- ○kaṭhora mfn. very hard, too hard
- ○katha mfn. exaggerated
- (ā), f. an exaggerated tale
- also s.v
- ○karṣaṇa (for -karśana?), n. excessive exertion
- ○kalyam ind. very early, too early
- ○kānta mfn. excessively beloved
- ○kāya mfn. of extraordinary body or size, gigantic
- m. N. of a Rākshasa R
- ○kiriṭa (áti-) or mfn. having too small teeth TBr
- ○kirīṭa Comm., mfn. having too small teeth TBr
- ○kutsita mfn. greatly despised
- ○kulva (áti.), mfn. too bald VS
- ○kṛcchra m. extraordinary pain or penance lasting twelve days Mn. Yājñ
- ○kṛta mfn. over done, exaggerated
- ○kṛśa (áti-), mfn. very thin, emaciated
- ○kṛṣṇa (áti-), mfn. very or too dark, very or too deep blue
- ○kruddha mfn. excessively angry
- ○krudh f. excessive anger Kathās
- ○kruṣṭa (áti-), n. extraordinary cry or wailing VS
- ○khara mfn. very pungent or piercing
- ○gaṇḍa mfn. having large cheeks or temples
- m. N. of the yoga (or index), star of the 6th lunar mansion
- ○gandha mfn. having an overpowering smell
- m. sulphur
- lemon-grass (Andropogon Schaenunthes)
- the Champac flower (Michelia Champaca)
- a kind of jasmin
- ○gandhālu m. N. of the creeper Putradātri
- ○garīyas n. (compar. of ati-guru), a higher or too high price
- ati-gariyasā (instr.) √krī, to buy too dear Daś
- ○garvita mfn. very conceited
- ○gahana mfn. very deep
- very impenetrable
- gāḍha mfn. very important
- very intensive
- (am), ind. exceedingly
- excessively
- ○guṇa mfn. having extraordinary qualities
- ○gupta mfn. closely concealed, very mysterious
- ○guru mfn. very heavy
- ○go f. an excellent cow Pāṇ. 5-4, 69 Sch
- ○caṇḍa mfn. very violent
- ○caraṇa n. excessive practice
- ○cāpalya n. extraordinary mobility or unsteadiness
- ○cira mfn. very long
- (am), ind. a very long time
- (asya), ind. for a very long time
- (at), ind. at last
- ○chattra or m. a mushroom
- ○chattraka m. a mushroom
- (ā), f. Anise (Anisum or Anethum Sowa)
- the plant Barleria Longifolia
- ○jara or mfn. very aged Pāṇ. 7-2, 101 Sch
- ○jaras mfn. very aged Pāṇ. 7-2, 101 Sch
- ○jala mfn. well watered
- ○java m. extraordinary speed
- (mfn.), very fleet
- ○jāgara mfn. very wakeful
- m. the black curlew
- ○jīrṇa mfn. very aged
- ○jīrṇatā f. extreme old age
- ○jīvá mfn. quite alive, very lively AV
- ○ḍīna n. extraordinary flight (of birds) MBh
- ○tapasvin mfn. very ascetic
- ○tīkṣṇa mfn. very sharp
- ○tīvra mfn. very sharp, pungent or acid
- (ā), f. dūb grass
- ○tṛṇṇa mfn. seriously hurt
- ○tṛpti f. too great satiety
- ○tṛṣṇa mfn. excessively thirsty, rapacious
- (ā), f. excessive thirst
- ○trasnu mfn. over timid
- ○dagdha mfn. badly burnt
- (am), n. N. of a bad kind of burn
- ○dantura (áti-), mfn. whose teeth are too prominent TBr. [Page 12, Column]
- ○darpa m. excessive conceit
- N. of a snake
- (mfn.), excessively conceited
- ○darśin mfn. very far-sighted
- ○dātṛ m. a very or too liberal man
- ○dāna n. munificence
- excessive munificence
- ○dāruṇa mfn. very terrible
- ○dāhá m. great heat
- violent inflammation TS. &c
- ○dīrgha (áti-), mfn. very long, too long,
- ○duḥkhita (or -duṣkhita), mfn. greatly afflicted, very sad
- ○duḥsaha mfn. very hard to bear, quite unbearable
- ○durgata mfn. very badly off
- ○durdharṣa mfn. very hard to approach, very haughty
- ○durlambha mfn. very hard to attain
- ○duṣkara mfn. very difficult
- ○dūra mfn. very distant
- (am), n. a great distance
- ○doṣa m. a great fault
- ○dhavala mfn. very white
- ○dhenu mfn. distinguished for his cows Pāṇ. 1-4, 3, Comm,
- ○nidra mfn. given to excessive sleep
- (ā), f. excessive sleep
- (am), ind., s.v. (p. 14, col. 2)
- ○nipuṇa mfn. very skilful
- ○nīca mfn. excessively low
- ○pathin (nom. -panthās), m. a better road than common L
- ○pada mfn. (in prosody) too long by one pada or foot,
- ○parokṣa mfn. far out of sight, no longer discernible
- ○parokṣavṛ́tti mfn. (in Gr.) having a nature that is no longer discernible, i.e. obsolete
- ○pātaka n. a very heinous sin
- ○puruṣa or (áti-) "ṣBr., m. a first-rate man, hero
- ○pūruṣa (áti-) "ṣBr., m. a first-rate man, hero
- ○pūta mfn. quite purified, over-refined
- ○peśals mfn. very dexterous
- ○prakāsa mfn. very notorious
- ○prage ind. very early Mn
- ○praṇaya m. excessive kindness, partiality
- ○praṇudya ind. having pushed far forward
- ○prabandha m. complete continuity
- ○pravaraṇa n. excess in choosing
- ○pravṛtti f. issuing abundantly
- ○pravṛddha mfn. enlarged to excess, overbearing Mn
- ○praśna m. an extravagant question, a question regarding transcendental objects
- ○praśnya mfn. to be asked such a question BṛĀrUp
- ○prasakti f. or excessive attachment
- ○prasaṅga m. excessive attachment
- unwarrantable stretch of a rule
- ○prasiddha mfn. very notorious
- ○prauḍha mfn. full-grown
- ○prauḍha-yauvana mfn. being in the full enjoyment of youth
- ○bala mfn. very strong or powerful
- m. an active soldier
- N. of a king
- (ā), f. a medicinal plant (Sidonia Cordifolia and Rhombifolia, or Annona Squamosa)
- N. of a powerful charm
- of one of Daksha's daughters
- ○bahu (áti-), mfn. very much
- too much MaitrS
- ○bālaka m. an infant
- (mfn.), infantine
- ○bāhn m. 'having extraordinary arms', N. of a Ṛishi of the fourteenth Manvantara Hariv
- N. of a Gandharva MBh
- ○bibhatsa mfn. excessively disagreeable
- ○brahmacarya n. excessive abstinence or continence
- ○bhūra m. an excessive burden, excessive obscurity (of a sentence)
- N. of a king
- ○bhāraga m. 'heavy-burden-bearer', a mule
- ○bhī m. 'very terrific', lightning L
- ○bhīṣaṇa mfn. very terrific
- ○bhṛta mfn. well filled
- ○bhojana n. eating too much
- morbid voracity
- ○bhrū mfn. having extraordinary eyebrows
- ○maṅgalya mfn. very auspicious
- m. AEgle or Crataeva Marmelos
- ○mati (áti-), f. haughtiness RV. i, 129, 5
- (mfn.), exceedingly wise MBh
- ○madhyandina n. high noon
- ○marśa m. close contact
- ○māná m. great haughtiness
- ○mānin mfn. very haughty
- ○māni-tā f. great haughtiness
- ○māruta mfn. very windy
- m. a hurricane Yājñ
- ○mirmira (áti-), mfn. twinkling exceedingly TBr
- ○mukta mfn. entirely liberated
- quite free from sensual or worldly desire
- seedless, barren
- m. the tree Dalbergia Oujeinensis
- Gaertnera Racemosa,
- ○muktaka m. = the preceding
- mountain ebony
- the tree Harimantha
- ○mukti (áti.), f. final liberation (from death) TS. ŚBr. xiv
- ○mūrti f. 'highest shape', N. of a ceremony
- ○memiṣa (áti-), mfn. (√1. miṣ), opening the eyes too much, staring TBr
- ○maithuna n. excess of sexual intercourse
- ○mokṣá m
- ati-√muc
- ○modā f. extraordinary fragrance
- the tree Jasminum Arboreum
- ○yava m. a sort of barley
- ○yaśa ṃBh. or mfn. very illustrious
- ○yaśas mfn. very illustrious
- ○yājá m. 'great sacrificer', very pious RV. vi, 52, 1
- ○yuvan mfn. very youthful L
- ○yoga m. excessive union, excess,
- ○raṃhas mfn. extremely rapid Śāk
- ○rakta mfn. very red
- (ā), f. one of Agni's seven tongues
- ○ratha m. a great warrior (fighting from a car) R
- ○rabhasa m. extraordinary speed
- ○rasā f. 'very succulent', N. of various plants (Mūrvā, Risnā, Klitanaka)
- ○rājan m. an extraordinary king Pāṇ. 5-4, 69 Sch
- one who surpasses a king [cf. also s.v.] [Page 13, Column]
- ○rucira mfn. very lovely
- (ā), f. N. of two metres (a variety of the atijagatī
- another called cuḍikā or culikā)
- ○ruṣ mfn. very angry
- ○rūpa mfn. very beautiful
- (am), n. extraordinary beauty
- ○roga m. consumption L
- ○romaśa mfn. very hairy, too hairy
- m. a wild goat, a kind of monkey
- ○lakṣmī mfn. very prosperous
- (īs), f. extraordinary prosperity
- ○laṅghana n. excessive fasting Suśr
- ○lamba mfn. very extensive
- ○lubdha or mfn. very greedy or covetous
- ati-lobha mfn. very greedy or covetous
- ○lulita mfn. closely attached or adhering
- ○lobha m. or excessive greediness or covetousness
- ○lobha-tā f. excessive greediness or covetousness
- ○loma or (áti-) Vṣ., mfn. very hairy, too hairy
- ○lomaśa (áti-) Vṣ., mfn. very hairy, too hairy
- ○lomaśā f. Convolvulus Argenteus
- ○lohita mfn. very red
- ○laulya n. excessive eagerness or desire
- ○vaktṛ mfn. very loquacious
- ○vakra mfn. very crooked or curved
- (ā), f. one of the eight descriptions of planetary motion
- ○vartula mfn. very round
- m. a kind of grain or pot-herb
- ○vāta m. high wind, a storm
- ○vāda m. abusive language
- reproof
- N. of a Vedic verse AitBr
- ○vādin mfn. very talkative
- ○vālaka -bālaka above
- ○váhana n. excessive toiling
- ○vikaṭa mfn. very fierce, m. a vicious elephant
- ○vipina mfn. having many forests, very impenetrable Kir. v, 18
- ○vilambin mfn. very dilatory
- ○viśrabdha-navôḍhā f. a fond but pert young wife
- ○viṣa mfn. exceedingly poisonous, counteracting poison
- (a), f. the plant Aconitum Ferox
- ○vṛddhi f. extraordinary growth
- ○vṛṣṭi f. excessive rain
- ○vṛṣṭi-hata mfn. injured by heavy rain
- ○vepathu m. excessive tremor
- (mfn.), or atvepathu-mat mfn. trembling excessively
- ○vaicakṣaṇya n. great proficiency
- ○vaiśasa mfn. very adverse or destructive
- ○vyathana n. infliction of (or giving) excessive pain Pāṇ. 5-4, 61
- ○vyathā f. excessive pain
- ○vyaya m. lavish expenditure
- ○vyāpta mfn. stretched too far (as a rule or principle)
- ○vyāpti f. unwarrantable stretch (of a rule or principle) Pāṇ. 6-3, 35 Sch
- ○śakta or mfn. very powerful
- ○śakti mfn. very powerful
- (is), f. or atiśakti-tā f. great power or valour
- ○śakti-bhāj mfn. possessing great power
- ○śaṅkā f. excessive timidity
- ○śarvará n. the dead of night AV
- ○śasta mfn. very excellent
- ○śukra (áti-), mfn. too bright
- ○śukla mfn. very white, too white
- ○śobhana mfn. very handsome
- ○śrī mfn. very prosperous Pāṇ. 1-2, 48 Sch
- ○ślakṣṇa (áti-), mfn. too tender TBr
- ○saṃskṛta mfn. highly finished
- ○sakti f. excessive attachment
- ○sakti-mat mfn. excessively attached
- ○saṃcaya m. excessive accumulation
- ○saṃtapta mfn. greatly afficted
- ○saṃdheya mfn. easy to be settled or conciliated
- ○samartha mfn. very competent
- ○samīpa mfn. very near
- ○samparka m. excessive (sexual) intercourse
- ○sarva mfn. too complete AitBr
- superior to all, s.v
- ○sādhvasa n. excessive fear
- ○sāntapana n. a kind of severe penance (inflicted especially for eating unclean animal food)
- ○sāyam ind. very late in the evening
- ○siddhi f. great perfection
- ○sujana mfn. very moral, very friendly
- ○sundara mfn. very handsome
- (as, ā), mf. a metre belonging to the class aṣṭi (also called citra or cañcalā)
- ○sulabha mfn. very easily obtainable
- ○suhita mfn. excessively kind, over-kind
- ○sṛṣṭi (áti-), f. an extraordinary or excellent creation ŚBr. xiv
- ○sevā f. excessive addiction (to a habit)
- ○saurabha mfn. very fragrant
- (am), n. extraordinary fragrance
- ○sauhitya n. excessive satiety, e.g. being spoiled, stuffed with food, &c. Mn. iv, 62
- ○stuti f. excessive praise Nir
- ○sthira mfn. very stable
- ○sthūla (áti.), mfn. excessively big or clumsy VS. &c
- excessively stupid
- ○snigdha mfn. very smooth, very nice, very affectionate
- ○sparśa m. too marked contact (of the tongue and palate) in pronunciation
- ○sphira mfn. very tremulous
- ○svapna m. excessive sleep
- (am), n. excessive tendency to dreaming
- ○svastha mfn. enjoying excellent health
- ○hasita n. or excessive laughter
- ○hāsa m. excessive laughter
- ○hrasva (áti-), mfn. excessively short VS. &c
- aty-agni m. morbidly rapid digestion
- áty-aṇu mfn. very thin MaitrS
- aty-adbhuta mfn. very wonderful
- m. N. of the Indra in the ninth Manvantara VP
- (am), n. a great wonder
- aty-adhvan m. a long way or journey, excessive travelling
- aty-amarṣaṇa or mfn. quite out of temper
- aty-amarṣin mfn. quite out of temper
- aty-amla mfn. very acid
- m. the tree Spondias Mangifera [Page 13, Column]
- (ā), f. a species of citron
- aty-amlaparṇī f. 'having very acid leaves', N. of a medicinal plant
- aty-alpa mfn. very little
- aty-aśana n. immoderate eating
- aty-aśnat mfn. eating too much
- aty-asama mfn. very uneven, very rough
- aty-ādara m. excessive deference
- aty-ādāna n. taking away too much
- áty-ānanda m. excessive wantonness ŚBr
- (mfn.), excessively wanton Suśr
- áty-āpti f. complete attainment AV. xi, 7, 22
- aty-ārūḍhi f. or mounting too high, insolence, arrogance
- aty-āroha m. mounting too high, insolence, arrogance
- aty-āśā f. extravagant hope
- áty-āśita mfn. (√2. as), too satiate MaitrS
- aty-āsārín mfn. excessively flowing towards TS
- aty-āhāra m. excess in eating
- aty-āhārin mfn. eating immoderately, gluttonous
- aty-āhita n. great calamity
- great danger
- facing great danger
- a daring action
- aty-ukti f. excessive talking
- exaggeration
- hyperbole
- aty-ugra mfn. very fierce
- very pungent
- (am), n. Asa Foetida
- aty-uccais ind. very loudly
- aty-uccair-dhvani m. a very loud sound
- a very high note
- aty-utkaṭa mfn. very imposing or immense
- aty-utsāha m. excessive vigour
- aty-udāra mfn. very liberal
- aty-ulbaṇa or mfn. very conspicuous, excessive
- aty-ulvaṇa mfn. very conspicuous, excessive
- aty-uṣṇa mfn. very hot
- aty-ūdhni f. having an exceedingly large udder Pāṇ. Sch
- ati-katha mfn. transgressing tradition or law deviating from the rules of caste ( also s.v. ati.)
- ati-kandaka m. the plant Hastikanda
- áti-kalyaṇa mf(ī)n. 'past or beyond beauty', not beautiful ŚBr
- ati-kaśa mfn. beyond the whip, unmanageable Pāṇ. 6-2, 191 Sch
- ati-√kup to become very angry
- ati-√kūrd to jump about
- ati-kṛti or better abhi-kṛti, q.v
- ati-√kṛṣ to drag over or beyond
- ati-keśara m. the plant Trapa Bispinosa
- ati-√kram to step or go beyond or over or across, (Ved. Inf. ati-kráme, to be walked on RV. i, 105, 16)
- to pass, cross
- to pass time
- to surpass, excel, overcome
- to pass by, neglect
- to overstep, transgress, violate
- to pass on or away
- to step out
- to part from, lose: Caus. -krāmayati, or -kramayati, to allow to pass (as time)
- to leave unnoticed
- ati-krama m. passing over, overstepping
- lapse (of time)
- overcoming, surpassing, conquering
- excess, imposition, transgression, violation
- neglect
- determined onset
- ati-krámaṇa n. the act of passing over ŚBr., surpassing, overstepping
- excess
- passing, spending (time)
- ati-kramaṇīya mfn. to be passed beyond or over
- generally negative an-atikramaṇiya, q.v
- ati-kramin mfn. (ifc.) exceeding, violating, &c
- ati-kramya ind. having passed beyond or over
- ati-krānta mfn. having passed or transgressed
- exceeded, surpassed, overcome
- ○niṣedha mfn. one who has neglected a prohibition
- ati-krānti f. transgression Kir
- ati-krāmaka mfn. exceeding, transgressing L
- ati-√kṣar to overflow or flow through RV. &c. (3. sg. aor. ákṣār áti RV. ix, 43, 5)
- ati-√kṣip to throw beyond
- ati-kṣipta mfn. thrown beyond
- (am), n. (in med.) sprain or dislocation of a particular kind Suśr
- ati-khaṭva mfn. beyond the bedstead, able to do without a bedstead Pāṇ. Sch
- ati-√khyā to survey, overlook (3. sg. impf. áty-akhyat) AV
- to neglect, pass over, abandon (2. sg. Conj. áti-khyas, 2. du. Conj. áti-khyatam) RV
- ati-√gam or ati-√gā, to pass by or over [Page 13, Column]
- to surpass, overcome
- to escape
- neglect
- to pass away, die
- ati-ga mfn. (ifc.) exceeding, overcoming, surpassing (cf. śokâtiga)
- transgressing, violating
- ati-gata mfn. having passed
- being past
- ati-√garj to speak loudly or provokingly or in a threatening voice MBh
- ati-gava mfn. (a bull) covering the cow L
- ati-√gāh 'to emerge over', to rise upon RV
- ati-gāḍha mfn. p. 12, col. 2
- ati-√gur (Pot. áti juguryā́t), to cry out, give a shriek RV. i, 173, 2
- ati-guhā f. the plant Hemionites Cordifolia
- ati-√grah to take beyond or over the usual measure ŚBr. TBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
- to surpass Pāṇ. 5-4, 46 Sch
- ati-grahá m. act of taking over or beyond surpassing, one who takes or seizes to an extraordinary extent, (in phil.) = atigrāha
- ati-grāha m. the object of a graha (q.v.) or organ of apprehension (these are eight, and their corresponding ati-grahas or objects, are apāna, 'fragrant substance
- nāman, 'name
- rasa, flavour
- rūpa, 'form
- 'sabda, 'sound'
- kāma, desire'
- karman, 'action'
- sparśa, 'touch') ŚBr. xiv
- ati-grāhyâ m. N. of three successive libations made, (or cups filled) at the Jyotishṭoma sacrifice TS. ŚBr. &c
- ati-gha m. (√han), 'very destructive', a weapon, bludgeon
- wrath
- ati-ghnī f. utter oblivion or profound sleep (obliterating all that is disagreeable in the, past, and regarded as the highest condition of bliss) ŚBr. xiv
- ati-ghnyâ (4), mfn. one who is in the condition ati-ghnī AV
- ati-camū mfn. (victorious) over armies L
- ati-√car to pass by
- to overtake, surpass
- to transgress, offend, be unfaithful to
- ati-cara mfn. transient, changeable
- (ā), f. the shrub Hibiscus Mutabilis
- ati-caraṇa p. 12, col. 2
- ati-cāra m. passing by, overtaking, surpassing
- accelerated motion, especially of planets
- transgression
- ati-cārin mfn. surpassing, transgressing
- ati-√cṛt to stick on, fasten AV
- ati-√ceṣṭ to make extraordinary or excessive efforts
- áti-cchandas mfn. past worldly desires free from them ŚBr. xiv
- (ās, as), fn., N. of two large classes of metres
- (as), n. N. of a particular brick in the sacrificial fire-place
- ati-jagatī f. N. of a class of metres (belonging to those called aticchandas, and consisting of four lines, each containing thirteen syllables)
- ati-jana mfn. 'beyond men', uninhabited
- ati-jāta mfn. superior to parentage
- ati-√ji (aor. áty-ajaiṣīt), to conquer AV
- ati-√jīv to survive
- to surpass in the mode of living
- ati-tata mfn. (√tan), stretching far, making one's self big, conceited Śiś
- ati-√tap to be very hot AV. xviii, 2, 36, &c
- to heat AV. xiii, 2, 40 BhP
- to affect greatly: Caus. -tāpayati, to heat much
- ati-tarā́m ind. (compar. of áti), above in rank (with acc.), KenaUp
- better, higher, more (with abl.) ŚBr. &c
- very much, exceedingly, excessively. [Page 14, Column]
- ati-√tṛd to cleave, split VS
- to pierce through, penetrate AV
- ati-√tṛp to be satiated
- ati-√tṝ to pass through or by or over, cross, overcome, escape: Desid. -titīrṣati, to be desirous of crossing or overcoming BhP
- ati-tārin mfn. crossing AitBr
- ati-tāryâ mf(ā́)n. to be crossed or passed over or overcome AV
- ati-tyad surpassing that Pāṇ. 7-2, 102 Sch
- ati-tvam surpassing thee Pāṇ. 7-2, 97 Sch
- atitvām, atitvān acc. sing. and pl. him that surpasses thee, them that surpass thee
- (fictitious forms coined by grammarians.)
- ati-√tvar to hasten overmuch
- átithi m. (√at, or said to be from a-tithi, 'one who has no fixed day for coming'), a guest, a person entitled to hospitality
- N. of Agni
- of an attendant on Soma
- N. of Suhotra (king of Ayodhyā, and grandson of Rāma)
- ○kriyā f. hospitality
- ○gvá m. 'to whom guests should go', N. of Divodāsa and of another mythical hero RV
- ○tva n. state of a guest, hospitality
- ○deva mfn. one to whom a guest is as a divinity TUp
- ○dveṣa m. hatred of guests, inhospitality
- ○dharma m. rights of hospitality Mn. iii, 111, &c
- ○dharmin mfn. entitled to hospitality Mn. iii, 112
- ○pati (átithi-), m. a host, entertainer of a guest AV
- ○pūjana n. or showing honour to a guest
- ○pūjā f. showing honour to a guest
- ○vat ind. like a guest
- ○satkāra m. honourable treatment of a guest
- ○sevā f. attention to a guest
- atithín mfn. (√at), travelling RV. x, 68, 3
- (ī), m. N. of a king (also Suhotra and Atithi, q.v.)
- ati-√dagh to go beyond, to pass (3. sg. áte-dhak, 2. du. áti-dhaksam) RV
- ati-datta m. N. of a brother of Datta and son of Rājādhideva Hariv
- ati-√dah to burn or blaze across ŚBr. to burn or distress greatly
- ati-dā √1. to surpass in giving RV. viii, i, 38, to pass over in giving KātyŚr
- ati-dānta m. N. of a prince
- ati-√dāś to favour with a gift, present RV
- ati-div √2. (ind. p. dī́vyā [= ○vya]), to play higher RV. x, 42, 9
- to risk (in playing) MBh. ii, 2041
- ati-√diś to make over, transfer, assign: Pass. -diśyate, (in Gr.) to be overruled or attracted or assimilated
- ati-diṣṭa mfn. overruled, attracted, influenced, inferred, substituted
- ati-deśa m. transfer, extended application, inference, analogy, overruling influence, assimilation
- a rule providing for more than the usual rule
- putting one thing instead of another, substitution
- rūpâtideśa, such a rule as affecting the form of a word
- (mfn.), overruling, previously stated
- ati-√dīpya m. 'very brilliant', the plant Plumbago Rosea
- ati-√dṛp to be excessively conceited
- ati-deva m. a superior god
- surpassing the gods
- ati-√dru to run by, pass hastily RV. AV
- to pass over ŚBr
- ati-dhanvan ā m. N. of a Vedic teacher, a descendant of Śunaka VBr
- ati-√dhā to put away
- áti-hita mfn. put away or aside AV
- ati-√dhāv to run or rush over
- ati-dhṛti f. N. of a class of metres (belonging to those called aticchandas, and consisting of four lines, each containing nineteen syllables)
- (in arithm.) nineteen. [Page 14, Column]
- ati-√dhyai to meditate deeply VP
- ati-√dhvaṃs to raise the dust in running through or over (3. pl. Conj. aor. ati-dhvasán) RV. viii, 55, 5
- ati-√nam to bend aside, keep on one side
- ati-nāman ā m. N. of a Saptarshi of the sixth Manvantara
- ati-nāṣṭrá mfn. beyond danger, out of danger ŚBr
- ati-niḥ-√śvas to breathe or sigh violently
- ati-nicṛt (or wrongly written ati-nivṛt), f. N. of a Vedic metre of three pādas (containing respectively seven, six and seven syllables) RV. Prāt. RV. Prāt. &c
- ati-nidram ind. beyond sleeping time Pāṇ. 2-1, 6 Sch. also ati-nidra s.v. ati
- ati-niṣ-ṭan (√tan), (perf. Pot. 3. pl. áti-níṣ-ṭatanyuḥ), to penetrate (with rays) RV. i, 141, 13
- ati-ni-hnutya ind. p. (√hnu), denying obstinately
- ati-√nī to lead over or beyond, to help a person over anything RV. &c
- to allow to pass away: Intens. Ā. -nenīyáte, to bring forward RV. vi, 47, 16
- ati-√nu Caus. to turn away TS
- ati-√nud to drive by AV
- ati-√ned to stream or flow over, foam over TS. &c
- ati-nau mfn. disembarked Pāṇ. Sch
- ati-pañcā f. a girl who is past five
- ati-paṭīkṣepa v. l. for a-paṭīkṣepa m. omitting to remove or non-removal of the theatrical curtain
- ati-√paṭh Pass. -pathyate, to be greatly proclaimed or celebrated MBh
- ati-√pat to fall or fly by or past or beyond or over, to neglect, miss: Caus. -pātayati, to cause to fly by, to drag away, to make effectless
- ati-patana n. act of falling or flying beyond, passing, missing, transgressing
- ati-patita mfn. passed beyond, transgressed, missed
- ati-pāta m. passing away, lapse, neglect, transgression
- ill-usage, opposition, contrariety
- ati-pātita mfn. completely displaced or broken
- (am), n. (in med.) complete fracture of a bone
- ati-pātin mfn. overtaking, excelling in speed
- (in med.) running a rapid course, acute, neglecting
- ati-pātya mfn. to be passed over, to be neglected
- ati-pattra m. the Teak tree
- the tree Hastikanda
- ati-√pad to go beyond (acc.), jump over
- to neglect, transgress: Caus
- ati-√pad--pādayati to allow to pass by
- ati-patti f. going beyond, passing, lapse
- kriyâtipatti, the passing by of an action unaccomplished Pāṇ. 3-3, 139
- ati-panna mfn. gone beyond, transgressed, missed
- past
- ati-para mfn. one who has over come his enemies
- m. a great enemy
- ati-pari (pari-√i), to pass round ĀpŚr
- ati-√paś to look beyond, look through RV. i, 94, 7 AV
- ati-pā √1. Caus. P. -pāyayati, to give to drink in great quantity Kathās
- ati-pāda-nicṛt f. N. of a Vedic metre of three pādas (containing respectively six, eight and seven syllables). [Page 14, Column]
- áti-pitṛ tā m. surpassing his own father ŚBr. xiv
- áti-pitāmaha m. surpassing his own paternal grandfather ŚBr. xiv
- ati-√pū P. to clarify or purify through (3. pl. aor. áti apāviṣuḥ) RV. ix, 60, 2: Ā. -pavate, to purify or purge by flowing through (especially used of the Soma juice, which is considered to be a purgative) ŚBr. &c
- ati-pṛ √1. to convey across, to help over RV
- to cross, pass over RV. i, 174, 9 and vi, 20, 12
- to keep (a promise): Caus
- ○pārayati to lead or convey over RV. &c
- ati-pṝ √cl. 4. P. -pūryati, to become full or overflowing MBh
- ati-pra-√cit -cekite (= -cikite BR
- = Intens. -cekitte Gmn.), to be clearly distinct or distinguishable RV. i, 55, 3
- ati-pra-√cyu to pass by TBr.: Caus. -cyāvayati, to cause to pass by ŚBr
- ati-√prach to go on asking ŚBr. &c
- ati-pra-√jval to flame or blaze exceedingly MBh
- ati-pra-ṇaś (√2. naś), to be entirely deprived of (acc.) ŚBr
- ati-pra-ṇī (√ni), to lead by or beyond Lāṭy. ĀśvŚr
- ati-pra-ṇud (√nud), to press or incite very strongly
- ati-pra-√pad Caus. -pādayati, to help to pass into the other world (Comm.) MBh. iv, 1717
- ati-pramāṇa mfn. beyond measure immense
- ati-pra-√yam to give or hand over TS. TBr
- ati-pra-√yuj to separate from (with instr.) TS
- ati-pra-√vah to extend or carry beyond
- ati-pra-vā √2. cl. 4. P. -vāyati, to blow violently MBh
- ati-pra-viddha mfn. (√vyadh), frightened away, scared R
- ati-pra-√vṛt to issue violently (as blood from a wound) Suśr
- to have an intense effect (as venom) Suśr
- ati-pra-√ve to add in weaving, weave on an additional piece ŚāṅkhBr
- ati-pra-√śaṃs to praise highly
- ati-pra-√śru cl. 5. Ā. -śṛṇve (Ved. 3. sg.), to become known or famous more than others RV. x, II, 7
- ati-pra-√sad P. -sidati, to be come completely cheerful
- ati-pra-√sṛ Intens. -sarsṛte, to outstrip, surpass RV. ii, 25, 1
- ati-pra-sṛta mfn. issued violently
- ati-pra-√sthā to have an advantage over RV. i, 64, 13 and viii, 60, 16
- ati-pra-√hā cl. 3. Ā. -jihīte, to give or hand over ŚBr
- ati-prāṇam ind. exceeding life
- ati-prāṇa-priya mfn. dearer than life
- ati-√pru to jump over, to escape TS
- ati-preṣita n. the time following the Praisha ceremony KātyŚr
- ati-√bādh to molest or annoy exceedingly. [Page 15, Column]
- ati-bṛh √1. to push out intensely (scil. retas
- used only for the etym. of vṛṣabha) Nir
- ati-brahman ā m. N. of a king
- ati-√brū or abhi-√brū, to insult, abuse MBh. iii, 15640
- ati-√bhā -bhā́ti, to blaze or be very bright AV. x, 3, 17 R
- ati-√bhū (perf. -babhūva), to originate or take rise in an excessive way MBh. viii, 4541
- P. (once Ā. TĀr.), to excel, surpass PBr. MBh. &c.: Desid. to intend to surpass ĀśvŚr
- ati-bhāva m. superiority, overcoming
- ati-bhūmi f. extensive land
- culmination, eminence, superiority
- excess
- ati-bhūṣ √2. to adorn one's self before (another)
- to adorn richly
- ati-√bhṛ Ā. to pass or extend over (perf. 2. sg. jabhriṣe) RV. ix, 86, 29 and 100, 9
- ati-bhāra m. s.v. ati
- ati-√man -manyate (1. pl. -manāmahé'ti), to disdain, despise RV. &c
- to value less than one's self ŚBr
- to pride one's self ŚBr
- ati-mānita mfn. honoured highly
- cf. atimāná s.v. ati
- ati-manuṣya-buddhi mfn. having a superhuman intellect
- ati-martya mfn. superhuman
- ati-maryāda mfn. exceeding the proper limit, (am), ind. beyond bounds
- ati-marśam ind. (√mṛś), so as to encroach AitBr
- ati-mātrá mfn. exceeding the proper measure AV. &c., (ám), ind. or -śas ind. beyond measure
- ati-mānuṣa mfn. superhuman, divine MBh. &c
- ati-mām (acc. of aty-aham, q.v.), surpassing me Pāṇ. 7-2, 97 Sch
- ati-māya mfn. emancipated from Māyā or Illusion, finally liberated
- ati-māra or ati-bhāra m. N. of a prince
- ati-mita mfn. over measured, beyond measure, exceeding
- a-timita mfn. not moistened
- ati-√muc Pass. -mucyate, to avoid, escape ŚBr. &c
- ati-mukta or m. 'surpassing pearls in whiteness', N. of certain shrubs
- ati-muktaka m. 'surpassing pearls in whiteness', N. of certain shrubs
- áti-mukti f. final liberation. ati
- ati-mucya ind. p. having dismissed or, given up
- ati-mokṣá m. final liberation ŚBr. xiv
- ati-mokṣin mfn. escaping TS. Kāṭh
- ati-mṛtyu mfn. overcoming death ChUp
- ati-√yaj to neglect or pass in offering a sacrifice TS
- ati-√yā to pass over or before
- to surpass RV. &c
- to pass by RV. i, 135, 7
- to transgress BhP
- ati-yūyam (nom. pl. of ati-tvam, q.v.), surpassing thee
- ati-√rāj to shine over (aorṢubj. 3. sg. áti rāṭ) RV. vi, 12, 5
- ati-rājan ā m. a supreme king, superior to a king Pāṇ. 4-1, 12 Sch
- (-rājñī), f. (a woman) superior to a king ib
- ati-rājakumāri mfn. superior to a princess Pāṇ. 1-2, 48 Sch
- atirājaya Nom. P. atirājayati, to surpass a king Pāṇ. 7-4, 2 Sch
- ati-rātrá mfn. prepared or performed over-night RV. vii, 103, 7
- (ás), m. an optional pan of the Jyotishṭoma sacrifice
- commencement and conclusion of certain sacrificial acts
- the concluding Vedic verse chanted on such occasions AV. &c. [Page 15, Column]
- N. of a son of Cākshusha the sixth Manu
- ○savanīya-paśu m. the victim sacrificed at the Atirātra
- ati-ri neut. of ati-raj, q.v
- ati-√ric Pass. -ricyate, to be left with a surplus, to surpass (in a good or bad sense with abl. or acc.)
- to be superior, predominate, prevail: Caus. -recayati, to do superfluously, to do too much ŚBr. &c
- áti-rikta mfn. left with or as a surplus, left apart
- redundant, unequalled
- different from (with abl.)
- ○tā f. redundancy, &c
- atiriktâṅga mfn. having a redundant limb or finger or toe
- (am), n. a redundant limb or finger or toe
- ati-reka or m. surplus, excess
- atī-reká only once "ṣBr., m. surplus, excess
- redundancy
- difference
- ati-rekin mfn. surpassing
- ati-√ruc to shine over or along RV. &c
- to surpass in shining
- ati-rúc m. a horse's fetlock or knee VS
- ati-√ruh to climb or ascend over RV. ix, 17, 5
- to grow higher RV. x, 90, 2
- ati-rai ās, ās, i, exceeding one's income, extravagant Pāṇ. Sch
- ati-√laṅgh Caus. -laṅghayati, to transgress Kathās
- atilihā or aṭhillā f. N. of a Prākṛit metre (of four lines each containing sixteen Mātras)
- ati-√vac to blame, to speak too loudly either in blaming or praising
- ati-√vad to speak louder or better, to surpass or overpower in disputing TBr. &c
- to ask for too much AV
- ati-vayam (nom. pl. of aty-aham, q.v.), surpassing me
- ati-√vah to carry over or across to pass by
- to pass (time) Daś.: Caus. vāhayati, to let pass, get over or through, endure
- to let time pass, spend
- ati-vāhana n. excessive toiling or enduring
- ati-vāhika mfn. 'swifter than the wind', N. of the liṅga-śarīra (but ātivāhika)
- m. an inhabitant of the lower world
- ati-vāhya mfn. to be passed (as time, &c.)
- (am), n. the passing of time
- ati-voḍhṛ́ ḍhā m. one who carries over or across ŚBr
- ati-vā √2. cl. 2. P. -vāti, to blow beyond AV.: cl. 4. P. -vayati, to blow violently
- (ati-vāyati), pr. p. loc. ind. the wind blowing strongly MBh
- ati-vāsa m. a fast on the day before performing the Śrāddha
- ati-vi-√dhā cl. 3. Ā. -dhatte, to distribute too much ŚBr
- ati-vi-√rāj to shine or be brilliant exceedingly MBh. &c
- ati-vi-√laṅgh Caus. -laṅghayati, to pass by without taking notice of BhP
- ati-vi-√luḍ Caus. -loḍayati, to disturb, destroy MBh
- ati-vi-√vṛt Caus. -vartayati, to separate too far, to make too great distinction between RV. Prāt
- ati-vi-√śrambh Caus. -śrambhayati, to make too familiar or too intimate Car
- ati-vi-śrabdha mfn. entirely trusting or confiding in
- (am), ind. quite confidently
- ati-viśva m. 'superior to all or to the universe', N. of a Muni Hariv
- ati-vi-√śvas to confide or trust too much (generally with na, neg.)
- ati-√vī to outstrip RV. v, 44, 7
- ati-vṛṃhita mfn. (√vṛṃh), strengthened MBh. v, 499. [Page 15, Column]
- ati-√vṛt to pass beyond, surpass, cross
- to get over, overcome
- to transgress, violate, offend, especially by unfaithfulness
- to pass away
- to delay
- ati-vartana n. a pardonable offence or misdemeanour
- ati-vartin mfn. passing beyond, crossing, passing by, surpassing
- guilty of a pardonable offence
- ati-vṛtti f. surpassing
- hyperbolical meaning
- (in med.) excessive action
- ati-√vṛdh to surpass in growing, grow beyond ŚBr
- ati-vṛddha mfn. very large
- very old
- ati-√vṛṣ to rain violently
- ati-vela mfn. passing the proper boundary, excessive
- (am), ind. excessively
- ati-√vyadh (Ved. Inf. ati-vidhe RV. v, 62, 9), to pierce through RV. AV
- ati-viddha mfn. pierced through, wounded
- ati-vyādhín mfn. piercing through, wounding VS. ŚBr. xiv
- ati-vyādhya mfn. vulnerable
- ati-√vraj to pass by
- to fly over RV. i, 116, 4
- to pass or wander through
- ati-√śaṃs to recite beyond measure, to continue reciting
- to omit in reciting AitBr
- ati-śakkarī or ati-śakvar f. a class of metres of four lines, each containing fifteen syllables. It has eighteen varieties
- ati-śakra mfn. superior to Indra
- ati-√śaṅk to suspect strongly Lāṭy
- to suspect falsely
- to be concerned about
- ati-śaya &c. 1. ati- √1. śī
- ati-śastra mfn. superior to weapons
- atiśākvara mfn. written in or connected with the Ati-śakvari . metre
- ati-√śi cl. 3. Ā. -síśīte, to sharpen up (a weapon) for attacking RV. i, 36, 16
- ati-√śiṣ to leave remaining. Pass. -śiṣyate, to remain
- áti-śiṣṭa mfn. remaining TS. &c
- ati-śeṣa m. remainder, remnant (especially of time) ChUp
- ati-śī √1. -śete, to precede in lying down MBh
- to surpass, excel
- to act as an incubus, annoy L.: Pass. -śayyate, to be excelled or surpassed
- ati-śaya m. pre-eminence, eminence
- superiority in quality or quantity or numbers
- advantageous result
- one of the superhuman qualities attributed to Jaina Arhats
- (mfn.), pre-eminent, superior, abundant ŚāṅkhBr. &c
- (am or ena), ind. eminently, very
- atiśayôkti f. hyperbolical language
- extreme assertion
- verbosity
- ati-śayana mf(ī)n. eminent, abundant
- (am), ind. excessively
- (ī), f. N. of a metre of four lines, also called citralekhā
- ati-śayita mfn. surpassing, superior
- ati-śayin mfn. excelling, abounding
- ati-śāyana n. excelling
- excessiveness
- ati-śāyin mfn. excelling, abounding
- excessive
- ati-śī √3. to fall or drop beyond Kāṭh
- to get out from (acc.), leave ChUp
- ati-śītam ind. past or beyond the cold, after the winter
- ati-śīlaya Nom. P. ○yati, to practise or use excessively
- ati-√śubh to be brilliant, to please: Caus. -śobhayati, to make brilliant, adorn
- ati-śreṣṭha mfn. superior to the best, best of all
- ○tva n. pre-eminence
- ati-śreyasi m. a man superior to the most excellent woman
- ati-√śliṣ to fasten or tie over
- ati-śva mf(ī)n. superior to, or worse than, a dog Pāṇ. 5-4, 96 [Page 16, Column]
- (ā), m. N. of a tribe (?), (g. pakṣâdi, q.v.)
- áti-ṣakta or (in later texts) atisakta mfn. (√sañj), connected with AV. &c
- áti-ṣita mfn. tied or bound round (so as to prevent the flow of any liquid) RV. x, 73, 9
- ati-ṣkand (√skand), to cover (said of a bull) RV. v, 52, 3,
- to leap or jump over, Ved. Inf. (dat.) ati-ṣkáde RV. viii, 67, 59
- Ved. Inf. (abl.) -ṣkádas RV. x, 108, 2
- to omit, án-atiskandat mfn. not omitting anything, uniform TBr
- ati-ṣkádvan mf(ari)n. jumping over, transgressing
- ati-ṣṭígham (√stigh), ind. so as to overwhelm MaitrS
- ati-ṣṭu (√stu), to go on too far in reciting hymns of praise, PBr. Lāṭy
- á-tiṣṭhat mfn. not standing, unstable RV
- ati-ṣṭhā (√sthā), to be at the head of, govern RV. AV
- to jut over or out TBr
- ati-ṣṭhā́ f. precedence, superiority ŚBr. &c
- (as). mf. or ati-ṣṭhā́van, in. or atiṣṭhā́-vat āV., mfn. superior in standing, surpassing
- ati-saṃ-√dhā to overreach, deceive Śāk
- to wrong or injure VarBṛ
- ati-sandhám ind. so as to violate an agreement or any fixed order ŚBr
- ati-saṃ-dhāna n. overreaching, cheating
- ati-sandhita mfn. overreached, cheated
- ati-saṃ-dheya mfn. easy to be conciliated, easy to be settled
- ati-sarva mfn. superior to all Pāṇ. Sch
- m. the Supreme
- ati-sāṃvatsara mfn. extending over more than a year Mn
- ati-sāmyā f. the sweet juice of the Bengal Madder, Rubia Manjīth
- ati-√sṛ Caus. to cause to pass through: Pass. -sāryate
- to be purged Suśr
- ati-sará m. effort, exertion AV
- ati-sāra or m. purging, dysentery
- atī-sāra m. purging, dysentery
- ati-sārakin or mfn. afflicted with purging or dysentery
- atī-sārakin or mfn. afflicted with purging or dysentery
- ati-sārin or mfn. afflicted with purging or dysentery
- ati-sārin mfn. afflicted with purging or dysentery
- ati-√sṛj to glide over or along RV
- to send away dismiss, abandon
- to leave as a remnant, to remit, forgive
- to give away, present, to create in a higher degree ŚBr. xiv
- ati-sargá m. act of parting with, dismissal, giving away
- granting permission, leave
- atisargám √1. dá, to bid any one farewell MaitrS
- ati-sarjana am n. the act of giving away, granting
- liberality
- a gift
- sending out of the world, killing
- ati-sṛjya mfn. to be dismissed ŚBr ....
- áti-sṛṣṭi f. a higher creation ŚBr. xiv
- ati-√sṛp to glide or creep over, get over RV. &c
- ati-sena m. N. of a prince
- ati-√sev to use or enjoy immoderately, to practise excessively
- cf. ati-sevā s.v. ati
- ati-sauparṇa mfn. superior to (the powers of) Suparṇa or Garuḍa
- ati-stri mf(is, or ī)n. surpassing a woman L
- Gram. 123. b
- ati-√sraṃs to drop or turn away from, to escape RV. vi, 11, 6
- ati-√sru to flow over or flow excessively
- ati-srāvita mfn. caused to flow excessively (as a wound) Suśr
- ati-sruta mfn. that which has been flowing over (N. of Soma) VS
- ati-√svṛ to hold or sustain a note PBr. ChUp
- ati-svārya mfn. the last of the seven notes TS. Prāt. [Page 16, Column]
- ati-√han Desid. -jighāṃsati (for -jighāsati fr. √2. hā?), to try to escape AitBr
- ati-hata mfn. firmly fixed ŚBr
- utterly destroyed Car
- ati-hastaya Nom. (fr. ati-hasta), P. atihastayati, to stretch out the hands
- (fr. atihastin), to overtake on an elephant
- ati-hā √2. to jump over RV. &c
- to pass jumping from one place to another
- ati-himam ind. after the frost
- past the cold
- ati-√hṛ to hold over
- to reach over
- to cause to jut over
- to add
- ati-√hve (1. sg. Ā. -hvaye), to call over to one's side TBr
- atī7 (√i) cl. 2. P. aty-eti, -etum, to pass by, elapse, pass over, overflow
- to pass on
- to get over
- (Ved. Inf. áty-etavai), to pass through RV. v, 83, 10
- to defer
- to enter
- to overcome, overtake, outdo
- to pass by, neglect
- to overstep, violate
- to be redundant
- to die: Intens. atī7yate, to overcome
- atī7ta mfn. gone by, past, passed away, dead
- one who has gone through or got over or beyond, one who has passed by or neglected
- negligent
- passed, left behind
- excessive
- m. N. of a particular Śaiva sect
- (am) n. the past
- ○kala m. the past time or tense
- ○nauka mfn. passed out of a ship, landed
- atī74tvarī f. a female transgressor, bad woman VS
- aty-aya
- aty-āya s.v
- á-tīkṣṇa mfn. not sharp, blunt
- not severe or rigid
- atīndriya mfn. beyond the (cognizance of the) senses
- m. (in Sāṅkhya phil.) the soul
- (am), n. N. of Pradhāna
- the mind
- atī-reká ati-√ric
- atī7va ind. exceedingly, very
- excessively, too
- quite
- surpassing (with acc.): Compar. atī7va-tarām ind. exceedingly, excessively Śiś. iv. 25
- a-tīvra mfn. not sharp, blunt
- not pungent
- atī7ṣ (√īṣ), to pass by (acc.) MaitrS
- atī-sāra and ati-√sṛ
- a-tuñga mfn. not tall, short, dwarfish
- a-tunda mfn. not stout, thin
- á-tura mfn. not liberal, not rich AV
- a-tula mfn. unequalled
- m. (destitute of weight), the Sesamum seed and plant
- a-tulya mfn. unequalled
- a-tuṣá mfn. without husks ŚBr
- a-tuṣāra-kara m. 'having not cold rays', the sun
- a-tuṣṭi f. displeasure, discontent
- a-tuhina not cold,
- ○dhāman or m. 'having not cold light', the sun VarBṛS
- ○raśmi or m. 'having not cold light', the sun VarBṛS
- ○ruci m. 'having not cold light', the sun VarBṛS
- á-tūtuji mfn. not quick, slow RV. vii, 28, 3
- á-tūrta [RV. viii, 99,] or a-tū́rta ṛV., mfn. not outrun, not outdone, not obstructed, unhurt
- (a-tū́rtam), n. illimited space RV. x, 149, 1
- ○dakṣa m. 'having designs that cannot be obstructed', N. of the Aśvins RV. viii, 26, 1
- ○pathin (átūrta-), m(nom. -panthās)fn. having a path that cannot be obstructed RV
- á-tṛṇâda m. 'not an eater of grass', a newly-born calf ŚBr. xiv
- a-tṛṇyā f. a small quantity or short supply of grass Pāṇ. 6-2, 156 Sch
- á-tṛdila mfn. 'having no interstices', solid RV. x, 94, 11
- a-tṛpá mfn. not satisfied RV. iv, 5, 14. [Page 16, Column]
- átṛpṇuvat mfn. insatiable RV. iv, 19, 3
- a-tṛpta mfn. unsatisfied, insatiable, eager
- ○dṛś mfn. looking with eagerness
- a-tṛpti f. unsatisfied condition, insatiability
- á-tṛṣita mfn. not thirsty, not greedy RV. x, 94, 11
- á-tṛṣṇaj mfn. not thirsty RV. x, 94, 11
- a-tṛṣyá mfn. beyond the reach of thirst AV
- á-tṛṣyat mfn. not thirsting after, not greedy, not eager RV. i, 71, 3
- a-tejas as n. absence of brightness or vigour
- dimness, shade, shadow
- feebleness, dulness, insignificance
- (a-tejás), mfn. āV. or a-tejáska "ṣBr. xiv or a-tejasvin mfn. not bright, dim, not vigorous
- a-tejo-máya mfn. not consisting of light or brightness ŚBr. xiv
- a-toṣaṇīya mfn. not to be pleased or appeased
- átka as, (√at), m. a traveller L
- a limb or member L
- armour, mail, garment RV
- N. of an Asura RV
- atkila m. N. of an ancient Ṛishi (utkila, q.v.) ĀśvŚr
- attali m. N. of a man
- attavya mfn. (√ad), fit or proper to be eaten Mn
≫atti
- átti m. an eater ŚBr. xiv
≫attṛ
- attṛ tā m. an eater AV. &c., f. attrī́ TS
- attā f. (probably a colloquialism borrowed from the Deccan, said to occur chiefly in dramas), a mother L
- mother's sister L
- elder L
- (in Prākṛit) a mother-in-law L. akkā
≫atti
- atti is, or f. elder sister L
- attikā f. elder sister L
- attra 3. and 4. atra, p. 17, col. 2
- attri átri, p. 17, col. 2
- atna as, or atnu m. (√at), the sun L
≫atya
- átya (2, 3), m. a courser, steed RV
- áty-aṃhas mfn. beyond the reach of evil or distress VS
- aty-aṃhá as
- m. N. of a man TBr
- aty-agni m. too rapid digestion
- (mfn.), surpassing fire
- ○somârka mfn. brighter than fire or the moon or the sun
- aty-agniṣṭoma m. N. of the second of the seven modifications of the Jyotishṭoma sacrifice
- the Vedic verse chanted at the close of that ceremony
- áty-agra mfn. whose point is jutting over TS
- aty-aṅkuśa mfn. past or beyond the (elephant-driver's) hook, unmanageable
- aty-aṅgula mfn. exceeding an aṅgula (finger's breadth)
- aty-ati-√kram to approach for sexual intercourse MBh
- aty-ati-√ric Pass. -ricyate, to surpass exceedingly
- aty-anila mfn. surpassing the wind
- aty-anu-√sṛ Caus
- aty-anu-√sṛ--sārayati to pursue excessively MBh
- aty-anta mfn. beyond the proper end or limit
- excessive, very great, very strong
- endless, unbroken, perpetual
- absolute, perfect
- (am), ind. excessively, exceedingly, in perpetuity, absolutely, completely
- to the end
- (āya), dat. ind. for ever, perpetually Pat
- quite Pat
- ○kopana mfn. very passionate
- ○ga mfn. going very much or very fast Pāṇ. 3-2, 48
- ○gata mfn. completely pertinent
- always applicable Nir
- gone forever Ragh
- ○gati f. complete accomplishment
- (in Gr.) the sense of 'completely
- ○gāmin mfn. = -ga above
- ○guṇin mfn. having extraordinary qualities
- ○tiraskṛta-vācya-dhvani f. (in rhetoric) a metaphoric
- ○piḍana n. act of giving excessive pain
- ○vāsin m. a student who perpetually resides with his teacher. [Page 17, Column]
- ○saṃyoga m. (in Gr.) immediate proximity
- ○samparka m. excessive sexual intercourse
- ○sukumāra mfn. very tender
- m. a kind of grain, Panicum Italicum
- atyantâbhāva m. absolute non-existence
- áty-antika mfn. too close
- (am), n. too great nearness ŚBr
- atyantīna mfn. going far Pāṇ. 5-2, 11
- aty-abhi-sṛta mfn. (√sṛ), having approached too much, having come too close MBh. i, 3854
- aty-aya m. (fr. √i with ati, atī7), passing, lapse, passage
- passing away, perishing, death
- danger, risk, evil, suffering
- transgression, guilt, vice
- getting at, attacking Yājñ. ii, 1 2
- overcoming, mastering (mentally)
- a class ChUp
- atyayika ātyayika
- atyayin mfn. passing Pāṇ. 3-2, 157
- aty-arāti m. N. of a son of Janantapa AitBr
- aty-artha mfn. 'beyond the proper worth', exorbitant, excessive
- (am), ind. excessively, exceedingly
- aty-√ard to press hard, distress greatly Bhaṭṭ
- aty-√arh (Subj. -arhāt), to excel in worth RV. ii, 23, 15
- aty-ava-√sṛj to let loose, let go
- áty-avi m. passing over or through the strainer (consisting of sheep's wool or a sheep's tail
- said of the Soma) RV
- aty-aś √2. to precede in eating ŚBr. MBh
- to eat too much Bhag
- aty-aṣṭi f. a metre (of four lines, each containing seventeen syllables)
- the number seventeen
- ○sāmagrī f. N. of wk
- aty-as √1. (Imper. -astu) to excel, surpass RV. vii, 1, 14 AV
- aty-as √2. to shoot beyond, overwhelm, overpower (as with arrows)
- aty-asta mfn. one who has shot or cast beyond Pāṇ. 2-1, 24
- aty-āsam ind. ifc. after the lapse of (e.g. dvyahâtyāsam, after the lapse of two days) Pāṇ. 3-4, 57 Sch
- aty-aham surpassing me
- surpassing self-consciousness NṛisUp
- Pāṇ. 7-2, 97 Sch
- aty-ahna mfn. exceeding a day in duration Pāṇ. 5-4, 88 Sch
- aty-ā-kara m. (√1. kṛ), contempt, blame Pāṇ. 5-1, 134
- aty-ā-√kram (ind. p. -krámya) to walk past TS. ŚBr
- aty-ācāra m. performance of works of supererogation
- (mfn.), negligent of or departing from the established customs
- aty-āditya mfn. surpassing the sun
- aty-ā-√dṛ to take great care of, be anxious about
- aty-ā-√dham -dhamati, to breathe violently Suśr
- aty-ā-√dhā to place in a higher rank ŚBr
- aty-ā-dhāna n. act of imposing or placing upon Pāṇ
- imposition, deception L
- aty-ā-hita mfn. disagreeable MBh. &c., (am), n. disagreeableness Śāk. &c. (Prākṛit accāhida)
- aty-ā́ya m. (√i), the act of going beyond, transgression, excess Pāṇ. 3-1, 141, (am, 4), ind. going beyond RV. viii, 101, 14
- aty-ā-√yat Ā. to make extraordinary efforts far (loc.) Daś
- aty-ā-√yā to pass by RV
- atyāyu n. N. of a sacrificial vessel PBr. [Page 17, Column]
- aty-āla m. Plumbago Rosea
- aty-āśramin ī m. 'superior to the (four) Āśramas', an ascetic of the highest degree
- aty-ā-√sad Caus. ind. p. -sādya, passing through
- aty-ā-sanna mfn. being too close
- aty-ā-√sṛ to run near Kauś
- aty-ā-sārín mfn. flowing near violently TS
- aty-uktā or -ukthā f. N. of a class of metres (of four lines, each containing two syllables)
- aty-ukṣ √2. (perf. 2. sg. -vavakṣitha) to surpass RV
- aty-ut-√kram to surpass, excel
- aty-ud-dhā (√2. hā), to surpass ŚBr. xiv
- aty-upadha mfn. superior to any test, tried, trustworthy L
- aty-upa-√yaj to continue offering sacrifices ŚBr
- aty-√uh aty- √1. ūh
- aty-ūmaśā ind. a particle of abuse (used in comp. with √1. as, bhū, 1. kṛ
- g. ūry-ādi, q.v.)
- áty-ūrmi mfn. overflowing, bubbling over RV. ix, 17, 3
- aty-ūh √1. to convey across. Spelt aty-uh in some forms, possibly belonging to √vah
- aty-ūh √2. ūh, -ohate, to contemn RV. viii, 69, 14
- aty-ūha m. excessive deliberation
- a gallinule, a peacock Car
- (ā), f. the plant Jasminum Villosum or Nyctanthes Tristis
- aty-√ṛj to convey across (towards an object), admit to AitBr
- aty-√eṣ (Subj. 2. sg. -eṣas) to glide over AV. ix, 5, 9
- á-tra (or Ved. áṭrā), ind. (fr. pronominal base a
- often used in sense of loc. case asmin), in this matter, in this respect
- in this place, here at this time, there, then
- ○daghná mf(ā́)n. reaching so far up, having this (or that) stature ŚBr
- ○bhavat mfn. his Honour, your Honour, &c. (used honorifically in dramatic language)
- atrâiva ind. on this very spot
- atratya mfn. connected with this place, produced or found here L
- a-tra mfn. (√tras), (only for the etym. of kṣattra), 'not enjoying or affording protection' BṛĀrUp
- atrá m. (for at tra, fr. √ad), a devourer, demon RV. AV., a Rākshasa
≫atra
- atra n. (for at-tra), food RV. x, 79, 2
≫atri
- atri m. (for at-tri, fr. √ad), a devourer RV. ii, 8, 5, N. of a great Ṛishi, author of a number of Vedic hymns
- (in astron.) one of the seven stars of the Great Bear
- (atrayas), pl. m. the descendants of Atri
- ○caturaha m. 'the four days of Atri', N. of a sacrifice
- ○jāta m. 'produced by Atri', the moon
- ○dṛg-ja or m. 'produced by Atri's look', the moon, (in arithm.) the number one
- ○netra-ja or m. 'produced by Atri's look', the moon, (in arithm.) the number one
- ○netra-prasūta or m. 'produced by Atri's look', the moon, (in arithm.) the number one
- ○netra-prabhava or m. 'produced by Atri's look', the moon, (in arithm.) the number one
- ○netra-sūta or m. 'produced by Atri's look', the moon, (in arithm.) the number one
- ○netra-bhū m. 'produced by Atri's look', the moon, (in arithm.) the number one
- ○bhāradvājikā f. marriage of descendants of Atri with those of Bhāradvāja
- ○vat ind. like Atri RV
- ○samhitā or f. the code ascribed to Atri
- ○smṛti f. the code ascribed to Atri
- atrín ī m. a devourer, demon RV., a Rākshasa
- a-trapa mfn. destitute of shame
- a-trapú or a-trapús mfn. not tinned MaitrS. Kāṭh. KapS
- á-trasnu [ŚBr. Ragh. xiv, 4] or a-trāsa mfn. fearless
- a-tri-jāta mfn. 'not born thrice' (but twice), a man belonging to one of the first three classes, [for atri-jāta, under atri.]
- a-tvák-ka ṭṣ. or a-tvác "ṣBr. mfn. skinless. [Page 17, Column]
- a-tvarā f. freedom from haste
- átha (or Ved. áthā), ind. (probably fr. pronom. base a), an auspicious and inceptive particle (not easily expressed in English), now
- then
- moreover
- rather
- certainly
- but
- else
- what? how else? &c
- ○kim ind. how else? what else? certainly, assuredly, sure enough
- ○kimu ind. how much more
- so much the more
- ○ca ind. moreover, and likewise
- ○tu ind. but, on the contrary
- ○vā ind. or or, rather
- (when repeated) either or
- or rather
- or perhaps
- what? is it not so? &c
- ○vâpi ind. or, rather
- athâtas ind. now
- athânantaram ind. now
- athâpi ind. so much the more
- moreover
- therefore
- thus
≫atho
- áthô ind. ( = atha above), now
- likewise
- next
- therefore
- ○vā ind. = atha-vā Mn. iii, 202
- atharí is, or atharī́ f. (said to be fr. √at, to go, or fr. an obsolete √ath), flame [Gmn
- 'the point of an arrow or of a lance' NBD
- 'finger' Naigh.] RV. iv, 6, 8
- atharya Vṣ. and mfn. flickering, lambent
- atharyū́ [RV. vii, 1,], mfn. flickering, lambent
- atharya Nom. P. atharyati, to move tremulously, flicker Naigh
- átharvan ā m. (said to be fr. an obsolete word athar, fire), a priest who has to do with fire and Soma
- N. of the priest who is said to have been the first to institute the worship of fire and offer Soma and prayers (he is represented as a Prajāpati, as Brahmā's eldest son, as the first learner and earliest teacher of the Brahma-vidyā, as the author of the Atharva-veda, as identical with Aṅgiras, as the father of Agni, &c.)
- N. of Śiva, Vasishṭha [Kir. x, 1], Soma, Prāṇa
- (ā, a), m. n. the fourth or Atharva-veda (said to have been composed by Atharvan, and consisting chiefly of formulas and spells intended to counteract diseases and calamities)
- (átharvāṇas). pl. m. descendants of Atharvan, often coupled with those of Aṅgiras and Bhṛigu
- the hymns of the Atharva-veda
- atharva (in comp. for atharvan)
- ○bhūta ās m. pl. 'who have become Atharvans', N. of the twelve Maharshis
- ○vát ind. like Atharvan or his descendants RV
- ○vid m. one versed in the Atharva-veda (a qualification essential to the special class of priests called Brahmans)
- ○veda m. N. of the fourth Veda ( above)
- ○śikhā f. N. of an Upanishad
- ○śiras n. id
- N. of a kind of brick TBr
- (ās), m. N. of Mahāpurusha
- ○hṛdaya n. N. of a Pariśishṭa
- atharvâṅgirasa m. a member of the sacerdotal race or class called atharvâṅgirasa m. pl., i.e. the descendants of Atharvan and of Aṅgiras, the hymns of the Atharva-veda,
- atharvâṅgirasa mfn. cennected with the sacerdotal class called Atharvāṅgiras
- (am), n. the work or office of the Atharvāṅgiras
- (ās), m. pl. the hymns of the Atharva-veda
- atharva m. N. of Brahmā's eldest son (to whom he revealed the Brahma-vidyā) MuṇḍUp
- atharvaṇa m. N. of Śiva
- atharvaṇi is, better
- ātharvaṇi m. a Brāhman versed in the Atharva veda L., a family priest L
- atharvāṇa n. the Atharva-veda or the ritual of it MBh
- ○vid m. one versed in that ritual
- atharvī́ f. ['female priest' Gmn. BR.] pierced by the point (of an arrow or of a lance) RV. i, 112, 10
- cf. athari
- ad cl.2. P. átts, āda, atsyati, attum, to eat, consume, devour, Ved. Inf. áttave RV.: Caus. ādáyati and ○te (once adayate āap"ṣr.) to feed [Lith. edmi ; Slav. jamj for jadmj
- Gk. ? ; Lat. edo ; Goth. √āṭ pres. ita ; Germ. [Page 17, Column] essen ; Eng. to eat, Arm. utem]
- ad-ādi mfn. belonging to the second class of roots called ad, &c., Pāṇ. 2-4, 72
- attavya
⋙atti
- átti
⋙attṛ
- attṛ́ 4
⋙atra
- átra &c., s.v. 2
⋙ad
- ad mfn. ifc. 'eating', as matsyâd, eating fish
≫ada
- ada or mfn. chiefly ifc., eating
- adaka mfn. chiefly ifc., eating
≫adat
- adát mfn. eating RV. x, 4, 4, &c
- ádana n. act of eating
- food RV. vi, 59, 3
- adanīya mfn. to be eaten, what may be eaten
- ádman
⋙adya
- adya
- advan s.v
- a-dakṣa mfn. not dexterous, unskilful, awkward
- a-dakṣiṇá mfn. not dexterous, not handy, not right, left
- inexperienced, simple-minded, not giving or bringing in a dakshiṇā or present to the priest RV. x, 61, 10, &c. [Page 18, Column]
- ○tva n. awkwardness
- not bringing in a dakshiṇā
- adakṣiṇīyá mfn. not entitled to a dakshiṇā ŚBr
- adakṣiṇyá mfn. not fit to be used as a dakshiṇā TS
- a-dagdha mfn. not burnt
- a-daṇḍa mfn. exempt from punishment
- (am), n. impunity
- a-daṇḍanīya mfn. = a-daṇḍyá
- a-daṇḍyâ mfn. not deserving punishment PBr. Mn. &c
- exempt from it ŚBr. Mn. viii, 335
- a-dát ṛV. or adatka Chūp., mfn. toothless. (For 1. adát, above.)
- á-datta mfn. not given
- given unjustly
- not given in marriage
- one who has given nothing AV
- (ā), f. an unmarried girl
- (am), n. a donation which is null and void Comm. on Yājñ
- á-dattvā ind. not having given AV. xii, 4, 19, &c
- a-datrayā́ ind. not through a present RV. v, 49, 3
- adadry-añc aṅ, īcī, ak (fr. adas + añc), inclining or going to that L
- ádana adanīya, √ad
- a-danta mfn. toothless
- m. a leech L
- a-dantáka ṭṣ. or mfn. toothless
- a-dántaka "ṣBr., mfn. toothless
- a-dantya mfn. not suitable for the teeth
- not dental, (am), n. toothlessness
- ad-anta mfn. (in Gr.) ending in at i.e. in the short inherent vowel a
- á-dabdha mfn. (√dambh, or dabh), not deceived or tampered with, unimpaired, unbroken, pure RV
- ○dhiti (ádabdha-), mfn. whose works are unimpaired RV. vi, 51, 3
- ○vratapramati (ádabdha-), mfn. of unbroken observances and superior mind (or 'of superior mind from having unbroken observances') RV. ii, 9, 1
- adabdhâya m. having unimpaired vigour (or 'leaving uninjured the man who sacrifices') VS
- ádabdhâsu mfn. having a pure life AV. v, 1, 1
- a-dábha mfn. not injuring, benevolent RV. v, 86, 5
- á-dabhra mfn. not scanty, plentiful RV. viii, 47, 6
- strong
- a-dambha mfn. free from deceit, straightforward, m. N. of Śiva
- absence of deceit
- straightforwardness
- a-dambhi-tva n. sincerity
- adamudry-añc aṅ, īcī, ak, going to that L
- adamuy-añc or id. L
- adamūy-añc id. L
- a-damya mfn. untamable
- a-dayá mfn. (√day), merciless, unkind RV. x, 103, 7, (am), ind. ardently
- a-dayālu mfn. unkind
- a-dara mfn. not little, much
- adaraka m. N. of a man
- a-darśa (for ā-darśa), m. a mirror
- a-darśa m. day of new moon
- a-darśana n. non-vision, not seeing
- disregard, neglect, non-appearance, latent condition disappearance, (mfn.), invisible, latent
- ○patha n. a path beyond the reach of vision
- a-darśanīya mfn. invisible, (am), n. invisible condition
- a-dala mfn. leafless, (ás), m. the plant Eugenia (or Barringtonia) Acutangula, (ā), f. Socotorine Aloe (Perfoliata or Indica)
- a-daśan a, not ten ŚBr
- á-daśamāsya mfn. not ten months old ŚBr
- adás nom. mf. asaú (voc. ásau MaitrS.), n. adás, (opposed to idám, q.v.), that, a certain, (adas), ind. thus, so, there
- adahkṛtya having done that
- ado-bhavati he becomes that
- ado-máya mfn. made of that, containing that ŚBr. xiv
- ado-mūla mfn. rooted in that. [Page 18, Column]
- adayīya mf(ī)n. belonging to that or those Naish
- adasya Nom. P. adasyati, to become that
- a-dākṣiṇya n. incivility
- a-dātṛ mfn. not giving
- not liberal, miserly
- not giving (a daughter) in marriage
- not paying, not liable to payment
- á-dāna n. (√1. dā), not giving, act of withholding AV. &c
- (mfn.), not giving
- a-dānyá mfn. not giving, miserly AV
- a-dāmán mfn. not liberal, miserly RV
- a-dāyin mfn. not giving Nir
- á-dāśu [RV. i, 174,] or
- á-dāśuri [RV. viii, 45, 1] or
- á-dāśvas [RV
- Compar. ádāśūṣṭara RV. viii, 81,], mfn. not worshipping the deities, impious
- á-diti f. having nothing to give, destitution RV
- for 2. aditi, 3. á-diti, below
- a-dānta mfn. unsubdued
- á-dābhya (3, 4), mfn. free from deceit, trusty
- not to be trifled with RV
- m. N. of a libation (graha) in the Jyotishṭoma sacrifice
- a-dāyādá mf(ī́, in later texts ā) n. not entitled to be an heir
- destitute of heirs
- a-dāyika mfn. unclaimed from want of persons entitled to inherit
- not relating to inheritance
- a-dāra m. having no wife
- á-dāra-sṛt mfn. not falling into a crack or rent AV., N. of a Sāman PBr
- a-dāsa m. 'not a slave', a free man
- á-dāhuka mfn. not consuming by fire MaitrS
- a-dāhya mfn. incombustible
- a-díkka mfn. having no share in the horizon, banished from beneath the sky ŚBr
- aditi m. (√ad), devourer, i.e. death BṛĀrUp
- á-diti mfn. (√4. dā or do, dyati
- for 1. á-diti, above), not tied, free RV. vii, 52, 1, boundless, unbroken, entire, unimpaired, happy RV. VS., (is), f. freedom, security, safety
- boundlessness, immensity, inexhaustible abundance, unimpaired condition, perfection, creative power, N. of one of the most ancient of the Indian goddesses ('Infinity' or the 'Eternal and Infinite Expanse', often mentioned in RV., daughter of Daksha and wife of Kaśyapa, mother of the Ādityas and of the gods)
- a cow, milk RV
- the earth Naigh
- speech Naigh. (cf. RV. viii, 101, 15)
- (ī), f. du. heaven and earth Naigh
- ○ja m. a son of Aditi, an Āditya, a divine being
- ○tvá n. the condition of Aditi, or of freedom, unbrokenness RV. vii, 51, 1
- the state of the goddess Aditi BṛĀrUp
- ○nandana m.= -ja, q.v
- á-ditsat [RV. vi, 53, 3, &c.] or a-ditsu mfn. (Desid. fr. √1. dā), not inclined to give
- adi-prabhṛti = ad-ādi √ad
- á-dīkṣita mfn. one who has not performed the initiatory ceremony (dīkṣā) connected with the Soma sacrifice
- one who is not concerned in that ceremony
- one who has not received Brāhmanical consecration
- á-dīna mfn. not depressed, nobleminded, m. N. of a prince (also called Ahīna)
- ○sattva mfn. possessing unimpaired goodness
- adīnâtman mfn. undepressed in spirit
- a-dīpta mfn. unilluminated
- á-dīrgha mfn. not long
- ○autra mfn. not tedious, prompt L
- a-duḥkha mfn. free from evil or trouble, propitious
- ○navami f. the propitious ninth day in the first fortnight of Bhādrapada (when women worship Devii to avert evil for the ensuing year)
- á-dugdha mfn. not milked out RV. vii, 32, 22, not sucked out Suśr
- a-ducchuná mfn. free from evil, propitious RV. ix, 61, 17
- a-durga mfn. not difficult of access
- destitute of a strong hold or fort. [Page 18, Column]
- ○viṣaya m. an unfortified country
- á-durmakha mfn. not reluctant, unremitting, cheerful RV. viii, 75, 14
- á-durmaṅgala mf(nom. īḥ)n. not inauspicious RV. x, 85, 43
- a-durvṛtta mfn. not of a bad character or disposition
- á-duṣ-kṛt mfn. not doing evil RV. iii, 33, 13
- a-duṣṭa mfn. not vitiated, not bad, not guilty Mn. viii, 388
- innocent
- ○tva n. the being not vitiated
- innocence
- á-dū mfn. dilatory, without zeal, not worshipping RV. vii, 4, 6
- á-dūna mfn. ( √du), uninjured
- a-dūra mfn. not distant, near
- (am), n. vicinity
- (e), (āt), (atas), ind. (with abl. or gen.) not far, near
- soon
- ○bhava mfn. situated at no great distance
- a-dūṣita mfn. unvitiated
- unspotted, irreproachable
- ○dhī mfn. possessing an uncorrupted mind
- a-dṛḍha mfn. not firm
- not decided
- á-dṛpita mfn. not infatuated, not vain RV
- á-dṛpta mfn. id. RV
- ○kratu (ádṛpta-), mfn. sober-minded RV
- a-dṛpyat mfn. not being infatuated RV. i, 151, 8
- a-dṛś mfn. (√dṛś), blind L
- a-dṛśya mfn. invisible, latent
- not fit to be seen (cf. a-dreśya.)
- ○karaṇa n. act of rendering invisible
- N. of a part of a treatise on magic
- a-dṛśyat mfn. invisible L., (atī), f. N. of Vasishṭha's daughter-in-law
- a-dṛ́ṣṭa or mfn. unseen, unforeseen, invisible, not experienced, unobserved, unknown, unsanctioned
- á-dṛṣṭa "ṣBr., mfn. unseen, unforeseen, invisible, not experienced, unobserved, unknown, unsanctioned
- m. N. of a particular venomous substance or of a species of vermin AV., (am), n. unforeseen danger or calamity, that which is beyond the reach of observation or consciousness, (especially the merit or demerit attaching to a man's conduct in one state of existence and the corresponding reward or punishment with which he is visited in another)
- destiny, fate: luck, bad luck
- ○karman mfn. one who has not seen practice
- ○kāma m. passionate attachment to an object that has never been seen
- ○ja mfn. produced or resulting from fate
- ○nara or m. a treaty concluded by the parties personally (in which no third mediator is seen)
- ○puruṣa m. a treaty concluded by the parties personally (in which no third mediator is seen)
- ○para-sāmarthya m. one who has not experienced the power of an enemy
- ○purva mfn. never seen before
- ○phala mfn. having consequences that are not yet visible
- (am), n. a result or consequence which is not yet visible or hidden in the future
- ○rupa mfn. having an invisible shape
- ○vat mfn. connected with or arising from destiny
- lucky or unlucky, fortunate
- ○hán m. destroyer of venomous vermin RV. i, 191, 8 and 9
- adṛṣṭârtha mfn. having an object not evident to the senses (as a science), transcendental
- adṛṣṭâsrutapūrvatva n. the state of never having been seen or heard before
- a-dṛṣṭi is, or f. a displeased or malicious look, an evil eye L
- a-dṛṣṭikā f. a displeased or malicious look, an evil eye L
- a-deya mfn. improper or unfit to be given, (am) or n. an illegal gift
- ○dāna n. an illegal gift
- á-deva mfn. not divine not of divine origin, not referring to any deity RV
- godless, impious RV., m. one who is not a god ŚBr. xiv Mn
- ○mātrika mfn. 'not having the gods or clouds as mothers, not suckled by any deity', not rained upon
- a-dévaka mf(ā)n. not referring to or intended for any deity ŚBr
- a-devatā f. one who is not a deity Nir
- á-devatra mfn. not devoted to the gods RV. v, 61, 6
- á-devayat [RV. ii, 26,] or mfn. indifferent to the gods, irreligious
- ádevayu ṛV., mfn. indifferent to the gods, irreligious
- a-daiva mfn. not referring to or connected with the gods or with their action, not predetermined by them or by fate. [Page 19, Column]
- á-devṛ-ghnī f. not killing her brother-in-law AV. xiv, 2, 18
- a-deśa m. a wrong place, an improper place
- ○kāla n. wrong place and time
- ○ja mfn. produced in a wrong place
- ○stha mfn. out of place, in the wrong place
- one absent from his country, an absentee
- a-deśya mfn. not on the spot, not present on the occasion referred to Mn. viii, 53 (vḷ. a-deśa)
- not to be ordered or advised
- a-doma-dá or a-doma-dhá mfn. not occasioning inconvenience AV
- ado-máya &c. adás
- a-doha m. (√duh), the season when milking is impracticable KātyŚr
- a-dogdhṛ mfn. not milking
- not exacting
- not caring for BhP
- ádga m. (√ad), a sacrificial cake (puroḍāśa) made of rice Uṇ
- a cane (?) AV. i, 27, 3
- ad-dhā́ ind. (fr. ad, or a, this), Ved. in this way
- manifestly
- certainly, truly
- ○tama mfn. quite manifest AitĀr
- (ā́m), ind. most certainly ŚBr
- ○puruṣa m. an-addhāpuruṣá
- ○bodheya ās m. pl. adherents of a particular Śākhā or recension of the white Yajur-veda
- addhāti m. a sage RV. x, 85, 16 AV
- addhjā-loha-kárṇa mfn. having ears quite red VS., cf. adhirūḍha-kárna
- adbhuta [once adbhutá RV. i, 120,], mfn. ( 1. at), supernatural, wonderful, marvellous, m. the marvellous (in style), surprise
- N. of the Indra of the ninth Manvantara, (am), n. a marvel, a wonder, a prodigy
- ○karman mfn. performing wonderful works, exhibiting wonderful workmanship
- ○kratu (ádbhuta-), mfn. possessing wonderful intelligence RV
- ○gandha mfn. having a wonderful smell
- ○tama n. an extraordinary wonder
- ○tva n. wonderfulness
- ○darśana mfn. having a wonderful aspect
- ○dharma m. 'a system or series of marvels or prodigies', N. of one of the nine aṅgas of the Buddhists
- ○brāhmaṇa n. N. of a portion of a Brāhmaṇa belonging to the Sāma-veda
- ○bhīma-karman mfn. performing wonderful and fearful works
- ○rasa m. the marvellous style (of poetry)
- ○rāmāyaṇa n. N. of wk. ascribed to Vālmīki
- ○rūpa mfn. having a wonderful shape
- ○śānti m. or f. N. of the sixty-seventh Pariśishṭa of the Atharva veda
- ○saṃkāsa mfn. resembling a wonder
- ○sāra m. wonderful resin' of the Khadira tree (Mimosa Catechu)
- N. of a book on the essence of prodigies
- ○svana m. 'having a wonderful voice', N. of Siva
- ádbhutâinas mfn. one in whom no fault is visible RV
- adbhutottarakāṇḍa n. N. of wk., an appendix to or imitation of the Rāmāyaṇa
- adbhutôpama mfn. resembling a wonder
- ádman a n. (√ad), eating, a meal RV. i, 58, 2
≫adma
- adma (in comp. for adman)
- ○sád m. seated (with others) at a meal, companion at table RV
- ○sádya n. commensality RV. viii, 43, 19
- ○sádvan mfn. companion at a meal RV. vi, 4, 4
- admani m. fire Uṇ
- admara mfn. gluttonous Pāṇ. 3-2, 160
≫adya
- adya mfn. fit or proper to be eaten
- (am), ifc. (cf. annádya, havir adya), n. food
- a-dyá (Ved. adyā́), ind. (fr. pronom. base a, this, with dya for dyu, q.v., Lat. ho-dic), to-day
- now-a-days
- now
- ○dina or m. n. the present day
- ○divasa m. n. the present day
- ○pūrvam ind. before now
- ○prabhṛti ind. from and after to-day
- ○śva mfn. comprising the present and the following day PBr
- ○śvīna mfn. likely to happen to-day or (śvas) to-morrow Pāṇ. 5-2, 13, (ā), f. a female near delivery ib
- ○sutyā́ f. preparation and consecration cf the Soma on the same day ŚBr. &c
- adyâpi ind. even now, just now
- to this day
- down to the present time
- henceforth
- adyâvadhi mfn. beginning or ending to-day
- from or till to-day
- adyā-śvá n. the present and the following day TS
- adyâiva ind. this very day
- adyatana mf(ī)n. extending over or referring to to-day
- now-a-days, modern
- m. the period of a current day, either from midnight to midnight, or from dawn to dark [Page 19, Column]
- (ī), f. (in Gr.) the aorist tense (from its relating what has occurred on the same day)
- ○bhūta m. the aorist
- adyatanīya mfn. extending over or referring to to-day
- current now-a-days
- á-dyu mfn. not burning or not sharp RV. vii, 34, 12
- a-dyút mfn. destitute of brightness RV. vi, 39, 3
- a-dyūtyâ (4), n. unlucky gambling RV. i, 112, 24
- (mfn.), not derived from gambling, honestly obtained
- a-drava mfn. not liquid
- a-dravya n. a nothing, a worthless thing
- (mfn.), having no possessions
- ádri m. (√ad Uṇ.), a stone, a rock, a mountain
- a stone for pounding Soma with or grinding it on
- a stone for a sling, a thunderbolt
- a mountain-shaped mass of clouds
- a cloud (the mountains are the clouds personified, and regarded as the enemies of Indra)
- a tree L
- the sun L
- N. of a measure
- the number seven
- N. of a grandson of Pṛithu
- ○karṇī f. the plant Clitoria Ternatea Lin
- ○kīlā f. the earth L
- ○kṛta-sthalī f. N. of an Apsaras
- ○ja mfn. produced from or found among rocks or mountains, (ā), f. the plant Saiṃhalī, N. of Pārvatī or Durgā
- (am), n. red chalk
- ○jā́ mfn. produced from (the friction of) stones RV. iv, 4, 5
- N. of the soul KaṭhUp
- ○jūta (ádri-), mfn. excited by (the friction of) stones RV. iii, 58, 8
- ○tanayā f. 'mountain-daughter', N. of Pārvatī
- N. of a metre (of four lines, each containing twenty-three syllables)
- ○dugdha (ádri-), mfn. not pressed out or extracted with stones RV
- ○dviṣ m. the enemy of mountains or clouds, i.e. Indra L
- ○nandinī f. N. of Pārvatī
- ○pati m. 'lord of mountains', the Himālaya
- ○barhas (adri-), mfn. fast as a rock RV. x, 63, 3 TBr
- ○budhna (ádri-), mfn. rooted in or produced on a rock or mountain RV. x, 108, 7 VS
- ○bhíd mfn. splitting mountains or clouds RV. vi, 73, 1, (t), m. N. of Indra L
- ○bhu mfn. mountain-born, found or living among mountains, (ūs), f. the plant Salvinia Cucullata
- ○mātṛ (ádri-), mfn. having a rock or mountain for a mother RV. ix, 86, 3
- ○mūrdhan m. the head or summit of a mountain
- ○rāj or m. 'king of mountains', the Himālaya
- ○rāja m. 'king of mountains', the Himālaya
- ○vat (voc. vas), m. armed with stones or thunderbolts RV
- ○vahni m. fire on or in a mountain or rock
- ○śayya m. 'having the mountain for a couch', Śiva L
- ○śṛṅga n. a mountain-peak
- ○ṣuta (ádri-), mfn. prepared with stones RV
- ○saṃhata (ádri-), mfn. expressed with stones RV. ix, 98, 6
- ○sānu mfn. lingering on the mountains RV. vi, 65, 5
- ○sāra m. 'essence of stones' iron
- ○sāra-maya mfn. made of iron
- adrī7ndra or m. 'lord of mountains', the Himālaya
- adrī7śa m. 'lord of mountains', the Himālaya
- adrikā f. N. of an Apsaras
- a-drúh (nom. a-dhrúk), mfn. free from malice or treachery RV
- a-druhāṇa [RV. v, 70,] or mfn. id
- a-druhvan ṣV., mfn. id
- a-droghá mfn. free from falsehood, true RV., (á-drogham), ind. without falsehood RV. viii, 60, 4
- ○vāc (ádrogha-), mfn. free from malice or treachery in speech RV. AV
- ádroghâvita mfn. loving freedom from malice or treachery AV
- a-droha m. freedom from malice or treachery
- ○vṛtti f. conduct free from malice or treachery
- a-drohin mfn. free from malice or treachery
- a-dreśya mfn. invisible MuṇḍUp
- advan mfn. (√ad ifc. (e.g. agrâdvan), eating
- a-dvaya mfn. not two without a second, only, unique, m. N. of a Buddha
- (am), n. non-duality, unity
- identity (especially the identity of Brahma, with the human soul or with the universe, or of spirit and matter)
- the ultimate truth
- ○vādin m. one who teaches advaya, or identity, a Buddha, a Jaina, (cf. advaita-vadin.)
- advayânanda m. N. of an author, and of a founder of the Vaishṇava sect in Bengal (who lived at the close of the fifteenth century)
- á-dvayat [RV. iii, 29,] or mfn. free from duplicity. [Page 19, Column]
- á-dvayas [RV. i, 187, 3 and viii, 18,], mfn. free from duplicity. [Page 19, Column]
- á-dvayāvin ṛV. or mfn. free from double-dealing or duplicity
- á-dvayu [RV. viii, 18, 1], mfn. free from double-dealing or duplicity
- á-dvār f. not a door ŚBr. MBh
- á-dvāra n. a place without a door
- an entrance which is not the proper door ŚBr. xiv, &c
- a-dvija mfn. destitute of Brāhmans Mn. viii, 22
- a-dvitīya mfn. without a second, sole, unique
- matchless
- a-dviṣeṇyá (5), mfn. (√dviṣ), not malevolent RV
- a-dveṣá mfn. not malevolent (nom. du. f. ○é) RV. viii, 68, 10 and x, 45, 12
- ○rāgin mfn. free from malevolence and passionate desire
- adveṣás ind. without malevolence RV
- adveṣin mfn. free from malevolence
- adveṣṭṛ ṭā m. not an enemy, a friend
- á-dvaita mfn. destitute of duality, having no duplicate ŚBr. xiv, &c
- peerless
- sole, unique
- epithet of Vishṇu
- (am), n. non-duality
- identity of Brahmā or of the Paramātman or supreme soul with the Jivātman or human soul
- identity of spirit and matter
- the ultimate truth
- title of an Upanishad
- (ena), ind. solely
- ○vādin i m. one who asserts the doctrine of non-duality
- advaitânanda m. = advayânanda, q.v
- advaitôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad
- a-dvaidha mfn. not divided into two parts, not shared
- not disunited
- free from malice, straightforward
- ádha or ádhā ind., Ved. (= 'átha, used chiefly as an inceptive particle), now, then, therefore, moreover, so much the more, and, partly
- ádha-ádha as well as partly partly
- adhapriya mfn. (you who are) now pleased (voc. du. ○yā) RV. viii, 8, 4
- ádhaḥ &c. adhas
- a-dhana mfn. destitute of wealth
- a-dhanya mfn. not richly supplied with corn or other produce, not prosperous
- unhappy
- adhamá mfn. ( ádhara), lowest, vilest, worst, very low or vile or bad (often ifc., as in narâdhama, the vilest or worst of men)
- m. an unblushing paramour, (ā), f. a low or bad mistress [Lat. infimus]
- ○bhṛta or m. a servant of the lowest class, a porter
- ○bhṛtaka m. a servant of the lowest class, a porter
- ○rṇa (ṛ) or (ṛ), m. one reduced to inferiority by debt, a debtor
- ○rṇika (ṛ), m. one reduced to inferiority by debt, a debtor
- ○śākha (?), N. of a region, (g. gahâdi, q.v.)
- adhamâṅga n. 'the lowest member', the foot
- adhamâcāra mfn. guilty of vile conduct
- adhamârdha n. the lower half, the lower part
- adhamârdhya mfn. connected with or referring to the lower part Pāṇ. 4-3, 5
- adhama-rṇa &c. adhamá
- ádhara mfn. (connected with adhás), lower, inferior, tending downwards
- low, vile
- worsted, silenced
- m. the lower lip, the lip, (ā́t), abl. ind., s.v. below
- (asmāt), abl. ind. below L
- (ā), f. the lower region, nadir
- (am), n. the lower part, a reply, pudendum muliebre L. [Lat. inferus]
- ○kaṇṭhá m. n. the lower neck, lower part of the throat VS
- ○kāya m. the lower part of the body
- ○tas ind. below Pāṇ. 5-3, 35 Sch
- ○pāna n. 'drinking the lip', kissing
- ○madhu n. the moisture of the lips
- ○sapatna (ádhara-), mfn. whose enemies are worsted or silenced MaitrS
- ○svastika n. the nadir
- ○hanú f. the lower jaw-bone AV
- adharâmṛta n. the nectar of the lips
- adharâraṇi f. the lower of the two pieces of wood used in producing fire by friction ŚBr. &c
- adharâvalopa m. biting the lip
- adharī-kṛta mfn. worsted, eclipsed, excelled, Sāk. (vḷ.) Adharī-bhūta, mfn. worsted (as in a process) Yājñ. ii, 17
- adharedyus ind. the day before yesterday Pāṇ. 5-3, 22
- adharôttara mfn. lower and higher
- worse and better
- question and answer
- nearer and further
- sooner and later
- upside down, topsy-turvy
- adhar'-oṣṭha or m. the lower lip
- adharâuṣṭha m. the lower lip
- (am), n. the lower and upper lip
- adharaya Nom. P. adharayati, to make inferior, put under
- eclipse, excel
- adharastāt ind. below L. [Page 20, Column]
- adharā́k ind. beneath, in the lower region, i.e. in the south VS
- adharācī́na [RV. ii, 17,] or Ved. tending downwards, to the nadir or the lower region, tending towards the south
- adharācyá [(5) AV.], mfn. or ā́ṅ ā́cī, ā́k, Ved. tending downwards, to the nadir or the lower region, tending towards the south
- adharā́ñc ā́ṅ ā́cī, ā́k, Ved. tending downwards, to the nadir or the lower region, tending towards the south
- adharā́t ind. below, beneath RV. and AV
- in the south AV
- ○tāt (adharā́t-), ind. below, beneath RV. x, 36, 14
- adharīṇa mfn. vilified L
- á-dharma m. unrighteousness, injustice, irreligion, wickedness
- demerit, guilt
- N. of a Prajāpati (son of Brahmā, husband of Hiṃsā or Mṛishā)
- N. of an attendant of the sun
- (ā), f. unrighteousness (personified and represented as the bride of death)
- ○cārin mfn. practising wickedness
- ○tas ind. unrighteously, unjustly
- ○daṇḍana n. unjust punishment Mn. viii, 127
- ○máya mfn. made up of wickedness ŚBr. xiv
- adharmâtman mfn. having a wicked spirit or disposition
- adharmástikāya m. the category (astikāya) of adharma, (one of the five categories of the Jaina ontology)
- adharmin mfn. unrighteous, wicked, impious
- adharmiṣṭha mfn. most wicked, impious
- adharmya mfn. unlawful, contrary to law or religion, wicked
- a-dhavā f. one who has no husband, a widow (usually vi-dhavā, q.v.) L
- adhás ind. ( ádhara), below, down
- in the lower region
- beneath, under
- from under (with acc., gen., and abl.)
- also applied to the lower region and to the pudendum muliebre [Lat. infra]
- adha-upâsana n. sexual intercourse Comm. on BṛĀrUp
- adhah-kara m. the lower part of the hand
- adhah-kāya m. the lower part of the body
- adhah-kṛta mfn. cast down
- adhá-kṛṣṇâjinam ind. under the black skin KātyŚr
- adhá-kriyā f. (= apamāna), disgrace, humiliation
- adhá-khanana n. undermining
- adháḥ-padma n. (in architecture) a part of a cupola
- adhaḥ-pāta m. a downfall
- adhaḥ-puṣpī f. 'having flowers looking downwards', two plants Pimpinella Anisum and Elephantopus Scaber (or Hieracium?)
- adhá-pravāha m. a downward current
- adhah-prastara m. seat or bed of turf or grass (for persons in a state of impurity)
- adhaḥ-prāṅ-śāyin mfn. sleeping on the ground towards the east
- adhaḥ-śayá mfn. sleeping on the ground ŚBr
- adhaḥ-śayya mfn. having a peculiar couch on the ground, (a), f. act of sleeping on the ground and on a peculiar couch
- adhaḥ-śiras mfn. holding the head downward
- head foremost, (ās), m. N. of a hell VP
- adhah-stha mfn. placed low or below
- inferior
- adhá-sthita mfn. standing below
- situated below
- adhaḥ-svastika n. the nadir
- adhas-cara m. 'creeping on the ground', a thief
- adhas-tarā́m ind. very far down ŚBr
- adhas-tala n. the room below anything
- adhas-padá mfn. Ved. placed under the feet, under foot, (ám), n. the place under the feet, (ā́m), ind. under foot
- adho-akṣá mfn. being below (or not coming up to) the axle RV. iii, 33, 9
- adho-'kṣam Kāty"ṣr. or ind. under the axle
- adho-'kṣeṇa āśv"ṣr., ind. under the axle
- adho-'kṣa-ja m. N. of Vishṇu or Kṛishṇa
- the sign Śravaṇā
- adho-gata mfn. gone down, descended
- adho-gati f. or descent, downward movement, degradation
- ○gama m. or descent, downward movement, degradation
- ○gamana n. descent, downward movement, degradation
- adhogati and mfn. going downwards, descending
- ○gāmin mfn. going downwards, descending
- adho-ghaṇṭā f. the plant Achyranthes Aspera
- adho-'ṅga n. the anus
- pudendum muliebre
- adho-jānú ind. below the knee ŚBr
- adho-jihvikā f. the uvula
- adho-dāru n. the under timber
- adho-diś f. the lower region, the nadir
- adho-dṛṣṭi f. a downcast look
- (mfn.), having a downcast look
- adho-deśa m. the lower or lowest part (especially of the body)
- adho-dvāra n. the anus, pudendum muliebre
- adho-nābham of
- adho-nābhí ṃaitrṣ., ind. below the navel
- adho-nilaya m. 'lower abode', the lower regions, hell
- adho-'para n. the anus
- adhôpahāsa (dhás-up), m. sexual intercourse ŚBr. xiv
- adho-bandhana n. an under girth
- adho-bhakta n. a dose of medicine to be taken after eating
- adho-bhava mfn. lower
- adho-bhāga m. the lower or lowest part, especially of the body
- adho-bhāga-doṣa-hara mfn. curing or strengthening the lower part of the body
- adho-bhuvana n. the lower world. [Page 20, Column]
- adho-bhūmi f. lower ground
- land at the foot of a hill
- adho-marman n. the anus
- adho-mukha mf(ā "ṣiś. or ī) n. having the face downwards
- headlong
- upside down
- m. Vishṇu
- a division of hell VP
- (ā), f. the plant Premna Esculenta
- adho-yantra n. the lower part of an apparatus
- a still
- adho-rakta-pitta n. discharge of blood from the anus and the urethra
- adhó-rāma m. (a goat) having peculiar white or black marks on the lower part (of the body) VS. ŚBr
- adho-lamba m. a plummet
- the perpendicular
- adho-loka m. the lower world
- adho-vadana mfn. = adho-mukha
- adhó-varcas mfn. tumbling downwards AV. v, 11, 6
- adho-vaśa m. pudendum muliebre
- adho-vāyu m. vital air passing downwards
- breaking wind
- adho-'vêkṣin mfn. looking down
- adho-'śvam ind. under the horse KātyŚr
- adho-'sra-pitta n. = adhorakta-pitta, q.v
- adhastana mfn. lower, being underneath
- preceding (in a book)
- adhástāt ind.= adhás, q.v
- adhastād-diś f. the lower region, the nadir
- adhastāl-lakṣman mfn. having a mark at the lower part (of the body) MaitrS
- ádhā Ved. ádha
- adhāmārgava m. the plant Achyranthes Aspera
- a-dhāraṇaka mfn. unable to support, unremunerative
- a-dhārmika mfn. unjust, unrighteous, wicked
- a-dhārya mfn. unfit or improper to be held or carried or kept up
- adhi m. (better ādhi, q.v.), anxiety, (is), f. a woman in her courses (= avi, q.v.) L
- ádhi ind., as a prefix to verbs and nouns, expresses above, over and above, besides. As a separable adverb or preposition
- (with abl.) Ved. over
- from above, from
- from the presence of
- after AitUp
- for
- instead of RV. i, 140, 11, (with loc.) Ved. over
- on
- at
- in comparision with
- (with acc.) over, upon, concerning
- adhy-adhi ind. on high, just above KātyŚr
- adhika mfn. additional, subsequent, later
- surpassing (in number or quantity or quality), superior, more numerous
- abundant
- excellent
- supernumerary, redundant
- secondary, inferior
- intercalated
- (am), n. surplus, abundance, redundancy, hyperbole, ind. exceedingly, too much
- more
- ○kṣayakārin mfn. causing excessive waste
- ○tā f. addition, excess, redundancy, preponderance
- ○tithi mf. an intercalary lunar day
- ○tva n. = -tā, q.v
- ○danta m. a redundant tooth which grows over another Suśr. (cf. adhi-danta.)
- ○dina n. a redundant, i.e. an intercalated day (cf. adhi-dina.)
- ○māṃsârman n. proud flesh in the eye (cf. adhimāṃsa.)
- ○māsa m. an intercalated month
- ○rddhi (ṛd), mfn. abundantly prosperous
- ○vākyôkti f. exaggeration, hyperbole
- ○ṣāṣṭika mfn. (containing or costing) more than sixty
- ○saṃvatsara m. an intercalated month
- ○sāptatika mfn. (containing or costing) more than seventy
- adhikâṅga mf(ī)n. having some redundant member or members Mn. iii, 8, (am), n. belt worn over the coat of mail L
- adhikâdhika mfn. outdoing one another. Adhikârtha. mfn. exaggerated
- adhikârthavacana n. exaggeration, hyperbole Pāṇ. 2-1, 33
- adhi-kandharam ind. upon or as far as the neck Śiś
- adhi-karṇa m. N. of a snake demon Hariv
- adhi-karmakara m. and adhi-karmakṛt, t m. adhi- √1. kṛ below
- adhi-kalpín ī m. a sharp gambler VS
- adhi-kārma n. N. of some place unknown Pāṇ. 6-2, 91
- adhi-kṛ √1. to place at the head, appoint
- to aim at, regard
- to refer or allude to
- to superintend, be at the head of (loc.) MBh. iv, 241 : Ā. -kurute, to be or become entitled to (acc.) MBh. iii, 1345 [Page 20, Column]
- to be or become superior to, overcome Pāṇ. 1-3, 33
- adhi-karaṇa n. the act of placing at the head or of subordinating government, supremacy, magistracy, court of justice
- a receptacle, support
- a claim
- a topic, subject
- (in philosophy) a substratum
- a subject (e.g. ātman is the adhi-karaṇa of knowledge)
- a category
- a relation
- (in Gr.) government
- location, the sense of the locative case
- relationship of words in a sentence (which agree together, either as adjective and substantive, or as subject and predicate, or as two substantives in apposition)
- (in rhetoric) a topic
- a paragraph or minor section
- (mfn.), having to superintend
- ○bhojaka m. a judge
- ○maṇḍapa m. n. the hall of justice
- ○mālā f. a compendium of the topics of the Vedānta by Bhāratī-tīrtha
- ○síddhānta m. a syllogism or conclusion which involves others, Nayāyad. &c
- adhikaraṇâitāvattva n. fixed quantity of a substratum
- adhikaraṇika or better
- ādhikaraṇika m. a government official
- a judge or magistrate
- adhi-karaṇya n. authority, power
- adhi-karman a n. superintendence
- adhi-karmakara or m. an overseer, superintendent
- adhi-karmakṛt m. an overseer, superintendent
- adhi-karma-kṛta m. person appointed to superintend an establishment
- adhikarmika m. overseer of a market L
- adhi-kāra m. authority
- government, rule, administration, jurisdiction
- royalty, prerogative
- title
- rank
- office
- claim, right, especially to perform sacrifices with benefit
- privilege, ownership
- property
- reference, relation
- a topic, subject
- a paragraph or minor section
- (in Gr.) government, a governing-rule (the influence of which over any number of succeeding rules is called anu-vṛitti, q.v.)
- ○stha mfn. established in an office
- adhikārâḍhya mfn. invested with rights or privileges
- adhi-kārin mfn. possessing authority, entitled to, fit for, (ī), m. a superintendent, governor
- an official, a rightful claimant
- a man L
- adhi-kāri-tā f. or authority, rightful claim, ownership, &c
- adhi-kāri-tva n. authority, rightful claim, ownership, &c
- adhi-kṛta mfn. placed at the head of, appointed
- ruled, administered
- claimed, m. a superintendent (especially a comptroller of public accounts)
- ○tva n. the being engaged in or occupied with
- adhi-kṛti f. a right, privilege
- possession
- adhi-kṛtya ind. p. having placed at the head, having made the chief subject
- regarding, concerning
- with reference to
- adhi-√kram to ascend, mount up to
- adhi-krama m. an invasion, attack L
- adhi-kramaṇa n. act of invading L
- adhi-√kriḍ to play or dance over (acc.) MaitrS. TBr
- adhi-kṣi √1. (3ḍu: -kṣitáḥ
- 3. pl. -kṣiyánti) to be settled in or over, be extended over or along (acc. or loc.) RV. MBh. i, 722 and 730
- to rest upon ŚBr
- adhi-kṣít t m. (√2. kṣi), a lord, ruler RV. x, 92, 14
- adhi-√kṣip to throw upon
- to bespatter
- to insult, scold
- to superinduce (disease)
- adhikṣipad-abja-netra mfn. having eyes which eclipse the lotus
- adhi-kṣipta mfn. insulted, scolded, thrown down
- placed, fixed
- despatched
- adhi-kṣepa m. abuse, contempt, dismissal
- adhi-√gaṇ to enumerate, to value highly BhP
- adhi-√gam to go up to, approach, overtake, to approach for sexual intercourse, to fall in with, to meet, find, discover, obtain
- to accomplish
- to study, read: Desid. P. adhi-jigamiṣati, to seek
- Ā. adhi-jigāṃsate, to be desirous of studying or reading
- adhi-gata mfn. found, obtained, acquired
- gone over, studied, learnt
- adhi-gantavya mfn. attainable, to be studied
- adhi-gantṛ tā m. one who attains or acquires. acquirement, mastery, study, knowledge [Page 21, Column]
- mercantile return, profit, &c
- adhi-gamana n. acquisition
- finding
- acquirement, reading, study
- marriage, copulation
- adhi-gamanīya or mfn. attainable
- ○gamya mfn. attainable
- practicable to be learnt
- ádhi-gartya (5), mfn. being on the driver's seat RV. v, 62, 7
- adhi-gavá mfn. being on or in a cow, derived from a cow AV. ix, 6, 39
- adhi-gā √1. P. to obtain
- P. (aor. Subj. 2. pl. -gāta, or -gātana) to remember, notice RV. and AV
- P. or generally Ā. (-jage, -agīṣṭa, -agīṣyata Pāṇ.) to go over, learn, read, study
- to attempt, resolve: Caus. P. -gāpayati, to cause to go over or teach: Desid. Caus. -jigāpayiṣati, to be desirous of teaching Pāṇ. 2-4, 51
- adhi-guṇa mfn. possessing superior qualities Megh
- adhi-gupta mfn. protected
- adhi-gṛham ind. in the house, in the houses Śiś. iii, 45
- adhi-grīvam ind. upon the neck, up to the neck
- adhi-caṅkramá mfn. (√kram), walking or creeping over AV. xi, 9, 16
- adhi-√car to walk or move on or over RV. vii, 88, 3, &c., to be superior to (acc.) AitĀr
- adhi-caraṇa n. the act of walking or moving or being on or over
- adhi-ci √1. to pile upon AV. ŚBr
- adhi-√jan to be born
- adhi-ja mfn. born, superior by birth Pāṇ. 3-2, 101 Sch
- adhi-janana n. birth Mn. ii, 169
- adhi-jānu ind. on the knees Śiś
- adhi-√ji (Subj. 2. sg. -jayāsi) to, win in addition RV. vi, 35, 2
- adhi-jihva m. or -jihvikā f. a peculiar swelling of the tongue or epiglottis Suśr
- ádhi-jya mfn. having the bowstring (jyā) up or stretched, strung ŚBr. &c
- adhi-jyotiṣam ind. on the luminaries (treated of in the Upanishads) TUp
- adhi-tiṣṭhati adhi-ṣṭhā
- adhityaka f. (fr. adhi-tya, a derivation of adhi
- Pāṇ. 5-2, 34), land on the upper part of a mountain, table land Śiś. Ragh. &c
- adhi-daṇḍa-netṛ tā m. 'presiding over punishment', N. of Yama BhP
- adhi-danta m. a redundant tooth Pāṇ. 6-2, 188 Sch. Suśr
- adhi-dārva mfn. (fr. dāru), wooden
- adhi-dina n. an intercalated day
- adhi-√diś (aor. Subj. Ā. 3, sg. -didiṣṭa) to bestow RV. x, 93, 15
- adhi-dīdhiti mfn. having excessive lustre Śiś. i, 24
- adhi-deva m. or -devatā f. a presiding or tutelary deity
- ○ādhi-devam or ind. concerning the gods or the deity
- devatám "ṣBr., ind. concerning the gods or the deity
- adhi-dévana n. a table or board for gambling AV. ŚBr
- adhi-daiva or -daivata n. a presiding or tutelary deity, the supreme deity, the divine agent operating in material objects
- (am), ind. on the subject of the deity or the divine agent
- adhi-daivika mfn. spiritual
- adhi-dru √2. to cover (said of a bull) ŚBr.: Caus. -drāvayati, to cause to cover ŚBr. [Page 21, Column]
- adhi-√dhā (Pass. 3. sg. -dhāyi RV.) Ved. to place upon
- to give, share between (dat. or loc.) RV
- Ā. (aor. -adhita
- perf. -dadhe, p. -dádhāna) to acquire additionally RV
- adhi-√dhṛ Caus. P. -dhārayati, Ved. to carry over or across
- adhi-√nam Intens. Ā. -námnate, to incline over RV. i, 140, 6
- adhi-nātha m. a supreme lord, chieftain
- N. of the author of the Kālayogaśāstra
- adhi-ni-√dhā Ved. to place upon
- to impart, grant
- ádhi-nirṇij mfn. covered over, veiled RV. viii, 41, 10
- adhi-nir-√muc Pass. -mucyate, to escape from PBr
- adhi-nir-√han (perf. 2. sg. -jaghantha) to destroy, √out from RV. i, 80, 4
- adhi-ni-vas √5. to dwell in
- adhi-ni-√vyadh (Imper. 3. du. -vidhyatām) to pierce through AV. viii, 6, 24
- adhi-ni-ṣad (√sad), (perf. 3. pl. -ṣedúḥ) to settle in a place RV. i, 164, 39
- adhi-√nī (aor. 2. pl. -naiṣṭa) to lead away from (abl.) RV. viii, 30, 3, to raise above the ordinary measure, enhance RV. x, 89, 6
- adhi-√nṛt (Imper. -nṛtyatu) to dance upon (acc.) AV
- adhi-ny-as √2. to throw upon KapS
- adhi-pa m. a ruler, commander, regent, king
- ádhi-pati m. = adhi-pa
- (in med.) a particular part of the head (where a wound proves instantly fatal)
- ○vatī (ádhipati-) f. containing the lord in herself MaitrUp
- ádhi-patnī f. a female sovereign or ruler
- adhi-pā́ ās m. Ved. a ruler, king, sovereign
- adhi-pathám ind. over or across a road ŚBr
- adhi-pāṃśula or -pāṃsula mfn. being dusty above
- dusty
- adhi-purandhri ind. towards a wife Śiś. vi, 32
- adhi-puruṣa or -puruṣa VP. m. the Supreme Spirit
- adhi-pūta-bhṛtam ind. over the (vessel) full of purified Soma KātyŚr
- adhi-péṣaṇa mfn. serving to pound or grind upon ŚBr
- adhi-prajam ind. on procreation as a means of preserving the world (treated of in the Upanishads) TUp
- adhi-pra-dhāv √1. to approach hastily from TBr
- ádhi-praṣṭi-yuga n. yoke for attaching a fourth horse laid upon the praṣṭi, or foremost of three horses (used on sacrificial occasions) ŚBr
- adhi-pra-sū √1. to send away from Kāṭh
- adhi-√bādh to vex, annoy
- adhi-√brū Ved. to speak in favour of (dat.) or favourably to (dat.), intercede for
- adhi-bhuj √3. to enjoy
- ádhi-bhojana n. an additional gift RV. vi, 47, 23
- adhi-bhū ūs m. (√bhū), a master, a superior L
- adhi-bhūta n. the spiritual or fine substratum of material or gross objects
- the all penetrating influence of the Supreme Spirit [Page 21, Column]
- the Supreme Spirit itself
- nature
- (ám), ind. on material objects (treated of in the Upanishads) ŚBr. xiv TUp
- adhi-√man to esteem highly
- adhi-mantha or adhī-mantha m. 'great irritation of the eyes', severe ophthalmia
- adhi-mánthana n. friction for producing fire RV. iii, 29, 1
- (mfn.), suitable for such friction (as wood) ŚBr
- adhi-manthita mfn. suffering from ophthalmia
- adhi-māṃsa or -māṃsaka m. proud flesh or cancer (especially in the eyes or the back part of the gums)
- adhimāṃsârman n. ophthalmic disease produced by proud flesh or cancer
- adhi-mātra mfn. above measure, excessive
- (am), ind. on the subject of prosody
- ○kāruṇika m. 'exceedingly merciful', N. of a Mahā-brāhmaṇa Buddh
- adhi-māsa m. an additional or intercalary month
- adhi-mukta mfn. (√muc), inclined, propense Buddh
- confident ib
- adhi-mukti f. propensity
- confidence
- adhi-muktika m. N. of Mahā-kāla Buddh
- adhi-muhya m. N. of Śākyamuni in one of his thirty-four former births
- adhi-yajña m. the chief or principal sacrifice Bhag., influence or agency affecting a sacrifice
- (mfn.), relating to a sacrifice Mn., (ám), ind. on the subject of sacrifice ŚBr. Nir
- adhi-√yat to fasten RV. i, 64, 4: Caus. Ā. -yātáyate, to reach, join RV. vi, 6, 4
- adhi-√yam (Imper. 2. pl. -yacchata) to erect or stretch out over RV. i, 85, 11, Ā. (aor. 3. pl. -ayaṃsata) to strive up to (loc.) RV. x, 64, 2
- adhi-√yā to escape Bhaṭṭ
- adhi-√yuj to put on, load
- ádhi-rajju mfn. carrying a rope, fastening, fettering AV
- ádhi-ratha mfn. being upon or over a car
- m. a charioteer
- N. of a charioteer who was a prince of Aṅga and Karṇa's foster-father
- (am), n. a cart-load RV
- adhi-rathyam ind. on the high road
- adhi-rāj ṭ m. a supreme king
- adhi-rājá as, or ā m. an emperor
- ○rājan ā m. an emperor
- adhi-rājya n. supremacy, imperial dignity
- an empire
- N. of a country
- ○bhāj m. possessor of imperial dignity
- adhi-rāṣṭra n. = adhi-rājya
- adhi-rukma mfn. wearing gold RV. viii, 46, 33
- adhi-√ruh cl. 1. P. or poet. Ā. to rise above, ascend, mount: Caus. -ropayati, to raise, place above
- adhi-rūḍha mfn. ascended, mounted
- ○samādhi-yoga mfn. engaged in profound meditation
- adhirūḍhā-kárṇa mfn. = addhyā-loha-kárṇa, q.v. MaitrS
- cf. adhīloha-kárṇa
- adhi-ropaṇa n. the act of raising or causing to mount
- adhi-ropita mfn. raised, placed above
- adhi-roha m. ascent, mounting, overtopping
- (mfn.), riding, mounted Śiś
- adhi-róhaṇa n. act of ascending or mounting or rising above
- (ī), f. a ladder, flight of steps L
- adhi-rohin mfn. rising above, ascending, &c., (iṇī), f. a ladder, flight of steps
- adhi-lokám ind. on the universe (treated of in the Upanishads) ŚBr. TUp
- adhi-loka-nātha m. lord of the universe
- adhi-√vac (aor. Imper. 2. sg. -vocā, 2 du. -vocatam, 2. pl. -vocata) to speak in favour of, advocate RV. VS
- adhi-vaktṛ́ tā m. an advocate, protector, comforter RV. VS
- adhi-vacana n. an appellation, epithet. [Page 22, Column]
- adhi-vāká m. advocacy, protection RV. viii, 16, 5 AV
- adhi-√vad to speak, pronounce over or at ŚBr. TBr
- adhi-vādá m. offensive words MaitrS
- adhi-vap √2. Ā. -vapate, to put on, fasten RV. i, 92, 4
- to scatter TS
- adhi-vas √4. Ā. -vaste, to put on or over (as clothes, &c.) RV. x, 75, 8
- ádhi-vastra mfn. clothed RV. viii, 26, 13
- adhi-vāsá "ṣBr. or m. or 1
- adhī-vāsá [RV. ŚBr. &c.], as m. or 1
- adhī-vāsas Vait., as n. an upper garment, mantle
- adhi-vas √5. to inhabit
- to settle or perch upon
- adhi-vāsa m. an inhabitant
- a neighbour
- one who dwells above
- a habitation, abode, settlement, site
- sitting before a person's house without taking food till he ceases to oppose or refuse a demand (commonly called 'sitting in dharṇā')
- pertinacity
- ○bhūmi f. a dwelling-place, settlement
- adhi-vāsana n. causing a divinity to dwell in an image
- sitting in dharṇā ( above)
- adhi-vāsin mfn. inhabiting, settled in
- adhi-vāsi-tā f. settled residence
- adhy-uṣita s.v
- adhivājya-kulâdya m. N. of a country MBh
- adhi-√vās to scent, perfume
- adhi-vāsa m. perfume, fragrance
- application of perfumes or fragrant cosmetics
- adhi-vāsana n. application of perfumes, &c
- the ceremony of touching a vessel containing fragrant objects (that have been presented to an idol)
- preliminary purification of an image
- adhi-vāsita mfn. scented, perfumed
- adhi-vāhana m. N. of a man (said to be a son of Aṅga)
- adhi-vi-kártana n. the act of cutting off or cutting asunder RV. x, 85, 35
- adhi-vi-√kram Ā. to come forth on behalf of (dat.) KātyŚr
- adhi-vijñāna n. the highest knowledge
- adhi-vid √3. cl. 6. P. -vindati, to obtain, to marry in addition to
- adhi-vinnā f. a wife whose husband has married again
- a neglected or superseded wife
- adhi-vettavyā f. a wife in addition to whom it is proper to marry another
- adhi-vettṛ tā m. a husband who marries an additional wife
- adhi-vedana n. marrying an additional wife
- adhi-vedanīyā or f. = -vettavyā
- ○vedyā f. = -vettavyā
- adhi-vidyam ind. on the subject of science (treated of in the Upanishads) TUp
- adhi-vi-√dhā to distribute or scatter over ŚBr. &c
- adhi-vi-√yat Caus. -yātayati, to subjoin, annex Kāṭh
- adhi-vi-√rāj to surpass in brightness RV
- adhi-√viś Caus. -veśayati, to cause to sit down, to place upon
- adhi-√vṛj cl. 7. P, -vṛṇákti, to place near or over (the fire) ŚBr
- adhi-√vṛt (Pot. 3.pl. -vavṛtyuḥ) to move or pass along or over (loc.) RV. x, 27, 6. Caus. id. TBr
- adhi-√vṛdh P. (Subj. -vardhat) to refresh, gladden RV. vi, 38, 3
- Ā. -várdhate, to prosper through or by (loc.) RV. ix, 75, 1
- adhi-vedám ind. concerning the Veda ŚBr. xiv
- adhi-velam ind. on the shore Śiś. iii, 71. [Page 22, Column]
- adhi-√vye to envelop
- adhi-vīta mfn. wrapped up, enveloped in
- adhi-śasta mfn. (√śaṃs), (= abhiśasta), notorious MBh. xiii, 3139
- adhi-√śī to lie down upon, to lie upon, to sleep upon (loc., but generally acc.)
- adhi-śaya m. addition, anything added or given extra Lāṭy
- adhi-śayana mfn. lying on, sleeping on
- adhi-śayita mfn. recumbent upon
- used for lying or sleeping upon
- adhi-√śri (Ved. Inf. ádhi-śrayitavaí ŚBr.) to put in the fire
- to spread over AV
- adhi-śraya m. a receptacle
- adhi-śrayaṇa n. the act or ceremony of putting on the fire
- (ī), f. a fire-place, oven
- adhi-śrayaṇīya mfn. relating to or connected with the Adhi-śrayaṇa
- adhi-śrita mfn. put on the fire (as a pot)
- resided in, dwelt in
- occupied by
- adhi-ṣu (√3. su), to extract or prepare the Soma juice RV. ix, 91, 2
- adhi-ṣávaṇa n. (generally used in the dual), hand-press for extracting and straining the Soma juice
- (mfn.), used for extracting and straining the Soma juice
- adhi-ṣavaṇyá (6), m. du. the two parts of the hand-press for extracting and straining the Soma juice RV. i, 28, 2
- adhi-ṣkand (√skand), (aor.3ṣg. -ṣkán) to cover in copulation RV. x, 61, 7 AV
- ádhi-ṣkannā f. (a cow) covered (by the bull) TS
- adhi-ṣṭhā (√sthā), to stand upon, depend upon to inhabit abide to stand over
- to superintend, govern
- to step over or across
- to overcome to ascend, mount
- to attain, arrive at
- adhi-ṣṭhātṛ́ mfn. superintending, presiding governing, tutelary, (ā), m. a ruler, the Supreme Ruler (or Providence personified and identified with one or other of the Hindū gods)
- a chief
- a protector
- adhi-ṣṭhā́na n. standing by, being at hand, approach
- standing or resting upon
- a basis, base
- the standing-place of the warrior upon the car SāmavBr
- a position, site, residence, abode, seat
- a settlement, town, standing over
- government, authority, power
- a precedent, rule
- a benediction Buddh
- ○deha or n. the intermediate body which serves to clothe and support the departed spirit during its several residences in the Pitṛi-loka or world of spirits (also called the Preta-śarīra)
- ○śarīra n. the intermediate body which serves to clothe and support the departed spirit during its several residences in the Pitṛi-loka or world of spirits (also called the Preta-śarīra)
- adhi-ṣṭhāyaka mfn. governing, superintending, guarding
- adhi-ṣṭhita mfn. settled
- inhabited
- superintended
- regulated
- appointed
- superintending
- adhi-ṣṭheya mfn. to be superintended or governed
- adhi-ṣvan (√svan), to roar along or over (3. sg. aor. Pass. in the sense of P. adhiṣváṇi) RV. ix, 66, 9
- adhi-saṃ-vas √5. (3.pl. vásante) to dwell or reside together TS. (quoted in TBr.)
- adhi-saṃ-√vṛt (impf. sám-avar-tatâdhi) to originate from RV. x, 129, 4
- adhi-saṃ-√dhā (perf. 3. pl. -dadhúḥ) to put or join together RV. iii, 3, 3
- adhi-√sṛp to glide along ŚāṅkhŚr
- adhi-stri ind. concerning a woman or a wife Pāṇ. 2-1, 6 Sch
- adhi-strī f. a superior woman Hariv
- adhi-√spardh (3. pl. p. -spárdhante and perf. -paspṛdhre) to compete for an aim, strive at (loc.) RV
- adhi-√spṛś to touch lightly or slightly ŚBr.: Caus. (Pot. -sparśáyet) to cause to reach to, to extend to TS
- adhi-√sru to trickle or drop off ŚBr
- adhi-hari ind. concerning Hari Pāṇ. 2-1, 6 Sch. [Page 22, Column]
- adhi-hasti ind. on an elephant Ragh
- adhi-√hu (impf. 3. pl. -ájuhvata) to make an oblation upon or over RV. i, 51, 5
- adhi-√hṛ to procure, furnish
- adhī7 (√i), adhy-éti, or ádhy-eti (exceptionally adhī7yati RV. x, 32, 3), to turn the mind towards, observe, understand RV. and AV
- chiefly Ved. (with gen. [Pāṇ. 2-3, 7] or acc.) to mind, remember, care for, long for RV. &c
- to know, know by heart TS. ŚBr. Up. &c
- to go over, study MBh. iii, 13689
- to learn from (a teacher's mouth, abl.) MBh. iii, 10713
- to declare, teach ŚBr. x Up.: Ā. adhī7té or (more rarely) adhī7yate (Mn. iv, 125
- Pot. 3. pl. adhī7yīran Kauś. Mn. x, 1) to study, learn by heart, read, recite: Caus. adhy-āpayati (aor. -āpipat Pāṇ. 2-4, 51) to cause to read or study, teach, instruct: Caus. Desid. adhy-āpipa-yiṣati, to be desirous of teaching Pāṇ. 2-4, 51: Desid. adhī7ṣiṣati, to be desirous of studying Pāṇ. 8-3, 61 Sch
- adhī7ta mfn. attained
- studied, read
- well read, learned
- ○véda m. one who has studied the Vedas or whose studies are finished ŚBr. xiv
- ádhī9ti f. perusal, study TĀr
- desire, recollection RV. ii, 4, 8 AV
- adhī7tin mfn. well read, proficient, (g. iṣṭâdi, q.v.) &c
- occupied with the study of the Vedas Kum
- adhī7tya ind. p. having gone over, having studied
- adhī́yat mfn. remembering, proficient
- adhī7yāná mfn. reading, studying
- m. a student
- one who goes over the Veda either as a student or a teacher
- adhy-ayana n. reading, studying, especially the Vedas (one of the six duties of a Brāhman),
- ○tapasī n. du. study and penance
- ○puṇya n. religious merit acquired by studying
- adhy-ayanīya mfn. fit to be read or studied
- adhy-āpaka mfn. a teacher (especially of sacred knowledge)
- adhyāpakôdita m. styled a teacher
- adhy-āpana n. instruction, lecturing
- adhy-āpayitṛ tā m. a teacher RPrāt
- adhy-āpita mfn. instructed Mn. Kum. iii, 6
- adhy-āpya mfn. fit or proper to be instructed
- adhy-āya m. a lesson, lecture, chapter
- reading
- proper time for reading or for a lesson
- ifc. a reader ( vedâdhyāya) Pāṇ. 3-2, 1 Sch
- ○śata-pāṭha m. 'Index of One Hundred Chapters', N. of wk
- adhy-āyin mfn. engaged in reading, a student
- adhy-etavya or mfn. to be read
- ○eya mfn. to be read
- adhy-etṛ tā m. a student, reader
- adhy-eṣyamāṇa mf(ā)n. (fut. p.) intending to study, about to read Mn
- adhī-kāra (= adhi-kāra), m. superintendence over (loc.) Mn. xi, 63
- authorization, capability MBh
- adhī7kṣ (√īkṣ), to expect
- adhīna mfn. (fr. adhi), ifc. resting on or in, situated
- depending on, subject to, subservient to
- ○tā f. or subjection, dependence
- ○tva n. subjection, dependence
- adhī-mantha = adhi-mantha q.v
- á-dhīra mfn. imprudent RV. i, 179, 4 AV
- not fixed, movable
- confused
- deficient in calm self-command
- excitable
- capricious
- querulous
- weak-minded, foolish
- (ā), f. lightning
- a capricious or bellicose mistress
- ○tā f. want of confidence
- adhīloha-kárṇa mfn. = addhyāloha-kárna, q.v. TS
- adhī-vāsá = 1. adhi-vāsá, q .v
- adhī-vāsas ind. over the garment KātyŚr
- adhī7śa m. a lord or master over (others)
- adhī7śvara m. a supreme lord or king, an emperor
- an Arhat Jain
- adhī7ṣṭa mfn. (√3. iṣ), solicited, asked for instruction (as a teacher) Pāṇ
- (as? or am), m. n. instruction given by a teacher solicited for it Pāṇ. Sch
- adhy-eṣaṇa am, ā mf. solicitation, asking for instruction
- adhunā́ ind. at this time, now. [Page 23, Column]
- adhunātána mf(ī)n. belonging to or extending over the present time ŚBr
- a-dhura mfn. not laden
- a-dhūmaka mfn. smokeless
- á-dhṛta mfn. not held, unrestrained, uncontrolled
- unquiet, restless TS
- m. N. of Vishṇu
- á-dhṛti f. want of firmness or fortitude
- laxity, absence of control or restraint
- incontinence
- (mfn.), unsteady
- á-dhṛṣṭa mfn. (√dhṛṣ), not bold, modest
- not overcome, invincible, irresistible
- a-dhṛṣya mfn. unassailable, invincible
- unapproachable
- proud
- (ā), f. N. of a river
- á-dhenu mfn. yielding no milk RV. i, 117, 20 AV
- not nourishing RV. x, 71, 5
- a-dhairya n. want of self-command
- excitement
- excitability
- (mfn.), without self-command
- excitable
- adhy-aṃsa mfn. being on the shoulder ĀśvGṛ
- adhy-akta mfn. (√añj), equipped, prepared
- ádhy-akṣa mf(ā)n. perceptible to the senses, observable
- exercising supervision
- m. an eye-witness
- an inspector, superintendent
- the plant Mimusops Kauki (kṣīrikā)
- adhy-akṣaram ind. on the subject of syllables
- above all syllables (as the mystic om)
- adhy-agni ind. over or by the nuptial fire (property given to the bride)
- adhyagnī-kṛta n. property given to the wife at the wedding
- adhyagny-upāgata n. property received by a wife at the wedding
- adhy-añc aṅ, īcī, ak, tending upwards, eminent, superior Pāṇ. 6-2, 53
- adhy-aṇḍā f. the plants Carpopogon Pruriens (cowage) and Flacourtia Cataphracta
- adhy-adhikṣepa m. excessive censure Yājñ. iii, 228
- gross abuse
- adhy-adhīna mfn. completely subject to or dependent on (as a slave) Mn
- adhy-anténa ind. close to ŚBr
- adhy-apa-√vic -vinákti, to put into by singling out from ŚBr
- adhy-ayana &c. adhī7
- adhy-ardha mf(ā)n. 'having an additional half', one and a half
- ○kaṃsa m. n. one and a half kaṃsa
- (mf(ī)n.), amounting to or worth one and a half kaṃsa
- ○kākiṇīka mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half kākiṇī
- ○kārṣāpaṇa or mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half kārṣāpaṇa
- ○kārṣāpaṇika mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half kārṣāpaṇa
- ○khārīka mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half khārī
- ○paṇya mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half paṇa
- ○pādya mfn. amounting to one foot and a half
- ○pratika mfn. amounting to one and a half kārshāpaṇa
- ○māṣya mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half māsha
- ○viṃsatikīna mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half score or thirty
- ○śata or mfn. amounting to or bought with one hundred and fifty
- ○śatya mfn. amounting to or bought with one hundred and fifty
- ○śatamāna or mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śatamāna
- ○śātamāna mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śatamāna
- ○śāṇa or mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śāṇa
- ○śāṇya mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śāṇa
- ○śūrpa mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śūrpa
- ○sahasra or mfn. amounting to or worth one thousand five hundred
- ○sāhasra mfn. amounting to or worth one thousand five hundred
- ○suvarṇa or mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half suvarṃa
- ○sauvarnika mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half suvarṃa
- adhy-ardhaka mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half
- adhy-arbuda or -arvuda n. a congenital tumour, goitre
- adhy-ava-√rah to step downwards upon TBr
- adhy-ava-√so cl. 4. P. -syati, to undertake, attempt, accomplish
- to determine, consider, ascertain. [Page 23, Column]
- adhy-ava-sāna n. attempt, effort, exertion
- energy, perseverance
- determining
- (in rhetoric) concise and forcible language
- adhy-ava-sāya as, ni. id
- (in phil.) mental effort, apprehension
- ○yukta mfn. resolute
- adhy-ava-sāyita mfn. attempted
- adhy-ava-sāyin mfn. resolute
- adhy-ava-sita mfn. ascertained, determined, apprehended
- adhy-ava-siti f. exertion, effort
- adhy-ava-√han to thrash upon TBr
- adhy-avahánana mfn. serving as an implement on which anything is thrashed ŚBr
- adhy-aśana n. eating too soon after a meal (before the last meal is digested)
- adhy-as √2. to throw or place over or upon
- (in phil.) to attribute or impute wrongly
- adhy-asta mfn. placed over
- disguised
- supposed
- adhy-āsa m. s.v
- adhy-asthá n. the upper part of a bone TS
- adhy-asthi i n. a bone growing over another Suśr
- adhy-√ah perf. -āha, to speak on behalf of (dat.) AV. i, 16, 2
- adhy-ā-√kram to attack
- to choose Śāk
- adhy-ā-√gam to meet with
- adhy-ā-√car -to use Mn. &c
- ádhy-āṇḍā f. = adhy-aṇḍā ŚBr
- adhy-ātma n. the Supreme Spirit
- (mfn.), own, belonging to self
- (ám), ind. concerning self or individual personality
- ○cetas m. one who meditates on the Supreme Spirit
- ○jñāna n. knowledge of the Supreme Spirit or of ātman
- ○dṛś mfn. knowing the Supreme Spirit
- ○rati m. a man delighting in the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit
- ○rāmāyaṇa n. a Rāmāyana, in which Rāma is identified with the universal spirit (it forms part of the Brahmāṇḍa-Purāṇa)
- ○vid mfn. = -dṛś
- ○vidyā f. = -jñana
- ○śāstra n. N. of wk
- adhyātmôttarakāṇḍa n. the last book of the Adhyātma-rāmāyaṇa
- adhy-ātmika or better
- ādhyātmika mf(ī)n. relating to the soul or the Supreme Spirit
- adhy-ā-√dhā to place upon
- adhy-āpaka &c. adhī7
- adhy-ā-√bhṛ (impf. ádhy-âbharat) to bring near from VS
- adhy-ā-√ruh to ascend up on high, mount: Caus. -ropayati, to cause to mount
- adhy-ārūḍha mfn. mounted up, ascended
- above, superior to (instr.)
- below, inferior to (abl.)
- adhy-āropa m. (in Vedānta phil.) wrong attribution, erroneous transferring of a statement from one thing to another
- adhy-āropaṇa am, ā n. f. id
- adhy-āropita mfn. (in Vedānta phil.) erroneously transferred from one thing to another
- adhy-ā-vap √2. -ā́-vapati, to scatter upon ŚBr
- adhy-ā-vāpa m. the act of sowing or scattering upon KātyŚr
- adhy-ā-vas √5. to inhabit, dwell in (acc. or loc.)
- adhy-ā-vāhanika n. that part of a wife's property which, she receives when led in procession from her father's to her husband's house
- adhy-√ās to sit down or lie down upon, to settle upon
- to occupy as one's seat or habitation
- to get into, enter upon
- to be directed to or upon
- to affect, concern
- to preside over, influence, rule
- to cohabit with: Caus. P. adhy-āsayati, to cause to sit down Bhaṭṭ.: Desid. (p. adhyāsisiṣamāṇa) to be about to rise up to (acc.) Bhaṭṭ
- adhy-āsana n. act of sitting down upon L
- presiding over L
- a seat, settlement BhP. [Page 23, Column]
- adhy-āsita mfn. seated down upon
- seated in a presidential chair
- settled, inhabited
- (am), n. sitting upon Ragh. ii, 52
- adhy-āsin mfn. sitting down or seated upon
- adhy-āsīna mfn. seated upon
- adhy-āsa m. (√2. as), imposing (as of a foot) Yājñ
- (in phil.) = adhy-āropa
- an appendage RPrāt
- adhy-ā-√sañj (1. sg. -sajāmi) to hang up, suspend AV. xiv, 2, 48
- adhy-ā-√sad to sit upon (acc.) Kauś.: Caus. (1. sg. ádhy-ā́-sādayāmi) to set upon (loc.) TBr
- adhy-ā-haraṇa n. (√hṛ), act of supplying (elliptical language)
- supplement
- act of inferring, inference
- adhy-āharaṇīya or mfn. to be supplied
- ○āhartavya mfn. to be supplied
- to be inferred
- adhy-āhāra m. act of supplying (elliptical language) Pāṇ. 6-1, 139, &c
- adhy-āhṛta mfn. supplied, argued
- adhy-ut-thā (√sthā), to turn away from PBr
- adhy-ud-dhi f. ádhy-ūdhnī
- adhy-ud-dhṛ (√hṛ), (Imper. 2. sg. ádhy-úd-dhara) to draw (water) from AV. xii, 3, 36
- adhy-ud-√bhṛ to take or carry away from AV
- adhy-uṣita mfn. 1. (√2. vas), (○te), loc. ind. at daybreak MBh
- 2. (√5. vas) inhabited
- occupied
- adhy-uṣṭa mfn. (invented as the Sanskṛit representative of the Prākṛit addhuṭṭha, which is derived from ardha-caturtha), three and a half
- ○valaya m. forming a ring coiled up three and a half times (as a snake)
- adhy-uṣṭra m. a conveyance drawn by camels
- adhy-ūḍha mfn. (√vah), raised, exalted
- affluent
- abundant
- m. the son of a woman pregnant before marriage [1. sahôḍha]
- Śiva
- (ā) f. a wife whose husband has married an additional wife
- ○ja m. the son of a woman pregnant before marriage
- ádhy-ūdhnī f. (fr. ūdhan) ṃaitrṣ. Kāty"ṣr. or adhy-ud-dhi f. (√dha) āap"ṣr., a tubular vessel above the udder, or above the scrotum
- adhy-ūṣivas ān, uṣī, at (perf. p. √5. vas), one who has dwelt in Pāṇ. 3-2, 108 Sch
- adhy-ūh √1. to lay on, overlay
- to place upon, to raise above
- adhy-ūhana n. putting on a layer (of ashes)
- adhy-√ṛdh to expand ŚBr. xiv
- adhy-etavya &c. adhi
- adhy-√edh to increase, prosper
- adhy-eṣaṇa adhī7ṣṭa
- á-dhri mfn. (√dhṛ), unrestrained, irresistible AV. v, 20, 10
- ○gu (ádhri-), mfn. (m. pl. āvas), irresistible RV., (us), m. N. of a heavenly killer of victims RV
- N. of a formula concluding with an invocation of Agni ŚBr. &c
- ○ja (adhrí-), mfn. irresistible RV. v, 7, 10
- ○puṣpalikā f. a species of the Pāṇ. plant, Piper Betel
- a-dhriyamāṇa mfn. (pr. Pass. p. √dhri), not held
- not to be got hold of, not forthcoming, not surviving or existing, dead, (g. cārv-ādi, q.v.)
- a-dhruva mf(ā) n. not fixed, not permanent
- uncertain, doubtful
- separable
- adhruṣa m. (etymology doubtful), quinsy, sore throat, Susr
- ádhvan ā m. a road, way, orbit
- a journey, course
- distance
- time Buddh. and Jain
- means, method, resource
- the zodiac (?), sky, air L
- a place
- a recension of the Vedas and the school upholding it
- assault (?)
- ifc. adhva, as. [Page 24, Column]
- adhva (in comp. for adhvan)
- ○gá mf(ā)n. road-going, travelling
- m. a traveller
- a camel, a mule
- (ā), f. the river Ganges
- ○gát m. a traveller AV. xiii, 1, 36
- ○gaty-anta or m. measure of length applicable to roads
- ○gantavya m. measure of length applicable to roads
- ○ga-bhogya m. 'traveller's delight', the tree Spondias Mangifera
- ○gamana n. act of travelling
- ○gāmin mfn. wayfaring
- ○jā f. the plant Svarṇulī
- ○pati m. lord of the roads VS
- ○ratha m. a travelling car
- ○śalya m. the plant Achyranthes Aspera
- adhvâ-dhipa or m. an officer in charge of the public roads, police-officer Rājat
- adhvêśa m. an officer in charge of the public roads, police-officer Rājat
- adhvanīna m. a traveller Pāṇ. Yājñ. i, 111
- adhvanya m. id. Pāṇ. 5-2, 16
- a-dhvará mfn. (√dhvṛ), not injuring AV. TS
- (ás), m. a sacrifice (especially the Soma sacrifice)
- N. of a Vasu
- of the chief of a family
- (am), n. sky or air L
- ○karmán n. performance of the Adhvara or any act connected with it ŚBr
- ○kalpā f. N. of an optional sacrifice (Kāmyeshṭi)
- ○kāṇḍa n. N. of the book in the Śatapatha-Brāhmaṇa which refers to Adhvaras
- ○kṛ́t m. performing an Adhvara VS
- ○ga mfn. intended for an Adhvara
- ○dīkṣamīyā f. consecration connected with the Adhvara
- ○dhiṣṇyá m. a second altar at the Soma sacrifice ŚBr
- ○prāyaścittī f. expiation connected with the Adhvara
- ○vat (adhvará-), mfn. containing the word Adhvara ŚBr
- ○śrī́ mfn. embellishing the Adhvara RV
- ○samiṣṭa-yajus n. N. of an aggregate of nine libations connected with the Adhvara
- ○stha or mfn. standing at or engaged in an Adhvara
- adhvare-ṣṭhā́ [RV. x, 77,], mfn. standing at or engaged in an Adhvara
- adhvarīya Nom.P. (2. sg. ○rīyási
- p. ○riyát) to perform an Adhvara RV
- adhvarya Nom. P. (p. ○ryát) to be engaged in an Adhvara RV. i, 181 1
- adhvaryú m. one who institutes an Adhvara any officiating priest
- a priest of a particular class (as distinguished from the hotṛ, the udgātṛ, and the brahman classes. The Adhvaryu priests 'had to measure the ground, to build the altar, to prepare the sacrificial vessels, to fetch wood and water, to light the fire, to bring the animal and immolate it'
- whilst engaged in these duties, they had to repeat the hymns of the Yajur-veda, hence that Veda itself is also called Adhvaryu)
- (adhvaryavas), pl. the adherents of the Yajur-veda, (us), f. the wife of an Adhvaryu priest Pāṇ. 4-1, 66 Sch
- ○kāṇḍa n. N. of a book of mantras or prayers intended for Adhvaryu priests
- ○kratu m. sacrificial act performed by the Adhvaryu Pāṇ. 2-4, 4
- ○veda m. the Yajur veda
- a-dhvasmán mfn. unveiled RV
- a-dhvānta n. (not positive darkness), twilight, gloom, shade
- ○śātrava m. 'an enemy to shade', the plant Cassia Fistula or Bignonia Indica
- an occasionally ana, (before a vowel) the substitute for 3., 3. a, or a privative
- an cl. 2. P. ániti or ánati, ana, aniṣyati, ā́nīt [RV. x, 129,], to breathe, respire, gasp
- to live L
- to move, go L. [cf.Gk. ? [24,] Lat. animus]: Caus. ānayati: Desid. aniniṣati
≫ana
- aná m. breath, respiration ŚBr. ChUp
- ○vat-tva n. the state of being endowed with breath or life Nir
- anana n. breathing, living Nir
- an-aṃśa or an-aṃśin mfn. portionless, not entitled to a share in an inheritance
- an-aṃśumat-phalā f. the plantain (= aṃśumat-phalā)
- anaka-dundubha m. N. of Kṛishṇa's grandfather
- anaka-dundubhi or better
- ānakadundubhi m. N. of Krishna's father (Vasudeva
- said to be derived from the beating of drums at his birth)
- an-akasmāt ind. not without a cause or an object
- not accidentally, not suddenly
- an-akāma-māra mfn. not killing undesiredly AitĀr
- an-ákṣ (nom. an-ák), mfn. blind RV. ii, 15, 7
- an-akṣá mf(ā́)n. id. RV. ix, 73, 6 and x, 27, 11
- an-akṣi n. a bad eye L. [Page 24, Column]
- an-akṣíka mfn. eyeless TS
- an-akṣara mfn. unfit to be uttered
- unable to articulate a syllable
- án-akṣa-saṅgam ṃaitrṣ. or án-akṣa-stambham "ṣBr., ind. so as not to interfere with the axle-tree
- an-agāra m. 'houseless', a vagrant ascetic L
- an-agārikā f. the houseless life of such an ascetic Buddh
- á-nagna mf(ā)n. not naked
- ○tā (a-nagná-), f. the not being naked ŚBr
- an-agní (án-agni Nir.), m. nonfire
- substance differing from fire
- absence of fire
- (mfn.), requiring no fire or fire-place
- not maintaining a sacred fire, irreligious
- unmarried
- dispensing with fire
- 'having no fire in the stomach'
- dyspeptic
- ○trā (án-agni-), mfn. not maintaining the sacred fire RV. i, 189, 3
- ○dagdha (án-agni-), mfn. not burnt with fire
- not burnt on the funeral pile (but buried) RV. x, 15, 14
- (ās), m. pl., N. of a class of manes Mn. iii, 199
- ○ṣvātta ās m. pl. id. L. ( agni-dagdhá, agni-ṣvāttá)
- an-agha mf(ā)n. sinless
- faultless
- uninjured
- handsome L
- m. white mustard L
- N. of Śiva and others
- anaghâṣṭamī f. N. of an eighth day (spoken of in the fifty-fifth Adhyāya of the Bhavishyottara-Purāṇa)
- an-aṅkuśa mfn. unrestrained
- an-aṅgá mf(ā) n. bodiless, incorporeal
- m. N. of Kāma (god of love, so called because he was made bodiless by a flash from the eye of Śiva, for having attempted to disturb his life of austerity by filling him with love for Pārvatī)
- (am), n. the ether, air, sky L
- the mind L
- that which is not the aṅga
- ○krīḍā f. amorous play
- N. of a metre (of two verses, the first containing sixteen long syllables, the second thirty-two short ones)
- ○devī f. N. of a queen of Kashmīr
- ○pāla m. N. of a king's chamberlain at Kashmīr
- ○m-ejaya (an-aṅgam-), mfn. not shaking the body (?), (g. cārv-ādi, q.v.)
- ○raṅga m. N. of an erotic work
- ○lekhā f. a love letter
- N. of a queen of Kashmir
- ○śekhara m. N. of a metre (of four verses, each containing fifteen iambi)
- ○senā f. N. of a dramatic personage
- anaṅgâpīḍa m. N. of a king of Kashmīr
- anaṅgâsuhṛd m. 'Kāma's enemy', Śiva
- an-aṅgaka m. the mind L
- an-aṅgurí mfn. destitute of fingers AV
- an-accha mfn. unclear, turbid
- an-ajakā or an-ajikā f. a miserable little goat Pāṇ. 7-3, 47
- an-añjana mfn. free from collyrium or pigment or paint, (am), n. the sky, atmosphere L
- anaḍ-úh ḍvā́n m. (fr. ánas, a cart, and √vah, to drag), an ox, bull
- the sign Taurus
- anaḍuj-jihvā f. the plant Gojihvā, Elephantopus Scaber
- anaḍud-da m. donor of a bull or ox
- anaḍutka mfn. ifc. for anaḍuh, (g. ura-ādi, and g. ṛśyâdi, q.v.)
- anaḍuha m. ifc. for anaḍuh, N. of the chief of a certain Gotra (?), (g. śarad-ādi, q.v.)
- anaḍuhī́ "ṣBr. or .Pāṇ.], f. a cow
- anaḍvāhī .Pāṇ.], f. a cow
- án-aṇu mfn. not minute or fine coarse ŚBr
- (us), m. coarse grain, peas, &c
- an-aṇīyas mfn. not at all minute
- vast, mighty Śiś. iii, 4
- a-nata mfn. not bent, not bowed down
- not changed into a lingual consonant RPrāt
- erect
- stiff
- haughty
- an-ati not very -, not too -, not past -. (Words commencing with an-ati are so easily analysed by referring to ati, &c., that few need be enumerated.)
- án-atikrama m. not transgressing ŚBr
- moderation, propriety
- an-atikramaṇīya mfn. not to be avoided, not to be transgressed, inviolable
- an-atidṛśyá mfn. not transparent ŚBr.: (or = aty-adṛśya), quite indiscernible
- án-atidbhuta mfn. unsurpassed RV. viii, 90, 3. [Page 24, Column]
- án-atineda m. not foaming over MaitrS
- án-atirikta mfn. not abundant ŚBr
- án-atireca n. not abundance MaitrS
- an-ativṛtti f. congruity
- an-ativyādhyâ mfn. invulnerable AV. ix, 2, 16
- an-atyanta-gati f. the sense of 'not exceedingly', sense of diminutive words
- án-atyaya m. the not going across ŚBr
- (mfn.), unperishable, unbroken
- an-atyudyá mfn. (= aty-an-udya), quite unfit to be mentioned, far above any expression AV. x, 7, 28
- án-adat mfn. not eating, not consuming RV. iii, 1, 6 AV. &c
- án-addhā or (with particle u) ánaddhô ind. not truly, not really, not definitely, not clearly ŚBr
- ○puruṣá m. one who is not a true man, one who is of no use either to gods or men or the manes ŚBr. AitBr. KātyŚr
- an-adyatana m. a tense (either past or future) not applicable to the current day Pāṇ
- án-adhas ind. not below TBr
- an-adhika mfn. having no superior, not to be enlarged or excelled
- boundless
- perfect
- an-adhikāra m. absence of authority or right or claim
- ○carcā f. unjustifiable interference, intermeddling, officiousness
- an-adhikārin mfn. not entitled to
- an-adhikṛta mfn. not placed at the head of, not appointed
- an-adhigata mfn. not obtained, not acquired
- not studied
- ○manoratha mfn. one who has not obtained his wish, disappointed
- ○śāstra mfn. unacquainted with the Śāstras
- an-adhigamya or mfn. unattainable
- an-adhigamanīya mfn. unattainable
- an-adhiṣṭhāna n. want of superintendence
- an-adhiṣṭhita mfn. not placed over, not appointed
- not present
- an-adhīna or an-adhinaka mfn. not subject to, independent
- m. an independent carpenter who works on his own account ( kauṭatakṣa)
- an-adhyakṣa mfn. not perceptible by the senses, not observable
- without a superintendent
- an-adhyayana n. not reading or studying, intermission of study Mn. &c
- an-adhyāya m. id
- a time when there is intermission of study Mn
- ○divasa m. a vacation day, holiday
- an-anaṅgamejaya mfn. not leaving the body unshaken (?), cf. an-aṅgamejaya
- an4-anukhyāti f. not perceiving MaitrS
- an-anujñāta mfn. not agreed to, not permitted
- denied
- án-anudhyāyín mfn. not missing, not missing anything AitBr
- not insidious TBr
- an-anubhāvaka mfn. unable to comprehend
- ○tā f. non-comprehension
- unintelligibility
- an-anubhāṣaṇa n. 'not repeating (for the sake of challenging) a proposition'
- tacit assent
- an-anubhūta mfn. not perceived, not experienced unknown
- an-anumata mfn. not approved or honoured, not liked, disagreeable, unfit
- an-anuyājá or an-anūyājá ṭṣ., mfn. without a subsequent or final sacrifice
- an-anuṣaṅgin mfn. not attached to, indifferent to
- an-anuṣṭhāna n. non-observance, neglect
- impropriety
- án-anū7kta "ṣBr. xiv or ananū7kti Kāty"ṣr., mfn. not recited or studied
- not responded to. [Page 25, Column]
- an-anṛta mfn. not false, true Śiś. vi, 39
- an-antá mf(ā)n. endless, boundless, eternal, infinite
- m. N. of Vishṇu
- of Śesha (the snake-god)
- of Śesha's brother Vāsuki
- of Kṛishṇa
- of his brother Baladeva
- of Śiva
- of Rudra
- of one of the Viśva-devas
- of the 14th Arhat, &c
- the plant Sinduvāra, Vitex Trifolia
- Talc
- the 23rd lunar asterism, Śravaṇa
- a silken cord (tied round the right arm at a particular festival)
- the letter ā
- a periodic decimal fraction? (ā), f. the earth
- the number one
- N. of Pārvatī and of various females, the plant Śārivā
- Periploca Indica or Asclepias Pseudosarsa or Asthmatica (the √of which supplies a valuable medicine)
- (am), n. the sky, atmosphere
- Talc
- ○kara mfn. rendering endless, magnifying indefinitely Pāṇ. 3-2, 21 R. v, 20, 26
- ○ga mfn. going or moving for ever or indefinitely Pāṇ. 3-2, 48
- ○guṇa mfn. having boundless excellencies
- ○caturdaśī f. the fourteenth lunar day (or full moon) of Bhādra, when Ananta is worshipped
- ○cāritra m. N. of a Bodhisattva
- ○jit m. N. of the fourteenth Jaina Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī
- ○tā (anantá-), f. eternity, infinity ŚBr. xiv
- ○tāna mfn. extensive
- ○tīrtha m. N. of an author
- ○tīrtha-kṛt m. = Anantajit
- ○tṛtīyā f. the third day of Bhādra (said to be sacred to Vishṇu)
- ○tṛtīyā-vrata N. of the twentyfourth Adhyāya of the Bhavishyottara-Purāṇa
- ○tva n. = -tā, q.v
- ○dṛṣṭi m. N. of Śiva
- ○deva m. N. of various persons, especially of a king of Kashmīr
- ○nemi m. N. of a king of Mālava, a contemporary of Śakyamuni
- ○pāra mfn. of boundless width
- ○pāla m. N. of a warrior chief in Kashmir
- ○bhaṭṭa m. N. of a man
- ○mati m. N. of a Bodhisattva
- ○māyin mfn. endlessly illusory or delusive or deceitful
- ○mula m. the medicinal plant Śārivā
- ○rāma m. N. of a man
- ○rāśi m. (in arithm.) an infinite quantity
- a periodic decimal fraction (?)
- ○rūpa mfn. having innumerable forms or shapes
- ○vat mfn. etenal, infinite
- (ān), m. (in the Upanishads) one of Brahmā's four feet (earth, intermediate space, heaven, and ocean)
- ○varman m. N. of a king
- ○vāta m. a disease of the head (like tetanus)
- ○vikramin m. N. of a Bodhisattva
- ○vijaya m. N. of Yudhishthira's conch shell
- ○vīrya m. N. of the twenty-third Jaina Arhat of a future age
- ○vrata n. ceremony or festival in honour of Ananta or Vishṇu (on the day of the full moon in Bhādra)
- N. of the 102nd Adhyāya of the Bhavishyottara-Purāṇa
- ○śakti mfn. omnipotent, (is), m. N. of a king
- ○śayana n. Travancore
- ○śīrṣā f. N. of the snake king Vāsuki's wife
- ○śuṣma (anantá-), mfn. possessing boundless strength or endlessly roaring (?) RV. i, 64, 10
- anantâtman m. the infinite spirit
- anantâśrama
- anantêśvara &c., names of persons unknown
- anantaka mfn. endless, boundless, eternal, infinite
- (am), n. the infinite (i.e. infinite space)
- anantya mfn. infinite, eternal, (am), n. infinity, eternity
- an-antará mf(ā) n. having no interior
- having no interstice or interval or pause
- uninterrupted, unbroken
- continuous
- immediately adjoining, contiguous
- next of kin, &c
- compact, close
- m. a neighbouring rival, a rival neighbour
- (am), n. contiguousness
- Brahma or the supreme soul (as being of one entire essence), (am), ind. immediately after
- after
- afterwards
- ○ja m. 'next-born', the son of a Kshatriyā or Vaiśyā mother by a father belonging to the caste immediately above the mother's Mn. x, 41
- ○jāta m. id. Mn. x, 6
- also the son of a Śūdrā mother by a Vaiśya father
- án-antaraya m. non-interruption ŚBr. and PBr. (cf. antaraya.)
- án-antarāyam ind. without a break ŚBr. and AitBr
- án-antarita mfn. not separated by any interstice
- unbroken
- án-antariti f. not excluding or passing over TS. AitBr
- anantarīya mfn. concerning or belonging to the next of kin, &c., (g. gahâdi, q.v.)
- án-antar-hita mfn. (√dhā), not concealed, manifest
- not separated by a break
- a-nanda mfn. joyless, cheerless
- (ās), m. pl., N. of a purgatory Up. [Page 25, Column]
- án-andha mfn. not blind TBr. &c
- án-anna n. rice or food undeserving of its name ŚBr. xiv
- an-anyá mf(ā)n. no other, not another, not different, identical
- self
- not having a second, unique
- not more than one, sole
- having no other (object), undistracted
- not attached or devoted to any one else TS
- ○gati f. sole resort or resource
- ○gati or mfn. having only one (or no other) resort or resource left
- ○gatika mfn. having only one (or no other) resort or resource left
- ○gāmin mfn. going to no other
- ○guru m. 'having no other as a Guru', N. of Kṛishṇa Śiś. i, 35
- ○citta mf(ā)n. or giving one's undivided thought to (with loc.)
- ○cetas mfn. giving one's undivided thought to (with loc.)
- ○codita mfn. self-impelled
- ○ja m. N. of Kāma or Love
- ○tā f. or identity
- ○tva n. identity
- ○dṛṣṭi mfn. gazing intently
- ○deva mfn. having no other god
- ○niṣpādya mfn. to be accomplished by no other
- ○pūrvā f. a female who never belonged to another, a virgin Ragh
- ○pratikriya mfn. having no other means of resistance or redress
- ○bhava mfn. originating in or with no other
- ○bhāva mfn. thinking of the only one, i.e. of the Supreme Spirit
- ○manas or mfn. exercising undivided attention
- ○manaska or mfn. exercising undivided attention
- ○mānasa mfn. exercising undivided attention
- ○yoga m. not suitable to any others
- (am), ind. not in consequence of any other (word) RPrāt
- ○viṣaya mfn. exclusively applicable
- ○viṣayâtman mfn. having the mind fixed upon one (or the sole) object
- ○vṛtti mfn. closely attentive
- ○sādhāraṇa mfn. not common to any one else, not belonging to any other
- ○hṛta mfn. not carried off by another, safe
- ananyánubhava m. N. of the teacher of Prakāśātman
- ananyârtha mfn. not subservient to another object
- principal
- ananyâśrita mfn. not having resorted to another
- independent
- (am), n. (in law) unencumbered property
- an-anyādṛśa mf(ī) n. not like others Kathās
- an-anvaya m. want of connexion, (in rhetoric) comparison of an object with its own ideal, (as, 'a lady-like lady.')
- an-anvita mfn. unconnected, inconsecutive, desultory, incoherent, irrelevant, irregular
- not attended with, destitute of
- án-anvavacāra "ṣBr. or án-anvavâya ṃaitrṣ., m. or án-anvavâyana "ṣBr., n. (√car and √i with anu and ava), not following or going after any one (in a sneaking manner)
- án-anvābhakta mfn. (√bhaj), not receiving a share, not interested in (loc.) ŚBr
- an-apa mfn. destitute of water L
- an-apakaraṇa n. (in law) non-payment, non-delivery
- an-apakarman a n. id. Mn. viii, 4
- an-apakāra m. harmlessness
- an-apakārin mfn. not harming, innocuous
- an-apakṛta mfn. unharmed
- (am), n. no offence MBh
- an-apakriyā f. = an-apakaraṇa Mn
- an-apakarṣa m. (√kṛṣ), m. non-degradation, superiority
- án-apakrama m. not going away
- án-apakramin mfn. not departing from
- devoted, attached to
- an-apakrāma m. not retreating or withdrawing from AitBr
- an-apakrāmuká mf(ā́) n. not running away MaitrS. PBr
- án-apaga ṭṣ. or an-apagá "ṣBr., mf(ā)n. not departing from (abl. or in comp.)
- an-apacyuta mfn. not falling off, holding fast (a yoke) RV. x, 93, 12
- never dropping off, keeping to or faithful for ever RV
- án-apajayyám ind. (√ji), so that its victorious character cannot be reversed ŚBr
- an-apatyá mf(ā)n. childless
- (ám), n. childlessness RV. iii, 54, 18
- ○tā f. childlessness Śāk. &c
- ○vat (ánapatya-), mfn. childless AV
- anapatyaka mfn. childless
- an-apatrapa mfn. shameless. [Page 25, Column]
- an-apadeśa m. an invalid argument
- an-apadhṛṣya ind, p. not having overpowered AitBr
- an-apanihitám ind. without leaving out anything ŚBr
- an-apayati ind. (loc.pr.p. √i with apa?), 'before the sun makes a start', very early L
- an-apará mfn. without another
- having no follower
- single, sole (as N. of Brahma) ŚBr. xiv
- án-aparāddha mfn. one who has not injured anybody MBh
- faultless ŚBr
- (ám), ind. without injury ŚBr. xiv
- an-aparādha m. innocence, innocuousness
- (mfn.), innocent, faultless
- free from defects
- ○tva n. freedom from fault
- anaparādhin mfn. innocent
- an-apalāṣuka mfn. not thirsty Pāṇ. 6-2, 160 Sch
- an-apavācaná mfn. impossible to be talked away or wished away AV. viii, 8, 9
- an-apavṛjyá mfn. not to be finished (as a way
- 'free from objects that should be shunned as impure' Sāy.) RV. i, 146, 3
- án-apavyayat (apa-vy-ayat), mfn. unremitting RV. vi, 75, 7
- an-apasara mfn. 'having no hole to creep out of', inexcusable, unjustifiable, m. a usurper Mn. viii, 198
- an-apasaraṇá n. not leaving a place or withdrawing from it ŚBr
- án-apaspṛś mfn. not refusing, not obstinate AV
- án-apasphur [RV. viii, 69, 1] or án-apasphura [RV. vi, 48, 1], mf(ā)n. or án-apasphurat [RV. iv, 42, 10 AV.], mfn. 'not withdrawing', not refusing to be milked (said of a cow)
- án-apahata-pāpman mfn. (said of the Pitṛis to distinguish them from the Devas) not freed from evil ŚBr
- an-apahanana n. not repelling from PBr
- an-apâkaraṇa n. (in law) non-payment, non-delivery
- an-apâkarman a n. id
- an-apâya mfn. without obstacles, prosperous
- m. freedom from mischief
- (in phil.) the state of not being abridged or deprived of (abl.)
- N. of Śiva
- ánapâyin mfn. not going or passing away, constant in the same state
- invariable
- án-apāvṛt ind. without turning away, unremittingly RV. vi, 32, 5 and x, 89, 3
- an-apāśraya mfn. not dependent
- a-napuṃsaka n. (in Gr.) not a neuter
- an-apūpīya or an-apūpya mfn. unfit for cakes. apūpa
- an-apêkṣa mfn. regardless, careless
- indifferent
- impartial
- irrespective of
- irrelevant
- (ā), f. disregard, carelessness
- (án-apêkṣam), ind. irrespectively, carelessly ŚBr
- ○tva n. disregard
- irrelevance
- irrespectiveness
- (āt), ind. from having no reference to, since (it) has no reference to
- an-apêkṣita mfn. disregarded
- unheeded
- unexpected
- an-apêkṣin mfn. regardless of
- indifferent to
- an-apêkṣya ind. p. disregarding, irrespective of
- án-apêta mfn. not gone off, not past
- not separated, faithful to, possessed of
- an-apôddhāryá mfn. of which nothing is to be taken off ŚBr
- án-apta mfn. not watery RV. ix, 16, 3
- an-apnás mfn. destitute of means RV. ii, 23, 9, [Lat. inops.] [Page 26, Column]
- an-apsaras ās f. unlike an Apsaras, unworthy of an Apsaras
- anaphā f. a particular configuration of the planets. [Gk. ?] [Page 26, Column]
- an-abhijña mfn. unacquainted with, ignorant Comm. on Mn. ii, 125
- án-abhidruh mfn. not malicious RV. ii, 41, 5
- an-abhiprêta n. an occurrence different from what was intended
- an-abhibhūta mfn. not overcome, unsurpassed
- not beset, unobstructed
- an-abhimata mfn. not to one's mind, disliked Hit
- án-abhimānuka mfn. not having evil intentions against (acc.) MaitrS. AitBr
- an-abhi-mlāta mfn. unfaded
- ○varṇa (ánabhimlāta-), mfn. of unfaded colour or brightness RV. ii, 35, 13
- an-abhimlāna m. 'non-fading', N. of the chief of a Gotra, (g. śivâdi, q.v.)
- an-abhirūpa mfn. not corresponding
- not handsome, not pleasing
- an-abhilakṣita m. 'destitute of (right) marks or symbols', an impostor
- an-abhilāhṣa m. non-relish
- want of appetite
- want of desire
- an-abhilāṣin mfn. not desirous
- an-abhivāduka mfn. not greeting GopBr. Vait
- an-abhivādya mfn. not to be greeted
- an-abhivyakta mfn. indistinct
- an-abhiśasta [RV. ix, 88,] or án-abhiśasti Vṣ. or an-abhiśastenyá Vṣ. or án-abhiśastya ṇaigh., mfn. blameless, faultless
- an-abhiṣaṅga or an-abhiṣvaṅga m. absence of connection or attachment
- an-abhisandhāna n. absence of design
- disinterestedness
- an-abhisandhi m. id
- ○kṛta mfn. done undesignedly
- an-abhisambandha mfn. unconnected
- m. no connection
- an-abhisneha mfn. without affection, cold, unimpassioned Bhag
- án-abhihita mfn. not named
- not fastened ŚBr., m. N. of the chief of a Gotra, (g. upakâdi, q.v.)
- an-abhīśú mfn. without bridles RV
- an-abhyanujñā f. non-permission
- án-abhyavacāruka mf(ā)n. not attacking MaitrS
- án-abhyārūḍha mfn. not ascended, not mounted AV
- not attained ŚBr
- án-abhyāroha m. not ascending ŚBr
- an-abhyārohyá mfn. not to be ascended ŚBr
- an-abhyāśa or an-abhyāsa mfn. not near, distant
- an-abhyāsam-itya mfn. improper to be approached Pāṇ. 6-3, 70 Comm
- an-abhyāsa m. want of practice or skill
- an-abhra mf(ā)n. cloudless
- ○vṛ-ṣṭi f. 'cloudless rain', any unexpected acquisition or advantage Kir. iii, 5
- an-abhraka ās m. pl. 'cloudless', N. of a class of divinities Buddh
- an-abhrí mfn. not dug out with a spade (said of rain-water) AV
- a-nama m. 'one who makes no salutation to others', a Brāhman L
- á-namasyu mfn. not bowing RV. x, 48, 6. [Page 26, Column]
- an-amitam-paca mfn. 'not cooking what has not first been measured', niggardly, miserly (= mitam-paca, q.v.)
- an-amitrá mfn. having no enemies AV
- (ám), n. the having no enemies AV. VS
- m. N. of various persons, particularly a king of Ayodhyā
- an-amīvá mf(ā́)n., Ved. free from disease, well, comfortable
- salubrious, salutary
- (ám), n. good health, happy state RV. x, 14, 11
- an-ambara mfn. wearing no clothing, naked
- m. a Jaina mendicant
- cf. dig-ambara
- a-naya m. bad management
- bad conduct (gambling, &c.)
- an-aya m. evil course, ill luck
- misfortune, adversity (cf. ayânaya s.v. aya.)
- anayaṃ-gata mfn. fallen into misfortune
- an-araṇya m. N. of a king of Ayodhyā, said by some to have been Pṛithu's father
- án-arus mfn. not sore or wounded ŚBr
- an-argala mfn. without bars or checks, free, licentious
- an-argha mfn. priceless, invaluable
- m. wrong value
- ○rāghava n. N. of a drama (by Murāri, treating of Rāma)
- an-arghya mfn. priceless, invaluable Kum. i, 59, &c
- not valuable L
- ○tva n. pricelessness Hit
- an-arjuna mfn. without Arjuna MBh
- an-artha m. non-value, a worthless or useless object
- disappointing occurrence, reverse, evil
- nonsense
- (mfn.), worthless, useless, bad
- unfortunate
- having no meaning
- having not that (but another) meaning
- nonsensical
- ○kara mfn. doing what is useless or worthless
- unprofitable
- producing evil or misfortune
- ○tva n. uselessness, &c
- ○darśin mfn. minding useless or worthless things
- ○nāśin m. 'Evil-destroyer', Śiva
- ○buddhi mfn. having a worthless intellect
- ○bhāva mfn. having a bad nature, malicious
- ○lupta mfn. freed from all that is worthless
- ○saṃśaya m. non-risk of money or wealth
- an-arthaka mfn. useless, vain, worthless
- meaningless, nonsensical
- an-arthyá mfn. worthless, useless ŚBr
- án-arpaṇa n. non-surrendering, not giving up AV. xii, 4, 33
- anarmán mfn. = an-arván, q.v. AV. vii, 7, 1
- an-arvá mf(ā́)n. or an-arván mfn. not to be limited, not to be obstructed, irresistible RV
- an-arváṇa mfn. id. RV. viii, 31, 12
- m. N. of the god Pūshan RV. v, 51, 11 and x, 92, 14
- ánar-viś ṭ m. seated on the car (ánas), a driver RV. i, 121, 7
- án-arśani m. N. of a demon slain by Indra RV. viii, 32, 2
- án-arśa-rāti mfn. giving uninjurious things, one whose gifts do not hurt RV. viii, 99, 4
- an-arha mf(ā) n. or an-arhat mfn. undeserving of punishment or of reward
- unworthy
- inadequate, unsuitable
- anarhya-tā f. the not being properly estimated
- unworthiness
- inadequacy
- unsuitableness
- anala m. (√an), fire
- the god of fire, digestive power, gastric juice
- bile L
- wind L
- N. of Vasudeva
- of a Muni
- of one of the eight Vasus
- of a monkey
- of various plants (Plumbago Zeylanica and Rosea
- Semicarpus Anacardium)
- the letter r
- the number three
- (in astron.) the fiftieth year of Bṛihaspati's cycle
- the third lunar mansion or Kṛittikā (?)
- ○da (fr. 3. da), mfn. quenching fire (said of water) Kir.v, 25
- ○dīpana mfn. exciting the digestion, stomachic
- ○prabhā f. the plant Halicacabum Cardiospermum
- ○priyā f. Agni's wife
- ○vāṭa m. N. of ancient Pattana. [Page 26, Column]
- ○sāda m. dyspepsia
- analânanda m. N. of a Vedāntic writer, author of the Vedānta-kalpataru
- an-alaṃkariṣṇu mfn. not given to the use of ornaments
- unornamented
- an-alam ind. not enough
- insufficiently
- an-alasa mfn. not lazy, active
- anali m. the tree Sesbana Grandiflora
- an-alpa mfn. not a little, much, numerous
- ○ghoṣa mfn. very clamorus, very noisy
- ○manyu mfn. greatly enraged
- an-avakāśa mf(ā)n. having no opportunity or occasion
- uncalled for, inapplicable Pāṇ. 1-4, 1 Sch
- an-avakrāmam ind. not stepping upon ĀpŚr
- an-avagāhin mfn. (√gāh), not dipping into, not studying
- an-avagāhya mfn. unfathomable
- an-avagīta mfn. not made an object of contemptuous song, uncensured
- an-avagraha mfn. resistless
- not to be intercepted
- án-avaglāyat mfn. not growing remiss AV. iv, 4, 7
- an-avacchinna mfn. not intersected, uninterrupted
- not marked off, unbounded, immoderate
- undiscriminated
- ○hāsa m. continuous or immoderate laughter
- an-avatapta m. N. of a serpent king Buddh
- of a lake (= Rāvaṇa-hrada) ib
- anavat-tva √an
- an-avadyá mf(ā́)n. irreproachable, faultless
- unobjectionable
- (ā), f. N. of an Apsaras
- ○tā f. or faultlessness
- ○tva n. faultlessness
- ○rūpa (anavadyá-), mf(ā) n. of faultless form or beauty RV. x, 68, 3, &c
- anavadyâṅga mf(ī)n. having faultless body or limbs
- an-avadrāṇá mfn. (√drā), not going to sleep, not sleepy AV. viii, 1, 13
- an-avadharṣyá (6), mfn. not to be defied AV. viii, 2, 10
- an-avadhāna n. inattention, inadvertence
- (mfn.), inattentive, careless
- ○tā f. inadvertency
- an-avadhi mfn. unlimited
- an-avadhṛṣyá mfn. impossible to be put down or injured ŚBr
- an-avana mf(ī Śiś. vi, 37)n. 'affording no help or protection', causing distress
- (am), n. non-protection Pāṇ. 1-3, 66
- an-avanāmita-vaijayanta m. 'having victorious banners unlowered', 'ever glorious', a future universe Buddh
- án-avapṛgṇa mfn. (√pṛc), not closely united, but spreading all around RV. i, 152, 4
- an-avabudhyamāna mfn. deranged L
- an-avabravá mfn. (√brū), irreproachable RV. x, 84, 5
- an-avabhrá-rādhas mfn. (√bhṛ), having or giving undiminished (or durable) wealth RV
- an-avama mf(ā)n. not low
- exalted
- án-avamarśam ind. without touching ŚBr
- an-avamṛśyá mfn. not fit to be touched ŚBr
- an-avara mfn. not inferior
- excellent. [Page 27, Column]
- an-avarata mfn. incessant
- (am), ind. incessantly
- an-avaratha m. N. of a son of Madhu and father of Kuruvatsa VP
- an-avarârdhya mfn. chief, principal L
- an-avalamba mfn. having no support, not propped up
- an-avalambana n. independence
- an-avalambita mfn. not supported or propped up, not dependent
- an-avalepa mfn. free from veneer, unvarnished, plain, unassuming
- an-avalobhana n. (for ○lopana, 'cutting off' Comm.), N. of a ceremony observed by a pregnant woman to prevent miscarriage (treated of in an Upanishad) ĀśvGṛ
- an-avasá mfn. (probably fr. √so with ava), not making to halt, not stopping RV. vi, 66, 7
- an-avasara mfn. having no interval of leisure, busy
- coming when there is no such interval, inopportune
- m. absence of leisure
- unseasonableness
- an-avasādya ind. p. (Caus. of ava-√sad), not discouraging, not annoying
- an-avasāna mfn. (√so), having no termination, free from death
- endless
- an-avasita mfn. not set, not terminated, (ā), f. N. of a species of the Trishṭubh metre (consisting of four lines with eleven feet in each)
- án-avasyat mfn. unceasing RV. iv, 13, 3
- an-avaskara mfn. free from dirt, clean, cleansed
- an-avastha mfn. unsettled, unstable
- (ā), f. unsettled condition or character
- instability, unsteady or loose conduct
- (in phil.) nonfinality (of a proposition), endless series of statements
- an-avasthāna mfn. unstable, fickle BhP
- m. wind, (am), n. instability, unsteadiness or looseness of conduct
- an-avasthāyin mfn. transient
- an-avasthita mfn. unsettled, unsteady, loose in conduct
- ○citta mfn. unsteady-minded
- ○cittatva n. unsteadiness of mind
- ○tva n. unsteadiness, instability
- an-avasthiti f. instability
- unsteadiness
- looseness of character
- án-ava-syat an-avasāna
- an-avahita mfn. heedless, inattentive
- án-avahvara mfn. not crooked, straightforward RV. ii, 41, 6
- an-avāc mfn. not speechless
- an-avāñc āṅ, ācī, āk, not inclining, downwards, looking up or straightforward
- án-avânat mfn. (√an), not taking breath, not respiring ŚBr
- an-avânam ind. without breathing between, in one breath, without interruption, uno tenore AitBr
- anavâna-tā f. uninterruptedness, contiguity
- an-avâpta mfn. not obtained
- an-avâpti f. non-attainment
- an-avâyá mfn. uninterrupted, unyielding RV. vii, 104, 2
- an-avithya mfn. (fr. avi, q.v.), not suited to sheep
- an-avêkṣa mfn. regardless, (am), ind. irrespectively
- without regard to
- (ā), f. or
- an-avêkṣaṇa n. regardlessness
- an-avrata mfn. not destitute of ascetic exercises
- m. a Jaina devotee of that description
- án-aśana n. abstinence from food, fasting (especially as a form of suicide adopted from vindictive motives) [Page 27, Column]
- (mfn.), fasting
- ○tā (anaśaná-), f. not eating ŚBr
- an-aśanāyá mfn. not hungry ŚBr
- án-aśita n. condition of not having eaten, fasting
- án-aśnat mfn. not eating RV. i, 164, 20, &c
- án-aśnan-t-sāṅgamaná m. the sacrificial fire in the Sabhā (which is approached before breakfast) ŚBr
- an-aśnāna mf(ā)n. not eating
- an-aśrú mfn. tearless RV. x, 18, 7 VS
- an-aśvá mfn. having no horse or horses RV. [cf. ?]
- m. something that is not a horse Pañcat
- ○dā (án-áśva-), mfn. one who does not give horses RV. v, 54, 5
- an-aśvan ā m. N. of Parīkshit's father MBh. i, 3793 seqq
- a-naśvara mfn. imperishable
- a-naṣṭa mfn. undestroyed, unimpaired
- ○paśu (ánaṣṭa-), mfn. having one's cattle unimpaired RV. x, 17, 3
- ○vedas (ánaṣṭa-), mfn. having one's property unimpaired RV. vi, 54, 8
- ánas as n. (√an Uṇ.), a cart RV. &c
- a mother L
- birth L
- off spring, living creature L
- boiled rice L
- ○vat (ánas-), mfn. yoked to a cart RV. AV
- anaḍ-úh
- ánar-viś
- ano-ratha &c. s.v
- an-asūya mfn. not spiteful, not envious
- (ā), f. freedom from spite
- absence of ill-will or envy
- N. of a daughter of Daksha
- of one of Śakuntalā's friends
- an-asūyaka or mfn. not spiteful or envious
- an-asūyu mfn. not spiteful or envious
- an-a-sūri m. not unwise, intelligent ChUp
- án-astam-ita mfn. not gone down, not subject to setting or declining
- an-asthá [RV. viii, 1, 34 AV.] or an-ásthaka ṃaitrṣ. or an-asthán [RV. i, 164, 4 Mn.] or an-asthi Kāty"ṣr. or anasthika ṭṣ. or an-ásthika "ṣBr. Yājñ. or anasthi-mat mfn. boneless
- an-ahaṃkāra m. non-egotism, absence of self-conceit or of the tendency to regard self as something distinct from the Supreme Spirit, freedom from pride
- (mfn.), free from self-conceit
- an-ahaṃkṛta mfn. free from self-conceit
- an-ahaṃkṛti f. = an-ahaṃkāra
- (mfn.), free from self-conceit or pride
- an-ahaṃ-vādin^ mfn. = an-ahaṃkṛta
- an-ahan as n. a non-day, no day, an evil or unlucky day L
- anā́ ind. (fr. pronom. base a), hereby, thus, indeed RV
- an-ākāra mfn. shapeless
- an-ākārita mfn. not claimed, not exacted
- án-ākāla m. unseasonable time ŚBr
- (in law-books) famine
- ○bhṛta m. a slave who became so voluntarily to avoid starvation in a time of scarcity (also spelt annākāla-bhṛta)
- an-ākāśá mfn. having no ether or transparent atmosphere, differing from ether ŚBr. xiv
- opaque, dark
- (am), n. non-ether
- an-ākula mf(ā)n. not beset
- not confused, unperplexed, calm, consistent, regular
- án-ākṛta mfn. unreclaimed, unreclaimable RV. i, 141, 7, not taken care of PBr
- an-ākrānta mfn. unassailed, unassailable
- (ā), f. the Prickly Nightshade (Solanum Jacquini)
- an-ākṣārita mfn. unreproached
- án-ākṣit mfn. not residing or resting ŚBr
- án-āga mf(ā)n. án-āgas
- án-āgata mfn. (√gam), not come, not arrived [Page 27, Column]
- future
- not attained, not learnt
- unknown
- (am), n. the future
- ○vat mfn. connected with or relating to the future
- ○vidhātṛ m. 'disposer of the future', provident
- N. of a fish Pañcat
- anāgatâbādha m. future trouble
- anāgatârtavā f. a girl who has not yet attained to puberty
- anāgatâvekṣaṇa n. act of looking at that which is not yet come or the future
- an-āgati f. non-arrival
- non-attainment
- non-accession
- an-āgama m. non-arrival
- non-attainment
- (mfn.), not come, not present
- (in law) not constituting an accession to previous property, but possessed from time immemorial, and therefore without documentary proof
- anāgamôpabhoga m. enjoyment of such property
- án-āgamiṣyat mfn. one who will not approach AV
- an-āgamya mfn. unapproachable, unattainable
- an-āgāmin mfn. not coming, not arriving
- not future, not subject to returning
- (ī), m. N. of the third among the four Buddhist orders
- an-āgāmuka mfn. not in the habit of coming, not likely to come Pāṇ. 6-2, 160 Sch
- án-āgas mfn. sinless, blameless RV. &c
- (an-āgás), mfn. not injuring RV. x, 165, 2
- anāgās-tvá n. sinlessness RV
- anāgo-hatyā́ f. murder of an innocent person AV. x, 1, 29
- án-āga mf(ā)n. sinless RV
- (ā), f. N. of a river
- án-āgūrtin mfn. one who has not recited the Āgur ŚBr
- an-ācaraṇa n. non-performance of what is right or customary, improper behaviour
- misconduct
- an-ācāra m. id., (mfn.), improper in behaviour
- regardless of custom or propriety or law
- unprincipled
- uncommon, curious Kauś
- anācārin mfn. not acting properly
- an-ācārya-bhogīna mfn. unfit or improper for a spiritual teacher to eat or enjoy
- án-āchṛṇṇa mfn. not poured upon TS
- án-āchṛṇṇa mfn. (√jñā), not learning or perceiving AV
- an-ājñapta mfn. not commanded
- ○kārin mfn. doing what has not been commanded
- an-ājñāta mfn. unknown, surpassing all that has ever been known
- (án-ājñātam), ind. in an unknown, i.e. inexplicable way or manner TS
- án-āḍhya mfn. not wealthy, poor ŚBr. &c
- an-āḍhyam-bhaviṣṇu mfn. not becoming wealthy, becoming poor (?) Pāṇ. 6-2, 160 Sch
- án-ātata mfn. not stretched or strung VS
- an-ātapa m. freedom from the blaze of the sun
- shade
- (mfn.), shady
- an-āturá [once án-ātura AV. xii, 2, 4], mfn. free from suffering or weariness RV. &c
- well
- an-ātman ā m. not self, another
- something different from spirit or soul
- (an-ātmán) mfn. not spiritual, corporeal, destitute of spirit or mind ŚBr
- an-ātma (in comp. for an-ātman)
- ○jña mfn. destitute of spiritual knowledge or true wisdom
- ○pratyavêkṣā f. reflection that there is no spirit or self Buddh
- ○vat mfn. not self-possessed
- (vat), ind. unlike one's self
- an-ātmaka mfn. unreal Buddh
- an-ātmanīna mfn. not adapted to self, disinterested
- an-ātmya mfn. impersonal TUp., (am), n. want of affection for one's own family BhP
- an-ātyantika mfn. not perpetual, not final, intermittent, recurrent
- a-nātha mf(ā)n. having no master or protector
- widowed
- fatherless
- helpless, poor
- (ám), n. want of a protector, helplessness RV. x, 10, 11
- ○piṇḍa-da or m. 'giver of cakes or food to the poor', N. of a merchant (in whose garden Śākyamuni used to instruct his disciples)
- ○piṇḍika m. 'giver of cakes or food to the poor', N. of a merchant (in whose garden Śākyamuni used to instruct his disciples)
- ○sabhā f. a poor-house. [Page 28, Column]
- a-nāda m. absence of sound (in pronouncing aspirated letters) RPrāt
- a-nādin mfn. not sounding
- an-ādadāna mfn. not accepting
- an-ādara m. disrespect, contemptuous neglect
- (an-ādará), mfn. indifferent ŚBr. ChUp
- an-ādaraṇa n. disrespectful behaviour, neglect
- an-ādarin mfn. disrespectful, irreverent
- an-ādṛta mfn. not respected, disrespected
- an-ādṛtya ind. p. without respecting, regardless
- an-ādi mfn. having no beginning, existing from eternity
- ○tva n. state of having no beginning
- ○nidhana mfn. having neither beginning nor end, eternal
- ○mat mfn. having no beginning
- ○madhyânta mfn. having no beginning, middle or end
- anādy-ananta mfn. without beginning and without end Up
- an-ādyanta mfn. without beginning and end
- m. N. of Śiva
- án-ādiṣṭa mfn. not indicated
- not commanded or instructed
- not allowed
- an-ādīnava mfn. faultless Śiś
- an-ādṛta an-ādara
- an-ādeya mfn. unfit or improper to be received, unacceptable, inadmissible
- anādeśa-kara mfn. doing what is not commanded or not allowed BhP
- an-ādya mfn. = an-ādi, q.v
- an-ādyá mf(ā́)n. (= an-adya), not eatable AV. ŚBr. Mn
- án-ādhṛṣ mfn. (√dhṛṣ), not checking AV. vi, 21, 3
- án-ādhṛṣṭa mfn. unchecked, unimpaired, invincible, perfect RV. VS
- an-ādhṛṣṭi m. 'superior to any check', N. of a son of Śura
- of a son of Ugrasena (general of the Yādavas)
- an-ādhṛṣyá mfn. invincible, not to be meddled with RV. &c
- án-ānata mfn. unbent, not humbled RV., m. N. of a Ṛishi of the SV
- an-ānukṛtyá mfn. (ānu for anu), inimitable, unparalleled RV. x, 68, 10 and 112, 5
- an-ānujā f. (being) no younger sister TS
- an-ānudá mfn. (√1. da with ānu for anu), not giving way, obstinate RV
- án-ānudiṣṭa mfn. (√diś with ānu or anu), unsolicited RV. x, 160, 4
- an-ānupūrvya n. separation of the different parts of a compound word by the intervention of others
- the not coming in regular order, tmesis RPrāt
- ○saṃhitā f. the manner of constructing a sentence with the above tmesis
- án-ānubhūti f. 'inattention, neglect' (tayas), pl. neglectful or irreligious people RV. vi, 47, 17
- an-āpad t f. absence of misfortune or calamity Mn
- an-āpanna mfn. not realized, unattained
- not fallen into distress
- an-āpāna m. N. of a prince (son of Aṅga)
- an-āpi mf(nom. iḥ)n. having no friends RV. x, 39, 6, (Indra) RV. viii, 21, 13
- án-āpūyita mfn. not stinking ŚBr
- án-āpta mfn. unattained, unobtained RV. i, 100, 2, &c., unsuccessful in the effort to attain or obtain
- not apt, unfit Mn. viii, 294
- m. a stranger
- an-āpti f. non-attainment
- an-āpyá (4), mfn. unattainable RV. vii, 66, 11 AitBr. [Page 28, Column]
- an-āpluta mfn. unbathed, unwashed
- an-āplutâṅga mfn. having an unwashed body MBh
- anābayu m. N. of a plant AV
- an-ābādha mfn. free from obstacles or troubles
- an-ābhayin mfn. fearless (N. of Indra) RV. . viii, 2, 1
- án-ābhū mfn. neglectful, disobliging RV. 1, 51, 9 MaitrS
- an-ābhyudayika mfn. inauspicious, ill-omened, unlucky
- á-nāman mfn. nameless ŚBr. xiv
- infamous
- (ā), m. the ring-finger, Heat
- anāmatva n. namelessness
- a-nāmaka mfn. nameless, infamous
- m. the intercalary month
- (am), n. piles, haemorrhoids
- á-nāmikā f. the ring-finger ŚBr. xiv, &c
- anāmaná as, or am m. or n. N. of a disease AV
- an-āmayá mf(ā́)n. not pernicious AV
- free from disease, healthy, salubrious
- m. Śiva
- (am), n. health
- án-āmayat mfn. 'not causing pain' (○yatā), instr. ind. in good health VS
- an-āmayitnu mfn. salubrious, curative RV. x, 137, 7
- á-nāmin mfn. unbending RV
- a-nāmya mfn. impossible to be bent
- an-āmiṣa mfn. without flesh
- bootless, profitless
- an-āmṛṇá mfn. having no enemy that can injure RV. i, 33, 1
- án-āmṛta mfn. not struck by death TS
- an-āmnāta mfn. not handed down in sacred texts
- a-nāyaka mf(ā)n. having no leader or ruler, disorderly
- án-āyata mfn. not tied or fastened RV. iv, 13, 5 and 14, 5
- close, continuous, unseparated
- unextended, having no length
- án-āyatana or an-āyataná n. that which is not really a resting-place or an altar ŚBr
- (an-āyataná), mfn. having no resting-place or altar AV
- ○vat mfn. = the last AitBr
- an-āyatta mfn. independent, uncontrolled
- ○vṛtti mfn. having an independent livelihood
- ○vṛtti-tā f. independence
- an-āyasâgra mfn. having no iron point
- an-āyāsa m. absence of exertion, facility, ease, idleness, neglect
- (mfn.), easy, ready
- (ena), ind. easily
- ○kṛta mfn. done readily or easily
- (am), n. (in med.) an infusion prepared extemporaneously
- an-āyudhá mfn. weaponless
- having no implements (for sacrifice) RV. iv, 5, 14 and viii, 96, 9
- an-āyuṣā f. or an-āyus f. N. of the mother of Bala and Vṛitra
- an-āyuṣya mfn. not imparting long Īfe, fatal to long life
- an-ārata mfn. without interruption, continual
- (am), ind. continually
- an-ārabhya mfn. improper or impracticable to be commenced or undertaken
- ○tva n. impossibility of being commenced
- an-ārabhya ind. p. without commencing (used in comp. in the sense 'detached')
- ○váda m. a detached remark (upon sacrifices, &c.)
- anārabhyâdhīta mfn. taught or studied or read as a detached subject (not as part of a regular or authoritative treatise)
- an-ārambha m. absence of beginning, non-commencement, not attempting or undertaking
- (mfn.), having no commencement. [Page 28, Column]
- an-ārambaṇá mfn. (for anālambana), having no support ŚBr. xiv ChUp
- an-ārambhaṇá mfn. intangible, giving no support RV. ŚBr. BṛĀrUp
- an-āruhya ind. p. not having surmounted
- an-ārogya n. sickness
- (mfn.), unhealthy
- ○kara mfn. unwholesome, unhealthy, causing sickness
- an-ārjava n. crookedness, moral or physical
- disease L
- án-ārta mfn. not sick, well
- án-ārti f. painlessness
- an-ārtava mfn. unseasonable
- an-ārtvijīna mfn. unfit or unsuitable for a priest
- an-ārya mfn. not honourable or respectable, vulgar, inferior
- destitute of Āryas
- m. not an Ārya
- ○karmin m. doing work unbecoming an Ārya or becoming only a non-Ārya
- ○ja mfn. of vile or unworthy origin
- (am), n. Agallochum, being a produce of the country of Mlecchas or barbarians
- ○juṣṭa mfn. practised, observed, or possessed by non-Āryas
- ○tā f. vileness unworthiness Mn. x, 58
- ○tikta m. the medicinal plant Gentiana Cherayta
- ○tva n. = -ta, q.v
- an-āryaka n. Agallochum or Aloe wood (Aquila Agallocha)
- an-ārṣa mfn. not belonging to a Ṛishi or to a Vedic hymn
- not belonging to the Saṃhitā text (e.g. the word iti, added for grammatical purposes in the Pada-pāṭha to certain words RPrāt.)
- not applied to a Ṛishi, not added to his name (as an affix) Pāṇ. 4-1, 78
- án-ārṣeya mfn. not connected with the Ṛishis AV
- an-ālamba mfn. unsupported, without stay or support
- m. want of support
- despondency
- (ī), f. Śiva's lute
- an-ālambana mfn. unsupported
- desponding
- an-ālambukā Kāṭh. or better
- an-ālambhukā́ ṭBr. Kapṣ., f. 'intangible', a woman during menstruation
- an-ālāpa mfn. not talkative, reserved, taciturn
- m. reserve, taciturnity
- an-ālocita mfn. unseen, unbeheld
- unweighed, unconsidered, rash, imprudent
- an-ālocya ind. p. not having considered
- án-āvayas mfn. (cf. āvayá and á-praviita), not having the power of causing conception AV. vii, 90, 3
- an-āvaraṇin inas m. pl. 'without cover or clothes', N. of a religious sect, (? = an-ambara, q.v.)
- án-āviddha mfn. not wounded, unhurt RV. vi, 75, I, &c
- an-āvila mfn. not turbid, clear, pure, not marshy
- an-āvṛt mfn. not returning RV. x, 95, 14
- án-āvṛtta mfn. not turned about or round
- not retreating
- not frequented or approached AV., not chosen
- an-āvṛtti f. non-return to a body, final emancipation
- an-āvṛta mfn. uncovered ŚBr. xiv, undressed
- uninclosed, open
- an-āvṛṣṭi f. want of rain, drought
- an-āvedita mfn. not notified, not made known
- an-āvyādhá mfn. impossible to be broken or forced open AV. xiv, 1, 64
- án-āvraska m. (√vraśc), not falling or dropping off TS
- uninjured condition, KaushBr
- (an-āvraská), mfn. not falling or dropping off AV. xii, 4, 47. [Page 29, Column]
- an-āśa mfn. (fr. āśā), hopeless, despairing
- a-nāśa mfn. (√2. naś), undestroyed, living
- a-nāśin mfn. imperishable
- a-nāśya mfn. indestructible
- án-āśaka n. fasting, abstaining from food even to death
- ○nivṛtta m. one who has abandoned the practice of fasting
- anāśakâyana n. a course of fasting (as a penance) ChUp
- an-āśin mfn. not eating
- án-āśvas vān, uṣī, vat, not having eaten, fasting TS. TBr. (without an the form would be āśivas, Pāṇ. 3-2, 109)
- an-āśastá mfn. not praised [Gmn
- 'not to be trusted' NBD.] RV. i, 29, 1
- an-āśis mfn. not desirable, not agreeable Rājat
- án-āśir-dā mfn. not giving a blessing RV. x, 27, 1
- an-āśī́r-ka mfn. not containing a prayer or blessing TS
- an-āśú mfn. not quick, slow RV. ; superl. an-āśiṣṭa mfn. AitBr
- not having quick horses RV. i, 135, 9 (Sāy. derives the word in the last sense from √2. naś, or √1. aś: a-naśú or an-āśú)
- an-āścarya mfn. not wonderful
- an-āśramin ī m. one who does not belong to or follow any of the four Āśramas or religious orders to which Brāhmans at different periods of life are bound to attach themselves
- an-āśrama-vāsa or m. one who does not belong to the Āśramas
- an-āśrame-vāsa m. one who does not belong to the Āśramas
- non-residence in a religious retreat
- an-āśraya m. non-support, absence of any person or thing to depend upon
- defencelessness, self-dependence, isolation
- (mfn.), defenceless
- unprotected
- isolated
- an-āśrita mfn. not supported, detached
- disengaged, independent, non-inherent
- a-nāṣṭrá mfn. free from dangers or dangerous opponents ŚBr. (cf. ati-nāṣṭrá.)
- an-ā́s mfn. having no mouth or face (N. of demons) RV. v, 29, 10
- a-nāsa mfn. noseless
- a-nāsiká mfn. noseless TS
- an-āsādita mfn. not met with, not found or obtained, not encountered or attacked
- not occurred
- not having happened
- non-existent
- ○vigraha mfn. unused to war
- an-āsādya mfn. not attainable
- an-āsthā f. unfixedness want of confidence
- disrespect
- want of consideration
- want of faith or devotedness
- unconcern, indifference
- an-āsthāná mfn. having or yielding no basis or fulcrum (as the sea) RV. i, 116, 5
- an-āsmāká mfn. not belonging to us AV. xix, 57, 5
- an-āsrāvá mfn. not causing pain AV. ii, 3, 2
- an-āsvāda m. want of taste, insipidity
- (mfn.), without taste, insipid
- an-āsvādita mfn. untasted
- an-āhata mfn. unbeaten, unwounded, intact
- new and unbleached (as cloth)
- produced otherwise than by beating
- not multiplied
- (am), n. the fourth of the mystical cakras, or circles of the body
- ○nāda m. a sound produced otherwise than by beating
- the sound om
- án-āhavanīya m. no Āhavanīya fire ŚBr
- an-āhāra m. not taking food, abstinence, non-seizure
- non-production
- (mfn.), one who abstains from food
- an-āhārin mfn. not taking (food)
- fasting
- an-āhārya mfn. not to be seized or taken, not producible Mn. viii, 202
- not to be bribed Vishṇus
- not to be eaten. [Page 29, Column]
- án-āhitâgni m. one who has not performed the Agnyādhāna
- án-āhuti f. non-sacrificing RV. x, 37, 4 and 63, 12
- a sacrifice unworthy of its name ŚBr
- an-āhūta mfn. uncalled, uninvited
- anāhūtôpajalpin m. an uncalled-for boaster
- anāhūtôpaviṣṭa mfn. seated as an uninvited guest
- an-āhlāda m. absence of joy
- (mfn.), gloomy, not cheerful
- an-āhlādita mfn. not exhilarated
- a-niḥśasta mfn. blameless [Gmn
- 'not repelled or refused' NBD.] RV. iv, 34, 11
- a-nikāmatas BhP. or a-nikā́mam "ṣBr., ind. involuntarily, unintentionally
- a-niketa or a-niketana mfn. houseless
- a-nikṣipta-dhūra m. N. of a Bodhisattva or deified Buddhist saint
- an-ikṣu-us m. ( 3. a), 'not (true) sugar-cane', a sort of long grass or reed, Saccharum Spontaneum
- a-nigīrṇa mfn. not swallowed, not suppressed (as an ellipsis) Sāh
- a-nigraha mfn. unrestrained
- m. non-restraint, non-refutation, not owning one's self refuted
- ○sthāna n. (in phil.) occasion of non-refutation
- a-nighātêṣu m. 'having arrows that strike no one', N. of a man
- an-iṅga āPrāt. or an-iṅgya ṛPrāt., mfn. not divisible (said of words)
- an-iṅgayat mfn. not dividing RPrāt
- an-iccha or an-icchaka or an-icchat mfn. undesirous, averse, unwilling
- not intending
- an-icchā f. absence of wish or design, indifference
- an-icchu mfn. = an-iccha Vishṇus
- a-nijaka mfn. not one's own, belonging to another
- an-ita mfn. not gone to, not having obtained Ragh. ix, 37
- destitute of, (am), n. not deviating from (abl.), KaushBr
- ○bhā (án-ita-), f. N. of a river RV. v, 53, 9
- a-nitya mfn. not everlasting, transient, occasional, incidental
- irregular, unusual
- unstable
- uncertain
- (am), ind. occasionally
- ○karman n. or an occasional act of worship, sacrifice for a special purpose
- ○kriyā f. an occasional act of worship, sacrifice for a special purpose
- ○tā f. or transient or limited existence
- ○tva n. transient or limited existence
- ○datta or m. a son surrendered by his parents to another for temporary or preliminary adoption
- ○dattaka or m. a son surrendered by his parents to another for temporary or preliminary adoption
- ○datrima m. a son surrendered by his parents to another for temporary or preliminary adoption
- ○pratyavêkṣā f. consciousness that all is passing away Buddh
- ○bhāva m. transitoriness
- ○sama m. sophism, consisting in generalizing what is exceptional (as perishableness)
- ○samaprakaraṇa n. a section in the Nyāya discussing that sophism
- ○samāsa m. a compound, the sense cf which may be equally expressed by resolving it into its constituent parts
- a-nidāna mfn. causeless, groundless
- a-nidra mf(ā)n. sleepless, awake
- (ā), f. sleeplessness
- a-nidrita mfn. not asleep, awake
- a-nidhṛṣṭa mfn. unchecked, unsubdued L
- an-idhmá mfn. having or requiring no fuel RV. ii, 35, 4 and x, 30, 4
- an-iná mfn. strengthless, feeble RV. i, 150, 2
- á-nindā f. no reproach AV. xi, 8, 22
- a-nindanīya mfn. unblamable, faultless
- a-nindita mfn. irreproachable, virtuous
- a-nindyá (3, 4), mfn. id. RV. ŚBr. &c. [Page 29, Column]
- an-indrá mf(ā́)n. dispensing with or disregarding Indra RV
- an-indriya n. that which is not the senses, the soul, the reason L
- á-nipadyamāna [a-nipádyamāna AV.], mfn. not falling down (to sleep), untiring, Rv. i, 164, 31 and x, 177, 3
- a-nipāta m. (not a fall), continuance of life
- a-nipuṇa mf(ā) n. unskilled, not clever or conversant
- á-nibaddha mfn. not tied down, not bound RV. iv, 13, 5
- unattached, incoherent, unconnected
- ○pralāpin mfn. chattering incoherently, talking at random Yājñ
- a-nibādha mfn. unobstructed, unlimited
- (ás), m. liberty RV
- a-nibhṛta mfn. not private, not reserved, immodest, bold, public
- á-nibhṛṣṭa mfn. unabated, undefeated RV. x, 116, 6
- ○taviṣi (anibhṛṣṭa-), mfn. having unabated power RV
- an-ibhya mfn. not wealthy
- animan = aṇiman q.v. L
- a-nimantrita mfn. uninvited
- ○bhojin mfn. eating without being invited
- a-nimāná mfn. unbounded RV
- a-nimitta mf(ā)n. having no adequate occasion, causeless, groundless
- (am), n. absence of an adequate cause or occasion, groundlessness
- ○tas ind. groundlessly Mn. iv, 144
- ○nirākṛta mfn. groundlessly rejected Śāk
- ○liṅganāsa m. 'unaccountable loss of distinct vision', N. of an ophthalmic disease ending in total blindness (perhaps amaurosis)
- a-nimiṣ m. 'without winking', N. of a god BhP
- (ánimiṣam, or ánimiṣā), acc. or instr. ind. without winking, i.e. vigilantly or incessantly RV
- a-nimiṣá mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c
- open (as eyes or flowers)
- m. not winking, a god BhP
- a fish L., (ám), ind. vigilantly RV. i, 24, 6
- animiṣâkṣa mf(ī) n. one whose eyes are fixed
- animiṣâcārya m. N. of Bṛihaspati
- á-nimiṣat mfn. not winking, vigilant RV
- a-nimeṣa mfn. = animiṣá
- (ánimeṣam), ind. vigilantly RV. i, 31, 12 and 164, 21
- a-niyata mfn. not regulated, uncontrolled, not fixed, uncertain, unrestricted, irreguIar, casual
- not unaccentuated RPrāt
- ○puṃskā f. 'having no fixed husband', a woman unchaste in conduct
- ○vṛtti mfn. having no fixed or regular employment or income
- aniyatâṅka m. (in arithm.) an indeterminate digit
- a-niyatâtman m. one whose self or spirit is not regulated or under proper control
- a-niyama m. absence of control or rule or fixed order or obligation, unsettledness
- indecorous or improper conduct
- uncertainty, doubt
- (mfn.), having no rule, irregular
- a-niyamita mfn. having no rule
- irregular
- a-niyukta mfn. not appointed, not authoritative
- m. an assessor at a court who has not been formally appointed and is not entitled to vote
- a-niyoga m. non-application Lāṭy
- an unfitting employment or commission
- a-niyogin mfn. not attached or clinging to
- an-irá mfn. destitute of vigour RV. iv, 5, 14
- (án-irā), f. want of vigour, languor RV. VS
- a-nirākariṣṇu mfn. not obstructive, not censorious Pāṇ. 6-2, 160 Sch
- a-nirākṛta mfn. unobstructed
- á-nirāhita mfn. not to be kept off from (abl.) AV. xii, 2, 35
- á-nirukta mfn. unuttered, not articulated
- not explained (because of being clear by itself) [Page 30, Column]
- unspeakable TUp
- ○gāna n. indistinct singing
- humming (of hymns), a particular mode of chanting the Sāma-veda
- a-niruddha mfn. unobstructed, ungovernable, self-willed
- m. a spy, a secret emissary (?)
- the son of Pradyumna (a form of Kāma, and husband of Ushā)
- Śiva
- N. of an Arhat (contemporary of Śākyamuni)
- of a descendant of Vṛishṇi
- (am), n. the rope for fastening cattle L
- ○patha n. 'an unobstructed path', the atmosphere, ether L
- ○bhāvinī f. Aniruddha's wife
- a-nirupta mfn. (√2. vap), not distributed, not shared
- a-nirūpita mfn. not determined, undefined
- á-nirghāta m. not wresting or tearing from TS. TBr
- a-nirjita mfn. unconquered
- a-nirṇaya m. uncertainty, want of decision
- a-nirṇīta mfn. unascertained, undetermined
- a-nirṇeya mfn. not to be decided
- a-nirdaśa or a-nir-daśâha mf(ā)n. within the ten days of impurity after childbirth or a death Mn. &c
- (am), ind. id. (used adverbially)
- a-nirdiṣṭa mfn. (√diś), unexplained, undefined
- a-nirdiśya mfn. undefinable, inexplicable
- a-nirdeśa m. absence of rule or direction
- a-nirdeśya mfn. undefinable, inexplicable, incomparable
- a-nirdhārita mfn. undetermined, unascertained, undefined
- a-nirdhārya mfn. undeterminable, not to be agreed upon
- a-nirbhara mfn. not excessive, little, slight, light
- a-nirbheda m. not blurting out, not revealing
- a-nirmala mfn. dirty, foul, turbid
- a-nirmālyā f. the plant Mendicago Esculenta
- a-nirlocita mfn. not carefully looked at, not considered
- a-nirloḍita mfn. not examined thoroughly Śiś. ii, 27
- a-nirvacanīya mfn. unutterable, indescribable
- not to be mentioned
- anirvācya mfn. id
- a-nirvartyamāna mfn. not being brought to a close
- a-nirvāṇa mfn. unextinguished
- a-nirvāha m. non-accomplishment, non-completion, inconclusiveness, insufficiency of income
- a-nirvāhya mfn. difficult to be managed
- a-nirviṇṇa mfn. not downcast
- a-nirvid mfn. free from causes of depression, undesponding, unwearied
- a-nirveda m. non-depression, self-reliance
- a-nirvṛta mfn. discontented
- unhappy
- discomposed
- a-nirvṛti f. discontent
- a-nirvṛtta mfn. unaccomplished, unfulfilled
- a-nirvṛtti f. incompleteness
- a-nirveśa (= akṛta-nirveśa), mfn. not having expiated one's sins BhP
- ánila m. (√an, Trish. anal), air or wind
- the god of wind
- one of the fortynine Anilas or winds
- one of the eight demi-gods, called Vasus
- wind as one of the humors or rasas of the body
- rheumatism, paralysis, or any affection referred to disorder of the wind
- N. of a Ṛishi and other persons
- the letter y
- the number forty-nine
- ○kumāra ās m. pl. 'wind-princes', a class of deities Jain. [Page 30, Column]
- ○ghna mfn. curing disorders arising from wind
- ○ghnaka m. the large tree Terminalia Belerica
- ○paryaya or m. pain and swelling of the eyelids and outer parts of the eye
- ○paryāya m. pain and swelling of the eyelids and outer parts of the eye
- ○prakṛti mfn. 'having an airy or windy nature', N. of the planet Saturn
- ○vyādhi m. derangement of the (internal) wind
- ○sakha or m. 'the friend of wind', N. of fire
- ○sārathi ṃBh., m. 'the friend of wind', N. of fire
- ○han or mfn. = -ghna
- ○hṛt mfn. = -ghna
- anilâtmaja m. the son of the wind, Hanumat or Bhīma
- anilântaka m. 'wind destroying', the plant Iṅgudl or Aṅgāra-pushpa
- anilâpaha mfn. = anila-ghna
- anilâmaya m. morbid affection of the wind, flatulence, rheumatism
- anilâyana n. way or course of the wind, Śuśr
- anilâśin mfn. 'feeding on the wind', fasting
- (ī), m. a snake L., cf. vāyu-bhakṣa
- a-nilambha-samādhi m. 'unsupported meditation', N. of a peculiar kind of meditation Buddh
- a-nilaya mf(ā)n. having no resting-place, restless AitBr. ĀśvŚr
- a-nilayana n. no home or refuge TUp
- a-nivartana mfn. not turning back or away, steadfast, improper to be abandoned, right
- a-nivartin mfn. not turning back, brave, not returning
- anivarti-tva n. not turning back, brave resistance
- a-nivṛtta mfn. not turning back, brave
- a-nivārita mfn. unhindered, unimpeded, unopposed, unforbidden, unchecked
- a-nivārya mfn. not to be warded off, inavertible, unavoidable, irresistible
- a-niviśamāna mf(ā)n. not retiring to rest, restless RV. vii, 49, 1
- a-nivṛta mfn. (√1. vṛ), unchecked, not impeded RV. iii, 29, 6
- a-nivedita mfn. untold, unmentioned
- ○vijñāta mfn. known without being told
- a-nivedya ind. p. not having announced
- a-niveśaná mf(ā́)n. affording no place of rest RV. i, 32, 10
- a-niśa mfn. 'nightless', sleepless
- uninterrupted, incessant (only in comp.)
- (am), ind. incessantly, continually
- á-niśita mfn. incessant VS. ŚBr
- (am), ind. incessantly RV. ii, 38, 8 and ix, 96, 2
- ○sarga (áni-śita), mfn. having an incessant flow RV. x, 89, 4
- a-niścita mfn. unascertained, not certain
- a-niścitya ind. p. not having ascertained
- a-niścintya mfn. not to be thought of, inconceivable, incomprehensible
- a-niṣaṅgá mfn. having no quiver, unarmed RV. i, 31, 13
- an-iṣavyá mf(ā́) n. not to be wounded or killed with arrows RV. x, 108, 6
- a-niṣiddha mfn. unprohibited, unforbidden
- a-niṣeddhrá mf(ā́) n. unimpeded ŚBr
- an-iṣu mfn. having no arrows, having bad arrows
- ○dhanvá mfn. without arrows and a bow TĀr
- a-niṣkāsita or a-niṣkāsin mfn. without remains of food ĀpŚr
- á-niṣkṛta or án-iṣkṛta mfn. not done with, unfinished, not, settled RV
- aniṣkṛtâinas mfn. having one's guilt not settled, i.e. unexpiated L
- an-iṣṭa mfn. (√3. iṣ), unwished, undesirable, disadvantageous, unfavourable
- bad, wrong, evil, ominous
- (ā), f. the plant Sida Alba
- (am), n. evil, disadvantage
- ○graha m. an evil planet
- ○duṣṭa-dhi mfn. having an evil and corrupt mind
- ○prasaṅga m. connection with a wrong object or a wrong argument or a wrong rule
- ○phala n. evil result
- ○śaṅkā f. foreboding or fear of evil or misfortune
- ○sūcaka mfn. foreboding evil, ominous
- ○hetu m. an evil omen. [Page 30, Column]
- an-iṣṭâpādana n. not obtaining what is desire or (fr. aniṣṭa and āpādana) obtaining what is not desired
- an-iṣṭâpti f. id
- an-iṣṭâśaṃsin mfn. indicating or boding evil
- aniṣṭôtprekṣaṇa n. expectation of evil
- án-iṣṭa mfn. (√yaj), not offered in sacrifice
- not honoured with a sacrifice
- an-iṣṭin ī m. one who does not sacrifice or has not sacrificed KātyŚr
- á-niṣṭṛta mfn. unhurt, unchecked RV. viii, 33, 9 VS
- a-niṣṭhā f. unsteadfastness, unsteadiness
- a-niṣṭhura mfn. not harsh
- a-niṣṇa or a-niṣṇāta mfn. unskilled
- a-niṣpatti f. non-accomplishment, incompletion
- a-niṣpanna mfn. imperfect, incomplete
- a-niṣ-pattram ind. so that the arrow does not come out (on the other side), i.e. not with excessive force KātyŚr
- a-nisarga mfn. unnatural, unnaturally affected
- a-nistabdha mfn. not rendered immovable or stiff
- not paralysed
- not fixed
- a-nistīrṇa mfn. not crossed over
- not set aside
- not rid of
- unanswered, unrefuted
- anistīrṇâbhiyoga m. (a defendant) who has not yet (by refutation) got rid of a charge
- ánīka as, am, mṇ. (√an), face
- appearance, splendour, edge, point
- front, row, array, march
- army, forces
- war, combat
- ○vat (ánīka-), mfn. having a face, or constituting the face, or occupying the front or foremost rank (N. of, Agni) VS. &c
- ○vidāraṇa m. 'shatterer of armies', N. of a man
- ○śás ind. in rows or marching columns AV
- ○stha m. a warrior or combatant
- an armed or royal guard, a sentinel L
- the trainer of an elephant, an elephant-driver L
- a mark, a sign, signal L
- a military drum L
- anīkinī f. an army, a host, forces
- a certain force
- three Camūs or one-tenth of an Akshauhiṇī (or of a complete army ; 2187 elephants and as many cars, 6561 horses, and 10935 foot)
- a lotus
- an-īkṣaṇa n. not seeing or looking at
- a-nīca mf(ā)n. not low, decent, respectable, not pronounced with the Anudātta accent
- ○darśin m. N. of a Buddha
- a-nīcánuvartin mfn. not keeping low company
- (ī) m. a faithful lover or husband
- a-nīcais ind. not in a low voice, loudly
- á-nīḍa mfn. having no nest RV. x, 55, 6, having no settled abode, i.e. incorporeal Up
- m. N. of Agni or fire L
- a-nīti f. impropriety, immorality, injustice
- impolicy, foolish conduct, indiscretion
- ○jña or mfn. clever in immoral conduct or (fr. a and nītijña) ignorant of morality or policy, not politic or discreet
- ○vid mfn. clever in immoral conduct or (fr. a and nītijña) ignorant of morality or policy, not politic or discreet
- an-īti f. freedom from a calamitous season
- an-īdṛśa mfn. unlike, dissimilar
- an-īpsita mfn. undesired
- a-nīraśana (a-nir-raśana), mfn. not destitute of a waistband, having zones or girdles
- anīla-vājin mfn. 'whitehorsed', Arjuna Kir. xiv, 26
- an-īśa mfn. one who has not a lord or superior, paramount
- powerless, unable
- m. Vishṇu
- (ā), f. powerlessness, helplessness Up
- ○tva n. powerlessness
- án-īśvara mf(ā)n. without a superior AV
- unchecked, paramount
- without power, unable
- not belonging to the Deity
- atheistical
- ○tā f. or absence of a supreme ruler
- ○tva n. absence of a supreme ruler
- ○vādin m. 'one who denies a supreme ruler of the universe', an atheist. [Page 31, Column]
- an-īha mfn. listless, indifferent
- m. N. of a king of Ayodhyā
- (ā), f. indifference, apathy, disinclination
- an-īhita mfn. disagreeable, displeasing, unwished
- (am), n. disinclination, apathy
- á-nīḻa [RV. x, 55,] = á-nīḍa, q.v
- anu mfn. = aṇu, q.v. L
- ánu m. a non-Āryan man RV
- N. of a king (one of Yayāti's sons)
- of a non-Āryan tribe MBh. &c
- ánu ind. (as a prefix to verbs and nouns, expresses) after, along, alongside, lengthwise, near to, under, subordinate to, with. (When prefixed to nouns, especially in adverbial compounds), according to, severally, each by each, orderly, methodically, one after another, repeatedly. (As a separable preposition, with accusative) after, along, over, near to, through, to, towards, at, according to, in order, agreeably to, in regard to, inferior to Pāṇ. 1-4, 86. As a separable adverb) after, afterwards, thereupon, again, further, then, next
- ánu-ka mf(ā)n. subordinate, dependent TS. ŚBr
- 'being after', lustful Pāṇ. 5-2, 74
- anu-tamā́m (superl.) ind. most ŚBr
- anu-√kath to relate after (some one or something else)
- to repeat (what has been heard)
- anu-kathana n. orderly narration, discourse conversation
- anu-kathita mfn. related after (something else) Pāṇ. 6-2, 190 Sch
- repeated
- anu-kaniyas an, asi, as, the next youngest Pāṇ. 6-2, 189
- anu-kapolam ind. along the cheek Śiś. v, 35
- anu-√kam Caus. (impf. -akāma-yata) to desire (with Inf.) AitBr
- anu-kāmá m. desire VS., (mfn.), according to one's desire, agreeable RV
- (ám), ind. as desired, at pleasure RV
- ○kṛ́t mfn. fulfilling one's desire RV. ix, 11, 7
- anukāmin mfn. desirous TS
- anukāmīna mfn. one who acts as he pleases Pāṇ. 5-2, 11
- anu-√kamp to sympathize with, compassionate: Caus. P. (impf. -akampayat) id. Kum
- anu-kampaka m. 'sympathizer', N. of a king
- (mfn.), ifc. sympathizing with, compassionating
- anu-kampana n. sympathy, compassion
- anu-kampanīya mfn. pitiable
- anu-kampā f. id
- anu-kampāyin mfn. condoling
- anu-kampita mfn. compassionated
- anukampitâtman mfn. having a compassionate spirit
- anu-kampin mfn. sympathizing with
- anu-kampya mfn. pitiable, worthy of sympathy, m. an ascetic L., expeditious (explained by tarasvin, perhaps for tapasvin) L
- anu-karṣa anu-√kriṣ
- anu-kalpa anu-√kḷp
- anu-√kāṅkṣ to long for, desire
- anu-kāṅkṣā f. desire after
- anu-kāṅkṣin mfn. longing for
- anu-kāla mfn. opportune, occasional
- (am), ind. opportunely, occasionally
- anu-√kīrt to relate after or in order
- to narrate
- anu-kīrtana n. the act of narrating or proclaiming or publishing
- anu-kuñcita mfn. bent, made, crooked
- anu-√kuṣ to drag along Pāṇ. 3-1, 25 Sch. [Page 31, Column]
- anu-√kūj to follow in cooing or singing or groaning
- anu-kū́la mf(ā)n. following the bank (kūla) or slope or declivity
- according to the current AV
- favourable, agreeable
- conformable to
- friendly, kind, well-disposed
- m. a faithful or kind and obliging husband
- (ā), f. Croton Polyandrum
- N. of a metre
- (am), n. (in poetry) narrative of calamity leading finally to happiness
- ○tā f. concord, good-will, favour, conformity, consent
- prosperity
- ○nāyaka m. a kind husband or lover
- ○vāyu m. a favourable wind
- anukūlaya Nom. P. anukūlayati, to act in a friendly way towards, favour
- anu-√kṛ to do afterwards, to follow in doing
- to imitate, copy
- to equal
- to requite
- to adopt: Caus. -kārayati, to cause to imitate
- anu-kará mfn. imitating ŚBr
- (ás), m. an assistant AV. xii, 2, 2
- anu-karaṇa n. the act of imitation or of following an example
- resemblance, similarity
- anu-kartṛ mfn. an imitator, imitating
- (tā), m. a mimic, actor, performer
- anu-karman a n. imitation
- a subsequent rite or ceremony
- (ā), m. N. of one of the Viśvedevās MBh
- anu-kāra m. imitation, resemblance
- anu-kārin mfn. imitating, acting, mimicking
- anu-kārya mfn. to be imitated or copied, to be acted (dramatically)
- (am), n. subsequent business R
- anu-kṛta mfn. imitated, made like
- anu-kṛti f. imitation, a copy, compliance
- anu-kṛtya mfn. fit to be imitated Pañcat
- anu-kriyā f. imitation, doing anything in like manner or subsequently
- a subsequent rite
- anu-kṛt √2. (p. -kṛntat) to go on destroying MBh. xiii, 2906
- anu-√kṛp -kṛpate, to mourn for, long for RV. i, 113, 10 Nom. Ā. -kṛpāyate, to compassionate, condole with MBh
- anu-√kṛś Caus. -karśayati, to emaciate
- anu-√kṛṣ to drag or draw after, attract: Caus. -karṣayati, to cause to drag after, draw, attract
- to subject
- anu-karṣa m. attraction, drawing
- invoking, summoning by incantation
- the bottom or the axle-tree of a carriage, grammatical attraction (including a subsequent in a preceding rule)
- lagging behind in a ceremony, delayed performance of a duty
- anu-karṣaṇa n. = anu-karṣa
- anu-karṣan ā m. the bottom of a carriage L
- anu-kṛṣṭa mfn. drawn after, attracted
- included or implied in a subsequent rule
- anu-kṝ √1. (1. sg. -kirā́mi) to scatter along AV
- to strew, fill with, crowd: Pass. -kīryate, to become crowded or filled
- anu-kīrṇa mfn. crowded, crammed foll
- anu-√kḷp to follow in order TS.: Caus. -kalpayati, to cause to follow or imitate in order
- anu-kalpa m. permission to adopt an alternative or substitute (e.g. instead of Kuśa grass you may use Dūrbā) Mn. &c
- anu-kalpita mfn. followed by (instr.) MBh
- anu-kḷpti f. (in Vaiśeshika Phil.) agreement
- an-ukta mfn. (√vac), unuttered, unsaid, unheard of, extraordinary
- ○nimitta n. a reason which is unuttered or unheard of or extraordinary
- (mfn.), having such a reason
- an-ukti f. the not speaking, improper speech
- an-ukthá mfn. hymnless, not singing hymns RV. v, 2, 3
- not followed by an uktha AitBr
- anu-krakaca mfn. dentated like a saw, serrated
- anu-√krand (perf. Ā. -cakradé) to shout or cry after one RV. viii, 3, 10
- anu-√kram to go on, go after, follow
- to go through in order, enumerate, supply with an abstract or index. [Page 31, Column]
- anu-krama m. succession, arrangement, order, method
- an index showing the successive contents of a book
- (am) or (eṇa) or (āt), ind. in due order
- anu-kramaṇa n. proceeding methodically or in order
- following
- anu-kramaṇikā or f. a table or chapter of contents, index to a collection of Vedic hymns (giving the first word of each hymn, the number of verses, name and family of poets, names of deities and metres)
- anu-kramaṇī f. a table or chapter of contents, index to a collection of Vedic hymns (giving the first word of each hymn, the number of verses, name and family of poets, names of deities and metres)
- anu-krānta mfn. gone over, read, or done in due order
- enumerated, mentioned in the Anukramaṇī
- anu-krī mfn. (√krī), bought subsequently (i.e. not early on the first day) PBr. Lāṭy. &c. (cf. pari-krī, śata-krī.)
- anu-√krīḍ to play Pāṇ. 1-3, 21
- anu-√kruś to shout at RV. iv, 38, 5: Caus. (ind. p. -krośya) to join in lamenting, show sympathy for MBh. xiii, 285
- anu-krośa m. tenderness, compassion
- anu-kṣaṇam ind. momentarily, perpetually, every instant
- anu-kṣattṛ́ tā m. a doorkeeper's or charioteer's mate or attendant VS
- anu-kṣapam ind. night after night Kir
- anu-√kṣar (3. pl. -kṣāranti
- Imper. 2. sg. -kṣara) to flow into or upon RV
- anu-kṣi √2. -kṣiyati (Imper. 2. sg. -kṣiya) to settle along AV
- anu-kṣi √4. Pass. (p. -kṣīyamaṇa) to decay or vanish gradually BhP
- anu-kṣetra n. stipend given to temple-servants in Orissa (in commutation probably of the proceeds of an endowment)
- anu-khañja m. N. of a country
- anu-√khyā (perf. 2. du. -cakhya-thuḥ) to descry RV. vii, 70, 4, &c
- ánu-khyāti f. act of descrying or revealing TS. AitBr
- anu-khyātṛ tā m. a discoverer, revealer AitBr
- anu-gaṅgam ind. along the Ganges Pat
- anu-√gaṇ to count over
- anu-gaṇita mfn. counted over
- anu-gaṇitin mfn. one who has counted over, (g. iṣṭâdi, q.v.)
- anu-√gam cl. 1. P. -gacchati, -gantum, to go after, follow, seek, approach, visit, arrive
- to practise, observe, obey, imitate
- to enter into
- to die out, be extinguished: Caus. -gamayati, to imitate cause to die out
- anu-gá mf(ā́)n. going after, following, corresponding with, adapted to
- a companion
- a follower, a servant
- (ifc.) followed by
- (ā), f. N. of an Apsaras
- anu-gata mfn. followed by, having anything (as a skin) hanging behind
- following
- a follower
- acquired
- extinguished
- tallying with
- (am), n. moderate time (in music)
- anugatârtha mfn. having a corresponding meaning
- anu-gati f. following, imitation, dying out
- anu-gatika m. a follower, an imitator
- anu-gantavya mfn. to be followed (as a husband by a wife in death)
- worthy of being imitated, to be looked for or discovered Pāṇ. 6-1, 7 Sch
- anu-gama m. or am, following, going after in life or death
- anu-gamana am, following, going after in life or death
- postcremation of a widow, imitating, approaching
- anu-gamya mfn. to be followed or imitated
- anu-gāmin mfn. following, a companion
- anu-gāmuka mfn. habitually or constantly following or attending
- anu-√garj to shout or roar after
- anu-garjita n. roaring after, echo Kum. [Page 32, Column]
- anu-gavam ind. so as to suit (or follow) the cows Pāṇ. 5-4, 83
- anu-gavīna m. a cowherd Pāṇ. 5-2, 15
- anu-gā √1. to go after, follow
- to act in conformity to, or according to the wishes of RV
- anu-gādin mfn. repeating another's words Pāṇ. 5-4, 13
- ánu-gāyas mfn. (√gai), followed by shouts or hymns RV. viii, 5, 34
- ('to be praised in hymns' Sāy.)
- anu-√gāh to plunge after, be immersed in
- anu-gāḍha mfn. plunged or immersed in
- anu-giram ind. on the mountain Ragh
- anu-gu ind. behind the cows Pāṇ. 5-2, 15
- anu-guṇa mf(ā)n. having similar qualities, congenial to
- according or suitable to
- (am), ind. according to one's merits Kathās
- m. natural peculiarity
- anu-guṇaya Nom. P. -guṇayati, to favour Kir
- anu-gupta mfn. protected, sheltered, concealed
- anu-√gṛdh (pr. p. -gṛdhyat) to be reedy after (loc.) MBh. xii, 372
- anu-gṝ √1. -gṛṇāti, to join in praising RV. i, 147, 2, to rejoin, answer ŚāṅkhŚr
- to repeat BhP
- anu-√gai to sing after or to (a person or tune)
- to celebrate in song: Caus. -gāpayati, to make one sing after or to
- anu-gītā f. 'an after-song', N. of part of the fourteenth book of the Mahābhārata (chaps. 16-92)
- anu-gīti f. N. of a metre (of two verses, the first containing twenty-seven, the second thirty-two mātrās)
- anu-godam ind. near the Godāvari
- án-ugra or an-ugrá mf(ā) n. not harsh or violent, mild, gentle RV. &c
- anu-√grah to follow in taking or plundering MBh. iv, 996, to support
- to uphold
- to receive, welcome
- to treat with kindness, favour, oblige
- to foster
- anu-gṛhīta mfn. favoured, obliged
- anu-graha m. favour, kindness, showing favour, conferring benefits, promoting or furthering a good object
- assistance
- facilitating by incantations
- rear-guard
- N. of the eighth or fifth creation VP
- ○kātara mfn. anxious to please or for favour
- ○sarga m. (in Sāṅkhya phil.) creation of the feelings or mental conditions
- anu-grahaṇa n. anu-graha
- anu-grahita mfn. occupied, engaged R. i, 7, 15
- anu-grahin ī m. proficient in magic skill
- anu-grāhaka mf(ikā) n. favouring, furthering, facilitating
- favourable, kind, gracious
- anu-grāhin mfn. gracious, favourable
- anu-grāhya mfn. to be favoured or furthered
- anu-jighṛkṣā f. desire to show favour or kindness
- intention to include Nyāyam
- anu-grāmam ind. village after village Pāṇ. 4-3, 61, into, a village Lāṭy
- anu-grāsaka m. a mouthful (of boiled rice, &c.)
- the equivalent of a mouthful
- anu-√ghaṭṭ to stroke, rub lengthwise
- anu-√ghuṣ (Ved. ind. p. -ghúṣyā) to name aloud RV. i, 162, 18
- anu-√ghrā 'to smell at', kiss Kathās
- anu-jighrá mfn. snuffling at AV. viii, 8, 8
- anu-√cakṣ (perf. -cacákṣa
- impf. Ā. -acaṣṭa) to look at or up to RV. [Page 32, Column]
- anu-√car to walk or move after or along
- to follow, pursue, seek after
- to follow out, adhere to, attend
- to behave: Caus. -cārayati, to let or cause to traverse: Intens. p. -carcūryámāṇa, continuing following RV. x, 124, 9
- anu-cará mf(ī́)n. following, attending
- (ás), m. companion, follower, servant
- (ī́, rarely ā), f. a female attendant
- anu-cāraka m. a follower, attendant, (g. mahiṣy-ādi, q.v.)
- (ikā), f. a female follower or attendant
- anu-cārin mfn. following, attending
- anu-carci mfn. reciting or repeating (in a chorus) ĀśvŚr
- anu-ci √2. (Imper. Ā. -cikitām) to remember AV. vi, 53, I
- anu-cita mfn. (√1. ci), set or placed along or lengthwise or in rows AitBr
- an-ucita mfn. improper, wrong, unusual, strange
- anucitârtha m. an unusual meaning
- anu-√cint to meditate, consider, recall to mind
- Caus. to make to consider
- anu-cintana n. or thinking of, meditating upon, recalling, recollecting
- anu-cintā f. thinking of, meditating upon, recalling, recollecting
- anxiety
- anu-cintita mfn. recolIected, recalled, thought of
- an-ucca mfn. not high, low, humble
- (= an-udātta), accentless APrāt
- an-uccais ind. not aloud, in a low voice
- an-uccāra m. or an-uccāraṇa n. non-pronunciation, skipping words (in reciting hymns). uc-√car
- anu-cchādá m. (√chad), a garment which hangs down (probably that part of the lower garment which hangs down in front from the waist to the feet) ŚBr
- an-uc-chitti f. (√chid), not cutting off, non-extirpation, non-destruction, indestructibility
- ○dharman (ánucchitti-), mfn. possessing the virtue (or faculty) of being indestructible ŚBr. xiv
- an-uc-chindat mfn. not destroying
- an-uc-chinna mfn. not cut off
- unextirpated
- an-uc-cheda m. = an-uc-chitti
- an-uc-chedya mfn. indestructible, not severable
- anu-cchid (√chid), to cut along or lengthwise
- anu-cchindat mfn. cutting lengthwise
- an-ucchiṣṭa mfn. (√śiṣ with ud), without remains or leavings of food, pure
- not mere remains Ragh
- anu-ccho (√cho), cl. 4. P. (Imper. 2. sg. -chya) to cut open or cut up AV. ix, 5, 4
- anu-√jan cl. 4. Ā. -jāyate, to follow in being born or produced or arising
- to take after (one's parents) Ragh
- anu-ja mfn. born after, later, younger
- m. a younger brother, a cadet
- the plant Trāyamāṇa
- (am), n. the plant Prapauṇḍarika
- (ā), f. a younger sister TS
- anu-janman ā m. a younger brother, younger
- anu-jāta mfn. after-born, later, younger
- taking after (one's parents) Pañcat
- born again, regenerated by the sacred cord
- m. a younger brother
- (ā), f. a younger sister
- anu-janam ind. according to people, popularly
- anu-√jap to follow or imitate in muttering
- anu-√jalp to follow in talking
- Ā. -jalpate, to entertain by conversation
- anu-√jāgṛ to watch as an attendant
- anu-√ji to subdue: Desid. -jigīṣate, to be desirous of subduing
- anu-jighṛkṣā anu-√grah. [Page 32, Column]
- anu-jighrá anu-√ghrā
- anu-jīrṇa mfn. grown old or decayed after or in consequence of Pāṇ. 3-4, 72 Sch
- anu-√jīv to follow or imitate in living
- to live for any one
- to live by or upon something
- to live submissively under, be dependent on:
- Caus. -jīvayati, to restore to life Daś
- anu-jīvin mfn. living by or upon
- dependent
- (ī), m. a dependent, follower
- N. of a crow Pañcat
- anujīvisāt-kṛta mfn. made wholly subservient Kir
- anu-jīvya mfn. to be followed in living
- anu-juṣ √1. to seek ŚāṅkhGṛ
- to devote one's self to, indulge in BhP
- an-ujjhat mfn. not quitting
- an-ujjhita mfn. undiminished, unimpaired, not left or lost
- anu-√jñā to permit, grant, allow, consent
- to excuse, forgive
- to authorize
- to allow one to depart, dismiss, bid farewell to
- to entreat
- to behave kindly: Caus. -jñāpayati, to request, ask permission, ask for leave to depart, to take leave: Desid. -jijñāsati or -te, to wish to allow or permit Pāṇ. 1-3, 58
- anu-jñapti f. authorization, permission
- anu-jñā f. assent, assenting, permission
- leave to depart
- allowance made for faults
- an order or command
- ○prārthanā or f. asking permission, taking leave
- anujñâiṣaṇā f. asking permission, taking leave
- anu-jñāta mfn. assented to, permitted, allowed
- ordered, directed, instructed
- accepted
- authorized, honoured
- allowed to depart, dismissed
- anu-jñāna n. -2. anu-jñā
- anu-jñāpaka m. one who commands or enjoins
- anu-jñāpana n. = anu-jñapti
- anu-jyeṣṭha mfn. next eldest Pāṇ. 6-2, 189 Sch., (âm), ind. after the eldest, according to seniority MaitrS. MBh
- anu-√takṣ (impf. 2. pl. -átakṣata) to create or procure for the help of (dat.) RV. i, 86, 3 TS
- anu-taṭam ind. along the shore Megh
- anu-√tan to extend along, to carry on, continue, develop
- anu-√tap to heat Suśr
- to vex, annoy AV. xix, 49, 7: Pass. -tapyáte (rarely -tapyati [MBh. i, 505]), to suffer afterwards, repent
- to desiderate, miss: Caus. -tāpayati, to distress
- anu-tapta mfn. heated
- filled with regret
- (ā), f. N. of a river VP
- anu-tāpa m. repentance, heat
- anu-tāpana mfn. occasioning remorse, repentance or sorrow
- anu-tāpin mfn. penitent, regretting
- anu-tara anu-√tṝ below
- anu-√tark to follow in thought, to regard as or take for
- anu-tarṣa m. thirst, wish, desire L., a drinking vessel (used for drinking spirituous liquors) L
- anu-tarṣaṇa n. a vessel from which spirituous liquor is drunk L
- distributing liquor L
- anu-tarṣula mfn. causing desire MBh
- anu-tilam ind. grain after grain (of Sesamum), by grains, very minutely, (g. parimukhâdi, q.v.)
- anu-tiṣṭhamāna 1. anuṣṭhā
- anu-tunna mfn. (√tud), depressed or repressed (in sound), muffled PBr
- anu-tūlaya Nom. P. -tūlayati, to rub lengthwise (with a brush or cotton)
- anu-√tṛd (Imper. 2. sg. -tṛndhi
- impf. 2. du. -atṛntam
- perf. -tatarda) to split open RV
- anu-√tṛp to take one's fill (or refreshment) after or later than another. [Page 33, Column]
- anu-tṝ √(3. pl. -taranti) to follow across or to the end AV. vi, 122, 2
- anu-tara n. fare, freight L
- an-utka mfn. free from regret, not regretting, self-complacent, not repenting of
- an-utkarṣa m. non-elevation, inferiority
- á-nutta mfn. not cast down, invincible RV
- ○manya (á-nutta-), m. 'of invincible wrath', Indra RV. vii, 31, 12 ; viii, 6, 35 and 96, 19
- an-uttama mf(ā)n. unsurpassed, incomparably the best or chief, excellent
- excessive
- not the best
- (in Gr.) not used in the uttama, or first person
- an-uttamâmbhas n. (in Sāṅkhya phil.) indifference to and consequent abstinence from sensual enjoyment (as fatiguing)
- an-uttamâmbhasika n. indifference to and abstinence from sensual enjoyment (as involving injury to external objects)
- an-uttara mfn. chief, principal
- best, excellent
- without a reply, unable to answer, silent
- fixed, firm
- low, inferior, base
- south, southern
- (am), n. a reply which is coherent or evasive and therefore held to be no answer
- (ās), m. pl. a class of gods among the Jainas
- ○yoga-tantra n. title of the last of the four Bauddhatantras
- an-uttarôpapātika ās m. pl. a class of gods Jain
- anuttarôpapātika-daśā ās f. pl. title of the ninth aṅga of the Jainas treating of those gods
- an-uttāna mfn. lying with the face towards, the ground
- not supine
- not flat Suśr
- an-utthāna n. (√sthā), the not rising, want of exertion or of energy Rājat
- an-utthita mfn. not risen, not grown up (as grain)
- an-utpatti f. failure, non-production
- (mfn.), not (yet) produced Buddh
- ○sama as, ā mf. (in Nyāya phil.) arguing against a thing by trying to show that nothing exists from which it could spring
- anutpattika-dharma-kṣānti f. acquiescence in the state which is still future, preparation for a future state Buddh
- an-utpanna mfn. unborn, unproduced
- uneffected, unaccomplished
- an-utpāda m. non-production, not coming into existence
- not taking effect
- ○kṣānti f. acquiescence in not having to undergo another birth
- an-utpādana n. not producing, non-production
- an-utpādya mfn. not to be created, eternal
- án-utsanna mfn. not lost ŚBr. vii
- an-utsāha m. non-exertion, want of effort
- want of energy or determination
- listlessness
- (mfn.), deficient in determination
- ○tā f. want of determination Sāh
- an-utsuka mfn. not eager, calm, retiring
- moderate
- ○tā f. moderateness Vikr
- an-utsūtra mfn. not anomalous
- an-utseka m. absence of arrogance or highmindedness
- an-utsekin mfn. not arrogant or puffed up Śāk
- an-udaká mf(ā́)n. waterless RV. vii, 50, 4, &c
- (am), ind. without touching water KātyŚr
- without adding water ib
- an-udagra mfn. not lofty, low
- not projecting
- anu-daṇḍi f. back bone MBh
- an-udaya m. non-rising, the not rising (of a luminary)
- án-udita mfn. not risen, not appeared
- an-udara mf(ā)n. ( 3. a) thin, lank Pat
- anu-√dah to burn up RV. &c
- to take fire (aorṢubj. 2ṣg. -dakṣi [for dhakṣi]) RV. ii, 1, 10
- to be consumed by fire subsequently after (acc.) MBh. xii, 8107. [Page 33, Column]
- anu-dā √1. (Pass. -dāyi) to permit, restore RV
- to give way, yield RV. AV
- to remit AV
- to pay one out (?) MBh. vii, 9499
- anu-da anānudá
- anu-datta mfn. granted, remitted, given back Pāṇ. 7-4, 47 Comm
- anu-déya n. a present RV. vi, 20, 11
- (anu-déyī), f. a bride's maid (Gmn. and Sāy.) RV. x, 85, 6 ; 135, 5 and 6
- ['gift' NBD.]
- an-udātta mfn. not raised, not elevated, not pronounced with the Udātta accent, grave
- accentless, having the neutral general tone neither high nor low (i.e. both the grave or nonelevated accent explained by Pāṇini as sannatara, q.v. - which immediately precedes the Udātta, and also the general accentless, neutral tone, neither high nor low, explained as eka-śruti)
- having the one monotonous ordinary intonation which belongs to the generality of syllables in a sentence
- (as), m. one of the three accents to be observed in reading the Vedas, the grave accent
- ○tara m. 'more than Anudātta, still lower in sound than Anudātta', i.e. the very Anudātta accent (or a syllable having this accent which immediately precedes a syllable having the Udātta or Svarita accent, and is therefore more depressed than the ordinary Anudātta Pāṇ. 1-2, 31 Sch.) Pāṇ. 1-2, 40 Sch
- anudāttádi n. (in Gr.) a nominal base of which the first syllable is Anudātta
- anudāttêt m. a verbal √having for its Anubandha the Anudātta accent to indicate that it takes the Ātmane-pada terminations only
- also anudāttôpadeśa
- anudāttôdaya n. a syllable immediately preceding the Anudātta accent
- an-udāra mfn. niggardly, mean
- anu-dāra mfn. adhered to or followed by a wife
- anu-digdha mfn. (√dih), covered (ifc.) Car
- án-udita mfn. unsaid, unuttered
- unutterable, blamable (cf. a-vadyá) RV. x, 95, 1 AV. v, 1, 2 ( 1. án-udita s.v. an-udaya)
- anu-dinam ind. every day
- anu-divasam ind. id
- anu-√diś to point out for, assign
- anu-diśam ind. in every quarter
- anu-deśa m. a rule or injunction pointing back to a previous rule
- reference to something prior
- anu-deśin mfn. pointing back, referring back
- being the object of an Anudeśa
- residing at the same place ĀśvGṛ
- anu-√duṣ to become demoralized as a result of MBh. v, 4543
- anu-√dṛbh to make into bundles or chains, KaushBr
- anu-√dṛś (ind. p. -dṛ́śya RV. x, 130, 7) to survey, behold
- to keep in view or in mind, to foresee: Caus. P. -darśayati, to show, tell, teach: Pass. -dṛśyate (also perf. Ā. -dadṛśe RV. viii, 1, 34), to become or be visible
- anu-darśana n. consideration, regard
- anu-darśin mfn. considering, foreseeing
- anu-dṛṣṭi f. N. of the ancestress of Ānudṛishṭineya, (g. śubhrâdi and kalyāṇy-ādi.)
- anu-draṣṭavya mfn. to be observed, visible
- anu-√dṝ Pass. -dīryate, to break through after (another)
- to be scattered or confused in consequence of the confusion of others
- anu-deham ind. behind the body Śiś. ix, 73
- anu-dairghya mfn. longitudinal
- an-udgīrṇa mfn. not vomited forth, not disdained
- not spurned
- án-uddhata mfn. (√han), not lifted up, humble
- unsurpassed
- unopposed
- m. not a high place TBr
- an-uddharaṇa n. (√hṛ), non-removal
- not offering, not establishing or proving
- an-uddhāra m. non-partition, not taking a share
- non-removal. [Page 33, Column]
- án-uddhṛta mfn. non-removed, not taken away
- uninjured, undestroyed
- unoffered
- undivided, unpartitioned
- unestablished, unproved
- an-uddhṛtâbhyastamaya m. sunset (abhy-astamaya) taking place whilst the Āhavanīya fire continues unremoved from the Gārhapatya KātyŚr
- an-udbhaṭa mfn. not exalted, unassuming
- an-udya mfn. unutterable Pāṇ. 3-1, 101 Sch
- án-udyamāna mfn. not being spoken ŚBr
- an-udyata mfn. (√yam), inactive, idle, destitute of perseverance
- anu-dyūta n. continuation of the play at dice, N. of the chapters 70-79 in the second book of the MBh
- an-udyoga m. absence of exertion or effort, inactivity, laziness
- an-udyogin mfn. inactive, lazy, indifferent
- an-udrá mfn. waterless RV. x, 115, 6
- anu-dru √2. to run after, follow
- to accompany
- to pursue
- to run over in reciting AitBr
- anu-druta mfn. followed, pursued
- having followed or pursued
- accompanied
- (am), n. a measure of time in music (half a Druta, or one-fourth of a Mātrā or of the time taken to articulate a short vowel)
- an-udvāha m. non-marriage, celibacy
- an-udvigna mfn. free from apprehension or perplexity, easy in mind Mṛicch. &c
- an-udvega mfn. free from anxiety
- m. freedom from uneasiness
- ○kara mfn. not causing apprehension, not overawing
- anu-√dviṣ to wreak one's anger upon BhP
- anu-√dhanv (perf. Ā. 3. sg. -dadhanvé) to run near RV. ii, 5, 3
- anu-√dham (3. pl. dhámanty ánu) to sprinkle over RV. viii, 7, 16
- anu-√dhā to add in placing upon Lāṭy
- to stimulate to RV. vi, 36, 2
- to concede, allow, (Pass. aor. -dhāyi) RV. vi, 20, 2
- anu-dhāv √1. to run after, run up to
- to follow
- to pursue
- anu-dhāvana n. chasing, pursuing, running after
- close pursuit of any object, going after a mistress
- anu-dhāvita mfn. pursued, run after (literally or figuratively)
- anu-dhāv √2. to cleanse
- anu-dhāvana n. cleaning, purification
- anu-√dhī (p. Ā. -dī́dhyāna
- impf. P.3.pl. -dīdhiyuḥ) to think of RV. iii, 4, 7 and x, 40, 10 AV
- ánu-dhūpita mfn. (√dhūp), puffed up, proud RV. ii, 30, 10
- anu-√dhe Caus. -dhāpayati, to cause to suck, to put to the breast ŚBr. xiv
- anu-√dhyai to consider attentively, think of, muse
- to miss, Kāṭh
- to bear a grudge TS
- anu-dhyā́ f. sorrow AV. vii, 114, 2
- anu-dhyāna n. meditation, religious contemplation, solicitude
- anu-dhyāyin mfn. contemplating, meditating
- missing MaitrS
- anu-√dhvaṃs Ā. (perf. -dadhvasé) to fall or drop upon TS
- anu-√nad to sound towards (acc.): Caus. P. -nādayati, to make resonant or musical
- anu-nāda m. sound, vibration Śiś
- reverberation, echo
- anu-nādita mfn. made to resound
- anu-nādin mfn. resounding, echoing, resonant
- anu-√nand to enjoy. [Page 34, Column]
- anu-√nam Ā. to incline to RV. v, 32, 10: Caus. P. -nāmayati, to cause to bow BhP
- anu-naya &c. anu-√nī
- anu-nāsika mfn. nasal, uttered through the nose (as one of the five nasal consonants, or a vowel, or the three semivowels y, v, l, under certain circumstances
- in the case of vowels and semivowels, the mark ? is used to denote this nasalization)
- the nasal mark ?
- (am), n. a nasal twang
- speaking through the nose (a fault in pronunciation)
- ○tva n. nasality
- ○lopa m. dropping of a nasal sound or letter
- anunāsikâdi m. a compound letter commencing with a nasal
- anunāsikânta m. a radical ending in a nasal
- anunāsikôpadha mfn. having a nasal penultimate
- succeeding a syllable with a nasal sound
- anu-ni-√kram -krāmati (Subj. -krāmāt) to follow in the steps TS. ŚBr
- anu-√nikṣ to pierce along AV
- anu-ni-√tud (impf. 3. pl. -atudan) to wound with a stab, goad, PBr
- anu-ni-√pad -padyate, to lie down by the side of ŚBr. Kauś
- anu-ni-√yuj to attach to, place under the authority of AitBr. PBr. Kāṭh
- anu-nir-jihāna mfn. (pr.p.Ā. √2. hā), proceeding out of BhP
- anu-nir-√dah (Imper. 2. sg. -daha) to burn down in succession AV. ix, 2, 9
- anu-nirdeśa m. description or relation following a previous model
- anu-nir-vap √2. to take out from for scattering or sharing subsequently TS. ŚBr. &c
- anu-nirvāpyá mfn. to be taken out and shared subsequently TS
- (ā), f. N. of a ceremony, KaushBr
- anu-nir-vā √2. -vāti, to become extinct, go out after
- anu-ni-√vṛj (impf. 3. sg. -vṛṇak) to plunge into (loc.) RV. vii, 18, 12
- anu-ni-√vṛt Caus. -vartayati, to bring back AitBr
- anu-ni-√śam (ind. p. -śamya) to hear, perceive, Bhp
- to consider MBh. xii, 6680
- anu-niśam ind. every night Kathās. &c
- anu-niśītham ind. at mid night Kir
- anu-√nī (Subj. 2. sg. -nayas
- aor. Subj. 2. sg. -neṣi, 2 pl. -neṣathā) to bring near, lead to RV
- to induce, win over, conciliate, pacify, supplicate
- anu-naya m. conciliation, salutation, courtesy, civility, showing respect or adoration to a guest or a deity
- humble entreaty or supplication, reverential deportment
- regulation of conduct, discipline, tuition
- (mfn.), conciliatory, kind
- (am), ind. fitly becomingly
- ○pratigha-prahāṇa n. abandoning the obstacles to conciliatory behaviour Buddh
- anunayâmantrana n. conciliatory address
- anu-nayamāna mfn. conciliating, honouring
- anu-nayin mfn. courteous, supplicating
- anu-nāyaka mf(ikā)n. submissive, humble
- anu-nāyikā f. a female character subordinate to a nāyikā or leading female character in a drama
- anu-ninīṣu mfn. desirous of conciliating
- anu-nīta mfn. disciplined, taught
- obtained
- respected
- pleased, pacified
- humbly entreated
- anu-nīti f. conciliation, courtesy, supplication
- anu-neya mfn. to be conciliated Mṛicch
- anu-nu √4. Intens. (impf. 3 pl. -nonavur
- pr. p. nom. pl. m. -nónuvatas) to follow with acclamations of praise RV. i, 80, 9 and viii, 92, 33
- anu-√nṛt to dance after (acc.) R. Kathās
- to dance before (acc.) MBh
- an-unnata mfn. not elevated, not lifted up
- ○gātra mfn. having limbs that are not too stout, prominent or protuberant Buddh. [Page 34, Column]
- anunnatânata mfn. not raised nor lowered, level
- an-unmatta mfn. not mad, sane, sober, not wild
- án-unmadita mfn. id. AV. vi, 111, 1-4
- án-unmāda m. not being mad, soberness MaitrS
- (mfn.) = an-unmatta
- an-upakārin mfn. not assisting, disobliging, ungrateful, not making a return for benefits received
- unserviceable, useless
- an-upakṛta mfn. unassisted
- án-upakṣita mfn. uninjured, undecaying RV. iii, 13, 7 and x, 101, 5 AV. vi, 78, 2
- án-upagītam ind. so that no other person accompanies in singing ŚBr
- an-upaghātârjita mfn. acquired without detriment (to the paternal estate)
- an-upaghnat mfn. not detrimental Mn
- not touching Lāṭy
- anu-√pac to make ripe by degrees BhP.: Pass. to become ripe by degrees MBh. xiv, 497
- an-upajīvanīyá mfn. yielding no livelihood, (Compar. -tara, 'yielding no livelihood at all') ŚBr. vi
- having no livelihood ŚBr. vi
- anu-√paṭh to say after, read through, repeat BhP. Suśr
- anu-paṭhita mfn. read through (aloud), recited
- anu-paṭhitin ī m. (one who has read through or recited), proficient, (g. iṣṭâdi, q.v.)
- anu-√pat to pass by (acc.) flying ĀśvGṛ
- to fly after, run after, go after, follow: Caus. (Imper. 2. sg. -pātaya) to fly along AV. vi, 134, 3
- to throw (a person) down together with oneself R
- anu-patana n. falling on or upon
- following
- (in mathem.) proportion
- anu-patita mfn. fallen, descended
- followed
- anu-pāta s.v
- anu-pati ind. after the husband KātyŚr
- ánu-patha mfn. following the road RV. v, 52, 10
- m. a road followed after another BhP
- a servant BhP
- (am), ind. along the road
- anu-√pad to follow, attend, be fond of
- to enter
- to enter upon
- to notice, understand
- to handle
- anu-pád mfn. coming to pass VS. xv, 8
- anu-pada mfn. following closely L
- m. N. of a man or tribe, (g. upakâdi, q.v.)
- (am), n. a chorus, refrain, burden of a song or words sung again after regular intervals
- N. of an Upāṅga belonging to the Sāma-veda, (am), ind. step by step
- word for word
- on the heels of, close behind or after. -sūtra n. a commentary explaining the text (of a Brāhmaṇa) word for word
- anu-padavī f. a road followed after another BhP
- anu-padin i, m. a searcher, an inquirer, one who follows or seeks for Pāṇ. 5-2, 90
- anupadīnā f. a boot, buskin Pāṇ. 5-2, 9
- an-upadasta Kauś. or an-upadasya "ṣāṅkh"ṣr. or án-upadasyat ṭṣ. or án-upadasvat āV. or án upadāsuka ṭṣ., mfn. not drying up, not decaying
- an-upadiṣṭa mfn. untaught, uninstructed
- an-upadeṣṭṛ ṭā m. one who does not teach
- an-upadha m. 'having no penultimate', a letter or syllable (as a sibilant or h) not preceded by another
- an-upadhi-śeṣa mfn. in whom there is no longer a condition of individuality Buddh
- an-upanāha m. want of close attachment or adherence (?) Buddh
- an-upanyasta mfn. not laid down clearly, not established Yājñ
- an-upanyāsa m. failure of proof or determination, uncertainty, doubt. [Page 34, Column]
- an-upapatti f. non-accomplishment
- failure of proof
- inconclusive argumentation
- irrelevancy, inapplicability
- insufficiency of means, adversity
- an-upapanna mfn. not done, unaccomplished, uneffected
- unproved
- irrelevant, inconclusive, inapplicable
- impossible
- inadequately supported
- an-upapādaka ās m. pl. 'having no material parent', N. of a class of Buddhas, called Dhyānibuddhas
- an-upaplava mfn. free from disaster or overwhelming calamity
- an-upapluta mfn. not overwhelmed (with calamity)
- an-upabādhá mf(ā́)n. unobstructed ŚBr
- an-upabhukta mfn. unenjoyed, unpossessed
- an-upabhujyamāna mfn. not being enjoyed
- an-upama mf(ā)n. incomparable, matchless
- excellent, best
- (ā), f. the female elephant of the south-east or of the north-east
- ○mati m. N. of a contemporary of Śākya-muni
- an-upamita mfn. uncompared, matchless
- an-upameya mfn. incomparable
- an-upamardana n. nondemolition or refutation of a charge
- an-upayukta mfn. unsuited, unsuitable, improper
- useless, unserviceable
- an-upayoga m. unserviceableness, uselessness
- an-upayogin mfn. unsuitable, useless
- án-uparata mfn. uninterrupted, not stopped
- anu-parā-√gam to follow one who is escaping MaitrS
- anu-parā-√pat to fly or hasten by the side of another AitBr
- anu-parā-√bhū to spoil or destroy after another TS. AitBr.: Caus. -bhāvayati id. TS
- anu-parā-√mṛś to seize ŚBr
- anu-parā-√sru (said of a leaky vessel) to flow with water subsequently Kāṭh
- anu-pari-kṝ √1. to scatter alongside, to bestrew Kauś
- anu-pari-√kram to walk round in order, to make the circuit of, visit in a regular round
- anu-parikramaṇa n. walking round in order AitĀr
- anu-parikrā́mam ind. while walking round in order TS. ŚBr. PārGṛ
- anu-pari-gā √1. to make the round of, traverse MBh
- anu-paricāram ind.= anuparikrā́mam KapS
- anu-pari-ṇī (√nī), to lead or carry about Kauś
- anu-paridhi ind. along or at the three Paridhis of the sacrificial fire KātyŚr
- anu-paripāṭi-krama m. regular order VarBṛS
- anu-pari-√yā to pass through in order ĀśvGṛ
- anu-pari-√vṛt to return, be repeated ŚBr. xiv
- anu-pariśrit ind. along or at the surrounding fence KātyŚr
- anu-pari-√sru to run after BhP
- anu-pari-hā́ram ind. surrounding TS
- anu-parī (√i), -pary-eti (3.pl. -pári-yanti AV. xv, 17, 8, irreg. -paryanti Kauś.), to follow in going round, to make the round of. [Page 35, Column]
- anu-parê (-parā- √i), (Imper. 2. sg. -párêhi
- impf. -páraī7t) to follow in walking off RV. x, 18, 1 TS
- anu-pary-ā-gā √1. (aor. 3. pl. -âgur) to revolve, return to AitBr
- anu-pary-ā-√dhā (Pot. -dadhyāt) to place round in order AitBr
- anu-pary-ā-√vṛt to follow in going off, to follow TS. ŚBr. AitBr
- anu-pary-ukṣ √1. to sprinkle round Gobh. Gaut
- anu-pary-ê (-ā-√i), -pary-âiti, to make the whole round of ŚBr. &c
- an-upalakṣita mfn. untraced, unperceived, unmarked, indiscriminated
- an-upalakṣya mfn. not to be traced, imperceptible
- ○vartman mfn. having ways that cannot be traced
- an-upalabdha mfn. unobtained, unperceived, unascertained
- an-upalabdhi f. non-perception, non-recognition
- ○sama as, ā mf. trying to establish a fact (e.g. the reality and eternity of sound) from the impossibility of perceiving the non perception of it, sophistical argument Nyāyad
- an-upalabhyamāna mfn. not being perceived Pāṇ. 6-3, 80 Sch
- an-upalambha m. non-perception
- an-upalambhana n. want of apprehension or knowledge
- án-upalābha m. not catching TS
- anupalāla m. N. of a demon dangerous to children AV. viii, 6, 2
- an-upavītin ī m. one uninvested with the sacred thread
- anu-√paś P. Ā. -paśyati, ○te, to look at, perceive, notice, discover RV. &c
- to consider, reflect upon (acc.) MBh. &c
- to look upon as, take as ib
- (perf. Ā. p. -paspaśāná) to show (as the path) RV. x, 14, 1 AV. vi, 28, 3
- (Nir. x, 20.)
- anu-paśya mfn. perceiving, seeing Yogas
- anu-spaṣṭa mfn. noticed RV. x, 160, 4
- an-upaśaya m. any aggravating circumstance (in a disease)
- an-upaśānta mfn. not calm
- m. N. of a Buddhist mendicant
- an-upasarga m. a word that is not an Upasarga, q.v., or destitute of one
- that which needs no additions (as a divine being)
- an-upasecaná mfn. having nothing that moistens (e.g. no sauce) AV. xi, 3, 24
- an-upaskṛta mfn. unfinished, unpolished
- not cooked
- genuine
- blameless
- unrequited
- an-upasthāna n. not coming near Lāṭy
- not being at hand, absence
- an-upasthāpana n. not placing near, not producing, not offering
- not having ready or at hand
- an-upasthāpayat mfn. not presenting, not having at hand
- an-upasthāpita mfn. not placed near, not ready, not at hand, not offered or produced
- an-upasthāyin mfn. absent, distant
- án-upasthita mfn. not come near, not present, not at hand
- not complete ŚBr
- (am), n. a word not upasthita, q.v
- án-upasthiti f. absence, not being at hand
- incompleteness ŚBr
- an-upahata mfn. unimpaired, unvitiated
- not rendered impure
- ○kruṣṭa mfn. whose organs of hearing are unimpaired Buddh
- án-upahūta mfn. not called upon or invited ŚBr
- not accompanied with invitations ib
- án-upahūyamāna mfn. not being invited MaitrS
- anu-pā √1. to drink after or there upon, follow in drinking, drink at
- Caus. (Pot. -pāyáyet) to cause to drink afterwards ŚBr. [Page 35, Column]
- anu-pāna n. a fluid vehicle in medicine
- drink taken with or after medicine
- drink after eating
- drink to be had near at hand, (Comm. on) ChUp. i, 10, 3
- anu-pānīya n. drink to be had near at hand Comm. on ChUp. i, 10, 3
- (mfn.), fit to be drunk after
- serving as a liquid vehicle of medicine
- anu-pā √2. Caus. P. Ā. -pālayati, ○te, to preserve, keep, cherish
- to wait for, expect
- anu-pālana n. preserving, keeping up
- anu-pālayat mfn. keeping, maintaining
- anu-pālin mfn. preserving, keeping up
- anu-pālu n. N. of a plant, wild Calladium (?)
- an-upâkṛta mfn. not rendered fit for sacrificial purposes Mn. v, 7 Yājñ
- ○māṃsa n. flesh of an animal not prepared for sacrifice
- an-upâkhya mfn. not clearly discernible Pāṇ. 6-3, 80
- anu-pāta m. falling subsequently upon, alighting or descending upon in succession
- following
- going, proceeding in order, or as a consequence
- a degree of latitude opposite to one given, the Antaeci (?)
- proportion (in arithm.)
- arithmetical progression, rule of three
- anu-pātaka n. a crime similar to a mahāpātaka, q.v. (falsehood, fraud, theft, adultery, &c.)
- anu-pātam ind. in regular succession
- anu-pātin mfn. following as a consequence or result
- anu-pāna 1. anu- √1. pā
- an-upānatka mfn. shoeless KātyŚr
- an-upâyin mfn. not using means or expedients
- anu-pārśva mfn. along or by the side
- lateral
- anu-√pāl 2. anu- √2. pā
- an-upâvṛtta ās m. pl., N. of a people MBh
- an-upâsana n. want of attention to
- an-upâsita mfn. not attended to, neglected
- anu-√piś (perf. -pipeśa) to fasten along AV
- anu-√piṣ (ind. p. -piṣya) to strike against, to touch KātyŚr
- anu-puruṣa m. the before mentioned man Pāṇ. 6-2, 190, a follower ib. Sch
- anu-√puṣ to go on prospering VS
- to prosper after another (acc.) ṢaḍvBr
- anu-puṣpa m. a kind of reed (Saccharum Sara Roxb.)
- anu-√pū Ā. (ánu-pavate) to purify in passing along ŚBr
- anu-pūrva mf(ā)n. regular, orderly, in successive order from the preceding
- (ám), ind. in regular order, from the first RV. &c
- (eṇa), ind. in regular order or succession, from the first, from the beginning, from above downwards
- ○keśa
- ○gātra
- ○daṃṣṭra
- ○nābhi
- ○pāṇi-lekha mfn. having regular hair, regularly shaped limbs, regular teeth, a regularly shaped navel, regular lines in the hands (all these are epithets given to Buddha, some of them also to Mahāviira) Buddh. and Jain
- ○ja mfn. descended in a regular line KātyŚr
- ○vatsā (anupūrvá-), f. a cow which calves regularly AV. ix, 5, 29
- ○śas ind.= anu-pūrvám
- anupūrvya mfn. regular, orderly KātyŚr
- anu-pṛkta mfn. mixed with MBh
- anu-pṛṣṭhya mf(ā)n. (held or extended) lengthwise KātyŚr
- anu-√pṝ Caus. (Imper. -pūrayatu) to fill Gīt
- án-upêta "ṣBr. or anupêta-pūrva āśvṅṛ., mfn. not yet entered at a teacher's (for instruction)
- an-upôṣaṇa n. not fasting. [Page 35, Column]
- an-upta mfn. (√2. vap), unsown(as seed)
- ○sasya mfn. fallow, meadow (ground, &c.) L
- an-uptrima mfn. grown without being sown L
- anu-pra-√kamp Caus. (Pot. -kampayet, 3. pl. ○yeyur) to follow in shaking or agitating AitBr. ĀpŚr
- anu-√prach (with acc. of the person and thing), to ask, to inquire after
- anupraśna s.v
- anu-pra-√jan to be born after
- (with prajām) to propagate again and again BhP.: Caus. -janayati, to cause to be born subsequently
- anu-pra-jñā (pr. p. -jānát) to track, trace, discover RV. iii, 26, 8, &c
- anu-prajñāna am n. tracking, tracing
- anu-pra-ṇud (√nud), to push away from one's self
- to frighten away, put to flight
- anu-prati-krā́mam ind. (√kram), returning TS. v
- anu-prati-√dhā to offer after another (acc.) AitBr. (Pass. -dhīyate)
- anu-prati-ṣṭhā (√sthā), to follow in getting a firm footing or in prospering TS. ChUp.: Desid. -tiṣṭhāsati, to wish to get a firm footing after Gobh
- anu-√prath Ā. -prathate, to extend or spread along (acc.) TS
- to praise, (Comm. on) VS. viii 30
- anu-pra-dā √1. to surrender, make over Buddh
- to add
- anu-pradāna n. a gift, donation Buddh
- addition, increase Prāt
- anu-pra-dhāv √1. to rush after RV. x, 145, 6, &c.: Caus. (perf. -dhāvayā́ṃ cakāra) to drive after ŚBr
- anu-pradhāvita mfn. hurried, eager Daś
- anu-pra-√pat (aor. 3.pl. -paptan) to fly towards RV. vi, 63, 6
- anu-prapātam ind. going in succession Pāṇ. 4-3, 56 Sch
- anu-pra-√pad to enter or approach or arrive after
- to follow, act in conformance to
- anu-prapanna mfn. following after, conformed to
- anu-prapādam ind. going in succession Pāṇ. 4-3, 56 Sch
- anu-pra-pā √1. P. (3. pl. -pibanti) to drink one after the other AitBr
- Ā. (3. pl. -pipate sic and -pibate) to drink after another (acc.) TS. Kāṭh
- anu-pra-√bhā to shine upon TBr
- anu-pra-bhūta mfn. passing through, penetrating, (ánu prá-bhuta) RV. viii, 58, 2
- penetrated ChUp
- anu-pra-√bhūṣ (p. -bhū́ṣat) to serve, attend, offer RV. ix, 29, 1
- anu-pramāṇa mfn. having a suitable size or length
- anu-pra-√muc to let loose or go successively RV. iv, 22, 7
- anu-pra-√mud Caus. -modayati, to consent MārkP
- anu-pra-√yam to offer TS
- anu-pra-√yā to follow after TBr
- to start after, accompany
- anu-pra-√yuj to employ after, add after (abl.) Pāṇ. to join, follow AV. &c
- anu-prayujyamāna mfn. being employed in addition or after or afterwards
- anu-prayoktavya mfn. to be joined or employed in addition or after
- anu-prayoga m. additional use
- anu-pra-√ruh to grow in accordance with ŚBr. [Page 36, Column]
- anu-praroha mfn. coming up or growing in accordance with
- anu-pra-vacana n. study of the Veda with a teacher
- anupravacanâdi a g. of Pāṇ. 5-1, 111
- anupravacanīya mfn. belonging to, or necessary for anupravacana ĀśvGṛ. Gobh
- anu-pra-√vad to repeat another's words TS. AitBr
- to speak of Nir.: Caus. -vādayati, to cause to resound, to play (an instrument) ŚāṅkhŚr
- anu-pra-√vah to drag (or carry) about
- to go or get forward RV. x, 2, 3
- anu-pra-√viś to follow in entering, enter
- to attack
- anu-praviśya ind. p. having entered into
- anu-praveśa m. or n. entrance into
- anu-praveśana [gaṇa anupravacanâdi, q.v.], n. entrance into
- imitation L
- anu-praveśanīya mfn. connected with entering, (g. anupravacanâdi, q.v.)
- anu-pra-√vṛj -prá-vṛṇakti, to send or throw after ŚBr
- anu-pra-√vṛt (impf. -prấvartata
- perf. -vāvṛte) to proceed along or after RV
- anu-pravṛtta mfn. following after (acc.) BhP
- anu-pra-√vraj to follow into exile R. v, 36, 61
- anu-pra-śuc √1. -śocate, to regret or mourn deeply MBh
- anu-praśna m. a subsequent question (having reference to what has been previously said by the teacher)
- anu-pra-√sañj to adhere to, fasten ŚBr
- anu-prasakta mfn. strongly attached Śiś
- anu-prasakti is f. close connection with
- anu-pra-√sad to be content or satisfied with (acc.)
- anu-prasūta mfn. (√4. su), created afterwards MBh. xiii 7361
- anu-pra-√sṛ
- Caus. (impf. 3. pl. -prâsārayanta) to extend over RV. x, 56, 5: Intens. part. -sársrāṇa, moving along (acc.) RV. v, 44, 3
- anu-pra-√sṛp to creep towards or after TS. ŚBr.: Caus. (Opt. 3. pl. -sarpayeyuḥ) to cause to pass round (acc.), AśvSr
- anu-pra-√stṛ to scatter along or upon Kauś
- anu-pra-√sthā to start after another: Caus. -sthāpayati, to cause to follow BhP
- anu-prastha mfn. latitudinal
- according to width, following the breadth or latitude
- anu-pra-hita mfn. (√hi), sent after Uttarar
- anu-pra-√hṛ to throw into the fire TS. ŚBr. &c
- anu-praháraṇa n. throwing into the fire ŚBr. &c
- anu-prâṇ (√an), cl. 2. P. -prâṇiti, to breathe after TUp
- anu-prâp (√āp), to come or go up to, reach, attain
- to arrive
- to get
- to get back
- to get by imitating
- anu-prâpta mfn. arrived, returned
- obtained
- having reached, having got
- anu-prâs (√2. as), -pras74yati, to throw after ŚBr. KātyŚr
- anu-prâsa m. alliteration, repetition of similar letters, syllables, and words Kpr. &c
- anu-prê (√i), cl. 2. P. -praiti, to follow RV. &c
- to follow in death ŚBr
- to seek after AV. AitBr
- anu-prêkṣ (√ikṣ), to follow with the eyes. [Page 36, Column]
- anu-prêṣ (√iṣ), Caus. P. -prêṣayati, to send forth after
- anu-prâiṣá m. a subsequent invitation ŚBr
- anu-prôh (√1. ūh), to insert ĀpŚr
- anu-√plu to float (as clouds) after
- to follow
- anu-plava m. acompanion or follower Ragh
- anu-√bandh to attach, tie
- to bind (by an obligation)
- to stick, adhere, follow, endure
- to be followed by BhP
- anu-baddha mfn. bound to, obliged to, connected with, related to, belonging to
- followed by
- anu-badhnat mfn. following, seeking Kir
- anu-bandha m. binding, connection, attachment
- encumbrance
- clog
- uninterrupted succession
- sequence, consequence, result
- intention, design
- motive, cause
- obstacle
- inseparable adjunct or sign of anything, secondary or symptomatic affection (supervening on the principal disease)
- an indicatory letter or syllable attached to roots, &c. (marking some peculiarity in their inflection
- e.g. an i attached to roots, denotes the insertion of a nasal before their final consonant)
- a child or pupil who imitates an example set by a parent or preceptor
- commencement, beginning
- anything small or little, a part, a small part
- (in arithm.) the junction of fractions
- (in phil.) an indispensable element of the Vedānta
- (ī), f. hickup L
- thirst L
- anu-bandhaka mf(ikā)n. connected, allied
- related
- anu-bandhana n. binding, connection, succession, unbroken series
- anu-bandhin mfn. connected with, attached
- having in its train or as a consequence, resulting
- continuous, lasting, permanent
- anubandhi-tva n. the state of being accompanied or attended or followed
- anu-bandhya mfn. principal, primary, liable to receive an adjunct (as a √, a disease) (cf. anū-bándhya.)
- anu-bala am n. rear-guard, an auxiliary army following another
- anu-√bādh Pass. (p -bādhyamāna) to be oppressed or tormented Rājat. Kathās
- anu-√budh to awake
- to recollect
- to learn (by infurmation): Caus. -bodhayati, to communicate, to remind, Sāk
- anu-bodha m. recollection
- an after-thought L
- reviving the scent of a faded perfume, replacing perfumes
- anu-bodhana n. recollecting, reminding
- anu-bodhita mfn. reminded
- convinced by recollection
- anu-brāhmaṇa n. a work resembling a Brāhmaṇa Pāṇ. 4-2, 62
- (am), ind. according to the Brāhmaṇa Lāṭy
- anu-brāhmaṇika Comm. on ḻāṭy., as, or m. a knower of an anu-brāhmaṇa
- anu-brāhmaṇin āśv"ṣr. Vait., i, m. a knower of an anu-brāhmaṇa
- anu-√brū cl. 2 P. -braviiti to pronounce, recite
- to utter
- to address, invite (with dat.) ŚBr. &c
- to repeat another's words, learn by heart (by repeating another's words) RV. v, 44, 13 ŚBr
- anu-√bhaj to worship BhP
- anu-√bhā to shine after another (acc.) RV. iii, 6, 7 Up
- anu-√bhāṣ to speak to, address
- to confess
- anu-bhāṣaṇa am. an-anubhāṣaṇa
- anu-bhāṣitṛ mfn. speaking to, saying Ragh
- anu-bhāsa m. a kind of crow
- anu-√bhid to split or break along ŚBr
- anu-bhitti ind. along a mat KātyŚr
- anu-√bhuj to suffer the consequence of one's actions
- to enjoy successively Kum
- to enjoy, participate
- to pass (an asterism) BhP
- anu-bhoga m. (in law) enjoyment, a grant of hereditary land in return for service
- anu-√bhū to enclose, embrace ChUp
- to be after, attain, equal RV. &c
- to be useful, to help ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
- to turn or incline to RV. x, 147, 1 [Page 36, Column]
- to notice, perceive, understand
- to experience, to attempt
- anu-bhava m. perception, apprehension, fruition
- understanding
- impression on the mind not derived from memory
- experience, knowledge derived from personal observation or experiment
- result, consequence
- ○siddha mfn. established by experience or perception
- anubhavârūḍha mfn. subjected to trial or experiment
- anu-bhāva m. sign or indication of a feeling (bhāva) by look or gesture Kpr. &c
- dignity, authority, consequence
- firm opinion, ascertainment, good resolution, belief
- anu-bhāvaka mf(ikā) n. causing to apprehend, making to understand
- ○tā f. understanding
- anu-bhāvana n. the act of indicating feelings by sign or gesture Sāh
- anu-bhāvin mfn. perceiving, knowing
- being an eye-witness Mn. viii, 69 Āp
- showing signs of feeling
- anu-bhū mfn. perceiving, understanding (ifc.)
- anu-bhūta mfn. perceived, understood, apprehended
- resulted, followed as a consequeuce
- that has experienced, tasted, tried or enjoyed
- anu-bhūti f. perception
- knowledge from any source but memory
- (in phil.) knowledge gained by means of the four Pramāṇas (perception by the senses, inference, comparison, and verbal authority)
- dignity, consequence
- ○prakāśa m. N. of a metrical paraphrase of the twelve principal Upanishads by Vidyāraṇya-muni
- ○svarūpâcārya m. N. of the author of the grammar Sārasvatī-prakriyā
- anu-bhūya ind. having experienced
- anu-bhūyamāna mfn. being under trial
- being experienced or enjoyed
- anu-√bhṛ to support Kāṭh
- to insert, enter RV. x, 61, 5 AV
- anu-bhartṛ́ mf(trī́)n. supporting, strengthening (Gmn.), penetrating (NBD.) RV. i, 88, 6
- anu-√bhrāj to illuminate
- anu-bhrātṛ tā m. a younger brother
- anu-√mad to rejoice over, to gladden, to praise RV. &c
- anu-mā́dya (4, 5), mfn. to be praised in succession, to be granted with acclamation or praise RV. AV
- anu-madhyama mfn. next oldest to the middle Pāṇ. 6-2, 189 Sch
- anu-√man to approve, assent to, permit, grant: Caus. P. -mānayati, to ask for permission or leave, ask for (acc.) Yājñ
- to honour
- anu-mata mfn. approved, assented to, permitted, allowed, agreeable, pleasant
- loved, beloved
- concurred with, being of one opinion
- (am), n. consent, permission, approbation
- (e), loc. ind. with consent of
- ○karma-kārin mfn. doing what is allowed. acting according to an agreement
- ánu-mati f. assent, permission, approbation
- personified as a goddess RV. AV. &c
- the fifteenth day of the moon's age (on which it rises one digit less than full, when the gods or manes receive oblations with favour)
- also personified as a goddess VP., oblation made to this goddess
- ○pattra n. (in law) a deed expressing assent
- anu-manana n. assenting Nir
- anu-mantṛ́ mfn. consenting to, permitting TBr. &c
- anu-manyamāna mfn. minding, assenting
- anu-māná m. permission, consent TBr. Kāṭh
- anu-√mantr to accompany with or consecrate by magic formulas
- to dismiss with a blessing
- anu-mantraṇa n. consecration by hymns and prayers
- ○mantra m. a hymn used in consecrating
- anu-mantrita mfn. so consecrated
- anu-maraṇa anu-√mṛ
- anu-maru m. (used in the pl.) a country next to a desert R. iv, 43, 19
- anu-mā √2. Intens. (impf. amīmed ánu) to roar or bleat towards RV. i, 164, 28
- anu-mā √3. to be behind in measure, to be unable to equal RV. [Page 37, Column]
- to infer, conclude, guess, conjecture: Pass. -mīyate, to be inferred or supposed
- anu-mā f. inference, a conclusion from given premises
- anu-māna n. the act of inferring or drawing a conclusion from given premises
- inference, consideration, reflection
- guess, conjecture
- one of the means of obtaining true knowledge ( pramāṇa)
- ○khaṇḍa n. or works on anumāna
- ○cintāmaṇi m. or works on anumāna
- ○prakāśa m. works on anumāna
- ○maṇi-dīdhiti f. a similar work written by Raghunātha
- anumānôkti f. inferential argument, reasoning
- anu-māpaka mf(ikā)n. causing an inference (as an effect)
- anu-mita mfn. inferred, conjectured
- anu-miti f. conclusion from given premises
- anu-mimāna mfn. p. Ā. concluding, inferring
- anu-mīyamāna mfn. Pass. p. being inferred
- anu-méya mfn. to be measured AV. vi, 137, 2
- inferable, to be inferred, proved or conjectured
- anu-mā́dya anu-√mad
- anu-māṣam ind. like a kidney bean, (g. parimukhâdi, q.v.)
- anu-mid √2. -medyati, to become fat after another TBr
- anu-√mud to join in rejoicing RV. viii, 1, 14, &c
- to sympathize with, to rejoice
- to allow with pleasure, express approval, applaud, permit: Caus. -modayati, to express approval, permit
- anu-moda m. a subsequent pleasure, the feeling of pleasure from sympathy
- anu-modaka mf(ikā)n. assenting, showing sympathetic joy
- anu-modana n. pleasing, causing pleasure, applauding
- assent, acceptance
- sympathetic joy
- anu-modita mfn. pleased, delighted, applauded
- agreeable, acceptable
- anu-√muh to feel distressed at, to be troubled about or after another MBh. i, 143
- anu-√mṛ to follow in death TBr. &c
- anu-maraṇa n. following in death
- postcremation or concremation of a widow
- the burning of a widow with (her husband's corpse or with part of his dress when his body is not on the spot
- cf. saha-maraṇa)
- anu-mariṣyat mfn. about to follow in death
- anu-mṛtā f. the woman who burns with a part of her husband's dress
- anumṛgya mfn. (√mṛg), to be sought after BhP
- ○dāśu mfn. granting all that is sought
- anu-√mṛj to rub lengthways for polishing or cleaning AV. ŚBr. &c. Intens. part. -mármṛjāna, stretching (the arms) repeatedly towards RV. x, 142, 5
- anu-√mṛś to grasp, seize RV. &c
- to consider, think of, reflect: Caus. -marśayati, to touch or take hold of for the sake of examining Kāṭh
- anu-márśam ind. so as to seize or take hold of ŚBr. KātyŚr
- anu-√mluc (only used for the etymol. of anu-mlócantī, below), to rise from the resting-place (?) ŚBr
- anu-mlócantī Vṣ. or f. N. of an Apsaras
- anu-mlocā ḥariv., f. N. of an Apsaras
- anu-yajus ind. according to the Yajus-formula KātyŚr
- anu-yāga m. a subsequent or after sacrifice Pāṇ. 7-3, 62 Sch
- anu-yājá m. a secondary or final sacrifice RV. x, 51, 8 &9 and 182, 2 ŚBr. &c
- ○prasava m. permission to perform an Anuyāja KātyŚr
- ○prâiṣa ās m. pl. the formulas belonging to the Anuyāja KātyŚr
- ○vat (anuyājá-), mfn. having secondary sacrifices MaitrS. AitBr
- anuyājânumantraṇa n. reciting those formulas KātyŚr
- anuyājârtha mfn. belonging to or used at an Anuyāja KātyŚr. [Page 37, Column]
- anu-√yat Ā. -yatate, to strive to attain to or to reach RV. ix, 92, 3
- anu-√yam (3. pl. -yacchanti
- Imper. -yacchatu
- p. fem. -yácchamānā) to direct, guide, give a direction to RV. i, 123, 13 ; iv, 57, 7 and vi, 75, 6
- (perf. 3. pl. -yemuḥ Ā. 3. du. -yemā́te) to follow RV
- ánu-yata mfn. followed (in hostile manner) RV. v, 41, 13
- anu-yavam ind. like barley, (g. parimukhâdi, q.v.)
- anu-√yā to go towards or after, follow
- to imitate, equal
- anu-yā́ mfn. following VS. xv, 6
- anu-yāta mfn. following
- followed
- practised
- anu-yātavya mfn. to be followed
- anu-yātṛ m. a follower, companion
- anu-yātra am, ā n. f. retinue, attendance
- that which is required for a journey
- anu-yātrika mfn. following, attendant Śāk
- anu-yāna n. going after, following
- anu-yāyin mfn. going after
- a follower, a dependant, attendant
- following, consequent upon
- anuyāyi-tā f. or succession
- anuyāyi-tva n. succession
- anu-√yuj to join again ŚBr. AitBr
- to question, examine
- to order
- to enjoin: Caus. -yojayati, to place upon
- to add Kauś.: Desid. -yuyukṣati, to intend to question MBh
- anu-yukta mfn. ordered, enjoined
- asked, inquired
- examined, questioned
- reprehended
- anu-yuktin ī m. one who has enjoined, examined, (gaṇaiṣṭâdi, q.v.)
- anu-yugam ind. according to the Yugas or four ages Mn. i, 84
- anu-yoktṛ tā m. an examiner, inquirer, teacher
- anu-yoga m. a question, examination
- censure, reproof Nyāyad
- religious meditation, spiritual union
- ○kṛt m. an Ācārya or spiritual teacher
- anu-yogin mfn. ifc. combining, uniting
- connected with
- questioning
- anu-yojana n. question, questioning
- anu-yojya mfn. to be examined or questioned Mn
- to be enjoined or ordered
- censurable
- a servant, agent, delegate Śāk
- anu-yū́ mfn. (√2. yu), depending, dependent ŚBr. xi
- anu-yūpam ind. along the Yūpa or sacrificial post, (g. parimukhâdi, q.v.)
- anu-rakṣ √1. to guard while following ŚāṅkhŚr
- to guard, take care of
- anu-rakṣaṇa n. the act of guarding
- anu-rajju ind. along the rope KātyŚr
- anu-√rañj to become red in imitation of
- to be attached or devoted: Caus. P. -rañjayati, to win, conciliate, gratify
- anu-rakta mfn. fond of, attached, pleased
- beloved
- ○praja mfn. beloved by his subjects
- ○loka m. a person to whom every one is attached
- anu-rakti f. affection, love, devotion
- anu-rañjaka mf(ikā)n. attaching, conciliating
- anu-rañjana n. the act of attaching or conciliating affection, love
- pleasing
- anu-rañjita mfn. conciliated, delighted
- anu-rāga m. attachment, affection, love, passion
- red colour Śiś. ix, 8, &c
- ○vat mfn. affectionate, attached, in love with
- red Śiś. ix, 10 &c
- anurāgêṅgita n. gesture expressive of passion
- anu-rāgin mfn. impassioned, attached
- causing love
- (iṇī), f. personification of a musical note
- anuragi-tā f. the state of being in love with
- anu-raṇana n. sounding conformably to, echoing Sāh
- anu-ratha m. N. of a son of Kuruvatsa and father of Puruhotra VP
- (am), ind. behind the carriage Pāṇ. 2-1, 6 Sch
- anu-rathyā f. a path along the margin of a road, side road R. ii, 6, 17
- anu-√ram P. -ramati, to cease to go or continue, stop ŚāṅkhŚr.: Ā. to be fond of [Page 37, Column]
- anu-rata mfn. fond of, attached to
- anu-rati f. love, affection
- attachment
- anu-ras √1. to answer to a cry or to a sound
- anu-rasita n. echo Mālatīm. Uttarar
- anu-rasa m. (in poetry) a subordinate feeling or passion
- a secondary flavour (as a little sweetness in a sour fruit, &c.) Suśr. &c
- anu-rahasam ind. in secret, apart Pāṇ. 5-4, 81
- anu-√rāj to be brilliant or shine in accordance with (said of corresponding metres) RV
- anu-rātram ind. in the night AitBr
- anu-√rādh to carry to an end
- to finish with (gen.) TBr
- anu-rāddha mfn. effected, accomplished
- obtained BhP
- anu-rādha mfn. anūrādhá
- born under the asterism Anurādhā Pāṇ. 4-3, 34
- m. N. of a Buddhist
- (ās), m. pl. and (ā́) [AV. &c.], f. the seventeenth of the twenty-eight Nakshatras or lunar mansions (a constellation described as a line of oblations)
- ○grāma m. or the ancient capital of Ceylon founded by the above-named Anurādha
- ○pura n. the ancient capital of Ceylon founded by the above-named Anurādha
- anu-√ric Pass. -ricyate, to be emptied after TS
- anu-√riṣ cl. 4. P. -riṣyati, to be injured after (acc.) ChUp
- anu-√rī cl. 4. Ā. -rīyate, to flow after RV. i, 85, 3
- (p. -rī́yamāṇa) VS. x, 19
- anu-√ru to imitate the cry or answer to the cry of (acc.)
- anu-ruta mfn. resounding with VarBṛS
- an-uru mf(us or vi)n. not great
- anu-√ruc Caus. P. -rocayati, to choose, prefer MBh
- anu-√rud to lament, bewail
- anu-√rudh to bar (as a way) MBh. xiii, 1649
- to surround, confine, overcome BhP. &c
- cl. 4. Ā. -rudhyate or ep. P. -rudhyati (2. sg. -rudhyase RV. viii, 43, 9, &c.), to adhere to, be fond of, love
- to coax, soothe, entreat
- anu-ruddha mfn. checked, opposed
- soothed, pacified
- m. N. of a cousin of Śākyamuni
- anu-rúdh mfn. adhering to, loving VS. xxx, 9 (cf. anū-rúdh.)
- anu-rodha m. obliging or fulfilling the wishes (of any one)
- obligingness, compliance
- consideration, respect
- reference or bearing of a rule
- anu-ródhana n. obliging or fulfilling the wishes of
- means for winning the affection of. AV
- anu-rodhin mfn. complying with, compliant, obliging, having respect or regard to
- anurodhitā f. the state of being so Kathās
- anu-√ruh P. to ascend, mount RV. x, 13, 3: Ā. to grow RV
- anu-ruhā f. a grass (Cyperus Pertenius)
- anu-rohá m. mounting or growing up to MaitrS. PBr
- ánu-rūpa mfn. following the form, conformable, corresponding, like, fit, suitable
- adapted to, according to
- m. the Antistrophe which has the same metre as the Stotriya or Strophe
- the second of three verses recited together
- (am), n. conformity, suitability
- (am, eṇa), ind. ifc. conformably, according
- ○ceṣṭa mfn. endeavouring to act becomingly
- ○tas ind. conformably
- anu-revatī f. N. of a plant
- anu-lakṣya ind. p. conforming to
- anu-lagna mfn. attached to
- followed
- intent on, pursuing after
- anu-√labh to grasp or take hold of (from behind) ŚBr. KātyŚr.: Desid. -lipsate, to intend to grasp ib
- anulā f. N. of a female Arhat or Buddhist saint
- also of a queen of Ceylon. [Page 38, Column]
- anu-lāpa m. (√lap), repetition of what has been said, tautology
- anu-lāsa or -lāsya m. a peacock
- anu-√lip P. to anoint, besmear
- Ā. to anoint one's self after (bathing): Caus. -lepayati, to cause to be anointed
- anu-lipta mfn. smeared, anointed
- anuliptâṅga mfn. having the limbs anointed
- anu-lepa m. unction, anointing, bedaubing
- anu-lepaka mfn. anointing the body with unguents L
- (ikā), f. (g. mahiṣy-ādi, q.v.)
- anu-lepana n. anointing the body
- unguent so used
- oily or emollient application
- anu-√lī to disappear after BhP
- anu-√lubh Caus. -lobhayati, to long for, desire R
- anu-loma mf(ā)n. 'with the hair or grain' (opposed to prati-loma, q.v.), in a natural direction, in order, regular, successive
- conformable
- (ā), f. a woman of a lower caste than that of the man's with whom she is connected Yājñ
- (ās), m. 'descendants of an anulomā', mixed castes, (g. upakâdi, q.v.)
- (ám), ind. in regular order ŚBr. &c
- ○kalpa m. the thirty-fourth of the Atharvapariśishṭas
- ○kṛṣṭa mfn. ploughed in the regular direction (with the grain)
- ○ja mfn. offspring of a mother inferior in caste to the father ṃn. Yājñ., (as the Mūrdhāvasikta of a Brāhman father and Kshatriyā mother, and so on with the Ambashṭha Nishāda or Pāraśava, Māhishya, Ugra, Karaṇa.)
- ○pariṇītā f. married in regular gradation
- anulomâya mfn. having fortune favourable
- anulomârtha mfn. one who holds favourable views on any question
- anu-lomana n. due regulation, sending or putting in the right direction Suśr
- carrying off by the right channels, purging Suśr
- anu-lomaya Nom. P. anu-lomayati, to stroke or rub with the hair Pāṇ. 3-1, 25 Sch
- to send in the right direction or so as to carry off by the right channels Suśr
- an-ulbaṇá mf(ā)n. not excessive, not prominent, keeping the regular measure RV. &c
- anu-vaṃśa as m. a genealogical list or table
- collateral branch of a family Hariv
- (am), ind. according to race or family
- (mf(ā)n.), of a corresponding family, of equal birth
- anuvaṃśya mfn. relating to a genealogical list
- anu-vakra mfn. somewhat crooked or oblique
- ○ga mfn. having a somewhat oblique course (as a planet, &c.) Suśr
- anu-√vac to recite the formulas inviting to the sacrificial ceremony
- to repeat, reiterate, recite
- to communicate
- to study: Caus. -vacayati, to cause to recite the inviting formulas, to cause to invite for some sacrificial act KātyŚr
- anu-vaktávya mfn. to be repeated ŚBr
- anu-vaktṛ mfn. speaking after
- replying
- anu-vácana n. speaking after, repetition, reciting, reading
- lecture
- a chapter, a section
- recitation of certain texts in conformity with injunctions (prâiṣa) spoken by other priests
- anu-vacanīya mfn. referring to the anuvacana, (g. anupravacanâdi, q.v.)
- anu-vāká m. saying after, reciting, repeating, reading
- a chapter of the Vedas, a subdivision or section
- ○saṅkhyā f. the fourth of the eighteen Pariśishṭas of the Yajur-veda
- anuvākânukramaṇī f. a work referring to the Ṛig-veda, attributed to Śaunaka
- anu-vākyá mfn. to be recited TBr
- to be repeated, reiterated Gobh
- (ā́), f. the verse to be recited by the Hotṛi or Maitrāvaruṇa priest, in which the god is invoked to partake of the offering intended for him ŚBr
- anuvākyá-vat "ṣBr. or mfn. furnished or accompanied with an Anuvākyā
- anuvākyā-vat āśv"ṣr., mfn. furnished or accompanied with an Anuvākyā
- anu-vā́c k f. = anu-vākyā́ ŚBr. AitBr
- anu-vācana n. the act of causing the Hotṛi to recite the passages of the Ṛig-veda in obedience to the injunction (prâiṣa) of the Adhvaryu priest KātyŚr
- ○prâiṣa m. an injunction to recite as above KātyŚr. [Page 38, Column]
- anū7kta &c. s.v., p. 42
- anu-vatsará m. the fourth year in the Vedic cycle of five years TBr. &c
- a year L
- (am), ind. every year, yearly
- anuvatsarī́ṇa [TBr. &c.] or mfn. referring to the anuvatsará
- anuvatsarīya ṃān"ṣr., mfn. referring to the anuvatsará
- anu-√vad P. (with acc.) to repeat the words of
- to imitate (in speaking)
- to resound
- to repeat, insist upon
- (according to Pāṇ. 1-3, 49, also Ā. if without object or followed by a Gen.) Pass. (anū7dyate) to be expressed correspondingly
- cf. anudita s.v
- anu-vāda m. saying after or again, repeating by way of explanation, explanatory repetition or reiteration with corroboration or illustration, explanatory reference to anything already said
- translation
- a passage of the Brāhmaṇas which explains or illustrates a rule (vidhi) previously propounded (such a passage is sometimes called anuvāda-vacana)
- confirmation Nir
- slander, reviling L
- anu-vādaka or mfn. repeating with comment and explanation, corroborative, concurrent, conformable, in harmony with
- anu-vādin mfn. repeating with comment and explanation, corroborative, concurrent, conformable, in harmony with
- (the masculine of the last is also the name of any one of the three notes of the gamut.)
- anu-vādita mfn. translated
- anu-vādya mfn. to be explained by an anuvāda, to be made the subject of one
- (am), n. the subject of a predicate
- ○tva n. the state of requiring to be explained by an anuvāda
- anū7dita s.v
- anu-vanam ind. along side of a wood Kir. (cf. Pāṇ. 2-1, 15.)
- anu-vap √2. P. to scatter over Nir
- Ā. to scatter as dust AV.: Pass. ánu upyáte, to be scattered as dust RV. i, 176, 2
- anu-√varṇ to mention, describe, recount
- to praise
- anu-vartana &c. anu-√vṛt
- anu-vaśa m. obedience to the will of
- (mfn.), obedient to the will of
- anu-vaṣaṭ-kṛ (√1. kṛ), -karoti (Pot. -kuryāt) to make a secondary exclamation of vaṣaṭ ŚBr. AitBr. KaushBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
- anu-vaṣaṭkāra as m. or a secondary exclamation of vaṣaṭ
- ○váṣaṭkṛta n. a secondary exclamation of vaṣaṭ
- anu-vas √4. to clothe, cover RV. vi, 75, 18 AV. &c
- anu-vasita mfn. dressed up, wrapped
- anu-vas √5. to settle after another (acc.)
- to dwell near to
- to inhabit along with: Caus. -vāsayati, to leave (the calf) with (the cow) TBr
- anu-vāsin mfn. residing, resident
- anu-√vah to convey or carry along
- to take after Comm. on Mn. iii, 7
- anu-vaha m. 'bearing after', one of the seven tongues of fire
- anu-√vā cl. 2. P. -vāti, to blow upon, blow along or after RV. &c
- anu-vā́ f. blowing after TS. (cf. anuvā.)
- anu-vāte ind. with the wind blowing in the same direction, to windward Mn. ii, 203
- anu-vāká anu-√vac
- anu-vāram ind. time after time
- anu-√vāś to roar in reply to (acc.) VarBṛS
- anu-√vās to perfume
- anu-vāsa m. perfuming (especially the clothes)
- an oily enema
- administering oily enemata
- anu-vāsana n. id
- anu-vāsita mfn. scented, perfumed, fumigated
- prepared or administered as an enema
- anu-vāsya or mfn. to be scented or fumigated
- ○vāsanīya mfn. to be scented or fumigated
- requiring an enema
- anu-vi-√kas to blow, expand, as a flower
- anu-vi-√kāś Intens. -cākaśīti, to penetrate with one's vision AV. [Page 38, Column]
- anu-vi-kṛ √1. to shape after ŚBr
- anu-vi-kṝ √1. to bestrew ŚBr
- to scatter separately ĀpŚr
- anu-vi-√kram Ā. to step or walk after, follow AV. &c
- anu-vi-√car to walk or pass through RV. vi, 28, 4
- to walk up to RV. viii, 32, 19
- anu-vi-√cal to follow in changing place AV
- anu-vi-√cint to recall to mind Buddh
- to meditate upon ib
- anu-vi-√tan to extend all along or all over ŚBr
- anu-vid √1. cl. 2. P., Ved. -vetti, to know thoroughly RV. &c
- anu-vid √3. cl. 6. P. Ā. -vindati, ○te, to find, obtain, discover RV. &c
- to marry MBh
- to deem Gīt
- ánu-vitta mfn. found, obtained, at hand ŚBr. xiv, &c
- ánu-vitti f. finding ŚBr
- anu-vidvás mfn. perf. p. having found AV
- anu-vi-√dhā to assign to in order
- to regulate, lay down a rule: Pass. -dhīyate, to be trained to follow rules
- to yield or conform to (gen.)
- anu-vidhātavya mfn. to be performed according to an order
- anu-vidhāna n. acting conformably to order, obedience
- anu-vidhāyin mfn. conforming to, compliant
- imitating Śiś. vi, 23
- anu-vi-dhāv √1. to flow or run along (acc.or loc.) Kāṭh. KaṭhUp
- to flow through RV. viii, 17, 5
- anu-vi-√nad Caus. P. -nādayati, to make resonant or musical
- anu-vi-√nard to answer with roars Hariv
- anu-vi-naś √2. to disappear, perish, vanish after or with another (acc.) AV. &c
- anu-vi-nāśa m. perishing after
- anu-vi-niḥ-sṛ √to go or come out in order MārkP
- anu-vinda m. N. of a king of Oujein
- anu-vi-√paś -ví-paśyati, to look at, view ŚBr. PBr
- anu-vi-√bhū to equal, correspond to ŚBr
- anu-vi-√mṛś to consider Daś
- anu-vi-√rāj to be bright after or along RV. v, 81, 2
- anu-vi-√lī to dissolve (as salt in water) ŚBr. xiv
- anu-vi-√vā to blow while passing through TBr
- anu-vi-√viś to settle along separately TS
- anu-vi-√vṛt to run along RV. viii, 103, 2: Caus. Ā. -vartayate, to follow hastily AV
- anu-√viś to enter after
- to enter
- to follow
- anu-veśa m. or entering after, following
- ○veśana n. entering after, following
- anu-viśva ās m. pl., N. of a people in the north-east VarBṛS
- anu-vi-ṣaṇṇa mfn. (√sad), fixed upon ChUp
- anu-vi-ṣic (√sic), to pour in addition to (acc.) AV. [Page 39, Column]
- anu-viṣṭambha m. the being impeded in consequence of Nir
- anu-vi-ṣṭhā (√sthā), to extend over RV. &c
- anu-viṣṇu ind. after Vishṇu
- anu-vi-ṣyand (√syand), to flow over or along or upon ŚBr
- anu-vi-√sṛ to extend or stream over TBr
- anu-vi-√sṛj to shoot at or towards
- to send along (acc.) RV. v, 53, 6
- anu-vistṛta mfn. (√stṛ), 'extended, spread out', large, roomy R
- anu-vismita mfn. one who is astonished after another R
- anu-vi-√sraṃs Caus. -sraṃsayati, to separate, loose ŚBr
- anu-vi-√han to interrupt, derange MBh
- anu-vī7 (√i), cl. 2. P. -vyeti, to follow or join in going off or separating VS. ŚBr
- to extend along TBr
- anu-vī7kṣ (√īkṣ), to survey, examine
- anu-√vīj to fan
- anu-√vṛ to cover, KaushBr. &c
- to surround: Caus. Ā. -vārayate, to hinder, prevent
- anu-√vṛt Ā. to go after
- to follow, pursue
- to follow from a previous rule, be supplied from a previous sentence
- to attend
- to obey, respect, imitate
- to resemble
- to assent
- to expect
- Caus. P. -vartayati, to roll after or forward
- to follow up, carry out
- to supply
- anu-vartana n. obliging, serving or gratifying another
- compliance, obedience
- following, attending
- concurring
- consequence, result
- continuance
- supplying from a previous rule
- anu-vartanīya mfn. to be followed
- to be supplied from a previous rule
- anu-vartin mfn. following, compliant, obedient, resembling
- anuvarti-tva n. the state of being so
- ánu-vartman mfn. following attending AV. &c
- (a), n. a path previously walked by another BhP
- anu-vṛ́t mfn. walking after, following MaitrS. PBr
- anu-vṛtta mfn. following, obeying, complying
- rounded off
- (am), n. obedience, conformity, compliance
- anu-vṛtti f. following, acting suitably to, having regard or respect to, complying with, the act of continuance
- (in Pāṇini's Gr.) continued course or influence of a preceding rule on what follows
- reverting to
- imitating, doing or acting in like manner
- anu-√vṛdh to grow, increase
- anu-√vṛṣ to rain upon or along AV. TS
- anu-vedi ind. along the ground prepared for sacrifice KātyŚr
- anu-vedy-antám ind. along the edge of the sacrificial ground ŚBr
- anu-√ven to allure, entice RV
- anu-velam ind. now and then
- anu-vellita n. (√vell), bandaging, securing with bandages (in surgery)
- a kind of bandage applied to the extremities Suśr
- (mfn.), bent in conformity with, bent under
- anu-√veṣṭ to be fixed to, cling to Kāṭh.: Caus. P. -veṣṭayati, to wind round, cover
- anuvaineya N. of a country
- anu-vyañjana n. a secondary mark or token Buddh. [Page 39, Column]
- anu-√vyadh cl. 4. P. -vidhyati, to strike afterwards Mn
- to penetrate, pierce through, wound
- anu-viddha mfn. pierced, penetrated
- intermixed, full of, abounding in
- set (as a jewel)
- anu-vedha or m. piercing
- anu-vyādha m. piercing
- obstructing
- blending, intermixture
- anu-vyám ind. (√vii), behind, after, inferior to ŚBr. PBr
- anu-vy-ava-gā √1. cl. 3. P. -jigāti, to come between in succession to another ŚBr
- anu-vy-ava-√so to perceive
- anu-vy-avê (√i), cl. 2. P. -avaiti, to follow in intervening or coming between ŚBr
- anu-vy-aś √1. to overtake, reach ŚBr
- anu-vy-ā-√khyā to explain further ṢaḍvBr. ChUp
- anu-vyākhyā́na n. that portion of a Brāhmaṇa which explains or illustrates difficult Sûtras, texts or obscure statements occurring in another portion ŚBr. xiv
- anu-vy-ā-√sthā Caus. -sthāpayati, to send away in different directions TBr
- anu-vy-ā-√hṛ to utter in order or repeatedly MaitrUp
- to curse ŚBr. &c
- anu-vyāharaṇa n. repeated utterance R
- anu-vyāhāra m. cursing, execration KātyŚr
- anu-vyāhārín mfn. execrating, cursing ŚBr
- anu-vy-uc-√car to follow in going forth ŚBr
- anu-vy-ūh √1. to move apart after PBr
- to distribute ŚBr
- anu-√vraj to go along ĀśvŚr
- to follow (especially a departing guest, as a mark of respect)
- to visit seriatim
- to obey, do homage
- anu-vrajana n. following as above, Heat
- anu-vrajya mfn. to be followed (as by the relatives of a dead person to the cemetery) Yājñ. iii, 1
- anu-vrajyā f. = anu-vrajana Mn. &c
- ánu-vrata mfn. devoted to, faithful to, ardently attached to (with gen. or acc.)
- anu-√śaṃs to recite or praise after another TS. &c
- (Ved. Inf. (dat.) anu-śáse) to join in praising RV. v, 50, 2
- anu-√śak to be able to imitate or come up with RV. x, 43, 5: Desid. Caus. P. -śikṣayati, to teach, instruct
- anu-śikṣin mfn. exercising one's self in, practising Daś. &c
- anu-śatika mfn. accompanied with or bought for a hundred
- anuśatikâdi a g. of Pāṇ. 7-3, 20, containing the compounds the derivatives of which have Vṛiddhi in both parts, as ānuśātika, &c
- anu-√śap to curse MBh
- anu-śabdita mfn. verbally communicated
- spoken of
- anu-śabdya ind. p. having communicated Hariv
- anu-√śam to become calm after or in consequence of BhP
- anu-śaya &c. anu- √1. śī
- anu-śara m. (√śṝ), N. of a Rākshasa
- anu-śastra n. any subsidiary weapon or instrument, anything used in place of a regular surgical instrument (as a finger-nail) Suśr
- anu-√śās to rule, govern
- to order
- to teach, direct, advise, address
- to punish, chastise, correct
- anu-śāsaka mfn. one who governs, instructs, directs or punishes
- anu-śā́sat mfn. showing (the way) RV. i, 139, 4. [Page 39, Column]
- anu-śā́sana n. instruction, direction, command, precept RV. x, 32, 7, &c
- ○para mfn. obedient
- anu-śāsanīya or mfn. to be instructed
- ○śāsya mfn. to be instructed
- anu-śāsita mfn. directed
- defined by rule
- anu-śāsitṛ mfn. governing, instructing Bhag
- anu-śāsin mfn. punishing Vikr
- anu-śiṣṭa mfn. taught, revealed
- adjudged, done conformably to law
- anu-śiṣṭi f. instruction, teaching, ordering
- anu-śiṣya ind. part. having ruled or ordered
- anu-śikṣ &c. anu-√śak
- anu-śikha m. N. of a Nāga or snake priest PBr
- anu-śivam ind. after Śiva
- ánu-śiśu f. followed by its young (as by a foal, &c.) ŚBr. KātyŚr
- anu-śī √1. cl. 2. Ā. -śete, to sleep with, lie along or close, adhere closely to
- anu-śaya m. close connection as with a consequence, close attachment to any object
- (in phil.) the consequence or result of an act (which clings to it and causes the soul after enjoying the temporary freedom from transmigration to enter other bodies)
- repentance, regret
- hatred
- ancient or intense enmity
- (ī), f. á disease of the feet, a boil or abscess on the upper part
- a boil on the head
- ○vat mfn. = anu-śayin
- anu-śayāna mfn. repenting, regretting
- (ā), f. a heroine or female character who regrets the loss of her lover (in dramas)
- anu-śayitavya mfn. to be regretted
- anu-śayin mfn. having the consequence of an act, connected as with a consequence
- devotedly attached to, faithful
- repentant, penitent, regretful, sorry for
- hating deeply
- anu-śāyin mfn. lying or extending along Nir
- anu-śīlaya Nom. P. -śīlayati, to practise in imitation of BhP
- anu-śīlana n. constant practice or study (of a science, &c.), repeated and devoted service
- anu-śīlita mfn. studied carefully, attended to
- anu-śuc √1. to mourn over, regret, bewail: Caus. P. -śocayati, to mourn over
- anu-śoka m. sorrow, repentance, regret L
- anu-śocaka mfn. grieving, one who repents
- occasioning repentance
- anu-śocana n. sorrow, repentance
- anu-śocita mfn. regretted, repented of
- anu-śocin mfn. regretful, sorrowful
- anu-√śuṣ to dry up gradually ŚBr. &c
- to become emaciated by gradual practice of religious austerity Kauś
- to languish after another
- anu-śobhin mfn. shining
- anu-√śrath cl. 6. P. -śṛnthati, to untie TS.: Caus. P. (aor. Subj. 2. sg. -śiśrathaḥ) to frighten [BR
- 'to abolish' Sāy.] RV. iv, 32, 22: Ā. -śrathayate, to annihilate or soften the effect of. RV. v, 59, 1
- anu-√śru cl. 5. P. -śṛṇoti, to hear repeatedly (especially what is handed down in the Veda): Desid. Ā. -śuśrūṣate, to obey
- anu-śrava m. Vedic tradition (acquired by repeated hearing) L
- anu-śruta mfn. handed down by Vedic tradition
- anu-√śvas to breathe continually
- anu-ṣac (√sac), to adhere to, keep at the side of RV. &c
- anu-ṣañj (√sañj), cl. 1. Ā. or Pass. -ṣajjate, -ṣajyate, to cling to, adhere, be attached to
- anu-ṣak or ind. in continuous order, one after the other, (g. svar-ādi, q.v.)
- anu-ṣaṭ ind. in continuous order, one after the other, (g. svar-ādi, q.v.)
- cf. ānuṣák
- anu-ṣakta mfn. closely connected with, supplied from something preceding
- anu-ṣaṅga m. close adherence, connection, association, conjunction, coalition, commixture
- connection of word with word, or effect with cause
- necessary consequence, the connection of a subsequent with a previous act [Page 40, Column]
- (in the Dhātupāṭha) the nasals connected with certain roots ending in consonants (as in tṛmph)
- tenderness, compassion L
- anu-ṣaṅgika mfn. consequent, following as a necessary result
- connected with, adhering to, inherent, concomitant
- anu-ṣaṅgin mfn. addicted or attached to, connected with, or 'common, prevailing' Mn. vii, 52
- anu-ṣañjana n. connection with what follows, concord
- grammatical relation
- anu-ṣañjanīya mfn. to be connected, supplied
- anuṣaṇḍa as, or am m. or n. N. of a place or country, (g. kacchâdi, q.v.)
- anu-ṣatyá mfn. being conformable to truth (satya) RV. iii, 26, 1
- anu-ṣic (√sic), Ved. to pour upon or into
- to drip upon
- anu-ṣiktá mfn. dripped upon TS
- anu-ṣeka m. or rewatering or sprinkling over again L
- ○ṣecana n. rewatering or sprinkling over again L
- anu-ṣidh (√sidh), Intens. (p. -séṣidhat) to bring back along the path RV. i, 23, 15
- anu-ṣṭabdha mfn. (√stambh), (used for an etymology) raised, KaushBr
- anu-ṣṭu (√stu), to praise RV
- ánu-ṣṭuti f. praise RV
- anu-ṣṭubh (√stubh), to praise after, to follow in praising Nir
- anu-ṣṭúbh p (nom. ○ṣṭúk TS.), f. following in praise or invocation
- a kind of metre consisting of four Pādas or quarter-verses of eight syllables each (according to the DaivBr., quoted in Nir. vii, 12, so called because it anuṣṭobhati i.e. follows with its praise the Gāyatrī, which consists of three Pādas) RV. x, 130, 4, &c
- (in later metrical systems, the Anushṭubh constitutes a whole class of metres, consisting of four times eight syllables)
- hence the number eight
- speech, Sarasvatī L
- (mfn.), praising RV. x, 124, 9
- anuṣṭúp-karmī́ṇa mfn. being performed with an anuṣṭubh verse ŚBr
- anuṣṭúp-chandas mfn. having anuṣṭubh for metre MaitrS
- anuṣṭup-śiras or mfn. having an anuṣṭubh verse at the head
- anuṣṭup-śīrṣan āitBr., mfn. having an anuṣṭubh verse at the head
- anuṣṭub-garbhā f. a metre (like that in RV. i, 187, 1) of the class Ushṇih RPrāt
- anu-ṣṭobhana n. praising after DaivBr
- an-uṣṭra m. no camel, i.e. a bad camel
- anu-ṣṭhā (√stha), to stand near or by
- to follow out
- to carry out, attend to
- to perform, do, practise
- to govern, rule, superintend
- to appoint: Pass. -ṣṭhīyate, to be done
- to be followed out: Desid. -tiṣṭhāsati, to be desirous of doing, &c
- anu-tiṣṭhamāna mfn. following out, carrying out, performing, attending to
- anu-ṣṭhā́ mfn. standing after, i.e. in succession RV. i, 54, 10
- anu-ṣṭhātavya mfn. to be accomplished
- anu-ṣṭhātṛ́ tā m. the undertaker of any work AV. &c
- anu-ṣṭhāna n. carrying out, undertaking
- doing, performance
- religious practice
- acting in conformity to
- (i), f. performance, action Kauś
- ○krama m. the order of performing religious ceremonies
- ○śarīra n. (in Sāṇkhya phil.) the body which is intermediate between the liṅga- or sūkṣma- and the sthūla-śarīra (generally called the adhiṣṭhāna-śarīra, q.v.)
- ○smāraka mf(ikā)n. reminding of religious ceremonies
- anu-ṣṭhāpaka mf(ikā)n. causing to perform
- anu-ṣṭhāpana n. the causing to perform an act
- anu-ṣṭhāyin mfn. doing, performing an act
- anu-ṣṭhi f. 'being near, present, at hand', only inst. anu-ṣṭhyā́ ind. immediately ŚBr. &c
- anu-ṣṭhita mfn. done, practised
- effected, executed, accomplished
- followed, observed
- done conformably
- anu-ṣṭhú or presently, immediately
- ○ṣṭhuyā́ presently, immediately
- anu-ṣṭheya mfn. to be effected, done or accomplished [Page 40, Column]
- to be observed
- to be proved or established
- anu-ṣṭhyā́ anu-ṣṭhi
- an-uṣṇa mf(ā)n. not hot, cold
- apathetic
- lazy L
- (am), n. the blue lotus, Nymphaea Caerulea
- (ā), f. N. of a river
- ○gu m. 'having cold rays', the moon
- ○vallikā f. the plant Nīladūrbā
- anuṣṇâśīta mfn. neither hot nor cold
- an-uṣṇaka mfn. not hot, cold
- chilly, &c
- anu-ṣyand (√syand), Ved. Inf. -ṣyáde [RV. ii, 13,] and Caus. -syandayádhyai [RV. iv, 22,], to run along: -syandate and -ṣyandate with a differentiation in meaning like that in abhi-ṣyand, q.v. Pāṇ. 8-3, 72
- anu-ṣyandá m. a hind-wheel ŚBr
- anu-ṣvadhám (fr. sva-dhā), ind. according to one's will, voluntary RV
- anu-ṣvā́pam ind. (√svap), continuing to sleep RV. viii, 97, 3
- anu-saṃ-√yā to go up and down (as guards)
- to go to or towards
- anu-saṃrakta mfn. attached or devoted to
- anu-saṃ-√rabh Ā. to catch hold of RV. x, 103, 6
- to catch hold of mutually AV
- anu-saṃvatsaram ind. year after year
- anu-saṃ-√vah to draw or run by the side of AV
- to convey along TBr
- anu-saṃ-vā √2. to blow towards in order TBr
- anu-saṃ-vi-√car to visit successively, make the round of MBh
- anu-saṃ-vid √1. to know together with, or in consequence of (something else) AV. x, 7, 17 and 26
- anu-saṃ-√viś to retire for sleep after AV. TBr. &c
- anu-saṃ-vīta mfn. (√vye), wrapped up, covered MBh
- anu-saṃ-√vraj to go after, follow ĀśvŚr. &c
- anu-saṃ-√sṛ Caus. P. -sārayati, to cause to follow, to pass or go on before MBh
- anu-saṃ-√sṛp to creep or crawl after ŚBr. TBr
- anu-saṃ-sarpam ind. creeping after KātyŚr
- anu-saṃ-sṛṣṭa mfn. joined to (instr.) BhP
- anu-saṃ-√sthā P. to follow (a road) BhP.: Ā. to become finished after ŚBr. AitBr.: Caus. P. -sthāpayati, to encourage R
- anu-saṃ-sthita mfn. following
- dead or deceased after (another) Ragh
- anu-saṃ-√spṛś Caus to cause to touch after ŚBr
- anu-saṃ-√smṛ to remember, to long for (the dead or absent)
- anu-saṃ-√syand Intens. (p. nom. m. ánu saṃ-sániṣyadat) to run after VS. ix, 14 (cf. Pāṇ. 7-4, 65.)
- anu-saṃhitam ind. according to the Saṃhitā text RPrāt
- anu-saṃ-√hṛ to drag (the foot) Kauś
- to compress, reduce a subject Lāṭy
- anu-saṃ-kal √2. to drive or convey along or after ĀśvGṛ
- anu-saṃ-√kram to walk or go up to, to reach AV
- anu-saṃ-√khyā Caus. P. -khyā-payati, to cause to observe, show ŚBr
- anu-saṃ-√grah to oblige, favour
- to salute by laying hold of the feet. [Page 40, Column]
- anu-saṃ-√car to walk along side, to follow, join
- to visit
- to pursue, seek after
- to penetrate, traverse, cross
- to become assimilated: Caus. P. -cārayati, to join, become identified or assimilated with
- anu-saṃ-cará mfn. following or accompanying (with acc.) TBr
- anu-saṃ-√cint to meditate
- anu-saṃ-√jvar to feel distressed after (another) BṛĀrUp. (anu-saṃ-car ŚBr. xiv)
- to be troubled, become envious
- anu-saṃ-√tan to overspread, diffuse, extend everywhere
- to join on, continue
- anu-sáṃ-tati f. continuation MaitrS
- anu-saṃ-√tṝ to carry to the end, go on (in spinning) AV. vi, 122, 1 ĀśvŚr
- anu-saṃ-√dah to burn up along the whole length AV
- anu-saṃ-√diś to assign, to make over
- anu-saṃ-√dṛś (ind. p. -dṛśya) to consider successively MBh. xii, 12024
- anu-saṃ-√dhā to explore, ascertain, inspect, plan, arrange
- to calm, compose, set in order
- to aim at
- anu-saṃdhātavya mfn. to be explored, to be investigated, to be looked after, &c
- anu-saṃdhāna n. investigation, inquiry, searching into, close inspection, setting in order, arranging, planning
- aiming at
- plan, scheme, congruous or suitable connection
- (in the Vaiśeshika phil.) the fourth step in a syllogism (i.e. the application)
- anu-saṃdhānin mfn. investigating, searching, skilful at concerting or carrying out schemes
- anu-saṃdhāyin mfn. id
- anu-saṃdheya mfn. to be investigated, worthy of inquiry or scrutiny, &c
- anu-sandhyam ind. evening after evening, every twilight
- anu-samaya anu-sam-√i
- anu-sam-aś √1. to overtake, reach ŚBr
- anu-sam-as √2. -sám-asyati, to add further ŚBr
- anu-sam-ā-√car to carry out, accomplish BhP
- anu-sam-ā-√dhā to calm, compose
- anu-sam-√āp Caus. P. to complete or accomplish further or subsequently KātyŚr
- anu-samāpana n. regular completion KātyŚr
- anu-sam-ā-√rabh Ā. to place one's self in order after, cling to (acc.) TS. TBr.: Caus. Ā. (impf. -ấrambhayata) to cause to cling to one's self (loc.) TS
- anu-sam-ā-√ruh to rise after TBr
- anu-sam-ā-√hṛ to join or bring in order again ChUp
- anu-sam-√i cl. 2. P. -eti, to visit conjointly or successively
- to join in following or being guided by
- to join, become assimilated with
- anu-samaya m. regular connection (as of words) Nyāyad. &c
- anu-sam-√īkṣ to keep in view, have in view ŚBr
- anu-samudram ind. along the sea Pāṇ. 4-3, 10
- anu-sam-pra-√yā to go towards AV. xi, 1, 36
- anu-sam-prâp (√āp), to arrive, reach, get
- anu-samprâpta mfn. arrived, come. [Page 41, Column]
- anu-sambaddha mfn. (√bandh), connected with, accompanied by
- anu-sam-√bhid to bring into contact, combine Kāṭh
- anu-sam-√bhū to be produced after, proceed after ŚBr
- anu-sam-√man to approve MBh
- anu-savanám ind. at every sacrifice TBr. &c
- constantly BhP
- anu-sātam ind. according to delight
- anu-sānu ind. along a table-land or summit, from ridge to ridge
- anu-sāma mfn. at every Sāmanverse (?) Pāṇ. 5-4, 75
- anu-sāyam ind. evening after evening, every evening, (g. parimukhâdi, q.v.)
- anu-sāra anu-sārin, &c. under anu-√sṛ below
- anu-√sic anu-√ṣic
- anu-siddha mfn. (√3. sidh), gradually effected or realized BhP
- anu-sītám ind. along the furrow TS
- (g. parimukhâdi, q.v.)
- anu-sīram ind. along the plough, (g. parimukhâdi, q.v.)
- anu-sū ūs m. N. of wk., Pān Comm
- anu-sūcaka mf(ikā)n. (√sūc), indicative of, pointing out
- anu-sūcana n. pointing out, indication
- anu-sūpam ind. in every condiment
- anu-√sṛ to go after: Caus. P. -sārayati, to pursue
- anu-sara mf(ī)n. following, a companion
- anu-saraṇa n. following, going after
- tracking, conformity to, consequence of
- custom, habit, usage
- anu-sāra m. going after, following
- custom, usage
- nature, natural state or condition of anything
- prevalence, currency
- received or established authority, especially of codes of law
- accordance, conformity to usage
- consequence, result
- (eṇa), or
- ○tas ind. conformably to
- anu-sāraka or mfn. following, attendant on, according or conformable to
- anu-sārin mfn. following, attendant on, according or conformable to
- penetrating, scrutinizing, investigating
- anu-sāryaka n. a fragrant substance
- anu-sṛta mfn. followed, conformed to
- anu-sṛti f. going after, following, conforming to
- N. of a woman, (g. kalyāṇy-ādi, q.v.)
- anu-√sṛj to dismiss, let go RV. x, 66, 8, &c.: P. Ā. -sṛjati, ○te, to create successively ŚBr. &c.: Pass. to be created in succession to TS
- anu-sṛṣṭá mfn. created in succession VS
- anu-√sṛp to glide after or towards, to approach
- anu-sarpa m. a serpent-like being AV
- anu-√sev to practise, observe
- anu-sevin mfn. practising, observing, habitually addicted to
- anu-sainya n. the rear of an army L
- anu-somam ind. according to the (practice with the) Soma, as with the Soma KātyŚr
- anu-skandam ind. having gone into in succession Pāṇ. 3-4, 56 Sch
- anu-staraṇa m. (√stṛ), an animal which is fit to be chosen as a secondary victim
- anu-stáraṇī f. the cow sacrificed at the funeral ceremony TS. &c. [Page 41, Column]
- anu-stotra n. 'praising after', N. of a treatise relating to the Sāma-veda
- anu-sneham ind. after (adding) oil Suśr
- ánu-spaṣṭa anu-√paś
- anu-√spṛś to touch, extend to RV. iv, 4, 2
- anu-√sphur to whizz towards RV. vi, 67, 11
- anu-sphurá mfn. whizzing (as an arrow) AV
- anu-√smṛ to remember, recollect: Caus. P. -smārayati, or -smarayati, to remind (with acc.) Kir. v, 14
- anu-smaraṇa n. remembering, repeated recollection
- anu-smṛta mfn. remembered
- anu-smṛti f. cherished recollection, recalling some idea to the exclusion of all others
- anu-syūta mfn. (√siv), sewed consecutively, strung together or connected regularly and uninterruptedly
- án-usra-yāman ā m. not going out during daylight RV. iv, 32, 24
- anu-svāna m. sounding conformably Sāh
- anu-svāra m. (√svṛ), aftersound, the nasal sound which is marked by a dot above the line, and which always belongs to a preceding vowel
- ○vat mfn. having the Anusvāra
- ○vyavâya m. separation between two sounds caused by an Anusvāra
- anusvārâgama m. an augment consisting in the addition of an Anusvāra
- anuha m. N. of a son of Vibhrātra and father of Brahma-datta VS
- anu-havá anu-√hve
- anu-hā √2. cl. 3. Ā. -jihīte, to run after, catch AV. &c
- to follow, join RV
- anu-huṃ-√kṛ to roar in imitation of
- anu-√hurch to fall down after another Kāṭh
- anu-√hṛ to imitate
- to resemble: Ā. -harate, to take after (one's parents)
- anu-haraṇa n. or imitation
- ○hāra m. imitation
- resemblance
- anu-harat mfn. imitating
- (an), m. N. of a man, (g. anuśatikâdi, q.v.)
- anu-haramāṇa mfn. imitating
- anu-hāraka mf(ikā)n. imitating
- anu-hārya mfn. to be imitated
- (as), m.= anv-ā-hārya L
- anu-hoḍa m. a cart (?), (g. anuśatikâdi, q.v.)
- anu-hrāda or -hlāda m. N. of a son of Hiraṇya-kaśipu Hariv
- anu-√hve to call again, call after, call back RV. AV.: Intens. -johaviiti, to call repeatedly AV
- anu-havá m. inviting, stirring up AV
- ánūka as, am m. n. (√añc with anu), the backbone, spine
- the back part of the altar
- a former state of existence
- (am), n. race, family L
- peculiarity of race, disposition, character VarBṛS. &c
- (ā), f. N. of an Apsaras Hariv
- anūkyâ (3, 4), mfn. belonging to the backbone ŚBr
- backbone RV. x, 163, 2 AV
- anū-kāśá m. (√kāś), reflection (of light), clearness VS. TS. &c
- regard, reference AitBr
- anū7kṣ (√1. ukṣ), (p. Ā. an9u .. ukṣámāṇa
- perf. ánu.. vavákṣa) to sprinkle, bedew RV. iii, 7, 6 and vi, 66, 4
- anūcīná mfn. (fr. anv-añc), coming after, successive RV. iv, 54, 2 Śulb
- ○garbhá mfn. born in successive order ŚBr
- anūcīnâhám ind. on successive days ŚBr. [Page 41, Column]
- anūcyá n. elbow-piece of a seat AV. &c
- anū7cyate Pass. of anu-√vac, q.v., p. 38, col. 1
- anū7kta mfn. spoken after, recited after
- occurring in the (sacred) text
- studied
- (am), n. study
- anū7kti f. mentioning after, repeated mention, repetition by way of explanation
- study of the Veda
- ○tva n. state of requiring repetition or explanation
- anū7cāná mfn. one so well versed in the Vedas and Vedāṅgas as to be able to repeat them
- one who repeats his lesson after his master
- devoted to learning
- well-behaved (√uc)
- anū7cya mfn. to be repeated or learnt (cf. araṇye-'nū74cya.)
- anū7j-ji (anu-ud-√ji), (aor. Subj. 1. sg. ánū74j-jeṣam) to be victorious after VS. ii, 15 KātyŚr
- an-ūḍha mfn. (√vah), not borne, not carried
- (ā), f. an unmarried woman
- ○māna mfn. bashful
- anūḍhā-gamana n. 'going after an unmarried woman', fornication
- anūḍhā-bhrātṛ m. the brother of an unmarried woman
- the brother of the concubine of a king
- án-ūti f. no help RV. vi, 29, 6
- anū7t-√kram to go up or out after ŚBr
- anū7tthā (√sthā), anū7ttiṣṭhati, to rise after VS. &c
- anū7t-√pat to fly up after another (acc.), raise one's self into the air, jump up afterwards
- anū7t-pā √1. -pibati, to drink up or empty by drinking after another ŚBr
- anū7t-pā √5. (3. pl. -pipate) to rise along TBr. (cf. ut- √5. pā.)
- anū7t-sāram ind. while leaving a place or retiring successively AitBr
- anū7t-√sṛj to dismiss towards TS
- anū7d (√ud) (impf. 3. pl. anv-aundan) to wet along Kāṭh
- an-ūdaka n. (metri causa for an-udaka), want of water, aridity R. i, 20, 16
- anū7d-as √2. -asyati, to toss up behind or after ŚBr
- anū7d-√i to go up or out after (another) AV. &c
- anū7dita mfn. (√vad), spoken after, spoken according to. also anu-√vad. 1
- anū7dya mfn. to be spoken to afterwards
- anū7dya ind. having said afterwards or in reply
- anū7dyamāna mfn. spoken in reply to or according to
- anū7d-ê (-ā-√i), cl. 2. P. anū7d-aiti, to rise or come up after ŚBr. &c
- anū7d-√dṛṃh (Pot. 3. pl. anū74ddṛṃheyuḥ) 'to fix or fasten during', keep waiting until (ā) ŚBr
- anū7ddeśa m. (√diś), describing, mentioning according to or conformably with Sāh
- anū7d-dru √2. to run after (acc.) Kāṭh
- anū7d-dhā (√2. hā), to set off or start after TBr
- anū7d-dhṛ (√hṛ), to take out from subsequently TS
- anū7d-vā √2. -vāti, to disperse or dissipate by following (the wind vāyum) ŚBr
- an-ūdhás ā́s f. udderless RV. x, 115, 1
- án-ūna mf(ā)n. or an-ūnaka ḻ., mfn. not less, not inferior to (abl) Ragh
- whole, entire
- having full power
- (ā), f. N. of an Apsaras Hariv
- ○guru mfn. of undiminished weight, very heavy. [Page 42, Column]
- ○varcas (ánūna-), mfn. having full splendour RV. x, 140, 2
- anū7n-√nī cl. 1. P. -nayati, to take out and fill after another TBr. ŚBr
- anūpá mfn. (fr. 2. áp, q.v., with anu), situated near the water, watery L
- (ás), m. a watery country Mn. &c
- pond RV
- bank of a river
- a buffalo (cf. ānūpa) L
- N. of a Ṛishi, teacher of the Sāma-veda
- ○ja n. growing near the water VarBṛS
- ginger
- ○deśa m. a marshy country
- ○prāya mfn. marshy
- ○vilāsa m. N. of wk
- anūpyá (4), mfn. being in ponds or bogs (as water) AV
- anū7pa-√das to fail (or become extinct) after (acc.) PBr
- anū7pa-√dhā (generally P.), to place upon, pile up after or in addition to TS. ŚBr
- anū7pa-√dhṛ Caus. -dhārayati, to hold towards in addition to Lāṭy
- anū7pa-√viś to sit down in order ĀśvŚr. Lāṭy
- to lie down or incline the body (said of a parturient animal) ŚBr
- anū7pasadam ind. at every Upasad (q.v.) KātyŚr
- anū7pa-√sthā Ā. to approach in order ŚBr. AitBr
- anū-bándhya mfn. to be fastened (as a sacrificial animal) for slaughtering ŚBr. &c
- anū-yājá = anu-yājá, q.v. TS
- anū-rādhá mfn. causing welfare, happiness AV
- (ā́s), mf. pl. = -anu-rādhās, q.v. TS. TBr. Kāṭh
- an-ūru mfn. thighless
- (us), m. the charioteer of the sun, the dawn Rājat. &c
- ○sārathi m. whose charioteer is Anūru, i.e. the sun Śiś
- anū-rúdh mfn. = anu-rudh, q.v. RV. iii, 55, 5
- an-ūrjita mfn. not strong, weak
- not proud
- an-ūrdhva mfn. not high, low
- ○bhās (án-ūrdhva-), mfn. one whose splendour does not rise, who lights no sacred fires RV. v, 77, 4
- án-ūrdhvaṃ-bhāvuka n. not rising upwards, not reaching the heaven TS
- án-ūrmi mfn. 'not waving or fluctuating', inviolable RV. viii, 24, 22
- anūlā f. N. of a river in Kāśmīra
- anū-vṛ́j only du. -vṛ́jau mf. a part of the body near the ribs AV. ix, 4, 12
- an-ūṣara mf(ā) n. not salted, not saline ĀśvGṛ. Hcat
- anū7ṣita mfn. (√5. vas with anu), living near another Pāṇ. 3-4, 72 Sch
- an-ūṣma-para mfn. (in Gr.) not followed by a sibilant
- an-ūha mfn. thoughtless, careless
- an-ūhya mfn. inconceivable MaitrUp
- an-ṛk-ka an-ṛ́c below
- an-ṛkṣará mfn. thornless (as a path or a couch) RV
- an-ṛ́c [RV. x, 105, 8, &c.] or anṛca ṃn., mfn. not containing a verse from the Ṛig-veda, hymnless, not conversant with the Ṛig-veda
- (an-ṛcám), ind. not in conformity with the Ṛic, MaitiS
- an-ṛk-ka or mfn. containing no Ṛic Pāṇ. 5-4, 74, Kāś
- an-ṛc-ka mfn. containing no Ṛic Pāṇ. 5-4, 74, Kāś
- án-ṛju mfn. not straight, crooked, perverse, wicked RV. iv, 3, 13, &c
- an-ṛṇá mf(ā)n. free from debt
- ○tā f. or freedom from debt
- ○tva n. freedom from debt
- an-ṛṇin mfn. unindebted, free from debt
- an-ṛṇya-tā f. freedom from debt R. [Page 42, Column]
- án-ṛta mf(ā)n. not true, false
- (am), n. falsehood, lying, cheating
- agriculture L
- ○deva (ánṛta-), m. one whose gods are not true RV. vii, 104, 14
- ○dvíṣ mfn. persecuting untruth RV. vii, 66, 13
- ○maya mfn. full of untruth, false
- ○vadana n. speaking falsehood, lying
- ○vā́c [AV. &c.],
- ○vādin mfn. speaking untruth
- ○vrata mfn. false to vows or engagements
- anṛtâkhyāna n. telling a falsehood
- anṛtâbhisandha mfn. id. ChUp
- anṛtin mfn. telling untruths, lying, a liar
- an-ṛtu m. unfit season
- (ú), ind. unseasonably MaitrS
- ○kanyā f. a girl before menstruation
- ○pā (án-ṛtu- ), mfn. not drinking in time RV. iii, 53, 8
- a-nṛśaṃsa mf(ā)n. not cruel, mild
- ○tā f. mildness, kindness
- an-eka mfn. not one, many, much
- separated
- ○kāma (áneka-), mfn. having many wishes ŚBr
- ○kālam ind. a long time, for a long time
- ○kālâvadhi ind. long since
- ○kṛt m. 'doing much', N. of Śiva
- ○gotra m. having more families than one, i.e. two, belonging to two families (or to one as an adopted son)
- ○cara mfn. gregarious
- ○citta-mantra m. one whose counsels are many-minded
- ○ja mfn. born more than once
- m. a bird L
- ○tā f. or muchness, manifold condition
- ○tva n. muchness, manifold condition
- ○tra ind. in many places
- ○dharma-kathā f. different exposition of the law
- ○dhā ind. in various ways, often
- ○dhā-prayoga m. using repeatedly
- ○pa mfn. 'drinking oftener than once', an elephant (because he drinks with his trunk and with his mouth) Ragh
- ○bhārya mfn. having more wives than one
- ○mukha mfn. having several faces, having different ways
- ○yuddha-vijayin m. victorious in many battles
- ○randhra mfn. having many holes or weaknesses or troubles
- ○rūpa mf(ā)n. multiform
- of various kinds or sorts
- fickle, of variable mind
- ○locana m. 'having several (three) eyes', N. of Śiva
- ○vacana n. the pl. number
- ○varṇa (in algebra compounded with various words to denote) many unknown quantities (colours representing x, y, ś, &c., e.g. aneka-varṇa-guṇana, multiplication of many unknown quantities)
- ○vāram ind. many times, repeatedly
- ○vidha mfn. of many kinds, in different ways, various
- ○śapha mfn. cloven-hoofed Pāṇ. 1-2, 73 Comm
- ○śabda mfn. expressed by several words, synonymous
- ○śas ind. in great numbers, several times, repeatedly
- anekâkāra mfn. multiform
- anekâkṣara mfn. polysyllabic, having more than one syllable
- anekâgra mfn. engaged in various pursuits
- anekâc mfn. having more than one vowel or syllable (ac in Gr. being the technical term for vowel)
- anekârtha mfn. having more than one meaning (as a word)
- anekârtha-dhvani mañjarī f. and N. of two works on words
- anekârtha-saṃgraha m. N. of two works on words
- anekâl mfn. consisting of more than one letter (al being the technical term for letter)
- anekâśraya or mfn. (in Vaiśeshika phil.) dwelling or abiding in more than one
- anekâśrita mfn. (in Vaiśeshika phil.) dwelling or abiding in more than one
- án-ekākin mfn. not alone, accompanied by ŚBr
- an-ekānta mfn. not alone and excluding every other, uncertain
- ○tva n. uncertainty
- ○vāda m. scepticism
- ○vādin m. a sceptic
- a Jaina, an Arhat of the Jainas
- anekī-karaṇa n. making manifold
- anekī-bhavat mfn. being manifold, i.e. divided in two
- anekīya mfn. having several, (g. utkarâdi, q.v.)
- an-ejat mfn. (√ej), not moving, immovable
- an-eḍa m. (an being an expletive or denoting comparison), stupid, foolish L
- an-eḍa-mūka mfn. deaf and dumb L
- blind L
- wicked, fraudulent L
- á-nedya (4), mfn. (√nid), not to be blamed RV
- an-ená mfn. without stags RV. vi, 66, 7 (cf. enī́)
- an-enás mfn. blameless, sinless, not liable to error RV. &c
- N. of various personages. [Page 42, Column]
- an-enasyá n. freedom from fault, sin ŚBr
- á-neman mfn. = praśasya (to be praised) Naigh
- án-eva ind. otherwise AV. xvi, 7, 4
- an-ehás mfn. (√īh), without a rival, incomparable, unattainable
- unmenaced, unobstructed RV
- (ā), m. time Bālar. BhP
- an-aikānta mfn. (fr. ekānta), variable, unsteady
- (in logic) occasional, as a cause not invariably attended by the same effects
- an-aikāntika mfn. unsteady, variable, having many objects or purposes
- (am), n. (in Vaiśeshika phil.) the fallacy of undistributed middle
- ○tva n. unsteadiness, uncertainty Nyāyad
- an-aikya n. (eka), want of oneness, plurality, the existence of many
- want of union, anarchy
- a-naipuṇa or a-naipuṇya n. unskilfulness Pāṇ. 7-3, 30
- ( ānaipuṇa.)
- an-aiśvarya n. 'non-power', weakness Pāṇ. 7-3, 30
- ( ānaiśvarya.)
- ano ind. no, not L
- an-oka-śāyin ī m. not sleeping in a house (as a beggar) L
- an-oka-ha m. 'not quitting his home or his place', a tree Ragh. &c
- an-oṃ-kṛta mfn. not accompanied by the holy syllable om Mn. ii, 74
- ano-ratha ās m. pl. waggon (anas) and chariot AitBr
- ano-vāhá mfn. driving a waggon or carriage TS. ŚBr
- ano-vāhyá mfn. to be driven on a carriage TS
- (am), ind. in waggon loads KātyŚr
- an-aucitya n. unfitness Sāh
- an-aujasya n. want of vigour Sāh
- an-auddhatya n. freedom from haughtiness Sāh
- not standing high (said of the water of a river) Kir
- an-aupamya mfn. unparalleled
- an-aurasa m. not one's own son, adopted
- ant cl. 1. P. antati, to bind L. (cf. √and, īnt.)
- ánta m. end, limit, boundary, term
- end of a texture
- end, conclusion
- end of life, death, destruction (in these latter senses some times neut.)
- a final syllable, termination
- last word of a compound
- pause, settlement, definite ascertainment, certainty
- whole amount
- border, outskirt (e.g. grāmânte, in the outskirts of the village)
- nearness, proximity, presence
- inner part, inside
- condition, nature
- (e), loc. c. in the end, at last
- in the inside
- (am), ind. as far as (ifc., e.g. udakântam, as far as the water) ; (mfn.), near, handsome, agreeable L. [Goth. andeis, Theme andja ; Germ. Ende ; Eng. end: with anta are also compared the Gk. ?, ? ; Lat. ante ; the Goth. anda in [42,] anda-vaurd, &c. ; and the Germ. ent e.g. in entsagen]
- ○kara
- ○karaṇa
- ○kārin mfn. causing death, mortal, destructive
- ○kāla m. time of death, death
- ○kṛt mfn. making an end
- (t), m. death
- ○kṛd-daśā ās f. pl., N. of the eighth of the twelve sacred Aṅga texts of the Jainas (containing ten chapters)
- ○ga mfn. going to the end, thoroughly conversant with
- ○gata (ánta-), mfn. gone to the end
- being at the end of
- thoroughly penetrating TS
- ○gati (ánta-) "ṣBr. or mfn. going to the end, perishing
- ○gāmin mfn. going to the end, perishing
- ○gamana n. the act of going to the end, finishing
- going to the end of life, dying
- ○cara mfn. going to the frontiers, walking about the frontiers R
- ○ja mfn. last born
- ○jāti antyajāti
- ○tás ind. from the end, from the term
- lastly, finally
- in the lowest way
- in part
- within
- ○dīpaka n. a figure in rhetoric
- ○pāla m. a frontier-guard
- ○bhava mfn. being at the end, last
- ○bhāj mfn. standing at the end (of a word) RPrāt
- ○rata mfn. delighting in destruction
- ○līna mfn. hidden, concealed
- ○lopa m. (in Gr.) the dropping of the final of a word. [Page 43, Column]
- ○vat (ánta-), mfn. having an end or term, limited, perishable AV. &c
- containing a word which has the meaning of anta AitBr
- (-vat), ind. like the end
- like the final of a word Pat
- ○vahni in. the fire of the end (by which the world is to be burnt)
- ○vāsin = ante-vāsin, q.v. L
- ○velā f. hour of death ChUp
- ○śayyā f. a bed or mat on the ground
- death
- the place for burial or burning
- bier L
- ○satkriyā f. the funeral ceremonies Rājat
- ○sad m. a pupil (who dwells near his teacher)
- ○stha mfn. standing at the end
- also antaḥ-sthá
- ○svarita m. the Svarita accent on the last syllable of a word
- (am), n. a word thus accentuated
- antâdi ī du. m. end and beginning, (g. rājadantâdi, q.v.)
- antâvasāyin or m. a barber L
- antávaśāyin m. a barber L
- a Cāṇḍāla MārkP. &c., cf. ante-'vasāyin
- N. of a Muni L
- ante-'vasāyin m. a man living at the end of a town or village, a man belonging to the lowest caste MBh. &c
- ante-vāsa m. a neighbour, companion AitBr
- ante-vāsin mfn. dwelling near the boundaries, dwelling close by L
- (ī́), m. a pupil who dwells near or in the house of his teacher ŚBr. &c
- = ante-'vasāyin, q.v. L
- (i), ind. in statu pupillari, (g. dvidaṇḍy-ādi, q.v.)
- antôdātta m. the acute accent on the last syllable
- (mfn.), having the acute accent on the last syllable
- antaká m. border, boundary ŚBr
- ántaka mfn. making an end, causing death
- m. death
- Yama, king or lord of death AV. &c
- N. of a man favoured by the Aśvins RV. i, 112, 6, N. of a king
- ○drúh Nom. -dhrúk f. demon of death RV. x, 132, 4
- ántama [once antamá RV. i, 165,], mfn. next, nearest RV
- intimate (as a friend) RV
- antamá mfn. the last TS. ŚBr. &c
- antaya Nom. P. antayati, to make an end of L
- antika
- antima
- antya &c. antika, p. 45
- antáḥ (for antár, col. 2)
- ○karaṇa n. the internal organ, the seat of thought and feeling, the mind, the thinking faculty, the heart, the conscience, the soul
- ○kalpa m. a certain number of years Buddh
- ○kuṭila mfn. internally crooked
- fraudulent
- m. a couch L
- ○kṛmi m. a disease caused by worms in the body
- ○koṭarapuṣpī = aṇḍa-koṭara-puṣpī, q.v. Car
- ○koṇa m. the inner corner
- ○kopa m. inward wrath
- ○kośá n. the interior of a store-room AV
- ○paṭa m. n. a cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as bride and bridegroom, or pupil and teacher) until the right moment of union is arrived
- ○padam or ind. in the middle of an inflected word Prāt
- ○pade ind. in the middle of an inflected word Prāt
- ○paridhāna n. the innermost garment
- ○paridhi ind. in the inside of the pieces of wood forming the paridhi KātyŚr
- ○parśavyá n. flesh between the ribs VS
- ○pavitrá the Soma when in the straining-vessel ŚBr
- ○paśu ind. from evening till morning (while the cattle are in the stables) KātyŚr
- ○pātá "ṣBr. or m. a post fixed in the middle of the place of sacrifice
- ○pātya Kāty"ṣr., m. a post fixed in the middle of the place of sacrifice
- (in Gr.) insertion of a letter RPrāt
- ○pātita or mfn. inserted, included in
- ○pātin mfn. inserted, included in
- ○pātrá n. the interior of a vessel AV
- ○pādam ind. within the Pāda of a verse RPrāt. Pāṇ
- ○pārśvyá n. flesh between or at both sides VS
- ○pāla m. one who watches the inner apartments of a palace R
- ○pura n. the king's palace, the female apartments, gynaeceum
- those who live in the female apartments
- a queen
- ○pura-cara m. guardian of the women's apartments
- ○purajana m. the women of the palace
- ○pura-pracāra m. the gossip of the women's apartments
- ○pura-rakṣaka or m. superintendent of the women's apartments, chamberlain
- ○pura-vartin or m. superintendent of the women's apartments, chamberlain
- ○purâdhyakṣa m. superintendent of the women's apartments, chamberlain
- ○pura-sahāya m. belonging to the women's apartments (as a eunuch, &c.)
- ○purika m. superintendent of the gynaeceum or harem
- (ā), f. a woman in the harem
- ○pūya mfn. ulcerous
- ○péya n. supping up, drinking RV. x, 107, 9
- ○prakṛti f. the heart, the soul, the internal nature or constitution of a man
- ○prajña mfn. internally wise, knowing one's self
- ○pratiṣṭhāna n. residence in the interior
- ○pratiṣṭhita mfn. residing inside
- ○śará m. interior reed or cane TS
- an internal arrow or disease
- ○śarīra n. the internal and spiritual part of man
- ○śalya (antáḥ-), mfn. having a pin or extraneous body sticking inside ŚBr. [Page 43, Column]
- ○śilā f. = antra-śilā
- ○śleṣá ṃaitrṣ. Vṣ., m. or n. internal support
- ○śléṣaṇa "ṣBr. āitBr., n. internal support
- ○saṃjña mfn. internally conscious Mn. i, 49, &c
- ○sattvā f. a pregnant woman
- the marking nut (Semecarpus Anacardium)
- ○sadasám ind. in the middle of the assembly ŚBr
- ○sāra mfn. having internal essence
- m. internal treasure, inner store or contents
- ○sukha mfn. internally happy. -senam, ind. into the midst of the armies
- ○sthá (generally written antasthá), mfn. being in the midst or between ŚBr. &c
- (as, ā), mf. a term applied to the semivowels, as standing between the consonants and vowels Prāt. &c
- (ā), f. interim, meantime PBr
- ○stha-mudgara m. (in anatomy) the malleus of the ear
- ○sthā-chandas n. N. of a class of metres
- ○sveda m. 'sweating internally', an elephant L
- antáḥ-√khyā to deprive of, conceal from RV
- antáḥ-√paś to look between, look into RV
- antáḥ-√sthā to stand in the way of, stop RV
- ántama and antamā, s.v. ánta
- antár ind. within, between, amongst, in the middle or interior. (As a prep. with loc.) in the middle, in, between, into ; (with acc.) between ; (with gen.) in, in the middle. (ifc.) in, into, in the middle of, between, out of the midst of [Zend. ? ; Lat. inter ; Goth. undar]
- antar is sometimes compounded with a following word like an adjective, meaning interior, internal, intermediate
- ○agni m. the interior fire, digestive force Suśr
- (mfn.), being in the fire Kauś
- ○aṅga mfn. interior, proximate, related, being essential to, or having reference to the essential part of the aṅga or base of a word
- (am), n. any interior part of the body VarBṛS
- ○aṅga-tva n. the state or condition of an Antaraṅga
- ○avayava m. an inner limb or part
- ○ākāśa m. intermediate place, Kaush Br
- the sacred ether or Brahma in the interior part or soul of man
- ○ākūṭa n. hidden intention
- ○āgama m. (in Gr) an additional augment between two letters
- ○āgāra m. the interior of a house Yājñ
- ○ā́tmaka mf(ī)n. interior MaitrUp
- ○ātmán m. the soul
- the internal feelings, the heart or mind MaitrS. &c
- ○ātmêṣṭakam ind. in the space between one's self and the (sacrificial) bricks KātyŚr
- ○ādhāna (antár-), mfn. 'having a bit inside', bridled TBr
- ○āpaṇa m. a market inside (a town) R
- ○āya antar-√i
- ○ārāma mfn. rejoicing in one's self (not in the exterior world) Bhag
- ○āla or n. intermediate space
- ○ālaka ḻ., n. intermediate space
- (e), loc. ind. in the midst, in midway (āla is probably for ālaya)
- ○indriya n. (in Vedānta phil.) an internal organ (of which there are four, viz. manas, buddhi, ahaṃkāra, and citta)
- ○īpa n. (fr. 2. ap), an island Pāṇ. 6-3, 97
- ○uṣya m. (√5. vas), an intermediate resting-place, KaushBr
- cf. daśântaruṣyá
- ○gaṅgā f. the under-ground Ganges (as supposed to communicate under-ground with a sacred spring in Mysore)
- ○gaḍu mfn. 'having worms within', unprofitable, useless
- ○gata &c., antar-√gam
- ○garbha mfn. inclosing young, pregnant KātySr
- ○giri m. 'situated among the mountains', N. of a country MBh
- ○guda-valaya m. (in anat.) the sphincter muscle
- ○gūḍha-viṣa mfn. having hidden poison within
- ○gṛha or n. interior of the house, inner apartment
- ○geha n. interior of the house, inner apartment
- (am), ind. in the interior of a house
- ○goṣṭha (antár-), mfn. being inside of the stable MaitrS
- (as), m.inside of a stable MānGṛ
- ○ghaṇa or m. a place between the entrance-door and the house
- ○ghana or m. a place between the entrance-door and the house
- ○ghāta m. a place between the entrance-door and the house
- N. of a village Pāṇ. 3-3, 78 Sch
- ○ja mfn. bred in the interior (of the body, as a worm)
- ○jaṭhara n. the stomach L
- ○janman n. inward birth
- ○jambhá m. the inner part of the jaws ŚBr
- ○jala-cara mfn. going in the water
- ○jāta mfn. inborn, inbred, innate
- ○jānu ind. between the knees
- holding the hands between the knees Hcat
- (mfn.), holding the hands between the knees
- ○jñāna n. inward knowledge
- ○jyotis (antár-), mfn. having the soul enlightened, illuminated ŚBr. xiv Bhag
- ○jvalana n. internal heat, inflammation
- ○dagdhá mfn. burnt inwardly
- ○dadhana n. the distillation of spirituous liquor (or a substance used to cause fermentation) L
- ○dadhāna mfn. vanishing, disappearing, hiding one's self
- (cf. antar-√dhā.) [Page 43, Column]
- ○daśā f. (in astrol.) intermediate period
- ○daśâha n. an interval of ten days
- (āt), ind. before the end of ten days Mn
- ○dāvá m. the middle of a fire AV
- ○dāha m. internal heat, or fever
- ○diś f. = -deśá below MānGṛ
- ○duḥkha mfn. afflicted in mind, sad
- ○duṣṭa mfn. internally bad, wicked, vile
- ○dṛṣṭi mfn. looking into one's own soul
- ○deśá m. an intermediate region of the compass AV
- ○dvāra n. a private or secret door within the house L
- ○dhā &c., s.v. antar-√dhā, p. 44
- ○dhyāna n. profound inward meditation
- ○nagara n. the palace of a king R
- ○niviṣṭa mfn. gone within, being within
- ○niṣṭha mfn. engaged in internal reflection
- ○bāṣpa m. suppressed tears
- (mfn.), containing tears
- ○bhavana n. the interior of a house
- ○bhāva &c., antár-√bhū, p. 44, col. 2
- ○bhāvanā f. inward meditation or anxiety
- (in arithm.) rectification of numbers by the differences of the products
- ○bhūmi f. the inner part of the earth
- ○bhauma mfn. being in the interior of the earth, subterranean R
- ○manas mfn. sad, perplexed L
- ○mukha mfn. going into the mouth
- (am), n. a kind of scissors used in surgery Suśr
- ○mudra m. 'sealed inside', N. of a form of devotion
- ○mṛta mfn. still-born Suśr
- ○yāmá m. a Soma libation performed with suppression of the breath and voice VS. ŚBr. &c
- ○yāma-graha m. id
- ○yāmín m. 'checking or regulating the internal feelings', the soul ŚBr. xiv MuṇḍUp
- ○yoga m. deep thought, abstraction
- ○lamba mfn. acute-angular
- m. a triangle in which the perpendicular falls within, an acute-angled triangle
- ○līna mfn. inherent
- ○loma (antár-), mfn. (said of anything) the hairy side of which is turned inwards MaitrS
- covered with hair on the inner side
- ○vaṃśa m.= antaḥ-pura
- ○vaṃśika m. superintendent of the women's apartments
- ○vaṇa mfn. situated in a forest Pāṇ
- (am), ind. within a forest Pāṇ. Sch
- ○vat (antár-), mf(vati ṛV. or vatnī)n. pregnant RV. &c
- ○vami m. flatulence, indigestion
- ○vartá m. the act of filling up gaps with grass TS
- ○vartin or mfn. internal, included, dwelling in
- ○vasat mfn. internal, included, dwelling in
- ○vasu m. N. of a Soma sacrifice KātyŚr
- ○vastra n. an under garment Kathās
- ○vāṇi mfn. skilled in sacred sciences
- ○vā́vat ind. inwardly RV
- ○vāsas n. an inner or under garment Kathās
- ○vigāhana n. entering within L
- ○vidvás mfn. (perf. p. √1. vid), knowing exactly RV. i, 72, 7
- ○vega m. internal uneasiness or anxiety
- inward fever
- ○vedí ind. within the sacrificial ground ŚBr. &c.: (ī), f. the Doab or district between the Gaṅgā and Yamunā rivers
- (ayas), m. pl., N. of the people living there R
- ○veśman n. the inner apartments, the interior of a building
- ○veśmika m. superintendent of the women's apartments
- ○haṇana n. abolishing Pāṇ. 8-4, 24 Sch
- ○hanana m. N. of a village Pāṇ. 8-4, 24 Sch
- ○hastám ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand AV
- ○hastīna mfn. being in the hand or within reach AitBr
- ○hāsa m. laughing inwardly
- suppressed laughter
- (am), ind. with suppressed laugh
- ○hita &c., antar-√dhā, p. 44
- ○hṛdaya mfn. turned inwards in mind MaitrUp
- ántara mf(ā) n. being in the interior, interior
- near, proximate, related, intimate
- lying adjacent to
- distant
- different from
- exterior
- (am), n. the interior
- a hole, opening
- the interior part of a thing, the contents
- soul, heart, supreme soul
- interval, intermediate space or time
- period
- term
- opportunity, occasion
- place
- distance, absence
- difference, remainder
- property, peculiarity
- weakness, weak side
- representation
- surety, guaranty
- respect, regard
- (ifc.), different, other, another, e.g. deśântaram, another country
- (am), or -tás ind. in the interior, within [Goth. anthar, Theme anthara ; Lith. antra-s, 'the second' ; Lat. alter]
- ○cakra n. the whole of the thirty-two intermediate regions of the compass VarBṛS
- a technical term in augury
- ○jña mfn. knowing the interior, prudent, provident, foreseeing
- ○tama mfn. nearest
- immediate, intimate, internal
- like, analogous
- m. a congenial letter, one of the same class
- ○tara (ántara-), mfn. nearer
- very intimate TS. ŚBr
- ○da mfn. (√3. dā), cutting or hurting the interior or heart
- ○diśā́ V2ṣ., f. an intermediate region or quarter of the compass (cf. antarā-diś and antar-deśá.)
- ○pūruṣa m. the internal man, the soul Mn. viii, 85. [Page 44, Column]
- ○prabhava mfn. of mixed origin or caste Mn. i, 2
- ○praśna m. an inner question
- a question which is contained in and arises from what has been previously stated
- ○sthá
- ○sthāyin
- ○sthita mfn. interposed, internal, situated inside, inward
- separate, apart
- antarâpatyā f. a pregnant woman L
- antarābhará antarā́
- antarā́ ind. in the middle, inside, within, among, between
- on the way, by the way
- near, nearly, almost
- in the meantime, now and then
- for some time
- (with acc. and loc.) between, during, without
- antarâṃsa m. the part of the body between the shoulders, the breast ŚBr
- antarā-diś f. = antardiśā́, q.v
- antarā-bhará mfn. bringing close to, procuring RV. viii, 32, 12
- antarā-bhavadeha m. or the soul in its middle existence between death and regeneration
- antarā-bhava-sattva n. the soul in its middle existence between death and regeneration
- antarā-vedī f. a veranda resting on columns L
- antarā-śṛṅgam ind. between the horns KātyŚr
- antarīya n. an under or lower garment L
- antare ind. amidst, among, between
- with regard to, for the sake of, on account of
- ántareṇa ind. amidst, between
- (with acc.) within, between, amidst, during
- except, without, with regard to, with reference to, on account of
- antarya mfn. interior, (g. dig-ādi, q.v.)
- antar-√añj to assume, take up into one's self VS
- antar-aya &c. antar-√i
- antar-ā-√dhā Ā. -dhatte, to receive into one's self, contain RV. ix, 73, 8 ŚBr
- antarāya antar-√i
- antar-āla s.v. antar
- antar-√ās to sit down into (acc.) RV. ix, 78, 3
- antar-√i-ayati to come between Mṛicch
- (perf. -ayāṃ cakāra) to conceal, cause to disappear Śiś. iii, 24
- antar-√i-ayati--eti to stand in any one's way, separate
- to exclude from (abl., rarely gen.)
- to pass over, omit
- to disappear: Intens. -īyate, to walk to and fro between (as a mediator) RV
- antar-aya m. impediment, hindrance ĀpŚr. (cf. án-antaraya.)
- antar-aya Nom. P. -ayati, antar-√i
- antar-ayaṇa n. going under, disappearing Pāṇ. 8-4, 25
- antar-ayana m. N. of a country Pāṇ. 8-4, 25
- antar-āya m. intervention, obstacle
- antár-ita mfn. gone within, interior, hidden, concealed, screened, shielded
- departed, retired, withdrawn, disappeared, perished
- separated, excluded
- impeded
- (am), n. (?) remainder (in arithmetic)
- a technical term in architecture
- antár-iti f. exclusion MaitrS
- antárikṣa n. the intermediate space between heaven and earth
- (in the Veda) the middle of the three spheres or regions of life
- the atmosphere or sky
- the air
- talc
- ○kṣit mfn. dwelling in the atmosphere ChUp
- ○ga or mfn. passing through the atmosphere
- ○cara mfn. passing through the atmosphere
- m. a bird
- ○prā́ mfn. (√1. pṛ), travelling through the atmosphere RV
- ○prút mfn. (√pru), floating over the atmosphere RV. i, 116, 3
- ○yā́nī f. N. of a brick TS
- ○loká m. the intermediate region or sky as a peculiar world ŚBr
- ○saṃśita (antárikṣa-), mfn. sharpened in the atmosphere AV
- ○sád mfn. dwelling in the atmosphere RV. iv, 40, 5, &c
- ○sádya n. residence in the atmosphere ŚBr
- antárikṣâyatana mfn. having its abode in the atmosphere ŚBr
- antarikṣôdara mfn. having an interior as comprehensive as the atmosphere
- antárikṣya (5), mfn. atmospheric RV
- antarīkṣa n. = antárikṣa
- antár-iṣ √3. (3. pl. -icchanti) to wish, long for RV. viii, 72, 3
- antar-upâti (√i), -upâtyeti, to enter over a threshold or boundary Kauś
- antár-√gam to go between (so as to exclude from abl.) ŚBr
- antar-gata or mfn. gone between or into, being in, included in [Page 44, Column]
- ○gāmin mfn. gone between or into, being in, included in [Page 44, Column]
- being in the interior, internal, hidden, secret
- disappeared, perished
- slipped out of the memory, forgotten
- ○manas mfn. whose mind is turned inwards, engaged in deep thought, sad, perplexed
- antargatôpamā f. a concealed simile (the particle of comparison being omitted)
- antár-gā √1. to go between RV
- to separate, exclude from (with abl.) ŚBr
- antar-√dhā Ā. -dhatte, to place within, deposit
- to receive within
- to hide, conceal, obscure
- to hide one's self: Pass. -dhīyate to be received within, to be absorbed
- to be rendered invisible
- to disappear, vanish
- to cease: Caus. -dhāpayati
- to render invisible, to cause to disappear
- antar-dhā f. concealment, covering Pāṇ. Sch
- antar-dhāna n. disappearance, invisibility
- antardhānam √i or √gam, to disappear
- m. N. of a son of Pṛithu
- ○gata mfn. disappeared
- ○cara mfn. going invisibly
- antar-dhāpita mfn. rendered invisible
- antar-dhāyaka mf(ikā)n. rendering invisible
- antar-dhí m. concealment, covering AV
- disappearance
- interim, meantime ṢaḍvBr
- antar-hita mfn. placed between, separated
- covered, concealed, hidden, made invisible, vanished, invisible
- hidden from (with abl.)
- antarhitâtman m. of concealed mind', N. of Śiva
- antár-√bhū to be (contained or inherent or implied) in RV. vii, 86, 2, &c
- antar-bhava mfn. being within, inward, internal, generated internally
- antar-bhavana s.v. antár
- antar-bhāva m. the being included by (loc.), internal or inherent nature or disposition
- antar-bhāvanā s.v. antár
- antar-bhāvita mfn. included, involved
- antar-bhūta mfn. being within, internal, inner
- ○tva n
- antar-bhāva
- antar-bhūmi s.v. antár
- antár-√yam (Imper. 2. sg. -yaccha) to hinder, stop RV. x, 102, 3 VS. TS
- (Imper. -yacchatu) to keep inside AśvGṛ
- antar-vas √5. to dwell inside, abide in the interior Śiś
- to stop in the midst of MBh. (cf. antar-uṣya s.v. antár.)
- antar-√han forms the ind. p. -hatya Pāṇ. 1-4, 65 Sch., and the Pass. -haṇyate Pāṇ. 8-4, 24 Sch
- antáś-√car to move between, to move within RV. &c
- antáś-√chid to cut off, intercept ŚBr
- antás for antár, p. 43, col. 2
- ○tapta mfn. internally heated or harassed
- ○tāpa m. inward heat Śāk. Mālatīm
- ○tuṣāra mfn. having dew in the interior
- ○toya mfn. containing water inside Megh
- ○patha (ántas-), mfn. being on the way RV. v, 52, 10
- antastya n. intestines AitBr
- ánti ind. before, in the presence of near RV. AV
- (with gen.) within the proximity of, to [Lat. ante
- Gk. ?]
- ○gṛha (ánti.), m. [44,] neighbour RV. x, 95, 4
- ○tama mfn. very near Pāṇ. Comm
- ○tas (ánti-), ind. from near RV
- ○deva (ánti-), mfn. being in the presence of the gods, near the gods RV. i, 180, 7
- ○mitra (ánti-), mfn. having friends near one's self VS
- ○vāma (ánti-), mt(ā)n. at hand with wealth or loveliness RV. vii, 77, 4
- ○ṣad mfn. sitting near Pat
- ○sumna (ánti-), mfn. at hand with kindness AV
- ánty-ūti (4), mfn. at hand with help RV. i, 138, 1
- antika mfn. (with gen. or abl.) near, proximate L. (compar. nedīyas, superl. nediṣṭha)
- (am), n. vicinity, proximity, near, e.g. antikastha, remaining near
- (ám), ind. (with gen. or ifc.) until, near to, into the presence of
- (ā́t), ind. from the proximity
- near, close by
- within the presence of
- (é), ind. (with gen. or ifc.) near, close by, in the proximity or presence of
- (ena), ind. (with gen.) near
- ○gati f. going near
- ○tā f. nearness, vicinity, contiguity. [Page 44, Column]
- antikâśraya m. contiguous support (as that given by a tree to a creeper) L
- antima mfn. ifc. immediately following (e.g. daśântima, 'the eleventh')
- very near L
- anti f. an elder sister (in theatrical language) L. For 1. ánti, col. 2
- antikā f. an elder sister (in theatrical language
- perhaps a corruption of attikā) L
- a fire-place L
- the plant Echites Scholaris
≫antī
- antī f. an oven L
- antika mfn. (fr. anta), only ifc. reaching to the end of, reaching to (e.g. nāsântika, reaching to the nose), lasting till, until
- antima mfn. final, ultimate, last
- antimâṅka m. the last unit, nine
- antya mfn. last in place, in time, or in order
- ifc. immediately following, e.g. aṣṭamântya, the ninth
- lowest in place or condition, undermost, inferior, belonging to the lowest caste
- m. the plant Cyperus Hexastachyus Communis
- (am), n. the number 1000 billions
- the twelfth sign of the zodiac
- the last member of a mathematical series
- ○karman n. or funeral rites
- ○kriyā f. funeral rites
- ○ja mfn. of the lowest caste
- m. a Śūdra
- a man of one of seven inferior tribes (a washerman, currier, mimic, Varuḍa, fisherman, Meda or attendant on women, and mountaineer or forester)
- ○ja-gamana n. intercourse (between a woman of the higher caste) with a man of the lowest caste
- ○janman or mfn. of the lowest caste
- ○jāti or mfn. of the lowest caste
- ○jātīya mfn. of the lowest caste
- ○jā-gamana n. intercourse (between a man of the higher caste) with a woman of the lowest caste
- ○dhana n. last member of an arithmetical series
- ○pada or n. (in arithm.) the last or greatest √(in the square)
- ○mūla n. (in arithm.) the last or greatest √(in the square)
- ○bha n. the last Nakshatra (Revati)
- the last sign of the zodiac, the sign Pisces
- ○yuga m. the last or Kali age
- ○yoni f. the lowest origin Mn. viii, 68
- (mfn.), of the lowest origin
- ○varṇa as, ā mf. a man or woman of the last tribe, a Śūdra
- ○vipulā f. N. of a metre
- antyâvasāyin ī, inī mf. a man or woman of low caste (the son of a Cāṇḍāla by a Nishādī, especially a Caṇḍāla, Śvapaca, Kshattṛi, Sūta, Vaidehaka, Māgadha, and Āyogava) Mn. &c
- antyáhuti f. funeral oblation or sacrifice
- antyêṣṭi f. funeral sacrifice
- antyêṣṭi-kriyā f. funeral ceremonies
- antyaka m. a man of the lowest tribe L
- ante-vāsín p. 43, col. 1
- antra n. (contr. of antara
- Gk. ?), [44,] entrail, intestine (cf. āntrá)
- (ī), f. the plant Convolvolus Argenteus or Ipomoea Pes Caprae Roth
- ○kūja m. or rumbling of the bowels
- ○kūjana n. or rumbling of the bowels
- ○vikūjana n. rumbling of the bowels
- ○ṃ-dhami (antraṃ-), f. indigestion, inflation of the bowels from wind
- ○pācaka m. the plant AEschynomene Grandiflora
- ○maya mfn. consisting, of entrails
- ○vardhman n. or inguinal hernia, rupture
- ○vṛddhi f. inguinal hernia, rupture
- ○śilā f. N. of a river
- ○sraj f. a kind of garland worn by Nara-siṃha
- antrâda m. worms in the intestines
- and cl. 1. P. andati, to bind L
≫andu
- andu us, or ūs f. the chain for an elephant's feet
⋙andū
- andū ūs f. the chain for an elephant's feet
- a ring or chain worn on the ancle
- anduka or m. id. L
- andūka m. id. L
- andikā f. (for antikā, q.v.), fireplace
- andolaya Nom. P, andolayati, to agitate, to swing
- andolana n. swinging, oscillating
- andolita mfn. agitated, swung
- andraka = ārdraka, q.v
- andh cl. 10. P. andhayati, to make blind Śiś
- andhá mf(ā)n. blind
- dark
- (am), n. darkness
- turbid water, water
- (ās), m. pl., N. of a people
- ○kāra m. n. darkness
- ○kāra-maya mfn. dark
- ○kāra-saṃcaya m. intensity of darkness
- ○kārita mfn. made dark, dark Kād. (cf. g. tārakâdi.)
- ○kūpa m. a well of which the mouth is hidden
- a well over-grown with plants, &c
- a particular hell
- ○ṃ-karaṇa (andhaṃ-), mf(ī)n. making blind
- ○tamasa n. great, thick, or intense darkness Pāṇ. 5-4, 79 Ragh
- ○tā f. or blindness
- ○tva n. blindness
- ○tāmasa n. = -tamasa L. [Page 45, Column]
- ○tāmisra m. complete darkness of the soul
- (am), n. the second or eighteenth of the twenty-one hells Mn. &c
- doctrine of annihilation after death
- ○dhī mfn. mentally blind
- ○pūtanā f. a female demon causing diseases in children Suśr
- ○mūṣā f. a small covered crucible with a hole in the side
- ○mūṣikā f. the grass Lepeocercis Serrata
- ○m-bhaviṣṇu (andham-), mfn. becoming blind Pāṇ. 3-2, 57
- ○m-bhāvuka (andham-), mfn. id. ib. Kauś
- ○rātrī f. dark night (?) AV
- andhâlajī f. a blind boil, one that does not suppurate Suśr
- andhâhi (or andhâhika), m. a 'blind', i.e. not poisonous snake
- (is, is), mf. the fish called kucikā
- andhī-√kṛ to make blind, to blind
- andhīkṛta mfn. made blind
- andhīkṛtâtman mfn. blinded in mind
- andhī-gu m. N. of a Ṛishi PBr
- andhī-√bhū to become blind
- andhī-bhūta mfn. become blind
- andhaka mfn. blind
- m. N. of an Asura (son of Kaśyapa and Diti)
- of a descendant of Yadu and ancestor of Kṛishṇa and his descendants
- N. of a Muni
- ○ghātin or m. 'the slayer or enemy of the Asura Andhaka', N. of Śiva
- ○ripu m. 'the slayer or enemy of the Asura Andhaka', N. of Śiva
- ○varta m. N. of a mountain Pāṇ. 4-3, 91 Sch
- ○vṛṣṇi ayas m. pl. descendants of Andhaka and Vṛishṇi
- andhakâri or m. 'enemy of the Asura Andhaka', N. of Śiva
- andhakâsuhṛd m. 'enemy of the Asura Andhaka', N. of Śiva
- ándhas as n. darkness, obscurity RV
- andhikā f. night L
- a kind of game (blindman's buff) L
- a woman of a particular character (one of the classes of women) L
- a disease of the eye L
- another disease L
- = sarṣapī L
- ándhas as n. (Gk. ?), a herb
- the Soma [45,] plant
- Soma juice RV. VS
- juice ŚBr
- grassy ground RV. vii, 96, 2
- food MBh. iii, 13244 BhP
- andhu m. a well Rājat
- andhula m. the tree Acacia Sirissa
- andhra m. N. of a people (probably modern Telingana)
- of a dynasty
- a man of a low caste (the offspring of a Vaideha father and Kārāvara mother, who lives by killing game) Mn. x, 36
- ○jāti f. the Andhra tribe
- ○jātīya mfn. belonging to the Andhra tribe
- ○bhṛtya ās m. pl. a dynasty of the Andhras
- anna mfn. (√ad), eaten L
- (ánnam), n. food or victuals, especially boiled rice
- bread corn
- food in a mystical sense (or the lowest form in which the supreme soul is manifested, the coarsest envelope of the Supreme Spirit)
- water Naigh
- Vishṇu
- earth L
- ○kāma (ánna-), mfn. desirous of food RV. x, 117, 3
- ○kāla m. meal-time, proper hour for eating
- time at which a convalescent patient begins to take food Bhpr
- ○koṣṭhaka m. cupboard, granary
- Vishṇu, the sun L
- ○gati f. the oesophagus, gullet
- ○gandhi m. dysentery, diarrhoea
- ○ja or mfn. springing from or occasioned by food as the primitive substance
- ○jāta mfn. springing from or occasioned by food as the primitive substance
- ○jala n. food and water, bare subsistence
- ○jit mfn. obtaining food by conquest (explanation of vāja-jít) ŚBr
- ○jīvana (ánna-), mfn. living by food ŚBr
- ○tejas (ánna-), mfn. having the vigour of food AV
- ○da or mfn. giving food
- ○dātṛ mfn. giving food
- N. of Śiva and Durgā L
- ○dāna n. the giving of food
- ○dāyin mfn. = -da above
- ○devatā f. the divinity supposed to preside over articles of food
- ○doṣa m. a fault committed by eating prohibited food Mn. v, 4
- ○dveṣa m. want of appetite, dislike of food
- ○pati (ánna-), m. the lord of food, N. of Savitṛi, Agni, Śiva
- ○patnī f. a goddess presiding over food AitBr. ĀśvŚr
- ○patya (ánna-), n. the lordship over food MaitrS
- ○pū́ mfn. (explanation of keta-pū), purifying food ŚBr
- ○pūrṇa mfn. filled with or possessed of food
- (ā), f. N. of a goddess, a form of Durgā
- ○péya n. explains the word vāja-péya, q.v. ŚBr
- ○pradá mfn. = -da above ŚBr
- ○pralaya mfn. being resolved into food or the primitive substance after death L
- ○prâśa m. or putting rice into a child's mouth for the first time (one of the Saṃskāras
- ○prâśana n. putting rice into a child's mouth for the first time (one of the Saṃskāras
- saṃskāra) Mn. ii, 34 Yājñ. i, 12
- ○bubhukṣu mfn. desirous of eating food
- ○brahman n. Brahma as represented by food
- ○bhakṣa m. or eating of food
- ○bhakṣaiṇa n. eating of food
- ○bhāgá m. a share of food AV. iii, 30, 6
- ○bhuj mfn. eating food
- (k), m. a N. of Śiva MBh. xii, 10382
- ○maya mf(ī)n. made from food, composed of food or of boiled rice. [Page 45, Column]
- ○maya-kośa m. the gross material body (which is sustained by food = sthūla-śarīra)
- ○mala n. excrement
- spirituous liquor, Mn. xi, 93
- ○rakṣā f. caution in eating food
- ○rasa m. essence of food, chyle
- meat and drink, nutriment, taste in distinguishing food
- ○lipsā f. desire for food, appetite
- ○vat (ánna-), mfn. Ved. possessed of food RV. x, 117, 2, &c
- ○vastra n. food and clothing, the necessaries of life
- ○vāhi-srotas n. the oesophagus, gullet
- ○vikāra m. transformation of food
- disorder of the stomach from indigestion
- the seminal secretion
- ○víd mfn. (√2. vid), acquiring food AV. vi, 116, 1
- (√1. vid), knowing food
- ○śeṣa m. leavings, offal
- ○saṃskāra m. consecrating of food
- ○hartṛ mfn. taking away food
- ○homá m. a sacrifice connected with the Aśvamedha ŚBr
- annâkāla anākāla
- annâcchādana n. food and clothing
- annâttṛ or mfn. eating food
- annâdin [Mn. ii, 18], mfn. eating food
- annâdá mf(ī́, ā)n. eating food
- Superl. of the fem. annâdí-tamā, 'eating the most', N. of the fore-finger ŚBr
- annâdana n. eating of food
- annấdya n. food in general, proper food
- annấdya-kāma mfn. desirous of food
- annâyu m. (coined for the etymology of vāyu), 'living by food, desirous of food' AitUp
- annârthin mfn. asking for food
- annā-vṛ́dh (final a lengthened), mfn. prospering by food RV. x, 1, 4
- annâhārin mfn. eating food
- ánniyat mfn. being desirous of food RV. iv, 2, 7
- annambhaṭṭa m. N. of the author of the Tarka-saṃgraha, q.v
- ánya (3), n. inexhaustibleness (as of the milk of cows) AV. xii, 1, 4 (cf. ányā.)
- anyá as, ā, at, other, different
- other than, different from, opposed to (abl. or in comp.)
- another
- another person
- one of a number
- anya anya or eka anya, the one, the other
- anyac ca, and another, besides, moreover [Zd. anya ; Armen. ail ; Lat. alius ; Goth. aljis, Theme alja
- Gk. ? [45,] for ?
- cf. also ?]
- ○kāma mfn. loving another
- ○kārukā f. a worm bred in excrement L
- ○kṛta (anyá-), mfn. done by another RV
- ○kṣetrá n. another territory or sphere AV
- ○ga or mfn. going to another, adulterous
- ○gāmin mfn. going to another, adulterous
- ○gotra mfn. of a different family
- ○citta mf(ā)n. whose mind is fixed on some one or something else
- ○codita mfn. moved by another
- ○ja or (anyá-) ṛV., mfn. born of another (family, &c.), of a different origin
- ○jāta (anyá-) ṛV., mfn. born of another (family, &c.), of a different origin
- ○janman n. another birth, being born again
- ○tas s.v
- ○tā f. difference
- ○durvaha mfn. difficult to be borne by another
- ○devata or mfn. having another divinity, i.e. addressed to another divinity
- ○devatyá ṃaitrṣ. "ṣBr. or mfn. having another divinity, i.e. addressed to another divinity
- ○daivata mfn. having another divinity, i.e. addressed to another divinity
- ○dharma m. different characteristic
- characteristic of another
- (mfn.), having different characteristics
- ○dhī mfn. one whose mind is alienated L
- ○nābhi (anyá-), mfn. of another family AV. i, 29, 1
- ○para mfn. devoted to something else, zealous in something else
- ○puṣṭa m. or ā f. [Kum. i, 4] 'reared by another', the kokila or Indian cuckoo (supposed to be reared by the crow)
- ○pūrvā f. a woman previously betrothed to one and married to another
- ○bīja-ja or
- ○bīja-samudbhava or
- ○bījôtpanna
- m. 'born from the seed of another', an adopted son
- ○bhṛt m. 'nourishing another', a crow (supposed to sit upon the eggs of the kokila)
- ○bhṛta m. or ā f. [Ragh. viii, 5]= -puṣṭā above
- ○manas or mfn. whose mind is fixed on something else, absent, versatile
- ○manaska mfn. whose mind is fixed on something else, absent, versatile
- having another mind in one's self, possessed by a demon
- ○mātṛ-ja m. a half-brother (who has the same father but another mother) Yājñ
- ○rājan mfn. having another for king, subject to another ChUp
- ○rāṣṭrī́ya mfn. from another kingdom, belonging to another kingdom ŚBr
- ○rūpa n. another form
- (eṇa), in another form, disguised
- (anyá-rūpa), mf(ā) n. having another form, changed, altered RV. &c
- ○rūpin mfn. having another shape
- ○liṅga or mfn. having the gender of another (word, viz. of the substantive), an adjective
- ○liṅgaka mfn. having the gender of another (word, viz. of the substantive), an adjective
- ○varṇa (anyá-), mf(ā)n. having another colour
- ○vāpá m. 'sowing for others', i.e. 'leaving his eggs in the nests of other birds', the kokila or Indian cuckoo VS
- ○vrata (anyá-), m. devoted to others, infidel RV. VS
- ○śākhaka m. a Brāhman who has left his school L
- an apostate L
- ○saṃgama m. intercourse with another, adulterous intercourse. [Page 45, Column]
- ○sādhāraṇa mfn. common to others
- ○strī-ga m. going to another's wife, an adulterer Mn
- anyā-dṛkṣa ḻ. or mf(ī)n. of another kind, like another
- anyā-dṛ́ś [VS. &c.], mfn. or mf(ī)n. of another kind, like another
- anyā-dṛśa mf(ī)n. of another kind, like another
- anyâdhīna mfn. subject to others, dependent
- anyâśrayaṇa n. going to another (as an inheritance)
- anyâśrita mfn. gone to another
- anyâsakta mfn. intent on something else
- anyâsādhāraṇa mfn. not common to another, peculiar
- anyôḍhā f. married to another, another's wife Sāh
- anyôtpanna mfn. begotten by another
- anyốdarya mfn. born from another womb RV. vii, 4, 8
- m. a stepmother's son Yājñ
- anyaká mfn. another, other RV
- anya-tama mfn. any one of many, either, any
- anya-tará as, ā, at, either of two, other, different
- anyatara anyatara, the one, the other
- anyatarasyām loc. f. either way. Pāṇ
- ○tas (anyatará-), ind. on one of two sides ŚBr. KātySr
- either way (= anyatarasyām) VPrāt
- anyataráto-danta mf(ā) n. having teeth on one side (only) ŚBr
- anyatare-dyus ind. on either of two days Pāṇ. 5-3, 22
- anyá-tas ind. from another
- from another motive
- on one side (anyataḥ anyataḥ, on the one, on the other side)
- elsewhere
- on the other side, on the contrary, in one direction
- towards some other place
- anyáta-eta mf(-enī)n. variegated on one side VS. xxx, 19
- anyataḥ-kṣṇút mfn. sharp on one side ŚBr
- anyátaḥ-plakṣā f. N. of a lotus pond in Kurukshetra ŚBr
- anyatoghātín mfn. striking in one direction ŚBr
- anyáto-dat mfn. = anyataráto-danta, q.v. TS
- anyáto-'raṇya n. a land which is woody only on one side VS. xxx, 19
- anyato-vāta m. a disease of the eye, Śuśr
- anyatastya m. 'opponent, adversary', in comp. with
- ○jāyín mfn. overwhelming adversaries ŚBr. xiv
- anyat-kāraka mfn. making mistakes Pāṇ. 6-3, 99 (the neut. form appears to be used in comp. when error of any kind is implied
- other examples besides the following are given)
- anyat-√kṛ to make a mistake Pat
- anyad-āśā or f. a bad desire or hope (?) Pāṇ. 6-3, 99
- anyad-āśis f. a bad desire or hope (?) Pāṇ. 6-3, 99
- anyá-tra ind. (= anyasmin loc. of 2. anyá), elsewhere, in another place (with abl.)
- on another occasion
- (ifc.) at another time than
- otherwise, in another manner
- to another place ; except, without MānGṛ. Jain. [Goth. aljathrô]
- ○manas (anyátra-), mfn. having the mind directed to something else, inattentive ŚBr. xiv
- anyathaya P. anyathayati, to alter Sāh
- anyá-thā ind. otherwise, in a different manner (with atas, itas, or tatas = in a manner different from this
- anyathā anyathā, in one way, in another way)
- inaccurately, untruly, falsely, erroneously
- from another motive ; in the contrary case, otherwise [Lat. aliuta]
- ○kāra m. doing otherwise changing
- (am), ind. otherwise, in a different manner Pāṇ. 3-4, 27
- ○√kṛ to act otherwise, alter, violate (a law), destroy (a hope), &c
- ○kṛta mfn. changed
- ○khyāti f. (in Sāṅkhya phil.) the assertion that something is not really what it appears to be according to sensual perception
- N. of a philosophical work
- ○tva n. an opposite state of the case, difference
- ○bhāva m. alteration, difference
- ○bhūta mfn. changed
- ○vādin (or anya-vādin), mfn. speaking differently
- (ī), m. speaking inconsistently
- (in law) prevaricating or a prevaricator
- ○vṛtti mfn. altered, disturbed by strong emotion
- ○siddha mfn. wrongly defined, wrongly proved or established
- effected otherwise, unessential
- ○siddha-tva n. or wrong arguing, wrong demonstration
- ○siddhi f. wrong arguing, wrong demonstration
- that demonstration in which arguments are referred to untrue causes
- ○stotra n. irony Yājñ. ii, 204
- anya-dā ind. at another time
- sometimes
- one day, once ; in another case. [Old. Slav. inogda, [in�uda]]
- anyad-āśā
- ○āśis &c. anyat-kāraka
- anyadīya mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 99) belonging to another Daś
- anyarhi ind. at another time L
- anyedyuka Car. or mfn. occurring on another day
- anyedyuṣka ṣuśr., mfn. occurring on another day
- m. a chronic fever
- anye-dyús ind. on the other day, on the following day AV. &c
- the other day, once Pañcat. [Page 46, Column]
- anyonya or (said to be fr. anyas nom. sing. m. and anya
- anyo-'nya (said to be fr. anyas nom. sing. m. and anya
- cf. paraspara
- in most cases the first anya may be regarded as the subject of the sentence, while the latter assumes the acc., inst., gen., or loc. cases as required by the verb
- but there are many instances in which the first anya, originally a nominative, is equivalent to an oblique case)
- one another, mutual
- (am), or -tas ind. mutually
- ○kalaha m. mutual quarrel
- ○ghāta m. mutual conflict, killing one another
- ○pakṣanayana n. transposing (of numbers) from one side to another
- ○bheda m. mutual division or enmity
- ○mithuna n. mutual union
- m. united mutually
- ○vibhāga m. mutual partition (of an inheritance)
- ○vṛtti m. mutual effect of one upon another
- ○vyatikara m. reciprocal action, relation or influence
- ○saṃśraya m. reciprocal relation (of cause and effect)
- ○sâpekṣa mfn. mutually relating
- ○hārâbhihata mfn. (two quantities) mutually multiplied by their denominators
- anyonyâpahṛta mfn. taken or secreted from one another, taken secretly
- anyonyâbhāva m. mutual non-existence, mutual negation, relative difference
- anyonyâśraya m. mutual or reciprocal support or connection or dependance
- mutually depending
- anyonyâśrita mfn. mutually supported or depending
- anyonyôkti f. conversation
- a-nyaṅga mfn. 'spotless', in comp. with
- ○śveta mfn. white and without spot (as a sacrificial animal) AitBr
- anyá-tas &c. s.v. 2. anyá
- anyá-thā
- anya-dā &c. ib
- ányā (3), f. inexhaustible (as the milk of a cow) RV. viii, 1, 10 and 27, 11 SV
- a-nyāya m. unjust or unlawful action
- impropriety, indecorum
- irregularity, disorder
- ○vartin or mfn. acting unjustly
- ○vṛtta mfn. acting unjustly
- following evil courses
- a-nyāyin or mfn. unjust, improper, indecorous, unbecoming
- a-nyāyya mfn. unjust, improper, indecorous, unbecoming
- á-nyūna mf(ā)n. not defective, not less than (with abl.)
- entire, complete
- á-nyūnâtirikta "ṣBr. or mfn. not too little and not too much
- a-nyūnâdhika mfn. not too little and not too much
- neither deficient nor excessive
- á-ny-okas mfn. not remaining in one's habitation (okas) AV
- anv-akṣa mfn. (fr. 4. akṣa), following L
- (am), ind. afterwards, immediately after R. &c., g. śarad-ādi,
- anv-akṣara-sandhi m. a kind of Sandhi in the Vedas RPrāt
- anv-aṅgám ind. after every member or part ŚBr
- anváñc aṅ, ūcī́ and ū́cī, ak (√añc), following the direction of another, going after, following
- lying lengthwise
- (anūci), loc. ind. in the rear, behind
- (ak), ind. afterwards
- behind (with acc.)
- anvag-bhāvam ind. afterwards L
- friendly disposed Pāṇ. 3-4, 64
- anvag-bhūya ind. becoming friendly disposed ib
- anv-√añj to anoint ŚBr. Kauś
- anv-ati-√sic to pour out over or along TBr
- anv-atī (√i), cl. 2. P. -atyeti, to pass over to, follow ŚBr
- anv-adhi-√ruh to ascend after another Lāṭy
- anv-adhy-as √2. to throw upon after another MānŚr
- anv-adhyāyam ind. according to the chapters (of the Veda), according to the sacred texts Nir
- anv-apa-√kram to run away after another TBr
- anv-abhi-ṣic (√sic), Ā. -siñcate, to have one's self anointed by another (with acc.) MBh. xii, 2803 (both editions)
- anv-aya m. (√i, anv-√i), following, succession [Page 46, Column]
- connection, association, being linked to or concerned with
- the natural order or connection of words in a sentence, syntax, construing
- logical connection of words
- logical connection of cause and effect, or proposition and conclusion
- drift, tenor, purport
- descendants, race, lineage, family
- ○jña m. a genealogist
- ○vat mfn. having a connection (as a consequence), following, agreeing with
- belonging to race or family
- (vat), ind. in connection with, in the sight of Mn. viii, 332
- ○vyatireka n. agreement and contrariety
- a positive and negative proposition
- species and difference
- rule and exception
- logical connection and disconnection
- ○vyatirekin mfn. (in phil.) affirmative and negative
- ○vyāpti f. an affirmative argument
- anvayin mfn. connected (as a consequence)
- belonging to the same family Rājat
- anvayi-tva n. the state of being a necessary consequence
- anv-√arc to honour with shouts or songs of jubilee RV. v, 29, 2
- anv-√arj to let go ŚBr
- anvart (according to NBD.) shortened for anu-vart (√vṛt), to go after, demand (a girl in marriage) AV. xiv, 1, 56. For the abbreviation, cf. anvā, apvā́, a-bhva
- anvartitṛ́ for
- anu-vartitṛ́ tā m. a wooer RV. x, 109, 2
- anv-artha mf(ā)n. conformable to the meaning, agreeing with the true meaning Ragh. iv, 12
- having the meaning obvious, intelligible, clear
- ○grahaṇa n. the literal acceptation of the meaning of a word (as opposed to the conventional)
- ○saṃjñā f. a term whose meaning is intelligible in itself (opposed to such technical terms as bha, ghu, &c.)
- anv-√av to encourage RV. viii, 7, 24
- anv-ava-kṛ √1. to despise, refuse MaitrS
- anv-ava-kṝ √1. to scatter or strew about (with instr.) Yājñ
- anv-avakiraṇa n. scattering about successively L
- anv-ava-√kram to descend or enter in succession ŚBr. xiv
- anv-ava-gā √1. to go and join another ŚBr
- anv-ava-√car to insinuate one's self into, enter stealthily TS. &c
- anv-avacāra m. án-anvavacāra
- anv-ava-√dhā to place into successively ĀpŚr
- anv-ava-pā √1. Ved. Inf. -pātoḥ, to drink after others ŚāṅkhBr
- anv-ava-√plu -plavate, to dive after TBr
- anv-ava-√mṛś to touch or come in contact with or along Gobh
- anv-ava-√ruh to ascend or enter upon after another MBh
- anv-ava-√lup Pass. -lupyate, to drop off after another PBr
- anv-ava-√sṛj to let go along or towards TS. TBr
- anv-avasarga m. letting down, slackening TPrāt. Pat
- permission to do as one likes Pāṇ. 1-4, 96
- anv-ava-√so -syati, to adhere to cling to TBr. &c
- to long for, desire ŚBr. &c
- anv-ava-sāyín mfn. adhering to, depending on (gen.) TS. ŚBr
- anv-ava-sita mfn. seized by ŚāṅkhBr
- anv-ava-√sthā to descend after another ŚBr
- anv-ava-√sru Caus. -srāvayati, to cause to flow down upon or along TS. TBr. ŚBr. [Page 46, Column]
- anv-ava-√han to throw down by striking ŚBr
- anv-ava-√hṛ to lower (the shoulder) ŚāṅkhGṛ
- anv-avârj (√arj), to cause to go after or in a particular direction ŚBr
- to afflict with (instr.) AitUp
- anv-avâs (√2. as), to place upon (dat.) TS
- anv-avé (√i), cl. 2. P. -avaiti, to follow, walk up to or get into
- anv-avāya m. race, lineage MBh
- anv-avāyana n. án-anvavāyana
- anv-avêkṣ (√īkṣ), to look at, inspect
- anv-avekṣā f. regard, consideration
- anv-aś √1. cl. 5. P. Ā. -aśnoti, -nute, to reach, come up to, equal RV. AV
- anv-aṣṭakā f. the ninth day in the latter half of the three (or four) months following the full moon in Āgrahāyaṇa, Pausha, Māgha (and Phālguna) Mn. iv, 150
- anvaṣṭakya n. a Śrāddha or funeral ceremony perfomed on the Anvashṭakās
- anv-as √1. to be near Lāṭy
- to be at hand RV. AitBr
- to reach RV
- ánv-asta mfn. (√2. as), shot along, shot
- interwoven (as in silk), chequered ŚBr
- anv-√ah perf. -āha, to pronounce (especially a ceremonial formula ŚBr. &c.)
- anv-ahám ind. day after day, every day
- anvā (for 2. anu-vā, q.v.), blowing after TāṇḍyaBr. GopBr
- anv-ā-kṛ √1. to give to any one to take with him, to give a portion to a daughter ŚāṅkhBr
- anv-ā-kṛti f. shaping after, imitation ŚāṅkhGṛ
- anv-ā-√kram Ā. to ascend towards or to TS.: P. to visit in succession BhP
- anv-ā-kśā́yam ind. (kśā for khyā), reciting successively MaitrS
- anv-ā-√khyā to enumerate Lāṭy
- anv-ākhyā́na n. an explanation keeping close to the text ŚBr
- a minute account or statement Pat
- anv-ā-√gam to follow, come after VS. ŚBr. &c.: Desid. -jigāṃsati, to wish or intend to follow ŚBr
- anv-ā-gā √to follow RV. i, 126, 3
- anv-ā-√cakṣ to name after ŚBr
- anv-ā-√cam to follow in rinsing the mouth ĀśvGṛ
- anv-ācaya m. (√ci), laying down a rule of secondary importance (after that which is pradhāna, or primary)
- connecting of a secondary action with the main action (e.g. the conjunction ca is sometimes used anvācaye)
- ○śiṣṭa mfn. propounded as a rule or matter of secondary importance
- anv-ācita mfn. secondary, inferior
- anv-ā-√car to follow or imitate in doing BhP
- anvāje (√aj?), only used in connection with √1. kṛ e.g. anvāje kṛ, to support, aid, assist Pāṇ. 1-4, 73
- anv-ā-√tan to extend, spread RV. viii, 48, 13, &c
- to overspread, extend over VS
- anv-ā-dā √1. Ā. to resume ŚBr. [Page 47, Column]
- anv-ā-√diś to name or mention afresh Pāṇ
- anv-ādiṣṭa mfn. mentioned again, referring to a previous rule Pāṇ. 6-2, 190
- anv-ādeśa m. mentioning after, a repeated mention, referring to what has been stated previously, re-employment of the same word in a subsequent part of a sentence, the employment again of the same thing to perform a subsequent operation
- anv-ādeśaka mfn. referring to a previous statement TPrāt
- anv-ā-√dhā to add in placing upon, place upon: Ā. and P. to add fuel (to the fire) AitBr. &c
- to deliver over to a third person (in law)
- anv-ādhāna n. adding or putting fuel (on the three sacred fires)
- depositing
- anv-ādhi m. a bail or deposit given to any one for being delivered to a third person Gaut
- anv-ādheya or n. property presented after marriage to the wife by her husband's family Mn. &c
- ○ādheyaka n. property presented after marriage to the wife by her husband's family Mn. &c
- anv-āhita mfn. deposited with a person to be delivered ultimately to the right owner
- anv-ā-dhāv √1. to run after Kāṭh
- anv-ā-√dhī to recollect, remember, think of AV. TĀr
- anv-ādhi m. repentance, remorse L
- anv-ādhyá ās m. pl. a kind of divinity ŚBr
- anv-ā-√nī to lead to or along
- anv-ā-√nu Intens. -nónaviiti, to sound through RV. x, 68, 12
- ánv-āntrya mfn. being in the entrails AV
- anv-√āp to attain, reach AitBr.: Desid. anv-īpsati, to harmonize in opinion, agree VP
- anv-ā-√bhaj P. and Ā. to cause to take a share after or with another ŚBr. &c
- anv-ā-bhakta mfn. entitled to take a share after or with another
- anv-ā-√bhū to imitate, equal TS. &c
- anv-ā-√yat Caus. -yātayati, to dispose or add in regular sequence, bring into connection with (loc. or abl.) ŚBr. &c
- anv-ā́-yatta mfn. (with loc. or acc.) connected with, being in accordance with, being entitled to TS. &c
- anv-āyātya mfn. to be brought in connection with, to be added, to be supplied ĀśvŚr
- anv-āyatana mfn. latitudinal
- anv-ā-√rabh to catch or seize or touch from behind
- to place one's self behind or at the side of, keep at the side of AV. &c.: Caus. -rambhayati, to place behind another (with loc.) TS
- anv-ārábhya mfn. to be touched from behind ŚBr
- anv-ārambhá m. touching from behind TBr. KātyŚr
- anv-ārambhaṇa n. id. KātyŚr
- anv-ārambhaṇīyā f. an initiatory ceremony KātyŚr
- anv-ā-√ruh to follow or join by ascending
- to ascend: Caus. -rohayati, to place upon
- anv-ārohá ās m. pl., N. of certain Japas uttered at the Soma-libations TS
- anv-ārohaṇa n. (a widow's) ascending the funeral pile after or with the body of a husband, (g. anupravacanâdi, q.v.)
- anv-ārohaṇīya mfn. belonging to the Anvārohaṇa, or rite of cremation ib
- anv-ā-√labh to lay hold of grasp, handle, take in the hand or with the hand RV. x, 130, 7, &c
- anv-ālabhana or n. a handle (?) MBh. iii, 17156
- anv-ālambhana n. a handle (?) MBh. iii, 17156
- anv-ā-√loc Caus. -locayair, to consider attentively. [Page 47, Column]
- anv-ā-vap √2. 'to scatter in addition', to add Kauś
- anv-ā-√vah to convey to or in the proximity of RV. x, 29, 2
- anv-ā-√viś to enter, occupy, possess
- to follow, act according to ChUp. &c
- anv-ā-√vṛt to roll near or along RV. v, 62, 2
- to revolve or move after, follow VS. &c.: Intens. -varīvartti (impf. 3.pl. ánv ấvarīvuḥ for ○vṛtuḥ), to drive or move after or along RV. x, 51, 6 TS
- anv-ā-√śī to lie along, be extended over AV
- anv-ā-śrita mfn. (√śri), one who has gone along
- placed or situated along
- anv-√ās to take a seat subsequently
- to be seated at or near or round (with acc.)
- to live in the proximity of (with gen.) Hcat
- to be engaged in (especially in a religious act)
- anv-āsana n. sitting down after (another)
- service
- regret, affliction L
- a place where work is done, manufactory, house of industry L
- an unctuous or cooling enema L
- anv-āsīna mfn. sitting down after, seated alongside of
- anv-āsyamāna mfn. being accompanied by, attended by
- anv-ā-√sthā to go towards, to meet, attain VS. &c
- anv-ā-hita anv-ā-√dhā
- anv-ā-√hṛ to make up, supply ŚBr. &c
- anv-ā-haraṇa n. making up, supplying Comm. on Lāṭy
- anv-ā-hāra m. id. Lāṭy
- anv-āhāryá m. a gift, consisting of food prepared with rice, presented to the Ṛitvij priest at the Darśapūrṇamāsa ceremonies TS. &c
- (am or akam), n. the monthly Śrāddha (q.v.) held on the day of new moon (according to Mn. iii, 123 it should be of meat eaten after the presentation of a Piṇḍa or ball of rice)
- ○pácana m. the southern sacrificial fire, used in the Anvāhārya sacrifice ŚBr. &c
- anv-ā-√hve to call to one's side in order or after another Kauś
- anv-√i to go after or alongside, to follow
- to seek
- to be guided by
- to fall to one's share RV. iv, 4, 11
- Ved. Inf. ánv-etave to reach or join Bṛ., to imitate ṅmn. RV. vii, 33, 8
- ánv-etavaí, to go along (with acc.) RV. i, 24, 8 ; vii, 44, 5
- anv-aya p. 46, col. 1
- anv-ita mfn. gone along with
- joined, attended, accompanied by, connected with, linked to
- having as an essential or inherent part, endowed with, possessed of, possessing
- acquired
- reached by the mind, understood
- following
- connected as in grammar or construction
- anvitârtha mfn. having a clear meaning understood from the context, perspicuous
- ánv-iti f. following after VS
- anv-īyamāna mfn. being followed
- anv-√idh or anv-√indh, to kindle AV
- anv-iṣ √3. cl. 1. P. -icchati, to desire, seek, seek after, search, aim, at AV. &c.: cl. 4. P. -iṣyati id. R. &c., Caus. -eṣayati id. Mṛicch. &c
- anv-iṣṭa or mfn. sought, required
- anv-iṣyamāṇa mfn. sought, required
- anv-eṣa m. "ṣāk. or am, ā n. f. seeking for, searching, investigating
- anv-eṣaṇa am, ā n. f. seeking for, searching, investigating
- anv-eṣaka mf(ikā)n. or mfn. searching, inquiring
- anv-eṣin or mfn. searching, inquiring
- anveṣṭṛ [Pāṇ. 5-2, 90, &c.], mfn. searching, inquiring
- anv-eṣṭavya or mfn. to be searched, to be investigated
- anv-eṣya mfn. to be searched, to be investigated
- anv-√īkṣ to follow with one's looks, to keep looking or gazing AV. &c
- to keep in view ŚBr
- anv-īkṣaṇa n. or exa mining, inquiry Comm. on Nyāyad. [Page 47, Column]
- anv-īkṣā f. exa mining, inquiry Comm. on Nyāyad. [Page 47, Column]
- meditation BhP
- anv-īkṣitávya mfn. to be kept in view or in mind ŚBr
- anv-īta = anv-ita, q.v. Bālar. Kir
- anv-īpám ind. (fr. 2. ap), along the water, along the river MaitrS
- Pāṇ. 6-3, 98 Sch
- anv-√ṛ (cl. 3. P. -iyarti), aor. Ā. -arta, to follow in rising RV. v ; 52, 6
- anv-ṛcám ind. verse after verse ŚBr
- ánv-ṛju mfn. moving straight forwards or in the right way (N. of Indra) MaitrS
- anv-√ṛdh cl. 6. P. -ṛdháti, to carry out, accomplish RV. vii ; 87, 7
- anv-ê (ā-√i), cl. 2. P. -aiti, to come after, to follow as an adherent or attendant RV. i, 161, 3, &c
- ánv-etave &c. anv-√i
- áp n. (gen. apás), work (according to NBD.) RV. i, 151, 4
- áp (in Ved. used in sing. and pl., but in the classical language only in pl., ā́pas), f. water
- air, the intermediate region Naigh
- the star ? Virginis
- the Waters considered as divinities. Ifc. ap may become apa or īpa, ūpa after i- and u- stems respectively. [Cf. Lat. agua ; Goth. ahva, 'a river' ; Old Germ. aha, and affa at the end of compounds ; Lith. uppê, 'a river ; perhaps Lat. amnis, 'a river', for apnis, cf. also ?]
- ápa-vat mfn. watery AV. xviii, 4, 24
- apaḥ-saṃvarta m. destruction (of the world) by water Buddh
- apāṃ-vatsa m. 'calf of the waters', N. of a star
- apā́ṃ-nápāt ṛV. Vṣ. or m. 'grandson of the waters.' N. of Agni or fire as sprung from water
- apāṃ-naptṛ [Pāṇ. 4-2, 2] or m. 'grandson of the waters.' N. of Agni or fire as sprung from water
- apā́ṃ-garbha Vṣ. or m. 'grandson of the waters.' N. of Agni or fire as sprung from water
- apo-naptṛ [Pāṇ. 4-2, 2], m. 'grandson of the waters.' N. of Agni or fire as sprung from water
- apām-naptriya [Pāṇ. 4-2, 2] or mfn. relating to Agni
- apāṃ-naptrīya Kāṭh. or mfn. relating to Agni
- apo-naptriya PBr. or mfn. relating to Agni
- apo-naptrī́ya [MaitrS. TS. AitBr. &c.], mfn. relating to Agni
- apāṃ-nātha m. the ocean L
- apāṃ-nidhi m. the ocean L
- N. of a Sāman
- apām-pati or m. the ocean
- ap-pati ṃn., m. the ocean
- N. of Varuṇa
- apām-pitta or n. fire
- ap-pitta n. fire
- a plant L
- ap-kṛtsna n. deep meditation performed by means of water Buddh
- ap-cara m. an aquatic animal Mn. vii, 72
- ap-saras s.v
- aptyá (3), mfn. watery RV. i, 124, 5
≫apya
- ápya (2, 3), mf(ápyā
- once ápī RV. vi, 67, 9)n. being in water, coming from water, connected with water RV. (cf. 3. ā́pya)
- apsavá
- apsavyá
⋙apsā
- apsā́ s.v
≫apsu
- apsu for words beginning thus, s.v. apsu
≫ab
- ab for words beginning thus, s.v. ab-indhana, ab-ja, &c
- ápa ind. (as a prefix to nouns and verbs, expresses) away, off, back (opposed to úpa, ánu, sam, pra)
- down (opposed to ud)
- ○tarám ind. farther off MaitrS. When prefixed to nouns, it may sometimes = the neg. particle a e.g. apa-bhī, fearless
- or may express deterioration, inferiority, &c. (cf. apa-pāṭha). (As a separable particle or adverb in Ved., with abl.) away from, on the outside of, without, with the exception of [Gk. ? ; Lat. [47,] ab ; Goth. af ; Eng. of]
- apa-karuṇa mfn. cruel
- apa-kalaṅka m. a deep stain or mark of disgrace L
- apa-kalmaṣa mf(ā) n. stainless, sinless
- apa-√kaṣ to scrape off AV
- apa-kaṣāya mfn. sinless MārkP
- apa-kāmá m. aversion, abhorrence RV. vi, 75, 2 AV
- abominableness AV
- (ám), ind. against one's liking, unwillingly AV. [Page 48, Column]
- apa-kīrti f. infamy, disgrace
- apa-kukṣi m. a bad or illshaped belly (?) Pāṇ. 6-2, 187
- (also used as a bahu-vrīhi and avyayī-bhāva.)
- apa-kuñja m. N. of a younger brother of the serpent-king Śesha Hariv
- apa-kṛ √1. to carry away, remove, drag away
- (with gen. or acc.) to hurt, wrong, injure: Caus. -kārayati, to hurt, wrong, injure: Caus. -kārayati, to hurt wrong
- apa-karaṇa n. acting improperly
- doing wrong L
- ill-treating, offending, injuring L
- apa-kartṛ mfn. injurious, offensive
- apa-karman a n. discharge (of a debt) Mn. viii, 4
- evil doing L
- violence L
- any impure or degrading act L
- apa-kāra m. wrong, offence, injury, hurt
- despise, disdain
- ○gir ḻ., f. or m. an offending or menacing speech
- ○śabda [Pāṇ. 8-1, 8 Sch.], m. an offending or menacing speech
- ○tā f. wrong, offence
- apakārârthin mfn. malicious, malevolent
- apa-kāraka or mfn. acting wrong, doing ill to (with gen.)
- apa-kārin mfn. acting wrong, doing ill to (with gen.)
- offending, injuring
- apa-kṛta mfn. done wrongly or maliciously, offensively or wickedly committed
- practised as a degrading or impure act (e.g. menial work, funeral rites, &c.)
- (am), n. injury, offence
- apa-kṛti f. oppression, wrong, injury
- apa-kṛtya n. damage, hurt Pañcat
- apa-kriyā f. a wrong or improper act
- delivery, clearing off (debts) Yājñ. iii, 234
- offence
- apa-kṛt √2. cl. 6. P. -kṛntati, to cut off Kauś
- apa-√kṛṣ cl. 1, P. -karṣati, to draw off or aside, drag down, carry away, take away, remove
- to omit, diminish
- to put away
- to anticipate a word &c. which occurs later (in a sentence)
- to bend (a bow)
- to detract, debase, dishonour: Caus. -karṣayati, to remove, diminish, detract
- apa-karṣa m. drawing or dragging off or down, detraction, diminution, decay
- lowering, depression
- decline, inferiority, infamy
- anticipation Nyāyam
- (in poetry) anticipation of a word occurring later
- ○sama as, ā mf. a sophism in the Nyāya (e.g. 'sound has not the quality of shape as a jar has, therefore sound and a jar have no qualities in common')
- apa-karṣaka mf(ikā)n. drawing down, detracting (with gen.) Sāh
- apa-karṣaṇa mfn. taking away, forcing away, removing, diminishing
- (am), n. taking away, depriving of
- drawing down
- abolishing, denying
- anticipation Nyāyam
- apa-kṛṣṭa mfn. drawn away, taken away, removed lost
- dragged down, brought down, depressed
- low, vile, inferior
- m. a crow L
- ○cetana mfn. mentally debased
- ○jāti mfn. of a low tribe
- ○tā f. or inferiority, vileness
- ○tva n. inferiority, vileness
- apa-kṝ √1. Ā. apa-s-kirate (Pāṇ. 6-1, 142) to scrape with the feet Uttarar
- (cf. ava-√s-kṝ): P. apa-kirati, to spout out, spurt, scatter Pāṇ. 1-3, 21 Comm
- to throw down L
- a-pakti f. (√pac), immaturity
- indigestion
- a-pakva mf(ā)n. unripe, immature
- undigested
- ○tā f. immaturity
- incompleteness
- ○buddhi mfn. of immature understanding
- apakvâśin mfn. eating raw, uncooked food
- apa-√kram to go away, retreat, retire from RV. x, 164, 1 &c
- to glide away
- to measure off by steps Kauś.: Caus. -kramayati, to cause to run away PBr.: Desid. -cikramiṣati, to intend to run away or escape (with abl.) ŚBr
- apa-kramá m. going away ŚBr. &c
- flight, retreat L
- (mfn.), not being in the regular order (a fault in poetry)
- apa-krámaṇa n. or passing off or away, retiring
- apa-krāma m. passing off or away, retiring
- apa-kramin mfn. going away, retiring
- apa-krānta mfn. gone away
- (am), n. (= atī7tam) that which is past Bālar
- ápa-krānti f. = apa-krámaṇa MaitrS
- apa-krā́muka mfn. = apa-kramin TS. PBr
- apa-√krī to buy AV. ŚBr. ( ava-√krī). [Page 48, Column]
- apa-√kruś to revile
- apa-krośa m. reviling, abusing L
- a-pakṣá mfn. without wings AV. &c
- without followers or partisans MBh
- not on the same side or party
- adverse, opposed to
- ○tā f. opposition, hostility
- ○pāta m. impartiality
- ○pucchá mfn. without wings and tail ŚBr. &c
- apa-kṣi √4. Pass. -kṣī́yate, to decline, wane (as the moon) TS. ŚBr
- apa-kṣaya m. decline, decay, wane VP
- apa-kṣita mfn. waned BhP
- apa-kṣīṇa mfn. declined, decayed L
- apa-√kṣip to throw away or down, take away, remove
- apa-kṣipta mfn. thrown down or away
- apa-kṣepaṇa n. throwing down, &c
- apa-√gam to go away, depart
- to give way, vanish
- apa-ga mf(ā)n. going away, turning away from (abl.) AV. i, 34, 5 (cf. án-apaga)
- (ā), f. = āpa-gā L
- apa-gata mfn. gone, departed, remote, gone off
- dead, diseased
- ○vyādhi mfn. one who has recovered from a disease
- apa-gama m. going away
- giving way
- departure, death
- apa-gamana n. id
- apa-gara m. (√1. gṝ), reviler (special function of a priest at a sacrifice)
- PBr. Lāṭy. &c. (cf. abhigará.)
- apa-garjita mfn. thunderless (as a cloud) Kathās
- apa-galbhá mfn. wanting in boldness, embarrassed, perplexed VS. TS
- apa-gā √1. to go away, vanish, retire (with abl.) VS. &c
- apa-√gur to reject, disapprove, threaten RV. v, 32, 6, &c
- to inveigh against any one: Intens. part. apa-járgurāṇa ( s.v. apa- √2. gṝ)
- apa-gāram or ind. disapproving, threatening (?) Pāṇ. 6-1, 53
- apa-goram ind. disapproving, threatening (?) Pāṇ. 6-1, 53
- apa-goraṇa n. threatening Comm. on TS
- apa-√guh (Subj. 2. sg. P. -gūhas Ā. -gūhathāś
- impf. 3. pl. ápâgūhan
- aor. -aghu-kṣat) to conceal, hide RV. AV
- ápa-gūḍha mfn. hidden, concealed RV
- apa-gū́hamāna mfn. hiding AV. xix, 56, 2
- (ápa gū́h○) RV. vii, 104, 17
- apa-gohá m. hiding-place, secret RV. ii, 15, 7
- apa-gṝ √2. Intens. part. -járgurāṇa mfn. (Gmn. and NBD.) devouring RV. v, 29, 4
- apa-gopura mfn. without gates (as a town)
- apa-√gai to break off singing, cease to sing GopBr. Vait
- apa-√grah to take away, disjoin, tear off
- apa-√ghaṭ Caus. -ghāṭayati, to shut up
- apa-ghana m. (√han), (Pāṇ. 3-3, 81) a limb or member (as a hand or foot) Naish
- apa-ghā́ta m. striking off
- warding off. ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-3, 81 Sch.)
- apa-ghātaka mf(ikā)n. (ifc.) warding off
- apa-ghātin mfn. id. apa-√han
- apa-ghana mfn. cloudless
- a-paca mfn. not able to cook, a bad cook Pāṇ. 6-2, 157 seq. Sch
- apa-√car to depart
- to act wrongly
- apa-carita mfn. gone away, departed, dead
- (am), n. fault, offence Śāk
- apa-cāra m. want, absence
- defect
- fault, improper conduct, offence
- unwholesome or improper regimen
- apa-cārin mfn. departing from, disbelieving in, infidel Mn
- doing wrong, wicked. [Page 48, Column]
- apa-cāy to fear TBr
- to respect, honour ŚBr. TBr
- apa-cāyita mfn. honoured, respected Pāṇ. 7-2, 30 Sch
- apa-cāyin mfn. not rendering due respect, showing want of respect MBh
- vṛddhâpacāyitva n. the not rendering due respect to old men MBh. xiii, 6705
- apa-ci √2. (Imper. 2. sg. -cikīhi) to pay attention to, to respect AV. i, 10, 4
- ápa-cita mfn. (Pāṇ. 7-2, 30) honoured, respected ŚBr. &c
- respectfully invited BhP
- (am), n. honouring, esteeming
- apa-citi f. honouring, reverence Śiś
- ○mat (ápaciti-), mfn. honoured TS. ŚBr. KātyŚr
- apa-ci √1. -cinoti, to gather, collect: Pass. -cīyate, to be injured in health or prosperity
- to grow less
- to wane
- (with abl.) to lose anything MBh
- apa-caya m. diminution, decay, decrease, decline
- N. of several planetary mansions
- apa-cita mfn. diminished, expended, wasted
- emaciated, thin Śāk. &c
- apa-citi f. loss L
- expense L
- N. of a daughter of Marīci VP
- (for 3. ápa-citi, below.)
- apa-cī f. a disease consisting in an enlargement of the glands of the neck Suśr
- apa-cetṛ tā m. a spendthrift L
- apa-cikīrṣā f. (√1. kṛ Desid.), desire of hurting any one
- apa-√cit Caus. Ā. (Subj. -cetáyātai) to abandon, turn off from (abl.) VS. ii, 17: Desid. -cikitsati, to wish to leave or to abandon any one (abl.) AV. xiii, 2, 15
- apa-cít t f. a noxious flying insect AV
- apa-cetas mfn. not favourable to (with abl.) TBr
- ápa-citi f. (= ?, √3. ci), compensation, either recompense [TS. &c.] or retaliation, revenge, punishing RV. iv, 28, 4, &c
- apa-cchad (√chad), Caus. -cchādayati, to take off a cover ĀpŚr
- apa-cchattra mfn. not having a parasol Kathās
- apa-cchāya mfn. shadowless, having no shadow (as a deity or celestial being)
- having a bad or unlucky shadow
- (ā), f. an unlucky shadow, a phantom, apparition
- apa-cchid (√chid), to cut off or away ŚBr. &c
- apa-cchíd t f. a cutting, shred, chip ŚBr. PBr
- apa-ccheda as, am m. n. cutting off or away
- separation
- apa-cchedana n. id
- apa-√cyu (aor. Ā. 2. sg. -cyoṣṭhaḥ) to fall off, go off, desert RV. x, 173, 2: Caus. (aor. -cucyavat) to expel RV. ii, 41, 10
- apa-cyavá m. pushing away RV. i, 28, 3
- apa-jāta m. a bad son who has turned out ill Pañcat
- apa-√ji to ward off, keep off or out ŚBr. Kāṭh. PBr
- apa-jaya m. defeat, discomfiture L
- apa-jayya mfn. an-apajayyám
- apa-jighāṃsu mfn. (√han Desid.), desirous of keeping off. wishing to avert AitBr
- apa-jihīrṣu mfn. (√hṛ Desid.), wishing to carry off or take away Rājat
- apa-√jñā -jānīte, to dissemble, conceal Pāṇ. 1-3, 44
- apa-jñāna n. denying, concealing L
- apa-jya mfn. without a bowstring MBh
- a-pañcī-kṛta n. (in Vedānta phil.) 'not compounded of the five gross elements', the five subtle elements. [Page 49, Column]
- a-paṭântara mfn. 'not separated by a curtain', adjoining (v. l. a-padântara, q.v.) L
- apaṭī f. a screen or wall of cloth (especially surrounding a tent) L
- ○kṣepa m. 'tossing aside the curtain'
- (eṇa), ind. with a toss of the curtain, precipitate entrance on the stage (indicating hurry and agitation) (cf. paṭīkṣepa.)
- a-paṭu mfn. not clever, awkward, uncouth
- ineloqueut
- sick, diseased L
- ○tā f. or awkwardness
- ○tva n. awkwardness
- a-paṭha m. unable to read Pāṇ. 6-2, 157seq. Sch
- a-paṇḍita mfn. unlearned, illiterate
- a-paṇya mfn. unfit for sale
- (am), n. an unsaleable article Gaut
- apa-√takṣ (3. pl. -takṣṇuvanti and Impf. apâtakṣan) to chip off AV. x, 7, 20 ŚBr
- apa-tantra m. spasmodic contraction (of the body or stomach), emprosthotonos Hcat
- apa-tantraka m. id. Suśr
- apa-tānaka m. id. Suśr
- apa-tānakin mfn. affected with spasmodic contraction Suśr
- á-pati m. not a husband or master AV. viii, 6, 16
- (is), f. 'without a husband or master', either an unmarried person or a widow
- ○ghnī (á-pati-) f. not killing a husband RV. x, 85, 44 AV
- ○tā f. state of being without a husband
- ○putrā f. without a husband and children
- ○vratā f. an unfaithful or unchaste wife
- a-patikā = a-pati f. Nir
- apa-tīrtha as, am m. n. a bad or improper Tirtha, q.v
- ápa-tūla mf(ā)n. without a tuft, without a panicle TS
- apa-√tṛp Caus. -tarpayati, to starve, cause to fast Car. Suśr
- apa-tarpaṇa n. fasting (in sickness) Suśr
- a-pattra mfn. leafless
- (ā), f. N. of a plant
- a-patnika mfn. not having a wife AitBr. KātyŚr
- where the wife is not present KātyŚr
- ápatya n. (fr. ápa), offspring, child, descendant
- a patronymical affix Sāh
- ○kāma mfn. desirous of offspring
- ○jīva m. N. of a plant
- ○tā f. state of childhood Mn. iii, 16
- ○da mfn. giving offspring
- (ā), f. N. of various plants
- ○patha m. 'path of offspring', the vulva Suśr
- ○pratyaya m. a patronymical affix Sāh
- ○vat (ápatya-), mfn. possessed of offspring AV. xii, 4, 1
- ○vikrayin m. 'seller of his offspring', a father who receives a gratuity from his son-in-law
- ○śatru m. 'having his descendants for enemies', a crab (said to perish in producing young)
- ○sác m(acc. sg. -sā́cam)fn. accompanied with offspring RV
- ○āpatyârtha-śabda m. a patronymic
- apa-√trap to be ashamed or bashful, turn away the face
- apa-trapaṇa n. or bashfulness, embarrassment
- ○trapā f. bashfulness, embarrassment
- apa-trapiṣṇu mfn. bashful Pāṇ. 3-2, 136
- apa-√tras (impf. 3. pl. -atrasan) to flee from in terror RV. x, 95, 8 MBh
- apa-trasta mfn. (ifc. or with abl.) afraid of, fleeing or retiring from in terror Pāṇ. 2-1, 38
- á-patha n. not a way, absence of a road, pathless state AV. &c., wrong way, deviation
- heresy, heterodoxy L
- (mf(ā)n.), pathless, roadless Pāṇ. 2-4, 30 Sch
- (ā), f. N. of various plants
- ○gāmin mfn. going by a wrong road, pursuing bad practices, heretical
- ○prapanna mfn. out of place, in the wrong place, misapplied
- a-pathin ○nthās m. absence of road Pāṇ. 5-4, 72
- a-pathya mfn. unfit
- unsuitable
- inconsistent
- (in med.) unwholesome as food or drink in particular complaints
- ○nimitta mfn. caused by unfit food or drink
- ○bhuj mfn. eating what is forbidden. [Page 49, Column]
- a-pád or á-pad only "ṣBr. xiv, mfn. nom. m. a-pā́d, f. a-pā́d [RV. i, 152, 3 and vi, 59,] or a-pádī [RV.x, 22, 1], footless RV. AV. ŚBr
- á-pada n. no place, no abode AV
- the wrong place or time Kathās. &c
- (mfn.), footless Pañcat
- ○ruhā or f. the parasitical plant Epidendron Tesselloides
- ○rohiṇi f. the parasitical plant Epidendron Tesselloides
- ○stha mfn. not being in its place
- out of office
- a-padântara mfn. 'not separated by a foot', adjoining, contiguous (v. l. a-paṭântara, q.v.) L
- (am), ind. without delay, immediately MBh
- apa-dakṣiṇam ind. away from the right, to the left side KātyŚr
- apa-dama mfn. without self-restraint
- of wavering fortune
- apa-dava mfn. free from forest-fire
- apa-davâpad mfn. free from the calamity of fire
- apa-daśa mfn. (fr. daśan), (any number) off or beyond ten L
- (fr. daśā), without a fringe (as a garment) MBh
- apa-√das (3. pl. -dasyanti) to fail, i.e. become dry RV. i, 135, 8
- apa-√dah to burn up, to burn out so as to drive out RV. vii, 1, 7, &c
- apa-dāna n. (√dai?), a great or noble work R. ii, 65, 4 Śāk. (vḷ.)
- ( in Pāli for ava-dāna, q.v.) a legend treating of former and future births of men and exhibiting the consequences of their good and evil actions
- a-padârtha m. nonentity
- apa-√diś (ind. p. -diśya) to assign KātyŚr
- to point out, indicate, to betray, pretend, hold out as a pretext or disguise Ragh. &c
- apa-diśam ind. in an intermediate region (of the compass), half a point L
- apa-diṣṭa mfn. assigned as a reason or pretext
- apa-deśa m. assigning, pointing out KātyŚr
- pretence, feint, pretext, disguise, contrivance
- the second step in a syllogism (i.e. statement of the reason)
- a butt or mark L
- place, quarter L
- apa-deśin mfn. assuming the appearance or semblance of
- pretending, feigning Daś
- apa-deśya mfn. to be indicated, to be stated Mn. viii, 54 Daś
- ápa-duṣpad 'not a failing step', a firm or safe step RV. x, 99, 3
- apa-√dṝ Intens. p. apa-dárdrat mfn. tearing open RV. vi, 17, 5
- apa-devatā f. an evil demon
- apa-doṣa mfn. faultless
- apa-dravya n. a bad thing
- apa-√drā (Imper. 3. pl. -drāntu, 2. sg. -drāhi) to run away RV. x, 85, 32 AV
- apa-dru √2. id. ŚBr. &c
- apa-dvāra n. a side-entrance (not the regular door) Suśr
- apa-√dham (3.pl. -dhamanti impf. ápâdhamat 2. sg. -adhamas) to blow away or off RV
- apa-√dhā (Imper. -dadhātu
- aor. Pass. -dhāyi) to take off, place aside RV. iv, 28, 2 ; vi, 20, 5 and x, 164, 3
- apa-dhā́ f. hiding, shutting up RV. ii, 12, 3
- apa-√dhāv to run away AV. ŚBr., to depart (from a previous statement), prevaricate Mn. viii, 54
- apa-dhurám away from the yoke TBr
- apa-√dhū (1ṣg. -dhūnomi) to shake off ŚāṅkhGṛ
- apa-dhūma mfn. free from smoke Ragh
- apa-√dhṛṣ -dhṛṣ ṇoti, to overcome, subdue, KaushBr. (cf. an-apadhṛṣya.)
- apa-√dhyai to have a bad opinion of, curse mentally MBh. &c. [Page 49, Column]
- apa-dhyāna n. envy, jealousy MBh. &c
- meditation upon things which are not to be thought of. Jain
- apa-√dhvaṃs -dhvaṃsati, to scold, revile, Comm. on MBh. i, 5596 ('to drive or turn away' NBD.)
- to fall away, be degraded (NBD.) Hariv. 720
- apa-dhvaṃsá m. concealment AV
- 'falling away, degradation', in comp. with
- ○ja mfn. 'born from it', a child of a mixed or impure caste (whose father belongs to a lower [Mn. x, 41, 4] or higher [MBh. xiii, 261] caste than its mother's)
- apa-dhvaṃsin mfn. causing to fall, destroying, abolishing
- apa-dhvasta mfn. degraded
- reviled
- abandoned, destroyed
- m. a vile wretch lost to all sense of right L
- apa-dhvānta mfn. (√dhvan), sounding wrong ChUp
- apa-√nam (with abl.) bend away from, give way to ṇBḍ., to bow down before ṅmn. RV. vi, 17, 9
- ápa-nata mfn. bent outwards, bulging out ŚBr. KaushBr
- apa-nāma m. curve, flexion, Śulb
- apa-naś √2. 'to disappear', Imper. -naśya, be off KaushBr
- apa-nasa mfn. without a nose L
- apa-√nah to bind back AV
- (ind. p. -nahya) to loosen MBh. iii, 13309
- ápa-nābhi mfn. 'without a navel', without a focal centre (as the Vedi) TS
- apa-nāman a n. a bad name Pāṇ. 6-2, 187
- (mfn.), having a bad name ib
- apa-nidra mfn. sleepless
- apa-ni-dra mfn. (√drā), opening (as a flower) Śiś. Kir
- apa-ni-drat mfn. id. Naish
- apa-ni-√dha to place aside, hide, conceal TBr. &c
- to take off AV
- apa-nirvāṇa mfn. not yet extinct Śak
- apa-ni-√lī Ā. (Imper. 3. pl. -layantām) to hide one's self, disappear RV. x, 84, 7 ŚBr
- apa-ni-√hnu to deny, conceal ChUp. &c
- apa-√nī to lead away or off
- to rob, steal, take or drag away
- to remove, frighten away
- to put off or away (as garments, ornaments, or fetters)
- to extract, take from
- to deny Comm. on Mn. viii, 53. 59
- to except, exclude from a rule Comm. on RPrāt.: Desid -ninīṣati, to wish to remove Comm. on Mn. i, 27
- apa-naya m. leading away, taking away
- bad policy, bad or wicked conduct
- apa-nayana n. taking away, withdrawing
- destroying, healing
- acquittance of a debt
- apa-nīta mfn. led away from
- taken away, removed
- paid, discharged
- contradictory, badly executed, spoiled
- (am), n. imprudent or bad behaviour
- apa-nīti f. taking away from (abl.) Nyāyam
- apa-netṛ tā m. a remover, taking away
- apa-nu √3. to put aside ŚāṅkhGṛ
- apa-√nud to remove RV. &c
- apa-nutti f. removing, taking or sending away
- expiation Mn. and Yājñ
- apa-nuda mfn. (ifc. e.g. śokâpanuda, q.v.) removing driving away
- apa-nunutsu mfn. desirous of removing, expiating (with acc.) Mn. xi, 101
- apa-noda m. = apa-nutti
- apa-nodana mfn. removing, driving away Mn
- (am), n. removing, driving away Kauś. Mn
- apa-nodya mfn. to be removed
- á-panna-gṛha mfn. whose house has not fallen in VS. vi, 24
- a-panna-da mfn. = á-panna-dat q.v. Gaut
- á-panna-dat mf(atī)n. whose teeth have not fallen out TS. TBr. [Page 50, Column]
- apa-√pad to escape, run away
- apa-parê (√i), (perf. 1. sg. ápa párêto asmi
- ápa asmi may also be taken by itself as fr. 1. apâs) to go off RV. x, 83, 5
- apa-pary-ā-√vṛt to turn (the face) away from Gobh
- apa-pāṭha m. a mistake in reading Pāṇ. 4-4, 64 Sch
- a wrong reading (in a text) VPrāt
- apa-pātra mfn. 'not allowed to use vessels (for food)', people of low caste Mn. x, 51 Āp
- apa-pātrita mfn. id
- apa-pādatra mfn. having no protection for the feet, shoeless Rājat
- apa-pāna n. a bad or improper drink
- apa-pitvá n. (probably for -pittvá fr. √2. pat
- cf. abhi-pitvá, ā-pitvá, pra-pitvá
- but cf. also api-tvá s.v. ápi), turning away, separation RV. iii, 53, 24
- á-papivas m(gen. á-pupuṣas)fn. (perf. p.), who has not drunk AV. vi, 139, 4
- apa-pūta au m. du. badly formed buttocks Pāṇ. 6-2, 187
- (mfn.), having badly formed buttocks ib
- apa-pṛ √1. (aor. Subj. 2. sg. parṣi) to drive or scare away from (abl.) RV. i, 129, 5
- apa-pra-gā √1. (aor. -prấgat) to go away from, yield to RV. i, 113, 16
- apa-prajātā f. a female that has had a miscarriage Suśr
- apa-pradāna n. a bribe
- apa-√pru ápa-pravate, Ved. to leap or jump down ŚBr. &c
- apa-√pruth (Imper. 2ṣg. -protha
- P. -próthat) to blow off RV. vi, 47, 30 and ix, 98, 11
- apa-prê (√i), (3.pl. -pra-yánti, or -prá-yanti
- Opt. -prếyāt) to go away, withdraw RV. x, 117, 4 ŚBr
- apa-prôṣita n. (√5. vas), the having departed, a wrong departure or evil caused thereby, (neg. án-) ŚBr
- apa-√plu to spring down MBh.: Caus. -plavayati, to wash off TS. &c
- ápa-barhis mfn. not having the portion constituting the Barhis ŚBr. KātyŚr
- apa-√bādh Ā. to drive away, repel, remove RV. &c.: Caus. P. id. AV. xii, 1, 49: Desid. Ā. -bībhatsate, to abhor from (abl.) AitBr
- apa-bāhuka m. a bad arm, stiffness in the arm L
- apa-√brū (impf. -brávat) to speak some mysterious or evil words upon AV. vi, 57, 1
- apa-√bhaj P. (Subj. 1. pl. -bhajāma) to cede or transfer a share to RV. x, 108, 9 ŚBr
- to satisfy the claim of (acc.) KātyŚr
- to divide into parts PBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
- apa-bhaya mf(ā) n. fearless, undaunted
- apa-bhī mfn. id
- apa-bháraṇī f. pl. (√bhṛ), the last lunar mansion TS. TBr
- ápa-bhartavaí Inf. to take away RV. x, 14, 2
- apa-bhartṛ́ mfn. taking away RV. ii, 33, 7, destroying
- apa-√bhāṣ to revile Kum. v, 83
- apa-bhāṣaṇa n. abuse, bad words L
- apa-√bhid (Imper. 2. sg. -bhindhí for -bhinddhi) to drive away RV. viii, 45, 40
- apa-√bhū (Imper. -bhavatu and -bhutu [RV. i, 131,]
- aor. Subj. 2. sg. -bhūs, 2. pl. -bhūtana) to be absent, be deficient RV. AV. TS
- ápa-bhūti f. defect, damage AV. v, 8, 5
- apa-bhraṃśá (or apa-bhraṃsa), m. falling down, a fall TS. &c. [Page 50, Column]
- a corrupted form of a word, corruption
- ungrammatical language
- the most corrupt of the Prākṛit dialects
- apa-bhraṣṭa mfn. corrupted (as a Prākṛit dialect) Kathās
- apamá mfn. (fr. ápa), the most distant, the last RV. x, 39, 3 AV. x, 4, 1
- m. (in astron.) the declination of a planet
- ○kṣetra krānti-kṣetra
- ○jyā f. the sine of the declination
- ○maṇḍala (or apa-maṇḍala) or n. the ecliptic
- ○vṛtta n. the ecliptic
- apa-manyu mfn. free from grief
- apa-marda m. (√mṛd), what is swept away, dirt
- apa-marśa m. (√mṛś), touching, grazing Śāk. (vḷ. for abhi-marśa)
- apa-mā √3. (ind. p. -mā́ya
- Pāṇ. 6-4, 69) to measure off, measure AV. xix, 57, 6
- apa-māna m. (or n.), (√man), disrespect, contempt, disgrace
- apa-mānita mfn. dishonoured, disgraced ŚāṅkhGṛ. &c
- apa-mānin mfn. dishonouring, despising
- apa-mānya mfn. disreputable, dishonourable
- apa-mārga m. a by-way Pañcat
- apa-mítya apa-√me
- apa-mukha mfn. having the face averted Pāṇ. 6-2, 186
- having an ill-formed face or mouth ib
- (am), ind. except the face, &c. ib
- apa-mūrdhan mfn. headless
- apa-√mṛj cl. 2. P. Ā. -mārṣṭi (I. pl. -mṛjmahe
- Imper. 2. du. -mṛjethām) to wipe off, remove AV. ŚBr. &c
- apa-mārga m. wiping off, cleaning Śiś
- apa-mārjana n. cleansing
- a cleansing remedy, detergent Suśr
- (mfn.) wiping off, moving away, destroying BhP
- apa-mṛṣṭa mfn. wiped off, cleansed VS. &c
- apa-mṛtyu m. sudden or accidental death
- a great danger or illness (from which a person recovers)
- apa-mṛtyu-kāraṇa-parīkṣā f. post-mortem examination L
- apa-mṛṣita unintelligible (as a speech) Pāṇ. 1-2, 20 Sch
- apa-√me cl. 1. Ā. -mayate (ind. p. -mitya, or -māya) to be in debt to, owe Pāṇ. 3-4, 19 Sch
- apa-mítya n. debt AV. vi, 117, 1 ĀśvŚr
- ápa-√myakṣ (Imper. 2. sg. -myakṣa) to keep off from (abl.) RV. ii, 28, 6
- ápa-mlukta mfn. (√mluc), retired, hidden RV. x, 52, 4
- apa-√yaj (i. pl. -yajāmasi) to drive off by means of a sacrifice Kauś
- apa-yaśas as n. disgrace, infamy
- ○kara mfn. occasioning infamy, disgraceful
- apa-√yā to go away, depart, retire from (abl.)
- to fall off: Caus. -yāpayati, to carry away by violence BhP
- apa-yāta mfn. gone away, having retired
- apa-yātavya n. impers. to be gone away Kathās
- apa-yāna n. retreat, flight
- (in astron.) declination
- apa-yu √1. -yuyoti (Imper. 2. sg. -yuyodhi, 2. pl. -yuyotana) to repel, disjoin RV
- apa-√yuj Ā. -yuṅkte, to loose one's self or be loosened from (abl.) ŚBr
- a-para mfn. having nothing beyond or after, having no rival or superior
- ○vát mfn. having nothing following ŚBr. = 1
- ○s-para mfn. 'not reciprocal, not one (by) the other', only in comp. with -sambhūta mfn. not produced one by the other Bhag
- á-parâdhina mfn. not dependent on another ŚBr
- a-parârdhya mfn. without a maximum, unlimited in number ĀśvŚr. [Page 50, Column]
- ápara mf(ā)n. (fr. ápa), posterior, later, latter (opposed to pū́rva
- often in comp.)
- following
- western
- inferior, lower (opposed to pára)
- other, another (opposed to svá)
- different (with abl.)
- being in the west of
- distant, opposite. Sometimes apara is used as a conjunction to connect words or sentences, e.g. aparaṃ-ca, moreover
- m. the hind foot of an elephant Śiś
- (ā), f. the west L
- the hind quarter of an elephant L
- the womb L
- (ī́), f. (used in the pl.) or (ám) [RV. vi, 33,], n. the future RV. ŚBr
- (áparam āV. or aparám ṛV.), ind. in future, for the future
- (aparam), ind. again, moreover PārGṛ. Pañcat
- in the west of (abl.) KātyŚr
- (eṇa), ind. (with acc.) behind, west, to the west of KātyŚr. [Goth. and Old Germ. afar, and the Mod. Germ. aber, in such words as āber-mal, āber-witś]
- ○kānyakubja m. N. of a village in the western part of Kānyakubja Pāṇ. 7-3, 14 Sch
- ○kāya m. the hind part of the body
- ○kāla m. a later period KātyŚr
- ○godāna n. (in Buddhist cosmogony) a country west of the Mahā-meru
- ○já mfn. born later VS
- ○jana sg. or pl. m. inhabitants of the west GopBr. KātyŚr
- ○tā f. distance
- posteriority (in place or time)
- opposition, contrariety, relativeness
- nearness
- ○tra ind. in another place
- (eka-tra, aparatra, in one place, in the other place Pāṇ. 6-1, 194 Sch.)
- ○tva n. = -tā, q.v
- ○dakṣiṇam ind. south-west, (g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi, q.v.)
- ○nidāgha m. the latter part of the summer
- ○pakṣá m. the latter half of the month ŚBr
- the other or opposing side, the defendant
- ○pakṣīya mfn. belonging to the latter half of the month, (g. gahâdi, q.v.)
- ○pañcāla m. pl. the western Pañcālas Pāṇ. 6-2, 103 Sch
- ○para m. (ās or e) fn. pl. one and the other, various Pāṇ. 6-1, 144 Sch
- ○puruṣá m. a descendant ŚBr. x
- ○praṇeya mfn. easily led by others, tractable
- ○bhāva m. after-existence, succession, continuation Nir
- ○rātrá m. the latter half of the night, the end of the night, the last watch
- ○loka m. another world, paradise
- ○vaktrā f. a kind of metre of four lines (having every two lines the same)
- ○vat 1. a-para
- ○varṣā ās f. pl. the latter part of the rains
- ○śarad f. the latter part of the autumn
- ○śvas ind. the day after to-morrow Gobh
- ○sakthá n. the hind thigh ŚBr
- ○sad mfn. being seated behind PBr. -2
- ○s-para mfn. pl. one after the other Pāṇ. 6-1, 144
- ○svastika n. the western point in the horizon
- ○hemanta m. n. the latter part of winter
- ○haimana mfn. belonging to the latter half of the winter season Pāṇ. 7-3, 11 Sch
- aparâgni ī m. du. the southern and the western fire (of a sacrifice) KātyŚr
- aparânta mfn. living at the western border
- m. the western extremity, the country or the inhabitants of the western border
- the extreme end or term
- 'the latter end', death
- aparântaka mf(ikā)n. living at the western border VarBṛS. &c
- (ikā), f. a metre consisting of four time sixteen mātrās
- (am), n. N. of a song Yājñ
- aparântajñāna n. prescience of one's latter end
- aparâpara m(ās or e)fn. pl. another and another, various L
- aparârka m. the oldest known commentator of Yājñavalkya's law-book
- aparârka-candrikā f. the name of his comment
- aparârdha m. the latter the second half
- aparâhṇá m. afternoon, the last watch of the day
- aparâhṇaka mfn. 'born in the afternoon', a proper name Pāṇ. 4-3, 28
- aparâhṇa-tana ḻ. or mfn. belonging to or produced at the close of the day
- aparâhṇetana [Pāṇ. 4-3, 2], mfn. belonging to or produced at the close of the day
- aparêtarā f. opposite to or other than the west, the east L
- aparedyús ind. on the following day MaitrS. &c
- apa-√rañj -rajyate, to become unfavourable to MBh. Kir. ii, 49
- apa-rakta mfn. having a changed colour, grown pale Śāk
- unfavourable VarBṛS
- apa-rāga m. aversion, antipathy Mn. vii, 154
- apa-rata mfn. (√ram), turned off from, unfavourable to (abl.) Nir
- resting BhP
- apa-rava m. contest, dispute
- discord
- aparavôjjhita mfn. free from dispute, undisturbed, undisputed
- a-paraspara 1. a-para
- aparas-para 2. ápara. [Page 51, Column]
- a-parāṅ-mukha mfn. with unaverted face, not turned away from (gen.) Ragh
- á-parājayin mfn. never losing (at play) TBr
- á-parājita mf(ā)n. unconquered, unsurpassed RV. &c
- m. a poisonous insect Suśr
- Vishṇu
- Śiva
- one of the eleven Rudras Hariv
- a class of divinities (constituting one portion of the so-called Anuttara divinities of the Jainas)
- N. of a serpent-demon MBh
- of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP
- of a mythical sword Kathās
- (ā), f. (with diś) the northeast quarter AitBr. &c
- Durgā
- several plants, Clitoria Ternatea, Marsilea Quadrifolia, Sesbania AEgyptiaca
- a species of the Śarkari metre (of four lines, each containing fourteen syllables)
- á-parājiṣṇu mfn. unconquerable, invincible ŚBr. xiv
- apa-√rādh -rādhyati, or -rādhnoti, to miss (one's alm, &c.) AV. &c
- to wrong, offend against (gen. or loc.)
- to offend, sin
- apa-rāddha mfn. having missed
- having offended, sinned
- criminal, guilty
- erring
- ○pṛṣatka or m. an archer whose arrows miss the mark L
- aparāddhêṣu m. an archer whose arrows miss the mark L
- ápa-rāddhi f. wrong, mistake ŚBr
- apa-rāddhṛ mfn. offending, an offender
- apa-rādha m. offence, transgression, fault
- mistake
- aparādhaṃ √1: kṛ, to offend any one (gen.)
- ○bhañjana m. 'sin-destroyer', N. of Śiva
- ○bhañjana-stotra n. a poem of Saṅkarācārya (in praise of Śiva)
- apa-rādhin mfn. offending
- criminal
- guilty
- apa-rādhi-tā f. or criminality, guilt
- apa-rādhi-tva n. criminality, guilt
- a-parāparaṇá m. not having descendants or offspring AV. xii, 5, 45
- á-parābhāva m. the state of not succumbing or not breaking down TBr
- á-parābhūta mfn. not succumbing, not breaking down ŚBr
- a-parāmṛṣṭa mfn. untouched
- á-parāsikta mfn. not poured on one's side, not spilled (as the semen virile) ŚBr
- á-parāhata mfn. not driven off AV. xviii, 4, 38
- a-parikalita mfn. unknown, unseen
- a-parikrama mfn. not walking about, unable to walk round R. ii, 63, 42
- a-parikrāmam ind. without going about, standing still KātyŚr
- a-pariklinna mfn. not moist, not liquid, dry
- a-parigaṇya mfn. incalculable
- a-parigata mfn. unobtained, unknown Kād
- a-parigraha m. not including Comm. on TPrāt
- non-acceptance, renouncing (of any possession besides the necessary utensils of ascetics) Jain
- deprivation, destitution, poverty
- (mfn.), destitute of possession
- destitute of attendants or of a wife Kum. i, 54
- a-parigrāhya mfn. unfit or improper to be accepted, not to be taken
- a-paricayin mfn. (√2. ci), having no acquaintances, misanthropic
- a-paricita mfn. unacquainted with, unknown to
- a-pariceya mfn. unsociable
- a-paricchada mfn. (√chad), without retinue, unprovided with necessaries Mn. viii, 405
- a-paricchanna mfn. uncovered, unclothed
- a-paricchādita mfn. id
- a-paricchinna mfn. without interval or division, uninterrupted, continuous
- connected
- unlimited
- undistinguished
- a-pariccheda m. want of distinction or division
- want of discrimination Śāk., want of judgment, continuance. [Page 51, Column]
- a-parijyāni f. 'not falling into decay', iṣṭāpūrtasyâparijyāni f. N. of a sacrificial ceremony AitBr
- a-pariṇayana n. (√nī), non-marriage, celibacy
- a-pariṇītā f. an unmarried woman
- a-pariṇāma m. (√nam), unchangeableness
- ○darśin mfn. not providing for a change, improvident
- a-parināmin mfn. unchanging
- a-paritoṣa mfn. unsatisfied, discontented Śāk
- a-paripakva mfn. not quite ripe (as fruits, or a tumour ṣuśr.)
- not quite mature
- á-paripara mfn. not going by a tortuous course AV. xviii, 2, 46 MaitrS
- á-paribhinna mfn. not broken into small pieces, not crumbled ŚBr
- á-parimāṇa mfn. without measure, immeasurable, immense
- (am), n. immeasurableness
- á-parimita mfn. unmeasured, either indefinite or unlimited AV. ŚBr. &c
- ○guṇa-gaṇa mfn. of unbounded excellences
- ○dhā ind. into an unlimited number of pieces or parts MaitrUp
- ○vidha (áparimita-), mfn. indefinitely multiplied ŚBr
- áparimitâlikhita mfn. having an indefinite number of lines ŚBr. KātyŚr
- a-parimeya mfn. immeasurable, illimitable
- á-parimoṣa m. not stealing TS
- a-parimlāna m. 'not withering, not decaying', the plant Gomphrenea Globosa
- a-pariyāṇi f. inability to walk about (used in execrations) Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 Kāś
- a-parilopa m. non-loss
- non-damage RPrāt
- á-parivargam ind. without leaving out, uninterruptedly, completely TS. TBr. ĀpŚr
- a-parivartanīya mfn. not to be exchanged
- a-parivādya mfn. (√vad), not to be reprimanded Gaut
- á-pariviṣṭa mfn. not enclosed, unbounded RV. ii, 13, 8
- á-parivīta mfn. (√vye), not covered ŚBr
- a-parivṛta mfn. not hedged in or fenced Mn. and Gaut. (cf. á-parīvṛta.)
- a-pariśeṣa mfn. not leaving a remainder, all-surrounding, all-enclosing, Sāṅkhyak
- a-pariślatham ind. not loosely, very firmly Uttarar
- a-pariṣkāra m. want of polish or finish
- coarseness, rudeness
- a-pariṣkṛta mfn. unpolished, unadorned, coarse
- a-parisamāptika mfn. not ending, endless Comm. on BṛĀrUp
- a-parisara mfn. non-contiguous, distant
- a-pariskandam ind. so as not to jump or leap about Bhaṭṭ
- a-pariharaṇīya mfn. not to be avoided, inevitable
- not to be abandoned or lost
- not to be degraded
- a-parihārya mfn. id. Gaut. &c
- a-parihāṇa or a-parhāṇa n. the state of not being deprived of anything, KaushBr
- á-parihvṛta mfn. unafflicted, not endangered RV. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-2, 32.) [Page 51, Column]
- a-parī7kṣita mfn. untried, unproved
- not considered, inconsiderate
- á-parī7ta mfn. unobstructed, irresistible RV
- m. N. of a people (vḷ.)
- á-parīvṛta mfn. (√1. vṛ), unsurrounded RV. ii, 10, 3 (cf. a-parivṛta.)
- apa-rudh √2. to expel, drive out (from possession or dominion) RV. x, 34, 2 & 3 AV. &c.: Desid. Pass. p. apa-rurutsyamāna, wished or intended to be expelled Kāṭh
- apa-roddhṛ́ ā m. one who keeps another off, a repeller TS
- apa-rodha m. exclusion, prohibition (an- neg.) KātyŚr
- apa-ródhuka mfn. detaining, hindering MaitrS
- a-paruṣa mf(ā)n. not harsh
- ápa-rūpa n. monstrosity, deformity AV. xii, 4, 9
- (mfn.), deformed, ill-looking, odd-shaped L
- apare-dyús 2. ápara
- a-parokṣu mfn. not invisible
- perceptible
- (am), ind. (with gen.) in the sight of
- (áparokṣāt), ind. perceptibly, manifestly ŚBr. xiv
- aparokṣaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make perceptible L
- to take a view of (acc.) MBh
- a-parṇá mfn. leafless TS
- (ā), f. 'not having even leaves (for food during her religious austerities)', N. of Durgā or Pārvatī Kum. v, 28
- apa-rtú (ṝtu), mfn. untimely, unseasonable AV. iii, 28, 1
- not corresponding to the season (as rain) BhP
- (us), m. not the right time, not the season Gaut. Āp
- (u), ind. not in correspondence with the season Gaut
- a-paryantá mfn. unbounded, unlimited ŚBr. x, xiv, &c
- a-paryāpta mfn. (√āp), incomplete
- unable, incompetent, insufficient
- not enough
- unlimited, unbounded L
- ○vat mfn. not competent to (Inf.) Ragh. xvi, 28
- a-paryāya m. want of order or method
- a-paryāsita mfn. (Caus. perf. Pass. p. √2. as), not thrown down or annihilated Kir.i, 41
- a-parván a n. not a point of junction RV. iv, 19, 3
- a day which is not a parvan (a day in the lunar month, as the full and change of the moon, and the eighth and fourteenth of each half month), (mfn.), without a joint
- aparva-daṇḍa m. a kind of sugar-cane
- aparva-bhaṅga-nipuṇa mfn. skilled in breaking a passage where there is no joint (i.e. where there is no possibility of bending) Kām
- a-párvaka mfn. jointless ŚBr
- a-parhāṇa = a-parihāṇa, q.v
- apala n. a pin or bolt L
- a-pala mfn. fleshless
- apa-√lap to explain away, to deny, conceal: Caus. Ā. -lapayate, to outwit Bhaṭṭ
- apa-lapana n. denial or concealment of knowledge, evasion, turning off the truth, detraction
- concealing, hiding
- affection, regard L
- the part between the shoulder and the ribs Suśr
- apa-lapita mfn. denied, concealed
- suppressed, embezzled Comm. on Mn. viii, 400
- apa-lāpa as, m.= apa-lapana
- ○daṇḍa m. a fine imposed on one who denies or evades (in law)
- apa-lāpin mfn. one who denies, evades or conceals (with gen.)
- a-palāla m. N. of a Rakshas
- a-palāśá mfn. leafless RV. x, 27, 14
- apa-lāṣikā (or apa-lāsikā), f. thirst L
- apa-lāṣin mfn. free from desire Pāṇ. 3-2, 144. [Page 52, Column]
- apa-lāṣuka mfn. free from desire Pāṇ. 6-2, 160 Sch
- apa-√likh (Subj. -likhāt) to scrape off AV. xiv, 2, 68
- á-palita mfn. not grey AV
- apa-lupam ind. (according to Pāṇ. 3-4, 12 Sch.) Ved. Inf. of apa-√lup, to cut off
- á-palpūlana-kṛta mfn. not soaked or macerated ŚBr
- apa-vaktṛ́ tā m. 'speaking away', warning off, averting RV. i, 24, 8 AV. v, 15, 1
- apa-vācana n. an-apavācaná
- ápa-vat s.v. 2. áp
- apa-√vad P. to revile, abuse TBr. &c
- to distract, divert, console by tales PārGṛ. Yājñ
- (in Gr.) to except RPrāt
- (Ā. only) to disown, deny, contradict Pāṇ. 1-3, 77 Sch.: Caus. -vādayati, to oppose as unadvisable
- to revile
- (in Gr.) to except RPrāt
- apa-vadamāna mfn. reviling, speaking ill of (dat.) Bhaṭṭ
- apa-vāda m. evil speaking, reviling, blaming, speaking ill of (gen.)
- denial, refutation, contradiction
- a special rule setting aside a general one, exception (opposed to utsarga Pāṇ. 3-1, 94 Sch.) RPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch
- order, command Kir
- a peculiar noise made by hunters to entice deer Śiś. vi, 9
- ○pratyaya m. an exceptional affix Pāṇ. 3-1, 94 Sch
- ○sthala n. oase for a special rule or exception Pāṇ. Sch
- apa-vādaka mfn. reviling, blaming, defaming
- opposing, objecting to, excepting, excluding Comm. on TPrāt
- apa-vādita mfn. blamed
- opposed, objected to
- apa-vādin mfn. blaming Śāk
- apa-vādya mfn. to be censured
- to be excepted Comm. on TPrāt
- apa-√vadh (aor. -avadhīt) to cut off, split RV. x, 146, 4
- to repel, avert VS. ŚBr
- a-pavana mfn. without air, sheltered from wind
- apa-vana n. a grove L
- apa-vap √2. (Subj. 2. sg. -vapas [Padap. -vapa]
- impf. 2. sg. -ávapas, 3. sg. -ávapat) to disperse, drive off, destroy RV. AV. TS
- apa-varaka &c. apa- √1. vri
- apa-varga &c. apa-√vṛj
- apa-varta &c. apa-√vrit
- apa-vas √2. (Subj. -ucchat, Imper. -ucchatu) to drive off by excessive brightness RV. AV
- to become extinct AV. iii, 7, 7
- apa-vāsá m. extinction, disappearance AV. iii, 7, 7, N. of a plant L
- apa-√vah to carry off
- to deduct
- to give up: Caus. -vāhayati, to have (something) carried off or taken away
- to drive away Daś. Pañcat
- apa-vāhá m. 'carrying off (water)', a channel TS
- 'carrying off', vasiṣṭhâpavāha, deduction, subtraction
- N. of a metre
- of a people
- apa-vāhaka m. deduction, subtraction
- apa-vāhana n. carrying off Hit. Daś
- subtraction
- apôdha s.v., p. 56, col. 3
- apa-√vā -vā́ti, to exhale, perspire, Rv. i, 162, 10, (Imper. -vātu) to blow off RV. viii, 18, 10
- apa-vāda &c. apa-√vad
- apa-vikṣata mfn. unwounded Śāk. (vḷ.)
- apa-vighna mfn. unobstructed, unimpeded
- (am), n. freedom from obstruction MBh. i, 6875
- apa-√vic cl. 7. -vinakti (impf. ápâvinak) to single out from, select AV. ŚBr
- cl. 3. -vevekti id. Kauś
- a-pavitra mf(ā) n. impure
- apa-viddha apa-√vyadh. [Page 52, Column]
- apa-√viś Caus. (Imper. 2. sg. -veśayā) to send away AV. ix, 2, 25
- apa-viṣā f. 'free from poison', the grass Kyllingia Monocephala
- apa-viṣṇu ind. except or without Vishṇu
- apa-√vī -veti, to turn away from, be unfavourable to RV. v, 61, 18 and x, 43, 2
- apa-vīṇa mfn. having a bad or no lute Pāṇ. 6-2, 187
- (ā), f. a bad lute ib
- (am), ind. without a lute ib
- á-pavīra-vat mfn. not armed with a lance RV. x, 60, 3
- apa-vṛ √1. (impf. 2. sg. ápâvṛṇos, 3. sg. ápâvṛṇot
- Subj. -varat
- aor. 2. and 3. sg. -āvar [Padap. -avar], 3. sg. Ā. -avṛta
- aor. Subj. 1. sg. -vam [for varm RV. x, 28,], 3. sg. -var, 3. pl. -vran, Imper. 2. sg. in ṛV. once ápa vṛdhi and five times ápā vṛdhi [cf. apā- √1. vṛ and ib. ápā-vṛta]
- perf. 2. sg. -vavártha, 3. sg. -vavāra) to open, uncover, exhibit RV
- (ind. p. -vṛtya) ŚBr. xiv
- (cf. apā- √1 vṛ): Caus. -vārayati, 'to hide, conceal', apa-vārita
- apa-varaka m. an inner apartment, lying in chamber Kathās
- apa-varaṇa n. covering L
- garment L
- apa-vartṛ́ tā́, m.one who opens RV. iv, 20, 8
- apa-vārana n. covering, concealment L
- apa-vārita mfn. covered, concealed Mṛicch. &c., (am), ind. (in theatrical language) secretly, apart, aside (speaking so that only the addressed person may hear, opposed to prakāśam) Sāh
- apa-vāritakena ind. = apa-vāritam
- apa-vārya ind. p. = apa-vāritam
- apa-√vṛj Ā. -vriṅkte (Imper. 2 . sg. -vṛṅkṣva
- Subj. 1. sg. -vṛṇájai
- aor.P.3. sg. ápâvṛk) to turn off, drive off AV. ŚBr
- to tear off AV
- (with ádhvānam) carpere viam Bṛ. RV. x, 117, 7
- to leave off, determine, fulfil ŚBr. &c.: Caus. -varjayati, to quit, get rid of
- to sever, turn off from to transmit, bestow, grant MBh. &c
- apa-varga m. completion, end (e.g. pañcâpavarga, coming to an end in five days) KātyŚr. &c
- the emancipation of the soul from bodily existence, exemption from further transmigration
- final beatitude BhP. &c
- gift, donation ĀśvŚr
- restriction (of a rule) Suśr. Śulb
- ○da mf(ā)n. conferring final beatitude
- apa-varjana n. completion, discharging a debt or obligation Hariv
- transmitting, giving in marriage (a daughter) MBh
- final emancipation or beatitude L
- abandoning L
- apa-varjanīya mfn. to be avoided
- apa-varjita mfn. abandoned, quitted, got rid of, given or cast away
- made good (as a promise), discharged (as a debt)
- apa-varjya ind. p. excepting, except
- apa-vṛkta mfn. finished, completed
- apa-vṛkti f. fulfilment, completion
- apa-√vṛt to turn away, depart
- to move out from, get out of the way, slip off: Caus. P. (Ved. Imper. 2. sg. -vartayā) to turn or drive away from RV. ii, 23, 7 &c
- (in arithm.) to divide
- to reduce to a common measure
- apa-varta m. (in arithm. or alg.) reduction to a common measure
- the divisor (which is applied to both or either of the quantities of an equation)
- apa-vartaka m. a common measure L
- apa-vartana n. taking away, removal Suśr
- ademption Mn. ix, 79
- reduction of a fraction to its lowest terms, division without remainder
- divisor
- apa-vartita mfn. taken away
- removed
- divided by a common measure without remainder
- apa-vṛtta mfn. reversed, inverted, overturned, finished carried to the end (perhaps for apa-vṛkta) ŚāṅkhŚr. KātyŚr. &c
- (am), n. (in astron.) ecliptic
- apa-vṛtti f. slipping off, end L
- apa-√ve (Imper. 2. sg. -vaya) to unweave what has been woven RV. x, 130, 1
- apa-√ven (Subj. 2 sg. -venas) to turn away from, be unfavourable to AV. iv, 8, 2
- apa-√veṣṭ Caus. -veṣṭayati, to strip off PBr. [Page 52, Column]
- apa-√vyadh (Subj. 3. du. -vidhyatām) to drive away, throw away RV. vii, 75, 4, &c
- to pierce (with arrows) MBh
- to reject, neglect
- apa-viddha mfn. pierced
- thrown away, rejected, dismissed, removed
- ○putra m. a son rejected by his natural parents and adopted by a stranger Mn. Yājñ
- one of the twelve objects of filiation in law
- ○loka mfn. 'who has given up the world', dead BhP
- apa-vedha m. piercing anything in the wrong direction or manner (spoiling a jewel by so piercing it) Mn. xi, 286
- apa-vyaya m. (√i), prodigality L
- apa-vyayamāna mfn. apa-√vye
- apa-vy-ā-dā √1. ( vy-ā- √1. dā), to open (the lips) ŚBr
- apa-vy-ā-√hṛ (Pot. -haret) to speak wrongly or unsuitably ŚBr. KātyŚr
- apa-√vye P. Ā. -vyayati (1. sg. -vyaye) to uncover RV. vii, 81, 1 AV.: Ā. (pr. p. -vyayamāna) to extricate one's self, deny Mn
- apa-√vraj to go away ĀśvŚr
- ápa-vrata mfn. disobedient, unfaithful RV
- perverse RV. v, 40, 6
- (x, 103, additional verse,= ) AV. iii, 2, 6 = VS. xvii, 47
- apa-śakuna n. a bad omen
- apa-śaṅka mfn. fearless, having no fear or hesitation
- (am), ind. fearlessly Śiś
- apa-śabda m. bad or vulgar speech
- any form of language not Sanskṛit
- ungrammatical language
- (apa-bhraṃśa.)
- apa-śama m. cessation L
- a-paśavyá a-paśu
- apa-śātaya (cf. √śad), Nom. P. (Imper. 2. sg. -śātaya) to throw or shoot off (an arrow) AV
- ápa-śiras "ṣBr. xiv or apa-śīrṣa, or ápa-śīrṣan "ṣBr. xiv mfn. headless
- apa-√śiṣ to leave out ŚBr
- á-paśu m. not cattle, i.e. cattle not fit to be sacrificed TS. ŚBr
- ○han (á-paśu-), mf(ghnī)n. not killing cattle AV. xiv, 1, 62
- a-paśú^ mfn. deprived of cattle, poor TS. ŚBr
- having no victim ĀśvGṛ
- ○tā (apaśú-), f. want of cattle MaitrS
- a-paśavyá mfn. not fit or useful for cattle TBr. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhGṛ
- apa-śuc k m. (√1. śuc), 'without sorrow', the soul L
- apa-śoka mfn. sorrowless Ragh
- m. the tree Jonesia Asoka
- apa-śuc √2. Intens.p. -śóśucat mfn. driving off by flames RV. i, 97, 1
- á-paścā-daghvan [SV. AV. xix, 55,] or better á-paścād-daghvan [RV. vi, 42, 1 MaitrS.], mfn. not staying behind, not coming short of, not being a loser
- a-paścima mfn. not having another in the rear, last, not the last
- apa-√śnath (aor. Imper. 2. pl -śnathiṣṭana) to push away, repel RV. ix, 101, 1
- a-paśyá mfn. not seeing RV. i, 148, 5
- á-paśyat mfn. id. RV. x, 135, 3
- (in astron.) not being in view of VarBṛ
- not noticing
- not considering, not caring for Yājñ. ii, 3
- a-paśyanā f. not seeing Buddh
- apa-√śri to retire from Lāṭy
- apa-śrayá m. a bolster AV. xv, 3, 8
- ápa-śrita mfn. retired from, retreated, absconded RV. AV. ŚBr
- apa-śrī mfn. deprived of beauty Śiś
- apa-√śvas cl. 2. P. -śvasiti, used to explain apâniti (cf. apân) Comm. on ChUp. [Page 53, Column]
- apa-śvāsa as. m. one of the five vital airs ( apâna) L
- apa-ṣṭha as, am m. n. (√sthā), the end or point of the hook for driving an elephant Pāṇ. 8-3, 97 (cf. apāṣṭhá.)
- apa-ṣṭhu mfn. contrary, opposite L
- perverse L
- left L
- (u), ind. perversely, badly Śiś. xv, 17 (v. l. um)
- properly L
- handsomely L
- (us), m. time L
- apa-ṣṭhura or mfn. opposite, contrary L
- ○ṣṭhula mfn. opposite, contrary L
- ápas as n. (fr. 1. áp), work, action, especially sacred act, sacrificial act RV. [Lat. opus.]
≫apas
- apás mfn. active, skilful in any art RV
- (ásas), f. pl., N. of the hands and fingers (when employed in kindling the sacred fire and in performing the sacrifices) RV
- of the three goddesses of sacred speech RV. VS
- of the active or running waters RV. AV
- ○tama (apás-), mfn. (superl.), most active RV
- most rapid RV. x, 75, 7
- ○pati m. N. of a son of Uttānapāda VP
- apasya Nom. P. (Subj. ○syā́t) to be active RV. i, 121, 7
- apasyā́ f. activity RV. v, 44, 8 ; vii, 45, 2 (cf. sv-apasyā́, for 2. apasyā́, 2. apasyá below.)
- apasyú mfn. active RV
- apás mfn. (fr. 2. áp), watery. (So some passages of the Ṛig-veda [i, 95, 4, &c.] may (according to NBD. and others) be translated where the word is applied to the running waters, 2. apás at end and apás-tama.)
- apasyá mf(sī́)n. watery, melting, dispersing RV. x, 89, 2 VS.x, 7
- (2. apasyā́), f. a kind of brick (twenty are used in building the sacrificial altar) ŚBr. KātyŚr
- apa-√sac (perf. Ā. 3. pl. -saścire, 1. pl.P. -saścima) to escape, evade (with acc.) RV. v, 20, 2 VS. xxxviii, 20
- apa-sada m. the children of six degrading marriages (of a Brāhman with the women of the three lower classes, of a Kshatriya with women of the two lower, and of a Vaiśya with one of the Śūdra Mn. x, 10 seqq., but MBh. xiii, 2620 seqq. and apadhvaṃsa-ja), an outcast (often ifc
- brāhmaṇâpasada)
- apa-samam ind. last year (? g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi, q.v.)
- apa-sarjana n. (√sṛj), abandonment L
- gift or donation L
- final emancipation of the soul L. (cf. apa-√vṛj.)
- apa-salaví ind. to the left (opposed to pra-salaví, cf. ava-salavi) ŚBr
- the space between the thumb and the forefinger (sacred to the Manes)
- apa-salaiḥ ind. to the left ĀśvGṛ
- apa-savya mfn. not on the left side, right Mn. iii, 214
- (with auguries) from the right to the left, moving to the left MBh. VarBṛS. &c
- (am, ena), ind. to the left, from the right to the left KātyŚr. &c
- apasavyaṃ√kṛ = pradakṣiṇaṃ kṛ, to circumambulate a person keeping the right side towards him, Kaus. &c
- to put the sacred thread over the right shoulder Yājñ. i, 232
- apasavya-vat mfn. having the sacred thread over the right shoulder Yājñ. i, 250
- apa-siddhānta m. an assertion or statement opposed to orthodox teaching or to settled dogma Nyāyad. &c
- apa-√sidh (Imper. 2. sg. -sédha, or -sédha, 3. sg. -sedhatu, 3. pl. -sedhantu
- pr. p. -sédhat) to ward off, remove, drive away RV. &c
- apa-√sū (1. sg. -suvāmi
- Imper. 2. sg. -suva
- aor. Subj. -sāviṣat) to drive off RV. x, 37, 4 and 100, 8 AV. VS
- apa-√sṛ (impf. -sarat) to slip off from (abl.) RV. iv, 30, 10
- to go away, retreat: Caus. -sārayati, to make or let go away, remove
- apa-sara m. (in geom.) distance
- anapasara
- apa-saraṇa n. going away retreating
- apa-sāra m. a way for going out, escape Mṛicch. Pañcat
- apa-sāraṇa n. removing to a distance
- dismissing
- banishment Mcar. [Page 53, Column]
- apa-sārita mfn. removed, put away
- apa-sṛti f. = apa-sara
- apa-√sṛp to glide or move off
- to retreat
- apa-sarpa m. a secret emissary or agent, spy Bālar
- apa-sarpaṇa n. going back, retreating
- apa-sṛpti f. going away from (abl.)
- apa-skambhá m. fastening, making firm AV. iv, 6, 4
- apa-√skṝ apa- √3. kṝ
- apa-skara m. any part of a carriage, a wheel, &c. Pāṇ. 6-1, 149
- faeces (cf. avaskara) Vet
- anus L
- vulva L
- apa-skāra m. under part of the knee L
- apa-skhalá m. slipping ['outside of a threshing-floor' Sāy.] ŚBr
- apás-tama 2. apás
- apa-stamba m. a vessel inside or on one side of the chest containing vital air Bhpr
- apa-stambha m. id. Suśr
- apa-stambhinī f. N. of a plant
- apa-snāta mfn. bathing during mourning or upon the death of a relation R. ii, 42, 22
- apa-snāna n. funeral bathing (upon the death of a relative, &c.) L
- impure water in which a person has previously washed Mn. iv, 132
- apas-pati 2. apás
- apa-√spṛ Ā. (impf. 3. pl. -spṛṇvata) to extricate from, deliver from, KaushBr
- (3. pl. -spṛṇvaté) to refresh [Gmn
- 'to alienate' BR.] RV. viii, 2, 5
- apa-spṛś án-apaspṛś
- apa-sphiga mfn. one who has badly formed buttocks Pāṇ. 6-2, 187
- (am), ind. except the buttocks ib
- apa-√sphur (aor. Subj. 2. sg. -spharīs) to move suddenly aside or to lash out (as a cow during milking) RV. vi, 61, 14
- apa-sphúr mfn. bounding or bursting forth, (or figuratively) splashing out (said of the Soma) RV. viii, 69, 10 (cf. án-apasphur, &c.)
- apa-smāra m. epilepsy, falling sickness Suśr. &c
- apa-smārin mfn. epileptic, convulsed Mn. &c
- apa-smṛti mfn. forgetful BhP
- absent in mind, confused ib
- apasya apasyú, apas
- apa-svara m. an unmusical note or sound L
- apa-svāna m. a hurricane Āp
- apa-√han (Subj. 3. sg. -han
- Imper. 2. sg. -jahí, 2. du. -hatam
- 2. pl. -hatā́, or -hata
- perf. -jaghā́na
- pr. p. -ghnát
- Intens. p. nom. m. -jáṅghanat) to beat off, ward off, repel, destroy RV. &c
- apa-ghā́ta
- apa-jighāṃsu s.v
- apa-ha mfn. ifc. keeping back, repelling, removing, destroying (e.g. śokâpaha, q.v.)
- ápa-hata mfn. destroyed, warded off, killed
- ○pāpman (ápahata-), mfn. having the evil warded off, free from evil ŚBr
- apa-hati f. removing, destroying AitBr. &c
- apa-hanana n. warding off (cf. apa-ghā́ta s.v.)
- apa-hantṛ́ mf(trī Ragh.) n. beating off, destroying ŚBr. &c
- apa-hara &c. apa-√hṛ
- apa-hala mfn. having a bad plough Pāṇ. 6-2, 187 Sch
- apa-√has to deride: Caus. -hāsayati, to deride, ridicule
- apa-hasita n. silly or causeless laughter Sāh
- apa-hāsa m. id. L
- a mocking laugh R
- apa-hāsya mfn. to be laughed at R. [Page 53, Column]
- apa-hasta n. striking or throwing away or off MBh. iii, 545 ['the back of the hand' Comm.]
- apa-hastaya Nom. P. ○yati, to throw away, push aside, repel, (generally used in the perf. Pass. p.)
- apa-hastita mfn. thrown away, repelled, Mālatim. &c
- apa-hā √2. Ā. -jihīte (aor.3.pl. -ahāsata Subj. 1. pl. -hāsmahi), to run away from (abl.) or off RV
- apa-hā √3. Ā. (aor. Subj. 2. sg. -hāsthāḥ) to remain behind, fall short, not reach the desired end AV. xviii, 3, 73: Pass. -hīyate, to grow less, decrease (in strength, balam) Suśr
- apa-hāni f. diminishing, vanishing Up
- apa-hāya ind. p. quitting MBh. &c
- leaving, avoiding, Harív
- leaving out of view, Sāk. &c
- excepting, except Ragh
- apa-√hi to throw off, disengage or deliver one's self from (acc.) BhP
- ápa-hiṃ-kāra mfn. without the syllable him (which is pronounced in singing the Sāma verses) ŚBr
- apa-√hṛ to snatch away, carry off, plunder
- to remove, throw away: Caus. -hārayati, apa-hārita below
- apa-hara mfn. (ifc.) carrying off Bhām
- apa-haraṇa n. taking away, carrying off
- stealing Mn
- apa-haraṇīya mfn. to be taken away, carried off, stolen, &c
- apa-haras mfn. not pernicious PBr
- apa-hartṛ tā m. (with gen. [Mn. viii, 190, 19] or acc. [Pāṇ. 3-2, 135 Sch.] or ifc.) taking away, carrying off, stealing Mn. &c
- removing (faults), expiating Mn. xi, 161
- apa-hāra m. taking away, stealing
- spending another person's property
- secreting, concealment, e.g. ātmâpahāraṃ √1. kṛ, to conceal one's real character, Sāk
- apa-hāraka mfn. one who takes away, seizes, steals, &c
- a plunderer, a thief (cf. ātmâpahāraka, vāg apahāraka.)
- apa-hāraṇa n. causing to take away
- apa-hārita mfn. carried off R. Ragh. iii. 50
- apa-hārin mfn. = apa-hāraka
- apa-hṛta mfn. taken away, carried off, stolen, &c. -vijñāna, mfn. bereft of sense
- apa-hṛti f. carrying off
- apa-helā f. contempt L
- apa-√hnu Ā. (1. sg. -hnuvé) to refuse RV. i, 138, 4
- to conceal, disguise, deny Kāṭh. &c
- to excuse one's self, give satisfaction to ŚBr. TBr
- apa-hnavá m. concealment, denial of or turning off of the truth
- dissimulation, appeasing, satisfying ŚBr
- affection, love R
- = apa-hnuti Sāh
- apa-hnuta mfn. concealed, denied
- apa-hnuti f. 'denial, concealment of truth', using a simile in other than its true or obvious application Kpr. Sāh
- apa-hnuvāna mfn. pr. p. Ā. concealing, denying (any one, dat.) Naish
- apa-hnotṛ mfn. one who conceals or denies or disowns Comm. on Mn. viii, 190
- apa-hrāsa m. diminishing, reducing Suśr
- ápāk and 1. ápāka, ápāñc
- a-pāka mfn. (√pac), immature, raw, unripe (said of fruits and of sores)
- m. immaturity
- indigestion, Sutr
- ○ja mfn. not produced by cooking or ripening
- original
- natural
- ○śāka n. ginger
- a-pākin mfn. unripe
- undigested
- apâ-kṛ √1. to remove, drive away, (Ved. Inf. apấkartoḥ) MaitrS
- to cast off, reject, desist from MBh. &c
- to select for a present PBr. KātySr
- to reject (an opinion)
- apâ-karaṇa n. driving away, removal KātyŚr
- payment, liquidation. [Page 54, Column]
- apâ-kariṣṇu mfn. (with acc.) 'outdoing', surpassing
- apâ-karman a n. payment, liquidation
- apâ-kṛta mfn. taken away, removed, destroyed, void of
- paid
- apâ-kṛti f. taking away, removal RV. viii, 47, 2
- evil conduct, rebelling (Comm. = vikāra) Kir. i, 27
- apâ-√kṛṣ (Inf. -kraṣṭum) to turn off or away, avert, remove R. &c
- apâ-kṝ √1. to throw any one off
- to abandon, to contemn
- apâkṣa mfn. = adhy-akṣa, or praty-akṣa L
- a-pāṅkteya mfn. 'not in a line or row', not in the same class, inadmissible into society, ejected from caste Mn. &c
- a-pāṅktya mfn. id. Mn. Gaut
- apāṅktyôpahata mfn. defiled or contaminated by the presence of impure or improper person Mn. iii, 183
- apâṅga mfn. without limbs or without a body L
- m. (ifc. f. ā, or ī) the outer corner of the eye Śāk. &c
- a sectarial mark or circlet on the forehead R
- N. of Kāma (the god of love) L
- = apâmārgá L
- ○darśana n. or a side glance, a leer
- ○dṛṣṭi f. a side glance, a leer
- ○desa m. the place round the outer corner of the eye
- ○netra mf(ā)n. casting side glances Vikr
- apâṅgaka m. = apâmārgá
- apâc (√ac), (Imper. -aca) to drive away RV. ix, 9 7, 54
- apâj (√aj), (impf. -ājat
- p. apấjat
- Imper. 2. sg. -aja) to drive away RV. AitBr
- ápāñc āṅ, ācī, āk (fr. 2. añc), going or situated backwards, behind RV. and AV
- western (opposed to prāñc) ib
- southern L
≫apāk
- ápāk ind. westward RV. VS
- ○tás [AV. viii, 4, 19
- RV. vii, 104, 1] or
- ○tāt (ápāk-) [RV. vii, 104, 1], ind. from behind
- ápāka mfn. coming from a distant place, distant RV. VS
- (ā́t), ind. from a distant place RV. viii, 2, 35
- ○cakṣas (ápāka-), mfn. shining far RV. viii, 75, 7. For 2. a-pāka, p. 53, col. 3
- apākā́ (an old instr. case of 1. ápāñc), ind. far RV. i, 129, 1
- apācī f. the south L
- apācī7tarā f. 'other than the south', the north L
- apācīna mfn. situated backwards, behind, western RV. vii, 6, 4 and 78, 3 AV. vi, 91, 1, turned back L
- southern L
- apācyá (4), mfn. western RV. viii, 28, 3 AitBr
- southern L
- apâñjas (?) Pāṇ. 6-2, 187
- a-pāṭava n. awkwardness, inelegance L
- sickness, disease L
- a-pāṭhya mfn. illegible
- a-pāṇigrahaṇa n. celibacy
- a-pāṇi-pāda mfn. without hands and feet Up
- apâtī7 (√i), to escape (with acc.) GopBr
- a-pātra n. a worthless or common utensil, an undeserving or worthless object, unfit recipient, unworthy, to receive gifts Bhag. Kathās
- ○kṛtyā f. acting unbecomingly, doing degrading offices (as for a Brāhman to receive wealth improperly acquired, to trade, to serve a Śūdra, and to utter an untruth) Mn. xi, 125
- ○dāyin mfn. giving to the undeserving
- ○bhṛt mfn. supporting the unworthy, cherishing the undeserving
- a-pātrī-karana n. = a-pātra-kṛtyā Mn. xi, 69
- a-pā́d a-pád, p. 49, col. 2
- a-pāda mfn. not divided into Pādas not metrical
- a-pádâdi m. not the beginning of a Pāda VPrāt
- a-pādádi-bhāj mfn. not standing at the beginning of a Pāda RPrāt
- a-pādântīya mfn. not standing at the end of a Pāda
- a-pādáka mfn. footless TS
- á-pādya mf(ā)n. (or ápâdya?), N. of certain Ishtis (performed with the cavana vaiśvasṛja) TBr. [Page 54, Column]
- apâ-dā √1. Ā. to take off or away ŚBr. Kauś
- apâ-dātṛ́ tā m. one who takes off TBr
- apâ-dāna n. taking away, removal, ablation
- a thing from which another thing is removed
- hence the sense of the fifth or ablative case Pāṇ
- apâ-√dhā (Subj. 1. sg. -dadhāni) to take off, loosen from, KaushBr
- apâdhvan ā m. a bad road Pāṇ. 6-2, 187
- apân (√an), apâniti, or apânati [AV. xi, 4, 1], to breathe out, expire ŚBr. xiv ChUp
- pr. p. apânát mf(tī́)n. breathing out RV. x, 189, 2 AV
- apâná m. (opposed to prâṇá), that of the five vital airs which goes downwards and out at the anus
- the anus MBh. (in this sense also (am), n. L.)
- N. of a Sāman PBr
- ventris crepitus L
- ○dā́ mfn. giving the vital air Apāna VS. xvii, 15
- ○dṛ́h m(nom. -dhṛ́k)fn. strengthening the vital air Apāna TS
- ○dvāra n. the anus
- ○pavana m. the vital air Apāna L
- ○pā́ mfn. protecting the Apāna VS
- ○bhṛ́t f. 'cherishing the vital air', a sacrificial brick ŚBr
- ○vāyu m. the air Apāna L
- ventris crepitus L
- apānôdgāra m. ventris crepitus
- apā-√nud (the ā of apā always in the antepenultimate of a śloka, therefore apā metrically for apa, apa-√nud), to remove, repel, repudiate MBh. Mn
- apânṛta mfn. free from falsehood, true R. ii, 34, 38
- apântara-tamas ās m. N. of an ancient sage (who is identified with Kṛishṇa Dvaipāyana) MBh. Hariv
- apā́ṃ-nápāt &c. 2. áp
- a-pāpa mf(ā)n. sinless, virtuous, pure
- ○kāśin (á-pāpa-), mfn. not ill-looking VS
- ○kṛt (á-pāpa-), mfn. not committing sin ŚBr
- ○purī f. N. of a town
- also written pāpa-purī, q.v
- ○vasyasa (á-pāpa-), n. not a wrong order, no disorder ŚBr. (cf. pāpa-vasyasá.)
- ○viddha (á-pāpa-), mfn. not afflicted with evil VS. xl, 8
- á-pāmaṃ-bhaviṣṇu mfn. not becoming diseased with herpes MaitrS. (cf. pāmaṃ-bhaviṣṇú.)
- apâ-mārgá m. (√mṛj), the plant Achyranthes Aspera (employed very often in incantations, in medicine, in washing linen, and in sacrifices) AV. VS. &c
- apâ-mārjana n. cleansing, keeping back, removing (of disease and other evils)
- ○stotra n. 'removing of diseases', N. of a hymn
- apâ-mítya n. (cf. apa-mítya), equivalent MaitrS
- apā-mṛtyu = apa-mṛtyu L
- apâya apê
- apâr (apa-√ṛ), to open by removing anything RV. v, 45, 6 (Subj. Ā. 3. sg. ápa ṛṇutá), ix, 10, 6 (3. pl. ápa ṛṇvanti) and 102, 8 (impf. 2. sg. ṛṇór ápa)
- a-pārá mfn. not having an opposite shore TS
- not having a shore, unbounded, boundless (applied to the earth, or to heaven and earth, [ródasī], &c.) RV. &c
- m. 'not the opposite bank', the bank on this side (of a river) MBh. viii, 2381
- (am), n. (in Sāṅkhya phil.) 'a bad shore', 'the reverse of pāra', a kind of mental indifference or acquiescence
- the reverse of mental acquiescence L
- the boundless sea
- ○pāra mfn. carrying over the boundless sea (of life) VP
- (am), n. non-acquiescence L
- a-pāraṇīya mfn. not to be got over, not to be carried to the end or triumphed over MBh. BhP. &c
- a-pārayat mfn. incompetent, impotent (with Inf. or loc.)
- not able to resist MBh
- a-pāramārthika mf(ī) n. not concerned about the highest truth
- apârch (apa-√ṛch), to retire L. [Page 54, Column]
- apârjita mfn. (√ṛj with apa), flung away L
- apârṇa mfn. (fr. apâr above BR. abhy-arṇa), distant, far from (abl.) Nir
- apârtha mfn. without any object, useless
- unmeaning BhP. &c
- (am), n. incoherent argument
- ○karaṇa n. a false plea in a lawsuit
- apârthaka mfn. useless Mn. viii, 78, &c
- a-pārthiva mfn. not earthly Ragh
- a-pāla mf(ā)n. unguarded, unprotected, undefended
- (ā́), f. N. of a daughter of Atri RV. viii, 91, 7, &c
- apālaṅka m. the plant Cassia Fistula
- ( pālaṅka.)
- apâ-lambá m. a kind of break let down from a carriage to stop it ŚBr. KātyŚr
- a-pāli mfn. having no tip of the ear Suśr
- apâli mfn. free from bees, &c. L. ( ali)
- apā-vṛ √1. (apā = apa, cf. apa- √1. vṛ), -vṛṇoti, to open, uncover, reveal Lāṭy. Up. &c
- apā-vṛt mfn. unrestrained BhP. (cf. án-apāvṛt.)
- ápā-vṛta mfn. open, laid open RV. i, 57, 1, &c
- covered L
- unrestrained, self willed L
- ápā-vṛti f. a place of concealment, hiding-place RV. viii, 66, 3
- apâ-vṛkta (√vṛj), removed, avoided RV. viii, 80, 8